Перевод: со всех языков на английский

с английского на все языки

since the death of

Толкование Перевод

1 recluir

v.

1 to shut or lock away, to imprison.

2 to shut in, to lock in, to imprison, to lock up.

* * *

recluir

Conjugation model [ HUIR], like link=huir huir

► verbo transitivo

1 (encerrar) to shut in

2 (en cárcel) to imprison, intern

3 (en manicomio) to confine

* * *

verb

to confine

* * *

1.

VT (=encerrar) to shut away; (Jur) (=encarcelar) to imprison

2.

See:

recluirse

* * *
1.
verbo transitivo ( en prisión) to imprison; ( en hospital psiquiátrico), to intern (frml)
2.
recluirse v pron to shut oneself away

desde la muerte de su mujer se ha recluido — since the death of his wife he has been a recluse/lived as a recluse

se recluía en su cuarto para escribir — she would shut herself away in her room to write

* * *

= intern, seclude, hold + prisoner.

Ex. The Red Cross then established and ran a library for the about 500 asylum seekers who were interned on the ship awaiting police interviewing.

Ex. Can't you seclude yourself and do nothing but work on this topic for the week?.

Ex. Tom Sutherland, a professor at the American University of Beirut, was kidnapped in 1985 and held prisoner for six and a half years, for much of the time shackled to his prisoner Terry Anderson.

----

* dado a recluirse = reclusive.

* * *
1.
verbo transitivo ( en prisión) to imprison; ( en hospital psiquiátrico), to intern (frml)
2.
recluirse v pron to shut oneself away

desde la muerte de su mujer se ha recluido — since the death of his wife he has been a recluse/lived as a recluse

se recluía en su cuarto para escribir — she would shut herself away in her room to write

* * *

= intern, seclude, hold + prisoner.

Ex: The Red Cross then established and ran a library for the about 500 asylum seekers who were interned on the ship awaiting police interviewing.

Ex: Can't you seclude yourself and do nothing but work on this topic for the week?.

Ex: Tom Sutherland, a professor at the American University of Beirut, was kidnapped in 1985 and held prisoner for six and a half years, for much of the time shackled to his prisoner Terry Anderson.

* dado a recluirse = reclusive.

* * *

recluir [ I20 ]

vt

(en una prisión) to imprison

fue recluido en un psiquiátrico he was shut away in a psychiatric hospital, he was confined to o interned in a psychiatric hospital ( frml)

la enfermedad lo ha tenido recluido durante casi un año he has been confined to the house for almost a year because of the illness

■ recluirse

v pron

desde la muerte de su mujer se había recluido/había vivido recluido since the death of his wife he had been a recluse/he had lived as a recluse

una casa donde suele recluirse para escribir a house where he shuts himself away to write

* * *

recluir ( conjugate recluir) verbo transitivo ( en prisión) to imprison;
( en hospital psiquiátrico), to intern (frml)
recluir verbo transitivo
1 to shut away, confine
2 (en una cárcel) to imprison
3 (en un hospital, etc) to intern
' recluir' also found in these entries:
English:
confine
- shut away
- intern

* * *

recluir

♦ vt

to shut o lock away, to imprison;

recluyeron a los prisioneros en una cárcel de máxima seguridad they put the prisoners in a maximum security prison

♦ See also the pronominal verb recluirse

* * *

recluir

v/t imprison, confine

* * *

recluir {41} vt

: to confine, to lock up

♦ See also the reflexive verb recluirse

Spanish-English dictionary > recluir
2 ab

ăb, ā, abs, prep. with abl. This IndoEuropean particle (Sanscr. apa or ava, Etr. av, Gr. upo, Goth. af, Old Germ. aba, New Germ. ab, Engl. of, off) has in Latin the following forms: ap, af, ab (av), au-, a, a; aps, abs, as-. The existence of the oldest form, ap, is proved by the oldest and best MSS. analogous to the prep. apud, the Sanscr. api, and Gr. epi, and by the weakened form af, which, by the rule of historical grammar and the nature of the Latin letter f, can be derived only from ap, not from ab. The form af, weakened from ap, also very soon became obsolete. There are but five examples of it in inscriptions, at the end of the sixth and in the course of the seventh century B. C., viz.:
AF VOBEIS,
Inscr. Orell. 3114;
AF MVRO,
ib. 6601;
AF CAPVA,
ib. 3308;
AF SOLO,
ib. 589;
AF LYCO,
ib. 3036 ( afuolunt =avolant, Paul. ex Fest. p. 26 Mull., is only a conjecture). In the time of Cicero this form was regarded as archaic, and only here and there used in account-books; v. Cic. Or. 47, 158 (where the correct reading is af, not abs or ab), and cf. Ritschl, Monum. Epigr. p. 7 sq.—The second form of this preposition, changed from ap, was ab, which has become the principal form and the one most generally used through all periods—and indeed the only oue used before all vowels and h; here and there also before some consonants, particularly l, n, r, and s; rarely before c, j, d, t; and almost never before the labials p, b, f, v, or before m, such examples as ab Massiliensibus, Caes. B. C. 1, 35, being of the most rare occurrence.—By changing the b of ab through v into u, the form au originated, which was in use only in the two compounds aufero and aufugio for abfero, ab-fugio; aufuisse for afuisse, in Cod. Medic. of Tac. A. 12, 17, is altogether unusual. Finally, by dropping the b of ab, and lengthening the a, ab was changed into a, which form, together with ab, predominated through all periods of the Latin language, and took its place before all consonants in the later years of Cicero, and after him almoet exclusively.—By dropping the b without lengthening the a, ab occurs in the form a- in the two compounds a-bio and a-perio, q. v.—On the other hand, instead of reducing ap to a and a, a strengthened collateral form, aps, was made by adding to ap the letter s (also used in particles, as in ex, mox, vix). From the first, aps was used only before the letters c, q, t, and was very soon changed into abs (as ap into ab):
abs chorago,
Plaut. Pers. 1, 3, 79 (159 Ritschl):
abs quivis,
Ter. Ad. 2, 3, 1:
abs terra,
Cato, R. R. 51;
and in compounds: aps-cessero,
Plaut. Trin. 3, 1, 24 (625 R.); id. ib. 3, 2, 84 (710 R): abs-condo, abs-que, abs-tineo, etc. The use of abs was confined almost exclusively to the combination abs te during the whole ante-classic period, and with Cicero till about the year 700 A. U. C. (=B. C. 54). After that time Cicero evidently hesitates between abs te and a te, but during the last five or six years of his life a te became predominant in all his writings, even in his letters; consequently abs te appears but rarely in later authors, as in Liv. 10, 19, 8; 26, 15, 12;
and who, perhaps, also used abs conscendentibus,
id. 28, 37, 2; v. Drakenb. ad. h. l. (Weissenb. ab).—Finally abs, in consequence of the following p, lost its b, and became ds- in the three compounds aspello, as-porto, and as-pernor (for asspernor); v. these words.—The late Lat. verb abbrevio may stand for adbrevio, the d of ad being assimilated to the following b.The fundamental signification of ab is departure from some fixed point (opp. to ad. which denotes motion to a point).
I.
In space, and,
II.
Fig., in time and other relations, in which the idea of departure from some point, as from source and origin, is included; Engl. from, away from, out of; down from; since, after; by, at, in, on, etc.
I.
Lit., in space: ab classe ad urbem tendunt, Att. ap. Non. 495, 22 (Trag. Rel. p. 177 Rib.):
Caesar maturat ab urbe proficisci,
Caes. B. G. 1, 7:
fuga ab urbe turpissima,
Cic. Att. 7, 21:
ducite ab urbe domum, ducite Daphnim,
Verg. E. 8, 68. Cicero himself gives the difference between ab and ex thus: si qui mihi praesto fuerit cum armatis hominibus extra meum fundum et me introire prohibuerit, non ex eo, sed ab ( from, away from) eo loco me dejecerit....Unde dejecti Galli? A Capitolio. Unde, qui cum Graccho fucrunt? Ex Capitolio, etc., Cic. Caecin. 30, 87; cf. Diom. p. 408 P., and a similar distinction between ad and in under ad.—Ellipt.: Diogenes Alexandro roganti, ut diceret, si quid opus esset: Nunc quidem paululum, inquit, a sole, a little out of the sun, Cic. Tusc. 5, 32, 92. —Often joined with usque:
illam (mulierem) usque a mari supero Romam proficisci,
all the way from, Cic. Clu. 68, 192; v. usque, I.—And with ad, to denote the space passed over: siderum genus ab ortu ad occasum commeant, from... to, Cic. N. D. 2, 19 init.; cf. ab... in:
venti a laevo latere in dextrum, ut sol, ambiunt,
Plin. 2, 47, 48, § 128.
b.
Sometimes with names of cities and small islands, or with domus (instead of the usual abl.), partie., in militnry and nautieal language, to denote the marching of soldiers, the setting out of a flcet, or the departure of the inhabitants from some place:
oppidum ab Aenea fugiente a Troja conditum,
Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 33:
quemadmodum (Caesar) a Gergovia discederet,
Caes. B. G. 7, 43 fin.; so id. ib. 7, 80 fin.; Sall. J. 61; 82; 91; Liv. 2, 33, 6 al.; cf.:
ab Arimino M. Antonium cum cohortibus quinque Arretium mittit,
Caes. B. C. 1, 11 fin.; and:
protinus a Corfinio in Siciliam miserat,
id. ib. 1, 25, 2:
profecti a domo,
Liv. 40, 33, 2;
of setting sail: cum exercitus vestri numquam a Brundisio nisi hieme summa transmiserint,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 12, 32; so id. Fam. 15, 3, 2; Caes. B. C. 3, 23; 3, 24 fin.:
classe qua advecti ab domo fuerant,
Liv. 8, 22, 6;
of citizens: interim ab Roma legatos venisse nuntiatum est,
Liv. 21, 9, 3; cf.:
legati ab Orico ad M. Valerium praetorem venerunt,
id. 24, 40, 2.
c.
Sometimes with names of persons or with pronouns: pestem abige a me, Enn. ap. Cic. Ac. 2, 28, 89 (Trag. v. 50 Vahl.):
Quasi ad adulescentem a patre ex Seleucia veniat,
Plaut. Trin. 3, 3, 41; cf.:
libertus a Fuflis cum litteris ad Hermippum venit,
Cic. Fl. 20, 47:
Nigidium a Domitio Capuam venisse,
id. Att. 7, 24:
cum a vobis discessero,
id. Sen. 22:
multa merces tibi defluat ab Jove Neptunoque,
Hor. C. 1, 28, 29 al. So often of a person instead of his house, lodging, etc.: videat forte hic te a patre aliquis exiens, from the father, i. e. from his house, Ter. Heaut. 2, 2, 6:
so a fratre,
id. Phorm. 5, 1, 5:
a Pontio,
Cic. Att. 5, 3 fin.:
ab ea,
Ter. And. 1, 3, 21; and so often: a me, a nobis, a se, etc., from my, our, his house, etc., Plaut. Stich. 5, 1, 7; Ter. Heaut. 3, 2, 50; Cic. Att. 4, 9, 1 al.
B.
Transf., without the idea of motion. To designate separation or distance, with the verbs abesse, distare, etc., and with the particles longe, procul, prope, etc.
1.
Of separation:
ego te afuisse tam diu a nobis dolui,
Cic. Fam. 2, 1, 2:
abesse a domo paulisper maluit,
id. Verr. 2, 4, 18, § 39:
tum Brutus ab Roma aberat,
Sall. C. 40, 5:
absint lacerti ab stabulis,
Verg. G. 4, 14.—
2.
Of distance:
quot milia fundus suus abesset ab urbe,
Cic. Caecin. 10, 28; cf.:
nos in castra properabamus, quae aberant bidui,
id. Att. 5, 16 fin.; and:
hic locus aequo fere spatio ab castris Ariovisti et Caesaris aberat,
Caes. B. G. 1, 43, 1:
terrae ab hujusce terrae, quam nos incolimus, continuatione distantes,
Cic. N. D. 2, 66, 164:
non amplius pedum milibus duobus ab castris castra distabant,
Caes. B. C. 1, 82, 3; cf. id. lb. 1, 3, 103.—With adverbs: annos multos longinque ab domo bellum gerentes, Enn. ap. Non. 402, 3 (Trag. v. 103 Vahl.):
cum domus patris a foro longe abesset,
Cic. Cael. 7, 18 fin.; cf.:
qui fontes a quibusdam praesidiis aberant longius,
Caes. B. C. 3, 49, 5:
quae procul erant a conspectu imperii,
Cic. Agr. 2, 32, 87; cf.:
procul a castris hostes in collibus constiterunt,
Caes. B. G. 5, 17, 1; and:
tu procul a patria Alpinas nives vides,
Verg. E. 10, 46 (procul often also with simple abl.;
v. procul): cum esset in Italia bellum tam prope a Sicilia, tamen in Sicilia non fuit,
Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 2, § 6; cf.:
tu apud socrum tuam prope a meis aedibus sedebas,
id. Pis. 11, 26; and:
tam prope ab domo detineri,
id. Verr. 2, 2, 3, § 6.—So in Caesar and Livy, with numerals to designate the measure of the distance:
onerariae naves, quae ex eo loco ab milibus passuum octo vento tenebatur,
eight miles distant, Caes. B. G. 4, 22, 4; and without mentioning the terminus a quo: ad castra contenderunt, et ab milibus passunm minus duobus castra posuerunt, less than two miles off or distant, id. ib. 2, 7, 3; so id. ib. 2, 5, 32; 6, 7, 3; id. B. C. 1, 65; Liv. 38, 20, 2 (for which:
duo milia fere et quingentos passus ab hoste posuerunt castra,
id. 37, 38, 5). —
3.
To denote the side or direction from which an object is viewed in its local relations,=a parte, at, on, in: utrum hacin feriam an ab laeva latus? Enn. ap. Plaut. Cist. 3, 10 (Trag. v. 38 Vahl.); cf.:
picus et cornix ab laeva, corvos, parra ab dextera consuadent,
Plaut. As. 2, 1, 12: clamore ab ea parte audito. on this side, Caes. B. G. 3, 26, 4: Gallia Celtica attingit ab Sequanis et Helvetiis flumen Rhenum, on the side of the Sequani, i. e. their country, id. ib. 1, 1, 5:
pleraque Alpium ab Italia sicut breviora ita arrectiora sunt,
on the Italian side, Liv. 21, 35, 11:
non eadem diligentia ab decumuna porta castra munita,
at the main entrance, Caes. B. G. 3, 25 fin.:
erat a septentrionibus collis,
on the north, id. ib. 7, 83, 2; so, ab oriente, a meridie, ab occasu; a fronte, a latere, a tergo, etc. (v. these words).
II.
Fig.
A.
In time.
1.
From a [p. 3] point of time, without reference to the period subsequently elapsed. After:
Exul ab octava Marius bibit,
Juv. 1,40:
mulieres jam ab re divin[adot ] adparebunt domi,
immediately after the sucrifice, Plaut. Poen. 3, 3, 4:
Caesar ab decimae legionis cohortatione ad dextrum cornu profectus,
Caes. B. G. 2, 25, 1:
ab hac contione legati missi sunt,
immediately after, Liv. 24, 22, 6; cf. id. 28, 33, 1; 40, 47, 8; 40, 49, 1 al.:
ab eo magistratu,
after this office, Sall. J. 63, 5:
a summa spe novissima exspectabat,
after the greatest hope, Tac. A. 6, 50 fin. —Strengthened by the adverbs primum, confestim, statim, protinus, or the adj. recens, immediately after, soon after:
ut primum a tuo digressu Romam veni,
Cic. Att. 1, 5, 4; so Suet. Tib. 68:
confestim a proelio expugnatis hostium castris,
Liv. 30, 36, 1:
statim a funere,
Suet. Caes. 85;
and followed by statim: ab itinere statim,
id. ib. 60:
protinus ab adoptione,
Vell. 2, 104, 3:
Homerus qui recens ab illorum actate fuit,
soon after their time, Cic. N. D. 3, 5; so Varr. R. R. 2, 8, 2; Verg. A. 6, 450 al. (v. also primum, confestim, etc.).—
Sometimes with the name of a person or place, instead of an action: ibi mihi tuae litterae binae redditae sunt tertio abs te die,
i. e. after their departure from you, Cic. Att. 5, 3, 1: in Italiam perventum est quinto mense a Carthagine Nov[adot ], i. e. after leaving (=postquam a Carthagine profecti sunt), Liv. 21, 38, 1:
secundo Punico (bello) Scipionis classis XL. die a securi navigavit,
i. e. after its having been built, Plin. 16, 39, 74, § 192. —Hence the poct. expression: ab his, after this (cf. ek toutôn), i. e. after these words, hereupon, Ov. M. 3, 273; 4, 329; 8, 612; 9, 764.
2.
With reference to a subsequent period. From, since, after:
ab hora tertia bibebatur,
from the third hour, Cic. Phil. 2, 41:
infinito ex tempore, non ut antea, ab Sulla et Pompeio consulibus,
since the consulship of, id. Agr. 2, 21, 56:
vixit ab omni aeternitate,
from all eternity, id. Div. 1, 51, 115:
cum quo a condiscipulatu vivebat conjunctissime,
Nep. Att. 5, 3:
in Lycia semper a terrae motu XL. dies serenos esse,
after an earthquake, Plin. 2, 96, 98, § 211 al.:
centesima lux est haec ab interitu P. Clodii,
since the death of, Cic. Mil. 35, 98; cf.:
cujus a morte quintus hic et tricesimus annus est,
id. Sen. 6, 19; and:
ab incenso Capitolio illum esse vigesumiun annum,
since, Sall. C. 47, 2:
diebus triginta, a qua die materia caesa est,
Caes. B. C. 1, 36.—Sometimes joined with usque and inde:
quod augures omnes usque ab Romulo decreverunt,
since the time of, Cic. Vat. 8, 20:
jam inde ab infelici pugna ceciderant animi,
from the very beginning of, Liv. 2, 65 fin. —Hence the adverbial expressions ab initio, a principio, a primo, at, in, or from the beginning, at first; v. initium, principium, primus. Likewise ab integro, anew, afresh; v. integer.—Ab... ad, from (a time)... to:
ab hora octava ad vesperum secreto collocuti sumus,
Cic. Att. 7, 8, 4; cf.:
cum ab hora septima ad vesperum pugnatum sit,
Caes. B. G. 1, 26, 2; and:
a quo tempore ad vos consules anni sunt septingenti octoginta unus,
Vell. 1, 8, 4; and so in Plautus strengthened by usque:
pugnata pugnast usque a mane ad vesperum,
from morning to evening, Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 97; id. Most. 3, 1, 3; 3, 2, 80.—Rarely ab... in: Romani ab sole orto in multum diei stetere in acie, from... till late in the day, Liv. 27, 2, 9; so Col. 2, 10, 17; Plin. 2, 31, 31, § 99; 2, 103, 106, § 229; 4, 12, 26, § 89.
b.
Particularly with nouns denoting a time of life:
qui homo cum animo inde ab ineunte aetate depugnat suo,
from an early age, from early youth, Plaut. Trin. 2, 2, 24; so Cic. Off. 2, 13, 44 al.:
mihi magna cum co jam inde a pueritia fuit semper famillaritas,
Ter. Heaut. 1, 2, 9; so,
a pueritia,
Cic. Tusc. 2, 11, 27 fin.; id. Fam. 5, 8, 4:
jam inde ab adulescentia,
Ter. Ad. 1, 1, 16:
ab adulescentia,
Cic. Rep. 2, 1:
jam a prima adulescentia,
id. Fam. 1, 9, 23:
ab ineunte adulescentia,
id. ib. 13, 21, 1; cf.
followed by ad: usque ad hanc aetatem ab incunte adulescentia,
Plaut. Trin. 2, 2, 20:
a primis temporibus aetatis,
Cic. Fam. 4, 3, 3:
a teneris unguiculis,
from childhood, id. ib. 1, 6, 2:
usque a toga pura,
id. Att. 7, 8, 5:
jam inde ab incunabulis,
Liv. 4, 36, 5:
a prima lanugine,
Suet. Oth. 12:
viridi ab aevo,
Ov. Tr. 4, 10, 17 al.;
rarely of animals: ab infantia,
Plin. 10, 63, 83, § 182.—Instead of the nom. abstr. very often (like the Greek ek paioôn, etc.) with concrete substantives: a pucro, ab adulescente, a parvis, etc., from childhood, etc.:
qui olim a puero parvulo mihi paedagogus fuerat,
Plaut. Merc. 1, 1, 90; so,
a pausillo puero,
id. Stich. 1, 3, 21:
a puero,
Cic. Ac. 2, 36, 115; id. Fam. 13, 16, 4 (twice) al.:
a pueris,
Cic. Tusc. 1, 24, 57; id. de Or. 1, 1, 2 al.:
ab adulescente,
id. Quint. 3, 12:
ab infante,
Col. 1, 8, 2:
a parva virgine,
Cat. 66, 26 al. —Likewise and in the same sense with adject.: a parvo, from a little child, or childhood, Liv. 1, 39, 6 fin.; cf.:
a parvis,
Ter. And. 3, 3, 7; Cic. Leg. 2, 4, 9:
a parvulo,
Ter. And. 1, 1, 8; id. Ad. 1, 1, 23; cf.:
ab parvulis,
Caes. B. G. 6, 21, 3:
ab tenero,
Col. 5, 6, 20;
and rarely of animals: (vacca) a bima aut trima fructum ferre incipit,
Varr. R. R. 2, 1, 13.
B.
In other relations in which the idea of going forth, proceeding, from something is included.
1.
In gen. to denote departure, separation, deterring, avoiding, intermitting, etc., or distance, difference, etc., of inanimate or abstract things. From: jus atque aecum se a malis spernit procul, Enn. ap. Non. 399, 10 (Trag. v. 224 Vahl.):
suspitionem et culpam ut ab se segregent,
Plaut. Trin. 1, 2, 42:
qui discessum animi a corpore putent esse mortem,
Cic. Tusc. 1, 9, 18:
hic ab artificio suo non recessit,
id. ib. 1, 10, 20 al.:
quod si exquiratur usque ab stirpe auctoritas,
Plaut. Trin. 1, 2, 180:
condicionem quam ab te peto,
id. ib. 2, 4, 87; cf.:
mercedem gloriae flagitas ab iis, quorum, etc.,
Cic. Tusc. 1, 15, 34:
si quid ab illo acceperis,
Plaut. Trin. 2, 2, 90:
quae (i. e. antiquitas) quo propius aberat ab ortu et divina progenie,
Cic. Tusc. 1, 12, 26:
ab defensione desistere,
Caes. B. C. 2, 12, 4:
ne quod tempus ab opere intermitteretur,
id. B. G. 7, 24, 2:
ut homines adulescentis a dicendi studio deterream,
Cic. de Or. 1, 25, 117, etc.—Of distance (in order, rank, mind, or feeling):
qui quartus ab Arcesila fuit,
the fourth in succession from, Cic. Ac. 1, 12, 46:
tu nunc eris alter ab illo,
next after him, Verg. E. 5, 49; cf.:
Aiax, heros ab Achille secundus,
next in rank to, Hor. S. 2, 3, 193:
quid hoc ab illo differt,
from, Cic. Caecin. 14, 39; cf.:
hominum vita tantum distat a victu et cultu bestiarum,
id. Off. 2, 4, 15; and:
discrepare ab aequitate sapientiam,
id. Rep. 3, 9 fin. (v. the verbs differo, disto, discrepo, dissideo, dissentio, etc.):
quae non aliena esse ducerem a dignitate,
Cic. Fam. 4, 7:
alieno a te animo fuit,
id. Deiot. 9, 24 (v. alienus). —So the expression ab re (qs. aside from the matter, profit; cf. the opposite, in rem), contrary to one's profit, to a loss, disadvantageous (so in the affirmative very rare and only ante-class.):
subdole ab re consulit,
Plaut. Trin. 2, 1, 12; cf. id. Capt. 2, 2, 88; more frequently and class. (but not with Cicero) in the negative, non, haud, ab re, not without advantage or profit, not useless or unprofitable, adcantageous:
haut est ab re aucupis,
Plaut. As. 1, 3, 71:
non ab re esse Quinctii visum est,
Liv. 35, 32, 6; so Plin. 27, 8, 35; 31, 3, 26; Suet. Aug. 94; id. Dom. 11; Gell. 18, 14 fin.; App. Dogm. Plat. 3, p. 31, 22 al. (but in Ter. Ad. 5, 3, 44, ab re means with respect to the money matter).
2.
In partic.
a.
To denote an agent from whom an action proceeds, or by whom a thing is done or takes place. By, and in archaic and solemn style, of. So most frequently with pass. or intrans. verbs with pass. signif., when the active object is or is considered as a living being: Laudari me abs te, a laudato viro, Naev. ap. Cic. Tusc. 4, 31, 67: injuria abs te afficior, Enn. ap. Auct. Her. 2, 24, 38:
a patre deductus ad Scaevolam,
Cic. Lael. 1, 1:
ut tamquam a praesentibus coram haberi sermo videretur,
id. ib. 1, 3:
disputata ab eo,
id. ib. 1, 4 al.:
illa (i. e. numerorum ac vocum vis) maxime a Graecia vetere celebrata,
id. de Or. 3, 51, 197:
ita generati a natura sumus,
id. Off. 1, 29, 103; cf.:
pars mundi damnata a rerum natura,
Plin. 4, 12, 26, § 88:
niagna adhibita cura est a providentia deorum,
Cic. N. D. 2, 51 al. —With intrans. verbs:
quae (i. e. anima) calescit ab eo spiritu,
is warmed by this breath, Cic. N. D. 2, 55, 138; cf. Ov. M. 1, 417: (mare) qua a sole collucet, Cic. Ac. 2, 105:
salvebis a meo Cicerone,
i. e. young Cicero sends his compliments to you, id. Att. 6, 2 fin.:
a quibus (Atheniensibus) erat profectus,
i. e. by whose command, Nep. Milt. 2, 3:
ne vir ab hoste cadat,
Ov. H. 9, 36 al. —A substantive or adjective often takes the place of the verb (so with de, q. v.):
levior est plaga ab amico quam a debitore,
Cic. Fam. 9, 16, 7; cf.:
a bestiis ictus, morsus, impetus,
id. Off. 2, 6, 19:
si calor est a sole,
id. N. D. 2, 52:
ex iis a te verbis (for a te scriptis),
id. Att. 16, 7, 5:
metu poenae a Romanis,
Liv. 32, 23, 9:
bellum ingens a Volscis et Aequis,
id. 3, 22, 2:
ad exsolvendam fldem a consule,
id. 27, 5, 6.—With an adj.:
lassus ab equo indomito,
Hor. S. 2, 2, 10:
Murus ab ingenic notior ille tuo,
Prop. 5, 1, 126:
tempus a nostris triste malis,
time made sad by our misfortunes, Ov. Tr. 4, 3, 36.—Different from per:
vulgo occidebantur: per quos et a quibus?
by whom and upon whose orders? Cic. Rosc. Am. 29, 80 (cf. id. ib. 34, 97: cujus consilio occisus sit, invenio; cujus manu sit percussus, non laboro); so,
ab hoc destitutus per Thrasybulum (i. e. Thrasybulo auctore),
Nep. Alc. 5, 4.—Ambiguity sometimes arises from the fact that the verb in the pass. would require ab if used in the active:
si postulatur a populo,
if the people demand it, Cic. Off. 2, 17, 58, might also mean, if it is required of the people; on the contrary: quod ab eo (Lucullo) laus imperatoria non admodum exspectabatur, not since he did not expect military renown, but since they did not expect military renown from him, Cic. Ac. 2, 1, 2, and so often; cf. Rudd. II. p. 213. (The use of the active dative, or dative of the agent, instead of ab with the pass., is well known, Zumpt, § 419. It is very seldom found in prose writers of the golden age of Roman liter.; with Cic. sometimes joined with the participles auditus, cognitus, constitutus, perspectus, provisus, susceptus; cf. Halm ad Cic. Imp. Pomp. 24, 71, and ad ejusdem, Cat. 1, 7 fin.; but freq. at a later period; e. g. in Pliny, in Books 2-4 of H. N., more than twenty times; and likewise in Tacitus seventeen times. Vid. the passages in Nipperd. ad Tac. A. 2, 49.) Far more unusual is the simple abl. in the designation of persons:
deseror conjuge,
Ov. H. 12, 161; so id. ib. 5, 75; id. M. 1, 747; Verg. A. 1, 274; Hor. C. 2, 4, 9; 1, 6, 2;
and in prose,
Quint. 3, 4, 2; Sen. Contr. 2, 1; Curt. 6, 7, 8; cf. Rudd. II. p. 212; Zumpt ad Quint. V. p. 122 Spalding.—Hence the adverbial phrase a se=uph heautou, sua sponte, of one's own uccord, spontaneously:
ipsum a se oritur et sua sponte nascitur,
Cic. Fin. 2, 24, 78:
(urna) ab se cantat quoja sit,
Plaut. Rud. 2, 5, 21 (al. eapse; cf. id. Men. 1, 2, 66); so Col. 11, 1, 5; Liv. 44, 33, 6.
b.
With names of towns to denote origin, extraction, instead of gentile adjectives. From, of:
pastores a Pergamide,
Varr. R. R. 2, 2, 1:
Turnus ab Aricia,
Liv. 1, 50, 3 (for which Aricinus, id. 1, 51, 1):
obsides dant trecentos principum a Cora atque Pometia liberos,
Liv. 2, 22, 2; and poet.: O longa mundi servator ab Alba, Auguste, thou who art descended from the old Alban race of kings (=oriundus, or ortus regibus Albanis), Prop. 5, 6, 37.
c.
In giving the etymology of a name: eam rem (sc. legem, Gr. nomon) illi Graeco putant nomine a suum cuique tribuendo appellatam, ego nostro a legendo, Cic. Leg. 1, 6, 19: annum intervallum regni fuit: id ab re... interregnum appellatum, Liv. 1, 17, 6:
(sinus maris) ab nomine propinquae urbis Ambracius appellatus,
id. 38, 4, 3; and so Varro in his Ling. Lat., and Pliny, in Books 1-5 of H. N., on almost every page. (Cf. also the arts. ex and de.)
d.
With verbs of beginning and repeating: a summo bibere, in Plaut. to drink in succession from the one at the head of the table:
da, puere, ab summo,
Plaut. As. 5, 2, 41; so,
da ab Delphio cantharum circum, id Most. 1, 4, 33: ab eo nobis causa ordienda est potissimum,
Cic. Leg. 1, 7, 21:
coepere a fame mala,
Liv. 4, 12, 7:
cornicem a cauda de ovo exire,
tail-foremost, Plin. 10, 16, 18:
a capite repetis, quod quaerimus,
Cic. Leg. 1, 6, 18 al.
e.
With verbs of freeing from, defending, or protecting against any thing:
a foliis et stercore purgato,
Cato, R. R. 65 (66), 1:
tantumne ab re tuast oti tibi?
Ter. Heaut. 1, [p. 4] 1, 23; cf.:
Saguntini ut a proeliis quietem habuerant,
Liv. 21, 11, 5:
expiandum forum ab illis nefarii sceleris vestigiis,
Cic. Rab. Perd. 4, 11:
haec provincia non modo a calamitate, sed etiam a metu calamitatis est defendenda,
id. Imp. Pomp. 6, 14 (v. defendo):
ab incendio urbem vigiliis munitam intellegebat,
Sall. C. 32:
ut neque sustinere se a lapsu possent,
Liv. 21, 35, 12:
ut meam domum metueret atque a me ipso caveret,
Cic. Sest. 64, 133.
f.
With verbs of expecting, fearing, hoping, and the like, ab =a parte, as, Cic. Att. 9, 7, 4: cum eadem metuam ab hac parte, since I fear the same from this side; hence, timere, metuere ab aliquo, not, to be afraid of any one, but, to fear something (proceeding from) from him:
el metul a Chryside,
Ter. And. 1, 1, 79; cf.:
ab Hannibale metuens,
Liv. 23, 36; and:
metus a praetore,
id. 23, 15, 7;
v. Weissenb. ad h. l.: a quo quidem genere, judices, ego numquam timui,
Cic. Sull. 20, 59:
postquam nec ab Romanis robis ulla est spes,
you can expect nothing from the Romans, Liv. 21, 13, 4.
g.
With verbs of fastening and holding:
funiculus a puppi religatus,
Cic. Inv. 2, 51, 154:
cum sinistra capillum ejus a vertice teneret,
Q. Cic. Pet. Cons. 3.
h.
Ulcisci se ab aliquo, to take vengeance on one:
a ferro sanguis humanus se ulciscitur,
Plin. 34, 14, 41 fin.
i.
Cognoscere ab aliqua re to knoio or learn by means of something (different from ab aliquo, to learn from some one):
id se a Gallicis armis atque insignibus cognovisse,
Caes. B. G. 1, 22.
j.
Dolere, laborare, valere ab, instead of the simple abl.:
doleo ab animo, doleo ab oculis, doleo ab aegritudine,
Plaut. Cist. 1, 1, 62:
a morbo valui, ab animo aeger fui,
id. Ep. 1, 2, 26; cf. id. Aul. 2, 2, 9:
a frigore et aestu ne quid laborent,
Varr. R. R. 2, 2, 17; so,
a frigore laborantibus,
Plin. 32, 10, 46, § 133; cf.:
laborare ab re frumentaria,
Caes. B. G. 7, 10, 1; id. B. C. 3, 9; v. laboro.
k.
Where verbs and adjectives are joined with ab, instead of the simple abl., ab defines more exactly the respect in which that which is expressed by the verb or adj. is to be understood, in relation to, with regard to, in respect to, on the part of:
ab ingenio improbus,
Plaut. Truc. 4, 3, 59:
a me pudica'st,
id. Curc. 1, 1, 51:
orba ab optimatibus contio,
Cic. Fl. 23, 54; ro Ov. H. 6,156: securos vos ab hac parte reddemus, Planc. ap. Cic. Fam. 10, 24 fin. (v. securus):
locus copiosus a frumento,
Cic. Att. 5, 18, 2; cf.:
sumus imparati cum a militibas tum a pecunia,
id. ib. 7, 15 fin.:
ille Graecus ab omni laude felicior,
id. Brut. 16, 63:
ab una parte haud satis prosperuin,
Liv. 1, 32, 2 al.;
so often in poets ab arte=arte,
artfully, Tib. 1, 5, 4; 1, 9, 66; Ov. Am. 2, 4, 30.
l.
In the statement of the motive instead of ex, propter, or the simple abl. causae, from, out of, on account of, in consequence of: ab singulari amore scribo, Balb. ap. Cic. Att. 9, 7, B fin.:
linguam ab irrisu exserentem,
thrusting out the tongue in derision, Liv. 7, 10, 5:
ab honore,
id. 1, 8; so, ab ira, a spe, ab odio, v. Drak. ad Liv. 24, 30, 1: 26, 1, 3; cf. also Kritz and Fabri ad Sall. J. 31, 3, and Fabri ad Liv. 21, 36, 7.
m.
Especially in the poets instead of the gen.:
ab illo injuria,
Ter. And. 1, 1, 129:
fulgor ab auro,
Lucr. 2, 5:
dulces a fontibus undae,
Verg. G. 2, 243.
n.
In indicating a part of the whole, for the more usual ex, of, out of:
scuto ab novissimis uni militi detracto,
Caes. B. G. 2, 25, 1:
nonnuill ab novissimis,
id. ib.; Cic. Sest. 65, 137; cf. id. ib. 59 fin.: a quibus (captivis) ad Senatum missus (Regulus).
o.
In marking that from which any thing proceeds, and to which it belongs:
qui sunt ab ea disciplina,
Cic. Tusc. 2, 3, 7:
ab eo qui sunt,
id. Fin. 4, 3, 7:
nostri illi a Platone et Aristotele aiunt,
id. Mur. 30, 63 (in imitation of oi upo tinos).
p.
To designate an office or dignity (with or without servus; so not freq. till after the Aug. period;
in Cic. only once): Pollex, servus a pedibus meus,
one of my couriers, Cic. Att. 8, 5, 1; so,
a manu servus,
a secretary, Suet. Caes. 74: Narcissum ab eplstulis ( secretary) et Pallantem a rationibus ( accountant), id. Claud. 28; and so, ab actis, ab admissione, ab aegris, ab apotheca, ab argento, a balneis, a bibliotheca, a codicillis, a jumentis, a potione, etc. (v. these words and Inscr. Orell. vol. 3, Ind. xi. p. 181 sq.).
q.
The use of ab before adverbs is for the most part peculiar to later Latinity:
a peregre,
Vitr. 5, 7 (6), 8:
a foris,
Plin. 17, 24, 37; Vulg. Gen, 7, 16; ib. Matt. 23, 27:
ab intus,
ib. ib. 7, 15:
ab invicem,
App. Herb. 112; Vulg. Matt. 25, 32; Cypr. Ep. 63, 9: Hier. Ep. 18:
a longe,
Hyg. Fab. 257; Vulg. Gen. 22, 4; ib. Matt. 26, 58:
a modo,
ib. ib. 23, 39;
Hier. Vit. Hilar.: a nune,
Vulg. Luc. 1, 48:
a sursum,
ib. Marc. 15, 38.
► a.
Ab is not repeated like most other prepositions (v. ad, ex, in, etc.) with pron. interrog. or relat. after subst. and pron. demonstr. with ab:
Arsinoen, Stratum, Naupactum...fateris ab hostibus esse captas. Quibus autem hostibus? Nempe iis, quos, etc.,
Cic. Pis. 37, 91:
a rebus gerendis senectus abstrahit. Quibus? An iis, quae in juventute geruntur et viribus?
id. Sen. 6:
a Jove incipiendum putat. Quo Jove?
id. Rep. 1, 36, 56:
res publica, quascumque vires habebit, ab iis ipsis, quibus tenetur, de te propediem impetrabit,
id. Fam. 4, 13, 5.—
b.
Ab in Plantus is once put after the word which it governs: quo ab, As. 1, 1, 106.—
c.
It is in various ways separated from the word which it governs:
a vitae periculo,
Cic. Brut. 91, 313:
a nullius umquam me tempore aut commodo,
id. Arch. 6, 12:
a minus bono,
Sall. C. 2, 6:
a satis miti principio,
Liv. 1, 6, 4:
damnis dives ab ipsa suis,
Ov. H. 9, 96; so id. ib. 12, 18; 13, 116.—
d.
The poets join a and que, making aque; but in good prose que is annexed to the following abl. (a meque, abs teque, etc.):
aque Chao,
Verg. G. 4, 347:
aque mero,
Ov. M. 3, 631:
aque viro,
id. H. 6, 156:
aque suis,
id. Tr. 5, 2, 74 al. But:
a meque,
Cic. Fam. 2, 16, 1:
abs teque,
id. Att. 3, 15, 4:
a teque,
id. ib. 8, 11, §
7: a primaque adulescentia,
id. Brut. 91, 315 al. —
e.
A Greek noun joined with ab stands in the dat.: a parte negotiati, hoc est pragmatikê, removisse, Quint. 3, 7, 1.
III.
In composition ab,
1.
Retains its original signif.: abducere, to take or carry away from some place: abstrahere, to draw auay; also, downward: abicere, to throw down; and denoting a departure from the idea of the simple word, it has an effect apparently privative: absimilis, departing from the similar, unlike: abnormis, departing from the rule, unusual (different from dissimilis, enormis); and so also in amens=a mente remotus, alienus ( out of one's senses, without self-control, insane): absurdus, missounding, then incongruous, irrational: abutor (in one of its senses), to misuse: aborior, abortus, to miscarry: abludo; for the privative force the Latin regularly employs in-, v. 2. in.—
2.
It more rarely designates completeness, as in absorbere, abutor ( to use up). (The designation of the fourth generation in the ascending or descending line by ab belongs here only in appearance; as abavus for quartus pater, great-great-grandfather, although the Greeks introduced upopappos; for the immutability of the syllable ab in abpatrnus and abmatertera, as well as the signif. Of the word abavus, grandfather's grandfather, imitated in abnepos, grandchild's grandchild, seems to point to a derivation from avi avus, as Festus, p. 13 Mull., explains atavus, by atta avi, or, rather, attae avus.)

Lewis & Short latin dictionary > ab
3 sízt

I)

adv. superl. least, opp. to helzt; þér vilda ek s. illt gera, thee least of all would I harm.

II)

conj.

1) since, = síðan er; engi er eira maki, s. Gunnarr lézt, since Gunnar died;

2) as prep. with acc. since, after; sofna ek minst s. mína sonu dauða, since the death of my sons.

* * *

adv. (síz, sítz), since; síz Hákon fór með heiðin goð, Hkm.; síz, Gm. 48; sítz, Am. 52, Stor. 19; sízt Gunnarr lézk, Nj. 142; síz ek tók at erfð, Grág. ii. 204; sítz Haraldr gráfeldr féll, Fms. x. 387; sítz Magnúss féll, 407; sítz hann kom í land, 398; sítsz þeir bræðr höfðu í Noreg sótt, 382; þeir höfðu ekki etið sízt laugar-dag, ix. 406, v. l.; sízt í hanzka-þumlungi hnúkðir þú, Ls. 60; sízt þik geldu, Hkv. 1. 39; sízt vér misstum skipa várra, Fms. viii. 181, v. l.; sítz þeir Magnúss ok Erlingr gáfu honum þat upp, Pref. xxi.

2. followed by an acc.; sízt mína sonu dauða, since my sons’ death, Vkv. 29.

Íslensk-ensk orðabók > sízt
4 síz

conj.

1) since, = síðan er; engi er eira maki, s. Gunnarr lézt, since Gunnar died;

2) as prep. with acc. since, after; sofna ek minst s. mína sonu dauða, since the death of my sons.

Íslensk-ensk orðabók > síz
5 ganz allein

(completely by oneself: He has been all alone since the death of his wife.) all alone

Deutsch-Englisch Wörterbuch > ganz allein
6 invecchiato

invecchiato agg.

1 old, aged: ha detto che mi trova invecchiato, she said that she finds me aged; dalla morte del figlio sembra invecchiato di 10 anni, since the death of his son he looks ten years older // vino invecchiato, aged wine

2 (antiquato) obsolete: ormai è un modello invecchiato, it's now an obsolete model.

* * *
[invek'kjato] 1.
participio passato invecchiare
2.
aggettivo

1) [pelle, viso] aged, old-looking

2) (superato) outdated

3) [vino, whisky] aged, mature

* * *

invecchiato

/invek'kjato/

I participio passato

→ invecchiare

II aggettivo

1 [pelle, viso] aged, old-looking

2 (superato) outdated

3 [vino, whisky] aged, mature.

Dizionario Italiano-Inglese > invecchiato
7 all alone

completely by oneself:

He has been all alone since the death of his wife.
مُنْفَرِد كُلِّيَّاً، فِي عُزْلَة كَامِلَه

Arabic-English dictionary > all alone
8 CULTURE, LITERATURE, AND LANGUAGE

   ■ Bell, Aubrey F. G. The Oxford Book of Portuguese Verse: XIIth Century-XXth Century. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1925, 1952 (2nd edition, B. Vi-digal, ed.).

   ■. Portuguese Literature. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1922, 1970 (2nd edition, B. Vidigal, ed.).

   ■ Bleiberg, German, Maureen Ihrie, and Janet Pérez, eds. Dictionary of the Literature of the Iberian Peninsula, 2 vols. Westport, Conn.: Greenwood, 1993.

   ■ Castro, Francisco Lyon de, ed. História da literatura portuguesa, 7 vols. Lisbon: Alfa, 2001-02.

   ■ Cidade, Hernani. Lições de Cultura e Literatura Portuguesa, 3 vols. Lisbon, 1960-62.

   ■ Cook, Manuela. Portuguese: A Complete Course for Beginners. London: Hodder and Stoughton, 1996. Figueiredo, Fidelino. História literária de Portugal. Coimbra, 1944. Gentile, Georges Le. La Littérature Portugaise. Rev. ed. Paris, 1951. Kunoff, Hugo. Portuguese Literature from Its Origins to 1990: A Bibliography Based on the Collections at Indiana University. Metuchen, N.J.: Scarecrow Press, 1994.

   ■ Longland, Jean. Contemporary Portuguese Poetry. A Bilingual Selection. Irvington-on-Hudson: Harvey House, 1966. Prado Coelho, Jacinto do. Dicionário das Literaturas Portuguesas, Galega e Brasileira, 3rd ed. Oporto, 1978. Rossi, Giuseppe C. Storia della letteratura portoghesa. Florence, 1953.

   ■ Santos, João Camilo dos. "Portuguese Contemporary Literature." In Antônio Costa Pinto, ed., Modern Portugal, 218-42. Palo Alto, Calif.: SPOSS, 1998.

   ■ Saraiva, Antônio José. História da cultura em Portugal, 3 vols. Lisbon, 1950-60.

   ■. História da Literatura Portuguesa. Lisbon, 1990 ed.

   ■, and Oscar Lopes. História da Literatura Portuguesa. Oporto and Coimbra, 1992 ed.

   ■ Seguier, Jaime de, ed. Dicionário Prático Ilustrado. Oporto: Lello, 1961 and later eds.

   ■ Simões, João Gaspar. História da poesia portuguesa, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1955-56 and later eds.

   ■. História da poesia portuguesa do século XX. Lisbon, 1959 and later eds.

   ■ Stern, Irwin, ed.-in-chief. Dictionary of Brazilian Literature. Westport, Conn.: Greenwood, 1988.

   ■ TRAVEL AND TOURIST GUIDES ON PORTUGAL

   ■ Adragão, José Victor. The Algarve: The Land, the Sea and Its People. Lisbon, 1988.

   ■ Ballard, Sam, and Jane Ballard. Pousadas of Portugal: Unique Lodgings in State-owned Castles, Palaces, Mansions and Hotels. Boston: Harvard Common, 1986.

   ■ Bridge, Ann, and Susan Lowndes Marques. The Selective Traveller in Portugal. London: Chatto & Windus, 1968.

   ■ Ellingham, Mark, et al. Portugal: The Rough Guide. London: Rough Guides, 2008 ed.

   ■ Hogg, Anthony. Travellers' Portugal. London: Solo Mio, 1983.

   ■ Kite, Cynthia, and Ralph Kite. Portuguese Country Inns & Pousadas. New York: Warner Books; Karen Brown's Country Inn Series, 1988.

   ■ Lowndes, Susan, ed. Fodor's Portugal 1991. New York: Fodor's, 1990.

   ■ Proença Raúl, and Sant'anna Dionísio, eds. Guía De Portugal. I. Generalidades. Lisboa E, Arredores. Lisbon: Fundação Calouste Gulbenkian, 1924; 1983.

   ■ Robertson, Ian. Portugal: Blue Guide. London: Benn; New York: Norton, 2000 and later eds.

   ■ Stoop, Anne de. Living in Portugal. Paris and New York: Flammarion, 1995. Wright, David, and Patrick Swift. Minho and North Portugal: A Portrait and Guide. New York: Scribners, 1968.

   ■. Lisbon: A Portrait and Guide. New York: Scribners, 1971.

   ■. Algarve: A Portrait and Guide. New York: Scribners, 1973.

   ■ HISTORY OF PORTUGAL Ancient and Medieval (2000 BCE-1415 CE)

   ■ Alarção, Jorge de. Roman Portugal. Volume I: Introduction. Warminster, U.K., 1988.

   ■ Almeida, Fortunato de. História de Portugal. Vol. I. Coimbra, 1922. Arnaut, Salvador Dias. A Crise Nacional dos fins do século XVI. Vol. 1. Coimbra, 1960.

   ■ Baião, Antônio, Hernani Cidade, and Manuel Múrias, eds. História de Expansão Portuguesa no Mundo, 3 vols. Lisbon, 1937-40. Caetano, Marcello. Lições de História do Direito Português. Coimbra, 1962. Cortesão, Jaime. Os Factores Democráticos no Formação de Portugal. Lisbon, 1960.

   ■ David, Pierre. Etudes Historiques sur la Galice et le Portugal du VI au XII siécle. Paris, 1947.

   ■ Dias, Eduardo Mayone. Portugal's Secret Jews: The End of an Era. Rumford, R.I.: Peregrinação Publications, 1999. Diffie, Bailey W. Prelude to Empire: Portugal Overseas before Henry the Navigator. Lincoln: University of Nebraska Press, 1960. Dutra, Francis A. "Portugal: To 1279." Dictionary of the Middle Ages. Vol. X: 35-48. New York: Scribners, 1987.

   ■. "Portugal: 1279-1481." Dictionary of the Middle Ages. Vol. X: 48-56. New York: Scribners, 1987. Gama Barros, Henrique de. História de Administração Pública em Portugal nos séculos XII à XV, 11 vols. Lisbon, 1945-51. Godinho, Vitorino Magalhães. A Economia dos Descobrimentos Henriquinos. Lisbon, 1962.

   ■ Gonzaga de Azevedo, Luís. História de Portugal, 6 vols. Lisbon, 1939-44.

   ■ Herculano, Alexandre. História de Portugal, 8 vols., 9th ed. Lisbon, 1940.

   ■ Kennedy, Hugh. Muslim Spain and Portugal: A Political History of al-Anda-lus. London: Longman, 1996.

   ■ Lencastre e Tavora, Luía Gonzaga. O Estudo da Sigilografia Medieval Portuguesa. Lisbon, 1990.

   ■ Livermore, H. V. The Origins of Spain and Portugal. London: Allen & Unwin, 1971.

   ■ Lopes, David. "Os Árabes nas obras de Alexandre Herculano." Boletim da Segunda Classe. Lisbon: Academia Real das Sciéncias, III (1909-10). MacKendrick, Paul. The Iberian Stones Speak. New York: Funk & Wagnalls, 1969.

   ■ Martinez, Pedro Soares. História Diplomática De Portugal [chapter I, 114315]. Lisbon, 1986.

   ■ Mattoso, José, ed. A Nobreza Medieval Portuguesa: A Família e o Poder. Lisbon: Estampa, 1981.

   ■. Religião e cultura na Idade Média Portuguesa. Lisbon: Imprensa Nacional, 1982.

   ■. Identificaçao de um país ( ensaio sobre as orígens de Portugal), 2 vols. Lisbon: Estampa, 1985.

   ■. Novos Ensaios de História Medieval Portuguesa. Lisbon: Edit. Presença, 1988.

   ■. Historia de Portugal. Vol. 2: A Monarquia Feudal ( 1096-1480). Lisbon: Estampa, 1993.

   ■ Oliveira Marques, A. H. de. Hansa e Portugal na Idade Média. Lisbon, 1959.

   ■. Introduçao à História da Agricultura em Portugal. Lisbon, 1968.

   ■. Daily Life in Portugal in the Middle Ages. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 1971.

   ■. Ensaios de História Medieval Portuguesa. Lisbon, 1980.

   ■. "Introduçao à História da Cidade Medieval Portuguesa." Bracara Augusta XXV, 92-93 (January-December 1981): 367-87.

   ■. Guía do Estudante de História Medieval Portuguesa, 3rd ed. Lisbon, 1985.

   ■. Portugal Na Crise Dos Séculos XIV e XV-Vol. IV of Serrão and Oliveira Marques, Nova História de Portugal. Lisbon, 1987.

   ■ Peres, Damião de, ed. História de Portugal. Vols. I, II. Barcelos, 1928-29.

   ■ Rau, Virginia. Subsídios para o estudo das Feiras Medievais Portuguesas. Lisbon, 1943.

   ■. Sesma'rias Medievais Portuguesas. Lisbon, 1946.

   ■ Ribeiro, Orlando. "Portugal, formação de." Dicionário da História de Portugal. Vol. III, 432-51. Lisbon, 1966.

   ■ Rogers, Francis M. The Travels of the Infante Dom Pedro of Portugal. Cambridge, Mass.: Harvard University Press, 1961.

   ■ Russell, P. E. The English Intervention in Spain and Portugal in the Time of Edward III and Richard II. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1955.

   ■ Savory, H. N. Spain and Portugal: The Prehistory of the Iberian Peninsula. New York: Thames and Hudson, 1968.

   ■ Silva, Armando Coelho Ferreira. A Cultura Castreja no Noroeste de Portugal. Pacos de Ferreira, 1986.

   ■ Varagnac, André. O Homem antes da Escrita ( Pre-história). Lisbon, 1963.

   ■ Imperial and Early Modern (1415-1822)

   ■ Azevedo, J. Lúcio de. História de António de Vieira, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1918-20.

   ■. Épocas de Portugal Económico. Lisbon, 1929.

   ■ Borges de Macedo, Jorge. Problemas de História de Indústria Portuguesa no Século X VIII. Lisbon, 1963.

   ■. "Pombal." Dicionário de História de Portugal. Vol. III, 415-23. Lisbon, 1968.

   ■ Bovill, Edward W. The Battle of the Alcazar: An Account of the Defeat of Dom Sebastian at El-Ksar el-Kebir. London, 1952.

   ■ Boxer, C. R. Four Centuries of Portuguese Expansion, 1415-1825: A Succinct Survey. Johannesburg, South Africa: Witwaterstrand University Press, 1961.

   ■. The Portuguese Seaborne Empire 1415-1825. London: Hutchinson, 1969.

   ■. João de Barros: Portuguese Humanist and Historian of Asia. New Delhi, India: Xavier Centre, 1981.

   ■ Cheke, Marcus. Dictator of Portugal: A Life of the Marquis of Pombal, 16991782. London: Sidgwick & Jackson, 1938.

   ■ Cunha, Luís da. Testamento Político. Lisbon, 1820.

   ■ Davidson, Lillias C. Catherine of Bragança. London: John Murray, 1908.

   ■ Dutra, Francis A. "Membership in the Order of Christ in the Seventeenth Century." The Americas 27 (1970): 3-25.

   ■ Eberlein, H. D., and R. W. Ramsdell. The Practical Book of Italian, Spanish and Portuguese Furniture. Philadelphia: Lippincott, 1927.

   ■ Ericeira, Luís de Meneses [Count of]. História de Portugal Restaurado, 4 vols. Oporto, 1945.

   ■ Fisher, H. E. S. "Anglo-Portuguese Trade, 1700-70." Economic History Review XVI, 2 (1963): 219-33.

   ■. The Portugal Trade: A Study of Anglo-Portuguese Commerce, 1700- 1770. London: Methuen, 1971.

   ■ Francis, A. D. The Methuens and Portugal: 1691-1708. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1966.

   ■. Portugal, 1715-1808. London: Tamesis, 1985.

   ■ Hanson, Carl A. Economy and Society in Baroque Portugal, 1668-1703. Minneapolis: University of Minnesota Press, 1981.

   ■ Herculano, Alexandre. History of the Origin and Establishment of the Inquisition in Portugal. New York: AMS Press, 1968 reprint.

   ■ Kendrick, T. D. The Lisbon Earthquake. London: Methuen, 1956.

   ■ Livermore, H. V. "The Privileges of an Englishman in the Kingdom and Dominions of Portugal." Atlante 11 (1954): 57-77.

   ■ Macauley, Neil. Dom Pedro: The Struggle for Liberty in Brazil and Portugal, 1798-1834. Durham, N.C.: Duke University Press, 1986.

   ■ Macauley, Rose. They Went to Portugal. London: Jonathan Cape, 1946.

   ■. They Went to Portugal, Too. London: Carcanet, 1990.

   ■ Magalhães Godinho, Vitorino. Prix et Monnaies au Portugal. Paris, 1955.

   ■. "Portugal and Her Empire." In New Cambridge Modern History. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, Vol. V (1961): 384-97; Vol. VI (1961): 509-10.

   ■. A Economia dos descobrimentos henri-quinos. Lisbon, 1962.

   ■. Estructura da Antiga Sociedade Portuguesa. Lisbon, 1975.

   ■ Mauro, Frédéric. Le Portugal et l'Atlantique au XVII siécle ( 1570-1670). Paris: SEVPEN, 1960.

   ■ Maxwell, Kenneth. "Pombal and the Nationalization of the Luso-Brazilian Economy." Hispanic American Historical Review XLVIII (November 1968): 608-31.

   ■. Conflicts and Conspiracies: Brazil and Portugal, 1750-1808. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1973.

   ■ Norris, A. H., and R. W. Bremner. The Lines of Torres Vedras. Lisbon: British Historical Society of Portugal, 1980.

   ■ Oliveira, Antônio de. A Vida Económica e Social de Coimbra de 1537 à 1640, 2 vols. Coimbra, 1971-72.

   ■ Prestage, Edgar. The Royal Power and the Cortes in Portugal. Watford, U.K.: Voss & Michael, 1927.

   ■. Portuguese Pioneers. London: Black, 1933.

   ■. "The Mode of Government in Portugal during the Restoration [1640-68] Period." In Edgar Prestage, ed., Melange d'Etudes Portugaises Offerts a M. Georges Le Gentil, 265-70. Lisbon, 1949.

   ■ Rabassa, Gregory. "Padre Antônio Vieira: Portugal's Amazing Polymath." Camões Centre Quarterly 2, 3-4 (Autumn and Winter 1990): 27-32. Rau, Virginia. D. Catarina de Bragança: Rainha de Inglaterra. Lisbon, 1944. Ricard, Robert. "Prophecy and Messianism in the Works of Antônio Vieira." The Americas 37 (1960): 357-88.

   ■ Roche, T. W. E. Philippa: Dona Filipa of Portugal. London: Phillimore, 1971.

   ■ Rogers, Francis M. The Travels of the Infante Dom Pedro of Portugal. Cambridge, Mass.: Harvard University Press, 1961.

   ■ Rooney, Peter T. "Hapsburg Fiscal Policies in Portugal, 1580-1640." Journal of European Economic History 23, 3 (1994): 545-62.

   ■ Roth, Cecil. "The Religion of the Marranos." Jewish Quarterly Review 22 (1931): 1-33.

   ■. A History of the Marranos. Philadelphia: Jewish Publication Society of America, 1932.

   ■ Saraiva, Antônio José. Inquisição e Cristãos-Novos. Oporto, 1969.

   ■. A Inquisição Portuguesa. Lisbon, 1969 and later eds.

   ■ Schneider, Susan. O Marquês De Pombal E O Vinho Do Porto: Dependência e subdesenvolvimento em Portugal no século XVIII. Lisbon, 1980.

   ■ Shaw, L. M. E. Trade, Inquisition and the English Nation in Portugal, 16401690. London: Carcancet, 1989.

   ■ Shillington, V. M., and A. B. W. Chapman. The Commercial Relations of England and Portugal. London: Routledge, 1907.

   ■ Sideri, Sandro. Trade and Power: Informal Colonialism in Anglo-Portuguese Relations. Rotterdam: Rotterdam University Press, 1970.

   ■ Smith, John Athelstone [Conde de Carnota]. Marquis of Pombal, 2nd ed. London, 1872.

   ■ Thomas, Gerturde Z. Richer Than Spices. New York: Knopf, 1965. Walford, A. R. The British Factory in Lisbon. Lisbon, 1940.

   ■ Constitutional Monarchy and Liberalism (1822-1910)

   ■ Baptista, Jacinto. O Cinco de Outubro. Lisbon, 1965. Brandão, Raúl. Memórias, 3 vols. Lisbon, 1969 ed.

   ■ Cabral, Manuel Villaverde. O desenvolvimento do capitalismo em Portugal no século XIX. Lisbon, 1981. Caetano, Marcello. História Breve das Constituções portuguesas. Lisbon, 1971 ed.

   ■ Carnota, Conde da. Memoirs of Marshal, the Duke of Saldanha, with Selections from His Correspondence, 2 vols. London: John Murray, 1880. Carvalho, Joaquim de. Estudos sobre a cultura portuguesa do século XIX. Coimbra, 1955.

   ■ Cheke, Marcus. Carlota Joaquina, Queen of Portugal. London: Sidgwick and Jackson, 1947.

   ■ França, José-Augusto. Zé Provinho na Obra de Rafael Bordalo Pinheiro. Lisbon, 1975.

   ■ Fuschini, Augusto. Liquidações políticas. Lisbon, 1896.

   ■ Godinho, Vitorino Magalhães. Estrutura da Antiga Sociedade Portuguesa. Lisbon, 1975 ed.

   ■ Hammond, Richard J. Portugal and Africa, 1815-1910: A Study in Uneconomic Imperialism. Stanford, Calif.: Stanford University Press, 1966.

   ■ Homem, Amadeu Carvalho. A Propaganda Republicana ( 1870-1910). Coimbra, 1990.

   ■ Livermore, H. V. Portugal: A Short History. Edinburgh, U.K.: Edinburgh University Press, 1973. Machado, Alvaro Manuel. A Geração de 70-uma revolução cultural e literária. Lisbon, 1986 ed.

   ■ Martins, Joaquim Pedro de Oliveira. Portugal Contemporâneo, 3 vols. Lisbon, 1953 ed.

   ■ Medina, João. Eça Político. Lisbon, 1974.

   ■ Mônica, Maria Filomena. Fontes Pereira de Melo. Oporto: Ed. Afrontamento, 1999.

   ■ Nobre, Eduardo. Paixoes Reais. Lisbon: Quimera, 2002.

   ■ Pereira, Miriam Halpern. Livre Câmbio e Desenvolvimento Económico: Portugal na segunda metade do século XIX. Lisbon, 1971.

   ■. Revolução, Finanças, Dependência Externa ( de 1820 à convenção de Gramido). Lisbon, 1979.

   ■ Peres, Damião, ed. História de Portugal. Volume III. Barcelos, 1935 ed.

   ■ Ramos, Rui. D.Carlos. 1863-1908. Lisbon: Circulo de Leitores, 2006.

   ■. Liberal Reformism in Portugal. Oliveira Martins, the Movement for New Life and the Politics of the Constitutional Monarchy ( 1885-1908). Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1998.

   ■ Rorick, David. Maria da Fonte: History and Myth. M.A. thesis, History Department, Sonoma State University, Sonoma, Calif., 1984.

   ■ Sá, Vítor de. Perspectivas do Século XIX. Lisbon, 1964.

   ■ Serrão, Joel. Sampaio Bruno: O homem e o pensamento. Lisbon, 1958.

   ■. Temas Oitocentistas, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1959-62.

   ■. "Liberalismo." In Joel Serrão, ed., Dicionário de História de Portugal. Vol. II, 732-41. Lisbon, 1965.

   ■. Do Sebastianismo ao Socialismo. Lisbon, 1975 ed.

   ■ Silbert, Albert. Do Portugal de Antiga Regime ao Portugal Oitocentista. Lisbon, 1972.

   ■ Teles, Basílio. Do Ultimatum ao 31 de Janeiro. Lisbon, 1968 ed.

   ■ Parliamentary, Republican Portugal (1910-26)

   ■ Antunes, José Freire. A Cadeira do Sidónio Pais. Lisbon, 1980. Arriaga, Manuel de. Na primeira presidência da República Portugueza: Um rápido relatório. Lisbon, 1916.

   ■ Bell, Aubrey, F. G. In Portugal. London, 1912.

   ■. Portugal of the Portuguese. London: Pitman, 1915.

   ■ Bragança-Cunha, V. de. Revolutionary Portugal, 1910-1936. London: Swift, 1937.

   ■ Brandão, Raúl. Memórias, 3 vols. In Brandão, Obras Completas. Lisbon, 1969.

   ■ Burity, Braz [Pseudonym of Joaquim Madureira]. A Forja da Lei. Coimbra, 1915.

   ■ Cabral, Manuel V. Portugal Na Alvorada Do Século XX. Lisbon, 1979.

   ■. 'The Aesthetics of Nationalism: Modernism and Authoritarianism in Early 20th-Century Portugal." Luso-Brazilian Review (Madison, Wisc.) 26, 1 (Summer 1989): 15-43. Campos, Ezequiel. Política. Oporto, 1924.

   ■ Cardia, Sottomayor, ed. Seara Nova: Antologia. Pela Reforma da República (1, 2) 1921-1926, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1971-72.

   ■ Carqueja, Bento. O Povo de Portugal. Oporto, 1916.

   ■. O Futuro de Portugal: Portugal Apos À Guerra. Oporto, 1920.

   ■ Chagas, João. Diário, 1914-1918, 3 vols. Lisbon, 1929-30.

   ■ Cortesão, Jaime. "Memórias da Grande Guerra." In Obras Completas de Jaime Cortesão. Lisbon, 1969.

   ■ Cunha Leal, Francisco. As Minhas Memórias, 3 vols. Lisbon, 1966-68.

   ■ Derou, Jean. Les Relations Franco-Portugaises ( 1910-1926). Paris: Publications de la Sorbonne, 1986.

   ■ Fazenda, Pedro. A Crise Política. Lisbon, 1926.

   ■ Ferrão, Carlos. História De la República. Lisbon, 1976.

   ■ Ferreira, David. "5 De Outubro de 1910." In Joel Serrão, ed., Dicionário de História De Portugal III (1968): 264-67. Ferreira Martins, Gen. Luís, ed. Portugal na Grande Guerra, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1945.

   ■ Gomes da Costa, Gen. Manuel. Memórias. Lisbon, 1930. História Política da Primeira República Portuguesa ( 1910-1915), 2 vols. Lisbon, 1973.

   ■ Lorenzo, Felix. Portugal ( cinco anos de republica). Madrid, 1915.

   ■ Machado, Bernardino. Depois de 21 de Maio. Lisbon, 1922.

   ■ Machado Santos, Antônio. 1907-1910: A revolução portugueza. Relatôrio.

   ■ Lisbon, 1911. Madureira, Arnaldo. 0 28 De Maio. Lisbon, 1982.

   ■ Magno, David. Livro da Guerra de Portugal na Flandres. Oporto, 1920.

   ■. A Situação Portuguesa. Oporto, 1926.

   ■ Marques Guedes, Armando. Cinco Meses no governo. Oporto, 1926.

   ■ Martins, Rocha. Memórias sobre Sidónio Pais. Lisbon, 1921.

   ■ Medeiros, Fernando. Nas Orígens Do A Sociedade E A Economia Portuguesas Salazarismo. Lisbon, 1978. Medina, João. "Oh! a República!...," Estudos sobre o Republicanismo e a Primeira República Portuguesa. Lisbon, 1990.

   ■, ed. História Contemporânea De Portugal: Primeira República, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1986.

   ■ Mônica, Maria Filomena. "Uma Aristocracia Operária: Os Chapeleiros (18701913)." Análise Social 60, 2nd series (1979). Montalvor, Luís de, ed. História de Regimen Republicano em Portugal, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1930-32.

   ■ Oliveira, César. O Operariado E A República Democrática, 1910-1914. Oporto, 1972.

   ■ Oliveira Marques, A. H. de. "The Portuguese 1920s: A General Survey." Iberian Studies 2 (1973): 32-40.

   ■. História De la República Portuguesa: As Estruturas De Base, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1973-74.

   ■. A Primeira República Portuguesa: Alguns aspectos estruturais. Lisbon, 1975 ed.

   ■. O Terceiro Governo Afonso Costa— 1917. Lisbon, 1977.

   ■. Pabôn, Jesus. La Revolución Portuguesa, 2 vols. Madrid, 1945-46; Portuguese edition: Lisbon, 1961. Paxeco, Oscar. Os Que Arrancaram Em 28 De Maio. Lisbon, 1937. Peres, Damião, ed. História De Portugal. Ediçao Monumental: Supplemento. Oporto, 1954.

   ■ Pessoa, Fernando. A Memória do Presidente— Rei Sidónio Pais. Lisbon, 1928.

   ■ Relvas, José. Memórias Políticas, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1977-78.

   ■ Schwartzman, Kathleen C. "Lucros, investimentos e coligações políticas na I República." Análise Social XVIII, 72-71 (1982): 741-58.

   ■. The Social Origins of Democratic Collapse: The First Portuguese Republic in the Global Economy. Lawrence: University of Kansas Press, 1989.

   ■ Serrão, Joel. Liberalismo, socialismo e republicanismo. Lisbon, 1979.

   ■ Silva, Antônio Maria da. O Meu Depoimento, 2 vols. Mem Martins, 1978-82.

   ■ Teixeira, Nuno Severiano. O Poder e a guerra, 1914-1918. Lisbon: Estampa, 1996.

   ■, and Antônio Costa Pinto, eds. A Primeira República Portuguesa: Entre O Liberalismo E O Autoritarismo. Lisbon: Ed. Colibri, 2000.

   ■ Telo, Antônio José. Decadência E Queda Da I República Portuguesa, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1980-84.

   ■ Torre (Gomez), Hipôlito dela, and J. Sanchez Cervello. Portugal En El Siglo XX. Madrid: Ediciones Istmo: Colecciôn La Historia en sus textos, 1992.

   ■ Valente, Vasco Pulido. "A República e as classes trabalhadores (Outubro 1910-Agosto 1911)." Análise Social IX, 31 (1972): 293-316.

   ■. O Poder e o Povo: A Revolução de 1910. Lisbon, 1974.

   ■ Veríssimo Serrao, Joaquim. História De Portugal. Volume XI: A Primeira República ( 1910-1926): História Política, Religiosa, Militar e Ultramarina. Lisbon, 1989.

   ■. História De Portugal Volume XII: História Diplomática, Social, Económica e Cultural. Lisbon, 1990.

   ■ Vincent-Smith, John. "Britain and Portugal, 1910-1916." Ph.D. dissertation, History, University of London, 1971.

   ■ Wheeler, Douglas L. "The Portuguese Revolution of 1910." Journal of Modern History 44 (June 1972): 172-94.

   ■. Republican Portugal: A Political History, 1910-1926. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 1978.

   ■. "Nightmare Republic: Portugal, 1910-1926." History Today (London) 32 (September 1981): 5-10.

   ■ Young, George. Portugal Old and Young: An Historical Study. Oxford, Clarendon Press, 1917.

   ■ Authoritarian Portugal (1926-74)

   ■ Afonso, Rui. Injustiça: O Caso Sousa Mendes. Lisbon: Caminho, 1990.

   ■. Um Homem Bom: Aristides De Sousa Mendes, O " Wallenberg Portuguese' Lisbon: Caminho, 1995.

   ■ Antunes, José Freire. Os Americanos E Portugal. Vol. 1. Os anos de Ricard Nixon, 1969-1974. Lisbon, 1986.

   ■. Os Americanos e Portugal. 1961. Kennedy e Salazar: O Leão e a Raposa. Lisbon, 1991.

   ■. Salazar/Caetano. Cartas Secretas. 1932-1968. Lisbon: Círculo de Leitores, 1993.

   ■. Jorge Jardim: Agente Secreto. Lisbon: Bertrand, 1996.

   ■. Portugal na guerra do petróleo: Os Açores E As Vitórias de Israel 1973. Lisbon: Edeline, 2000. Aquino, Acácio Tómas de. O Segredo das Prisões Atlânticas. Lisbon, 1978. Araquistain, Luis. "Dictatorship in Portugal." Foreign Affairs 7 (October 1928): 41-53.

   ■ Assac, Jacques Ploncard. Salazar. Paris: La Table Ronde, 1967.

   ■ Baklanoff, Eric N. "The Political Economy of Portugal's Old Regime: Growth and Change Preceding the 1974 Revolution." World Development 7, 8-9 (August-September 1979): 799-812.

   ■ Barreno, Maria Isabel, Maria Teresa Horta, and Maria Velho da Costa. The Three Marias: New Portuguese Letters. New York: Doubleday, 1975.

   ■ Blume, Norman. "SEDES: An Example of Opposition in a Conservative Authoritarian State." Government and Opposition 12 (Summer 1977): 351-66.

   ■ Braga da Cruz, Manuel. A origem da democracia-cristã em Portugal e o Sala-zarismo. Lisbon, 1979.

   ■. "Notas para uma caracterização política do salazarismo." In Gabinete de Investigações Sociais. Análise Social: A Formação de Portugal Contemporâneo: 1900-1980. Vol. I, 72-74 (April-December 1981): 773-94.

   ■. "O Integralismo nas origens do Salazarismo." Análise Social XVIII (1982): 1409-19.

   ■. "A Oposição Eleitoral ao Salazarismo." Revista de História das Ideias V (1983).

   ■. Monárquicos e Republicanos no Estado Novo. Lisbon, 1986.

   ■ Cabral, Manuel V. "Sobre o fascismo e o seu avento em Portugal." Análise Social XII, 48 (1976), 873-915.

   ■ Caetano, Marcello. A Missão Dos Dirigentes. Lisbon, 1966, 4th ed.

   ■. Depoimento. São Paulo, 1974.

   ■. História Breve das Constituições Portugueses. Lisbon, 1974.

   ■. As Minhas Memórias de Salazar. Lisbon, 1977.

   ■ Campinos, Jorge. A Ditadura Militar, 1926-1933. Lisbon, 1975. Carrilho, Maria. Forças Armadas e Mudança Política em Portugal no Século XX. Lisbon, 1985.

   ■, et al. Portugal na Segunda Guerra Mundial Contributos para uma reavaliação. Lisbon, 1989.

   ■ Carvalho, Otelo Saraiva de. Alvorada em Abril. Lisbon, 1977.

   ■ Castanheira, Jose Pedro and Valdemar Cruz. A Filha Rebelde. Lisbon: Temas & Debates, 2003.

   ■ Costa Pinto, Antônio, et al. O Fascismo Em Portugal [Proceedings of Conference, Lisbon, March 1980]. Lisbon, 1982.

   ■. 'The Radical Right and the Military Dictatorship in Portugal: The National May 28 League (1928-1933)." Luso-Brazilian Review 23, 1 (Summer 1986): 1-15.

   ■. "O Salazarismo No Recente Investigação Sobre o Fascismo Europeu...." Análise Social XXV (1990): 695-713.

   ■. As camisas azuis: Ideologias, elites e movimentos fascistas em Portugal, 1914-1945. Lisbon: Estampa, 1994.

   ■. Salazar's Dictatorship and European Fascism: Problems of Interpretation. New York: Columbia University Press, 1995.

   ■. The Blue Shirts: Portuguese Fascists and the New State. New York: Columbia University Press, 2000.

   ■ Delgado, Humberto. The Memoirs of General Delgado. London: Cassell, 1964.

   ■. Memórias De Humberto Delgado. Iva Delgado and Antônio de Figueiredo, eds. Lisbon: Dom Quixote, 1991.

   ■ Duarte Silva, A. E., et al. Salazar E O Salazarismo. Lisbon, 1989.

   ■ Egerton, F. C. C. Salazar, Rebuilder of Portugal. London: Hodder & Stoughton, 1943.

   ■ Ferraz, Artur Ivens. A Asenção de Salazar: Memórias de Ivens Ferraz. Lisbon, 1988.

   ■ Ferro, Antônio. Salazar: O Homem E A Sua Obra. Lisbon, 1933. English edition: Salazar: Portugal and Her Leader. London: Faber & Faber, 1939, and editions in other languages.

   ■. Portugal: Breviário Da Pátria Para Os Ausentes. Lisbon, 1946.

   ■ Figueiredo, Antônio. Portugal and Its Empire: The Truth. London: Gollancz, 1961.

   ■. "The Case Against Portugal." In Philip Mason, ed., Angola: A Symposium. Views of a Revolt, 46-57. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1962.

   ■. Portugal. Fifty Years of Dictatorship. Harmondsworth, U.K.: Penguin, 1975.

   ■ Fox, Ralph. Portugal Now. London, 1937.

   ■ Freitas do Amaral, Diogo. O Antigo Regime E A Revolução. Memórias Políticas ( 1941-1975). Lisbon: Bertrand, 1995.

   ■ Fryer, Peter, and Patricia McGowan Pinheiro. Oldest Ally: A Portrait of Sala-zar's Portugal. London: Dobson, 1961.

   ■ Gallagher, Tom. "Controlled Repression in Salazar's Portugal." Journal of Contemporary History 14, 3 (July 1979): 385-403.

   ■. "The Mystery Train: Portugal's Military Dictatorship 1926-32." European Studies Review 11 (1981): 325-54.

   ■. "From Hegemony to Opposition: The Ultraright Before and After 1974." In L. S. Graham and D. L. Wheeler, eds., In Search of Modern Portugal, 81-103. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 1983.

   ■. Portugal: A Twentieth Century Interpretation. Manchester, U.K.: Manchester University Press, 1983.

   ■ Galvão, Henrique. Santa Maria: My Crusade for Portugal. London: Weiden-feld and Nicholson, 1961.

   ■. Carta Aberta ao Dr. Salazar. Lisbon, 1975.

   ■ Gamier, Christine. Vacances avec Salazar. Paris, 1952; American edition: Salazar in Portugal: An Intimate Portrait. New York, 1954. Georgel, Jacques. O Salazarismo. Lisbon, 1985.

   ■ Gouveia, Fernando. Memórias de um Inspector da PIDE. Lisbon, 1979.

   ■ Graham, Lawrence S. "Portugal: The Bureaucracy of Empire." LADAC Occasional Papers series 2, 9 (1973). Austin, Tex.: Institute of Latin American Studies.

   ■. Portugal: The Decline and Collapse of an Authoritarian Order. Beverly Hills, Calif.: Sage, 1975.

   ■. "The Military in Politics: The Politicization of the Portuguese Armed Forces." In L. S. Graham and H. M. Makler, eds., Contemporary Portugal, 221-56. Austin: University of Texas Press, 1979.

   ■, and Harry M. Makler, eds. Contemporary Portugal: The Revolution and Its Antecedents. Austin: University of Texas Press, 1979.

   ■, and Douglas L. Wheeler, eds. In Search of Modern Portugal: The Revolution and Its Consequences. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 1983.

   ■ Guyomard, George. La Dictature Militaire au Portugal. Paris, 1927.

   ■ Janeiro, Helena Pinto. Salazar E Pétain. Relações Luso-Francesas Durante A II Guerra Mundial ( 1940-44). Lisbon: Cosmos, 1998.

   ■ Kay, Hugh. "A Catholic View." In Philip Mason, ed., Angola: A Symposium. Views of a Revolt, 80-103. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1962.

   ■. Salazar and Modern Portugal. New York: Hawthorne, 1970.

   ■ Leeds, Elizabeth. "Labor Export, Development and the State: The Political Economy of Portuguese Emigration." Ph.D. dissertation, Department of Political Science, Massachusetts Institute of Technology, 1984.

   ■ Lewis, Paul H. "Salazar's Ministerial Elite, 1932-1968."Journal of Politics 40 (August 1987): 622-47.

   ■ Lins, Alvaro. Missão em Portugal. Lisbon, 1974.

   ■ Linz, Juan. "Foreword." In L. Graham and H. M. Makler, eds., Contemporary Portugal: The Revolution and Its Antecedents, xii-xi. Austin: University of Texas Press, 1979.

   ■ Lucena, Manuel. A evolução do sistema corporativo português, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1976.

   ■. "The Evolution of Portuguese Corporatism under Salazar and Caetano." In L. Graham and H. Makler, eds., Contemporary Portugal: The Revolution and Its Antecedents, 47-88. Austin: University of Texas Press, 1979.

   ■ McCarthy, Mary. "Letter from Lisbon." The New Yorker XXX, 51 (February 5, 1955): 80-96.

   ■ Magalhães Godinho, Vitorino. O Socialismo e o Futuro da Peninsula. Lisbon, 1969.

   ■ Makler, Harry M. A " Elite" Industrial Portuguesa. Lisbon, 1969.

   ■. "The Portuguese Industrial Elite and Its Corporative Relations." Economic Development and Cultural Change 24, 3 (April 1976): 495-526.

   ■ Martins, Hermínio. "Opposition in Portugal." Government and Opposition 4 (Spring 1969): 250-63.

   ■. "Portugal." In S. J. Woolf, ed., European Fascism, 302-36. New York: Vintage, 1969.

   ■. "Introduction: Tristes durées." In R. Feijô, H. Martins and J. de Pina-Cabral, eds., Death in Portugal: Studies in Portuguese Anthropology and Modern History. Oxford: Journal of the Anthropological Society of Oxford, 1983.

   ■ Medina, João. Salazar em França. Lisbon, 1977.

   ■. Salazar E Os Fascistas: Salazarismo e Nacional-Sindicalismo: A história dum conflito 1932/1935. Lisbon, 1978.

   ■. Ditadura: O " Estado Novo," 2 vols., in his História Contemporânea De Portugal. Lisbon, 1986.

   ■ Ministério dos Negôcios Estrangeiros, ed. Dez Anos de Política Externa ( 1936-1947): A Nação Portuguesa e a Segunda Guerra Mundial, 12 vols., and in progress. Lisbon, 1964.

   ■ Mônica, Maria Filomena. Educação e Sociedade no Portugal de Salazar. Lisbon, 1978.

   ■ Nogueira, Alberto Franco. Salazar, 6 vols. Coimbra and Oporto, 1978-85.

   ■. História de Portugal, 1933-1974: II Supplemento. Oporto, 1981.

   ■. Um político confessa-se ( Diário: 1960-1968), 3rd ed. Oporto, 1987.

   ■ Oliveira, César. Portugal e a II República de Espanha, 1931-l 936. Lisbon, 1985.

   ■. Salazar E A Guerra Civil De Espanha, 2nd ed. Lisbon, 1988.

   ■. Os Anos Decisivos: Portugal 1962-1985. Um testemunho. Lisbon: Presença, 1993.

   ■ Oliveira Marques, A. H. de. A Maçonaria Portuguesa e o Estado Novo. Lisbon, 1975.

   ■. History of Portugal; 1 in 2 vols. New York: Columbia University Press, 1976 ed.

   ■. A Liga de Paris E A Ditadura Militar, 1927-1928. Lisbon, 1976.

   ■. História de Portugal, 2 vols. Lisbon: 1980 and later eds.

   ■, ed. A Literatura Clandestina Em Portugal, 1926-1932, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1990.

   ■ Patriarca, Fátima. A Questaão Social no Salazarismo. Vol. 1. Lisbon: INCM, 1995.

   ■. Sindicatos contra Salazar: A revolta do 18 de janeiro de 1934. Lisbon: Instituto de Ciências Sociais, 2000. Pattee, Richard. Portugal and the Portuguese World. Milwaukee, Wisc.: Bruce, 1957.

   ■ Payne, Stanley G. A History of Spain and Portugal. Volume 2. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 1973.

   ■. "Salazarism: 'Fascism' or 'Bureaucratic Authoritarianism'?" In Estudos de história portuguesa: Homenagem à A. H. de Oliveira Marques. Lisbon, 1983.

   ■ Pereira, José Pacheco. Conflitos sociais nos campos do sul de Portugal. Mem Martins, 1978.

   ■. A Preparação Ideológica da Intervenção Militar de 28 de Maio de 1926. Oporto, 1978.

   ■. "Problemas da história do P. C. P." In A. Costa Pinto et al., eds., O Fascismo Em Portugal [Proceedings of Conference, University of Lisbon, March 1980], 269-85. Lisbon, 1982.

   ■ Pimentel, Irene Flunser. Judeus em Portugal durante a II Guerra Mundial. Em fuga de Hitler e do Holocausto. Lisbon: Esfera dos Livros, 2006.

   ■ Pires, José Cardoso. Dinossauro Excelentíssimo. Lisbon, 1972.

   ■ Porch, Douglas. The Portuguese Armed Forces and the Revolution. London: Croom Helm, 1977.

   ■ Presidência do Conselho de Ministros. Comissão do Livro Negro Sobre o Regime Fascista ["Black Book" series]. Eleições No Regime Fascista. Lisbon, 1979.

   ■. A Política De Informação No Regime Fascista, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1980.

   ■. Livros Proibidos No Regime Fascista. Lisbon, 1981.

   ■. Presos Políticos No Regime Fascista, 5 vols. Lisbon, 1981-87.

   ■. Relatórios Para Oliveira Salazar, 1931-1939. Lisbon, 1981.

   ■. Discriminação Política No Emprego No Regime Fascista. Lisbon, 1982.

   ■. Proibição Da " Time" No Regime Fascista [ Time magazine July 23, 1946, with Dr. Salazar on cover]. Lisbon, 1982.

   ■. Os Estudantes No Regime Fascista. Lisbon, 1983.

   ■. Trabalho, Sindicatos E Greves No Regime Fascista. Lisbon, 1984.

   ■. Correspondência Entre Mário De Figueiredo E Oliveira Salazar. Lisbon, 1986.

   ■. Repressão Política E Social No Regime Fascista. Lisbon, 1986.

   ■. Correspondência de Pedro Teotónio Pereira para Oliveira Salazar vol. 1 ( 1931-1939), 2 vols. Lisbon, 1987-89.

   ■ Queiroga, Captain Fernando. Portugal Oprimido. Lisbon, 1974.

   ■ Raby, David L. "Populism and the Portuguese Left: From Delgado to Otelo." In L. S. Graham and D. L. Wheeler, eds., In Search of Modern Portugal, 61-80. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 1983.

   ■. Fascism and Resistance in Portugal: Communists, Liberals and the Military Dissidents in the Opposition to Salazar, 1941-1974. Manchester, U.K.: Manchester University Press, 1988.

   ■ Raby, Dawn Linda. "The Portuguese Presidential Election of 1949: A Successful Government Maneuver?" Luso-Brazilian Review 27, 1 (Summer 1990): 63-77.

   ■ Rêgo, Raúl. Diário Político. Lisbon, 1969; 1974, 2nd ed.

   ■. Horizontes Fechados. Oporto, 1970.

   ■. Horizontes Fechados/ Páginas de Política, 3rd ed. Lisbon, 1974.

   ■ Ribeiro, Aquilino. Volfrâmio. Lisbon, 1944.

   ■. Quando os Lobos Uivam. Lisbon, 1958; English ed. Patricia McGowan

   ■ Pinheiro, trans. London: Cape, 1963.

   ■ Robinson, Richard A. H. Contemporary Portugal: A History. London and Boston: Allen & Unwin, 1979.

   ■ Rocha, José Antônio De Oliveira. The Portuguese Administrative State. Ph.D. dissertation, Department of Political Science, University of South Carolina, 1986.

   ■ Rosa, Frederico Delgado. Humberto Delgado. Biografia Do General Sem Medo. Lisbon: Esfera dos Livros, 2008. Rosas, Fernando. O Estado Novo Nos Anos Trinta: 1928-1938. Lisbon, 1986.

   ■. O Salazarismo E A Aliança Luso-Britânica. Lisbon, 1988.

   ■. Portugal Entre A Paz E A Guerra... 1939-1945. Lisbon, 1990.

   ■. O Estado Novo ( 1926-1974). Vol. VII of José Mattoso, ed. Historia De

   ■ Portugal. Lisbon: Edit. Estampa, 1994.

   ■. and Pedro Aires Oliveira (eds.). A Transicao Falhada. O Marcelismo e o Fim do Estado Novo ( 1968-1974). Lisbon: Edit. Noticias, 2004.

   ■ Rudel, Christian. Salazar. Paris: Mercure de France, 1969.

   ■ Sá Carneiro, Francisco. Uma Tentativa de Participação política. Lisbon, 1971.

   ■. A Liberalização bloqueada. Lisbon, 1972.

   ■. Vale a Pena ser Deputado? Fundão, 1973.

   ■ Salazar, Antônio de Oliveira. Discursos E Notas Políticas. [Speeches, Broadcasts, Notes and Statements, 1928-1966, 6 vols. Coimbra, 1935-1966]. Several editions.

   ■. Doctrine and Action: Internal and Foreign Policy of the New Portugal, I928-1939. Robert Edgar Broughton, trans. London: Faber & Faber, 1939.

   ■. "Realities and Trends of Portugal's Policies." International Affairs XXXIX, 2 (April 1963): 169-83.

   ■. The Road for the Future [Speeches, statements of policy made during 1928-62]. Lisbon, 1963.

   ■. Entrevistas: 1960-1966 [interviews]. Coimbra, 1967.

   ■. Salazar: Pensamento e doutrina política. Textos anthológicos. [Anthology of speeches, writings, interviews granted, 1914-68]. Mendo C. Henriques and Gonçalo de Sampaio e Melo, eds. Lisbon, 1989.

   ■ Santana, Emilio. Historia de um Atentado. O atentado contra Salazar. Lisbon, 1976.

   ■ Schmitter, Philippe C. Corporatism and Public Policy in Authoritarian Portugal. London: Sage, 1975.

   ■. "Liberation by Golpe: Retrospective Thoughts on the Demise of Authoritarian Rule in Portugal." Armed Forces and Society 2 (Nov. 1975): 5-33.

   ■. "The Impact and Meaning of Elections in Authoritarian Portugal, 1933-74." In G. Hermet et al., eds., Elections Without Choice. Basingstoke, U.K.: Macmillan, 1978.

   ■. "'The 'Regime d'exception' That Became the Rule: Forty-Eight Years of Authoritarian Domination in Portugal." In L. S. Graham and H. M. Mak-ler, eds., Contemporary Portugal: The Revolution and Its Antecedents, 3-46. Austin: University of Texas Press, 1979.

   ■, and Gerhard Lehmbruch, eds. Trends towards Corporatist Intermediation. Beverly Hills, Calif.: Sage, 1979.

   ■ Shelton, Richard L. "Development of the Communist Party of Portugal, 1921-1976." Ph.D. dissertation, Department of History, St. Louis University, 1984.

   ■ Silva, José. Memórias de um operário. Vol. 2. Oporto, 1971. Soares, Mário. Escritos Políticos. Lisbon, 1969.

   ■. Portugal Bailloné. Paris, 1972; Portuguese edition: Portugal Amordaçado, Lisbon, 1974; English edition: Portugal's Struggle for Liberty. Translated by Mary Gawsworth. London: Allen & Unwin, 1975.

   ■ Spínola, Antônio de. Portugal e o Futuro. Lisbon, 1974; English edition: Johannesburg: Perskor, 1974.

   ■ Teixeira, Luis [Sampaio]. Perfil de Salazar. Lisbon, 1938.

   ■ Teixeira, Nuno Severiano. "From Neutrality to Alignment: Portugal in the Foundation of the Atlantic Pact." EUI: Working Papers in History. Florence, Italy: European University Institute, 1991.

   ■ Telo, Antônio José. Portugal na Segunda Guerra. Lisbon, 1987.

   ■. A Neutralidade Portuguesa e o Ouro Nazi. Lisbon: Quetzal, 2000.

   ■ Teotônio Pereira, Pedro. Memórias, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1972-73.

   ■ Vasco, Nuno. Vigiados e perseguidos. Lisbon, 1977.

   ■ Veríssimo, Serrão. Marcelo Caetano: Confidencias No Exílio. Lisbon, 1985. Vintras, R. E. The Portuguese Connection: The Secret History of the Azores Base. London: Bachman & Turner, 1974. West, S. George. The New Corporative State of Portugal [Inaugural lecture, King's College, London, Feb. 1937]. London: New Temple Press, 1937. Wheeler, Douglas L. "Thaw in Portugal." Foreign Affairs 48, 4 (July 1970): 769-81.

   ■. "Days of Wine and Carnations: The Portuguese Revolution of [April 25] 1974." Bulletin. New Hampshire Council on World Affairs XX (July 1974): 1-10.

   ■. "Antônio de Oliveira Salazar (1889-1970)." In Jacques Frémontier, ed., Les Hommes d'Siecle XX: Les Dictateurs. Paris: Mazenod, 1978.

   ■. "The Military and the Portuguese Dictatorship, 1926- 1974." In S. Graham and H. M. Makler, eds., Contemporary Portugal: The Revolution and Its Antecedents, 191-219. Austin: University of Texas Press, 1979.

   ■. "In the Service of Order: The Portuguese Dictatorship's Political Police (PVDE; PIDE) and the British, German and Spanish Intelligence [Services]." Journal of Contemporary History 24, 2 (January 1983): 1-25.

   ■. Republican Portugal: A Political History, 1910-1926. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 1978. Portuguese edition: História Política de Portugal, 1910-l926. Mem Martins, 1985.

   ■. "The Price of Neutrality: Portugal, the Wolfram Question, and World War II." Luso-Brazilian Review [two part article] 12, 1-2 (Summer 1986; Winter 1986): 107-27.

   ■. A Ditadura Militar Portuguesa, 1926-1933. Mem Martins, 1988.

   ■. "The Third Pig: From Theory to Grubby Fact in Reassessing the Estado Novo." In B. F. Taggie and R. W. Clement, eds., Iberia & the Mediterranean, 145-68. Warrensburg: Central Missouri State Press, 1989.

   ■. "And Who Is My Neighbor? A World War II Hero of Conscience for Portugal." Luso-Brazilian Review 26, 1 (Summer 1989): 119-39.

   ■. "Antônio de Oliveira Salazar (1889-1970)." In Research Guide to European Historical Biography. Vol. 3. Washington, D.C.: Beacham, 1992.

   ■. "'Estado Presente de tranquilidade,' posto em causa: Portugal observado e analisado no contexto internacional de 1958-59." In Iva Delgado, Carlos Pacheco, and Telmo Faria, eds., Humberto Delgado: As eleições de 58, 448-71. Lisbon: Vega, 1998.

   ■, and René Pélissier. Angola. New York: Praeger and London: Pall Mall, 1971; reprinted: Westport, Conn.: Greenwood, 1977.

   ■ Wiarda, Howard J. "Toward a Framework for the Study of Political Change in Iberic-Latin Tradition: The Corporative Model." World Politics 25 (January 1973): 206-35.

   ■. Corporatism and Development: The Portuguese Experience. Amherst: University of Massachusetts Press, 1977.

   ■. "The Corporatist Tradition and the Corporative System in Portugal." In L. S. Graham and H. M. Makler, eds., Contemporary Portugal. The Revolution and Its Antecedents, 89-122. Austin: University of Texas Press, 1979.

   ■ World War II and Portugal

   ■ Afonso, Rui. Um Homem Bom. Aristides De Sousa Mendes O " Wallenberg Portugues." Lisbon: Caminho, 1995.

   ■. Injustica-o Caso Sousa Mendes. Lisbon: Caminho, 1990.

   ■ Agudo, Manuel Ros. La Guerra Secreta de Franco ( 1939-1945). Barcelona, 2002.

   ■ Anon., Fugindo a Hitler e a Salazar e ao Holocausto-Refugiados em Portugal entre 1933-1945. Lisbon: Soc. Tipografica, 1994.

   ■ Barreiros, Jose Antonio. A Lusitania Dos Espioes. Lisbon: Hugin, 1995.

   ■. O Espiao Alemao Em Goa. Operacao Long Shanks, 1943. Lisbon, 2001.

   ■ Beevor, J. G. SOE. Recollections and Reflections 1940-45. London, 1981. Bloch, Michael. Operation Willi: The Plot to Kidnap the Duke of Windsor July 1940. London: Weidenfeld & Nicolson, 1984. Carrilho, Maria et. al., Portugal Na Segunda Guerra Mundial. Contributos para uma reavaliacao. Lisbon: Dom Quixote, 1989. Cole, Robert. Britain and the War of Words in Neutral Europe, 1939-45. New York: St. Martin's, 1990. Colvin, Ian. Flight 777. London: Evans, 1957. Dias, Mariana Tavares. Lisboa nos Anos 40. Lisbon: Quimera, 1997. Eizenstadt, Stuart E. Coord. U.S. and Allied Efforts to Recover and Restore Gold and Other Assets Stolen or Hidden by Germany during World War II. New York, 2001.

   ■ Fralon, Jose-Alain. A Good Man in Evil Times. The Story of Aristides De Sousa Mendes: The Man Who Saved the Lives of Countless Refugees in World War II. New York: Carroll & Graf, 2001.

   ■ Giraudoux, Jean. Portugal. Paris: Grasset, 1958.

   ■ Johns, Philip. Within Two Cloaks. Missions With SIS and SOE. London, 1979.

   ■ Koestler, Arthur. Arrival and Departure. London, 1943.

   ■ Leitz, Christian. Sympathy for the Devil: Neutral Portugal and Nazi Germany in World War II. New York, 2001.

   ■ Louca, Antonio. Hitler e Salazar. Comercio em tempos de Guerra 1940-1944. Lisbon, 2000.

   ■ Luca, Antonio. "Portugal's Double Game: Between the Nazis and the Allies." In Avi Beker, ed., The Plunder of Jewish Property during the Holocaust. Confronting European History. New York, 2001. MacIntyre, Ben. Agent Zigzag. New York: Harmony, 2007. Martins, Maria Joao. O Paraiso Triste. O Quotidiano em Lisboa durante a II Grande Guerra. Lisbon: Vega, 1994. Masterman, J.C. The Double-Cross System in the War of 1939 to 1945. New Haven, Conn.: Yale University Press, 1972. Muggeridge, Malcolm. Chronicles of Wasted Time. Chronicle 2: The Infernal Grove. New York: William Morrow, 1974.

   ■ Nery, Julia. O Consul. Lisbon: Dom Quixote, 1991.

   ■ Pimentel, Irene Flunser. Judeus em Portugal na Segunda Guerra Mundial. Lisbon, 2006.

   ■ Popov, Dusko. Spy/ Counterspy. London, 1974.

   ■ Prokosch, Frederick. The Conspirators. New York, 1943.

   ■ Remarque, Erich Maria. The Night in Lisbon. New York, 1966.

   ■ Ribeiro, Aquilino. Volfarmio Romance. Lisbon: Bertrand, 1943.

   ■ Rosas, Fernando. Portugal entre a Paz e a Guerra. Lisbon: Estampa, 1990.

   ■ Saint-Exupery, Antoine. Wartime Writings, 1939-1944. New York: Harcourt, Brace, 1986.

   ■ Teixeira, Nuno Severiano, ed. Portugal E A Guerra. Historia das Intervencoes militares portuguesas nos grandes conflitos mundiais seculos XIX e XX. Lisbon: Colibri, 1998.

   ■ Telo, Antonio Jose. Propagandal E Guerra Secreta Em Portugal 1939-45. Lisbon, 1990.

   ■. Portugal na Segunda Guerra ( 1941-1945), 2 vols. Lisbon, 1991.

   ■. Os Acores E O Controlo Do Atlantico ( 1898/ 1948). Lisbon: Ed. Asa, 1993.

   ■. A neutralidade portuguesa e o ouro nazi. Lisbon, 2000.

   ■ Vintras, R.E. The Portuguese Connection: The Secret History of the Azores Base. London: Bachman and Turner, 1974. Wheeler, Douglas L. "The Age Old Business of Espionage." 1987 World Book Year Book. Chicago, 1987.

   ■. "'In the Service of Order.' The Portuguese Political Police and the British, Germany and Spanish Intelligence [Services]." Journal of Contemporary History 36: no. 3 (Jan. 1983), 1-25.

   ■. "And Who is My Neighbor? A World War II Hero of Conscience for Portugal." Luso-Brazilian Review 23 (no. 2) (Summer 1989), 119-39.

   ■. "The Price of Neutrality: Portugal, the Wolfram Question, and World War II." Luso-Brazilian Review (Madison, WI), 23 (nos.1, 2) (Summer, 1986; Winter, 1986). 97-111; 108-127.

   ■. "Last of the Great Air Mysteries of the War [World War II]." Bridport and Lyme Regis Gazette (Dorset, U.K.), June 5, 2003, 24-25.

   ■. "Leslie Howard Helped Win World War II," St. Louis Post-Dispatch (St. Louis, Mo.), April 3, 5, 2005.

   ■ Wilson, Robert. A Small Death in Lisbon. London, 2000.

   ■. The Company Of Strangers. San Diego, 2002.

   ■ Wylie, Neville. "An Amateur Learns His Job? Special Operations Executive in Portugal, 1940-42." Journal of Contemporary History. 36: no. 3 (2001), 441-57.

   ■ The Military

   ■ Ferreira Martins, General. Historia do Exercito Portugues. Lisbon: Inquerito, 1945.

   ■ Kaulza de Arriaga, General. Guerra e Politica. Em nome da verdade. Os anos decisivos. Lisbon: Referendo, 1987.

   ■ Medeiros Ferreira, Jose. O Comportamento Politico dos Militares, Forcas Armadas e Regimes Politicos em Portugal no seculo XX. Lisbon: Estampa, 1992.

   ■ Pereira Marques, Fernando. Exercito e Sociedade em Portugal. No Declinio do Antigo Regime e advento do Liberalismo. Lisbon: Regra do Jogo, 1981.

   ■ Porch, Douglas. The Portuguese Armed Forces and the Revolution. London: Croom Helm, 1977.

   ■ Ribeiro Dos Santos, Antonio Pedro. O Estado E A Order Publica. As Institui-coes Militares Portuguesas. Lisbon: Instituto Superior De Ciencias Sociais E Politicas, 1999.

   ■ Saraiva de Carvalho, Otelo. Alvorada em Abril. Amadora (Portugal): Bertrand, 1977.

   ■ Selvagem, Carlos. Portugal Militar. Compendio de Historia Militar e Naval de Portugal. Lisbon: Imprensa Nacional, 1931.

   ■ Spinola, Antonio de. Portugal e o Futuro. Lisbon: Arcadia, 1974.

   ■. Pais Sem Rumo. Contributo para a historia de uma Revolucao. Lisbon: Scire, 1978.

   ■ Teixeira, Nuno Severiano. Portugal e a Guerra. Historia das intervencoes militares portuguesas nos grandes conflitos mundiais do seculo XX. Lisbon: Ed. Colibri, 1999.

   ■. Coord., Nova Historia Militar de Portugal, 5 vols. Lisbon: Circulo de Leitores, 2003-.

   ■ Valente, Vasco Pulido. O Poder e o Povo. A Revolucao de 1910. Lisbon: Moraes, 1976, 1982.

   ■ Wheeler, Douglas L. Republican Portugal: A Political History ( 1910-1926). Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 1978, 1998.

   ■. A Ditadura Militar Portuguesa ( 1926-1933). Mem Martins: Europa- America, 1988.

   ■. "The Military and the Portuguese Dictatorship, 1926-1974: "The Honor of the Army." In Lawrence S. Graham and Harry M. Makler, eds., Contemporary Portugal: The Revolution and Its Antecedents. 191-219. Austin: University of Texas Press, 1979.

   ■ Government and Politics since 1974

   ■ Aguiar, Joaquim. "Hidden Fluidity in an Ultra-Stable Party System." In E. de Sousa Ferreira and W. C. Opello, Jr., eds., Conflict and Change in Portugal, 1974-1984, 101-27. Lisbon, 1985.

   ■ Braga da Cruz, Manuel, ed. Sistema Eleitoral Portugües: Debate Político e Parlamentar. Lisbon: Imprensa Nacional/ Casa da Moeda, 1998.

   ■, ed. "Portugal Político 25 Anos Depois." In Análise Social XXXV, 154/155 (Summer, 2000): 1-404.

   ■ Bruneau, Thomas C., and Alex Macleod. Politics in Contemporary Portugal: Parties and the Consolidation of Democracy. Boulder, Colo.: Rienner, 1986.

   ■ Bruneau, Thomas C., ed. Political Parties and Democracy in Portugal. Boulder, Colo.: Westview, 1997. Carlucci, Frank. "Confiei no Povo Portugues." Visao (Lisbon), April 10, 1997, 46-47.

   ■. "The View from the U.S. Embassy." In Hans Binnendijk, ed., Authoritarian Regimes in Transition. Washington, D.C.: U.S. Dept. of State, Foreign Service Institute, Center for the Study of Foreign Affairs, 1987.

   ■ Coelho, Mário Baptista, ed. Portugal. O Sistema Política a Constitucional, 1974-87. Lisbon: Instituto de Ciências Sociais, UNL, 1989.

   ■ Costa Pinto, Antonio. "Settling Accounts with the Past in a Troubled Transition to Democracy: The Portuguese Case." In Alexandra Barahona De Brito, Carmen Gonzalez-Enriquez, and Paloma Aguilar, eds., The Politics of Memory: Transitional Justice in Democratizing Societies, 65-91. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 2001.

   ■ Cruzeiro, Maria Manuela. Costa Gomes-o Ultimo Marechal. Lisbon: Edit. Noticias, 1998.

   ■ Domingos, Emídio Da Veiga. Portugal Político. Análise das Instituiçoes. Lisbon, 1989.

   ■ Goldey, David. "Elections and the Consolidation of Portuguese Democracy: 1974-1983." Electoral Studies 2, 3 (1983): 229-40.

   ■ Graham, Lawrence S. "Institutionalizing Democracy: Governance in Post-1974 Portugal." In Ali Farazmand, ed., Handbook of Comparative and Development Public Administration, 81-90. New York: Dekker, 1991.

   ■, and Douglas L. Wheeler, eds. In Search of Modern Portugal: The Revolution and Its Consequences. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 1983.

   ■ Gunther, Richard. "Spain and Portugal." In G. A. Dorfman and P. J. Duignan, eds., Politics in Western Europe, 186-236. Stanford, Calif.: Hoover Institution Press, 1988.

   ■ Magone, José Maria. European Portugal: The Difficult Road to Sustainable Democracy. Basingstoke, U.K.: Macmillan, 1997.

   ■ Maxwell, Kenneth. The Making of Portuguese Democracy. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1995.

   ■, ed. Portugal in the 1980s: Dilemmas of Democratic Consolidation. Westport, Conn.: Greenwood, 1986.

   ■ Maxwell, Kenneth R., and Scott C. Monje, eds. Portugal: The Constitution and the Consolidation of Democracy, 1976-1989. New York: Camões Center, RIIC, Camões Center Special Report No. 2, Columbia University, 1991.

   ■ Opello, Walter C., Jr. "The New Parliament in Portugal." Legislative Studies Quarterly, 3 (May 1978): 309-334.

   ■. "Local Government and Political Culture in a Portuguese Rural County." Comparative Politics 13 (April 1981): 271-89.

   ■. "Portugal's Administrative Elite: Social Origins and Political Attitudes." West European Politics 6 (Jan. 1983): 63-74.

   ■. Portugal's Political Development: A Comparative Approach. Boulder, Colo.: Westview, 1985.

   ■ Pinto Balsemão, Francisco. "The Constitution and Politics: Options for the Future." In K. Maxwell, ed., Portugal in the 1980s, 197-232. Westport, Conn.: Greenwood, 1986.

   ■ Sartori, Giovanni. "Portugal." In Sartori, G, ed., Parties and Party Systems. Vol. 1, 131-45. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1976. Secretary of State for Mass Communications. Constitution of the Portuguese Republic [1976]. Lisbon, 1977.

   ■ Contemporary Portugal since 1974

   ■ Aguiar, Joaquim. A Ilusão do poder: Analise do Sistema Partidário, 19761982. Lisbon, 1983. Almeida, Diniz de. Orígens e Evolução do Movimento dos Capitães. Lisbon, 1977.

   ■. Ascensao, Apogeu e Queda do MFA, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1979.

   ■ Alves, Márcio Moreira. Les Soldats Socialistes du Portugal. Paris: Gallimard, 1975.

   ■ Antunes, José Freire. Sá Carneiro: Um Meteoro Nos Anos Setenta. Lisbon, 1982.

   ■. O Segredo do 25 de Novembro. Mem Martins, 1983.

   ■ Arouca, Manuel. Os Filhos Da Costa Do Sol. Mem Martins, 1989. Audibert, Pierre, and Daniel Brignon. Portugal: Les nouveaux centurions. Paris, 1974.

   ■ Baptista, Jacinto. Caminhos para uma revolução. Lisbon, 1975. Barreto, Antônio. Memórias da Reforma Agrária. Mem Martins: Europa-Amé-rica, 1983.

   ■, and C. V. Preto, eds. A Situação Social em Portugal, 1960-1996. Lisbon: Instituto de Ciências Sociais, 1996.

   ■ Bermeo, Nancy Gina. "Worker Management in Industry: Reconciling Representative Government and Industrial Democracy in a Polarized Society." In L. S. Graham and D. L. Wheeler, eds., In Search of Modern Portugal, 181-98. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 1983.

   ■. The Revolution within the Revolution: Workers' Control in Rural Portugal. Princeton, N.J.: Princeton University Press, 1986.

   ■ Braeckman, Colette. Portugal: Revolution surveilée. Brussels: Rossei, 1975.

   ■ Braga da Cruz, Manuel. "O Presidente da República na génese e evolução do sistema de governor portugües." Análise social XXIX, 125-26 (1994): 237-65.

   ■, coord. "Portugal Político 25 Anos Depois." Análise Social XXXV, 154/155 (Summer 2000): 1-404. Bruneau, Thomas C. "Popular Support for Democracy in Post-revolutionary Portugal: Results from a Survey." In L. S. Graham and D. L. Wheeler, eds., In Search of Modern Portugal, 21-42. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 1983.

   ■. Politics and Nationhood: Post-Revolutionary Portugal. New York: Praeger, 1984.

   ■. "Portugal Fifteen Years after the April Revolution." Field Staff Reports ( 1989-90/ No. 1, Europe), 3-11. Indianapolis, Ind.: Universities Field Staff International, 1990.

   ■, and Alex Macleod. Politics in Contemporary Portugal: Parties and the Consolidation of Democracy. Boulder, Colo.: Rienner, 1986.

   ■ Carvalho, Ortelo Saraiva de. Cinco Meses Mudaram Portugal. Lisbon, 1975.

   ■. Alvorada em Abril. Lisbon, 1977.

   ■ Cid, Augusto. PREC-Processo Revolucionário Eventualmente Chocante. Viseu, 1977.

   ■ Costa Lobo, Marina, and Pedro C. Magalhaes. "From 'Third Wave' to 'Third Way': Europe and the Portuguese Socialists (1975-1999)," Journal of Southern Europe and the Balkans 3, no. 1 (2001), 25-35.

   ■ Costa Pinto, Antônio, ed. Modern Portugal. Palo Alto, Calif.: SPOSS, 1998.

   ■, and Nuno Severiano Teixeira, eds. Southern Europe and the Making of the European Union. New York: Columbia Univ. Press, 2002.

   ■ Cunhal, Alvaro. A Revolução Portuguesa. Lisbon, 1975.

   ■ Dias, Eduardo Mayone. Portugal's Secret Jews: The End of an Era. Rumford, R.I.: Peregrinação Publications, 1999.

   ■ Downs, Charles. "Comissões de Moradores and Urban Struggles in Revolutionary Portugal." International Journal of Urban and Regional Research 4 (1986): 267-94.

   ■. Revolution at the Grassroots: Community Organizations in the Portuguese Revolution. Albany: State University of New York Press, 1989.

   ■ Dufour, Jean-Marc. Prague sur Tage. Paris, 1975.

   ■ Durão Barroso, José. Le systémepolitiqueportugais face à l'intégration euro-péenne. Lisbon, 1983.

   ■ Eisfeid, Rainer. "Portugal: What Role/What Future?" In K. Maxwell, ed., Portugal Ten Years after the Revolution. New York: RIIC, Columbia University, 1984.

   ■. Sozialistischer Pluralismus in Europa: Ansãtze und Scheitern am Beispiel Portugal. Cologne: Verlag Wissenchaft ünd Politik, 1985.

   ■. "Portugal and Western Europe." In K. Maxwell, ed., Portugal in the 1980s, 29-62. Westport, Conn.: Greenwood, 1986.

   ■ Farinha, Luis. "Regresso a Europa. Uma opcao feliz." Historia. XXIX; 95, III series (March 2007), 23-33.

   ■ Faye, Jean-Pierre, ed. Portugal: The Revolution in the Labyrinth. Nottingham, U.K.: Spokesman, 1976. Ferreira, Hugo Gil, and Michael W. Marshall. Portugal's Revolution: Ten Years On. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1986. Figueira, João Costa. Cavaco Silva: Homem de Estado. Lisbon, 1987. Filoche, Gérard. Printemps Portugais. Paris: Editions Action, 1984. Frémontier, Jacques. Os Pontos nos ii. Lisbon, 1976. Fundação Calouste Gulbenkian. 25 de Abril-10 anos depois. Lisbon, 1984. Futscher Pereira, Bernardo. "Portugal and Spain." In K. Maxwell, ed. Portugal in the 1980s, 63-87. Westport, Conn.: Greenwood, 1986.

   ■ Gama, Jaime. Política Externa Portuguesa 1983-85: Ministério dos Negôcios Estrangeiros. Lisbon, 1986.

   ■. "Preface." In J. Calvet de Magalhães, A. de Vasconcelos, and J. Ramos Silva, eds., Portugal: An Atlantic Paradox, 9-11. Lisbon, 1990. Gaspar, Jorge, and Nuno Vitorino. As Eleições De 25 De Abril: Geografia E Imagem Dos Partidos. Lisbon, 1976.

   ■. "10 Anos de Democracia: Reflexos na geografia política." In E. de Sousa Ferreira and W. C. Opelio, Jr., eds., Conflict and Change in Portugal 1974-1984/ Conflitos e Mudanças em Portugal, 1974-1984, 135-55. Lisbon, 1985.

   ■, et al. As Eleições para assembleia da república, 1979-1983: Estudos de geografia eleitoral. Lisbon, 1984. Gaspar, Jorge, and Nuno Vitorino, eds. Portugal em mapas e em números. Lisbon, 1981.

   ■ Giaccone, Fausto. Una Storia Portoghese/ Uma História Portuguesa. Palermo: Randazzo Focus, 1987.

   ■ Gladdish, Ken. "Portugal: An Open Verdict." In Geoffrey Pridham, ed. Securing Democracy: Political Parties and Democratic Consolidation in Southern Europe, 104-25. London and New York: Routledge, 1990.

   ■ Graham, Lawrence S. The Decline and Collapse of an Authoritarian Order. Beverly Hills, Calif.: Sage, 1975.

   ■, and Harry M. Makler, eds. Contemporary Portugal: The Revolution and Its Antecedents. Austin: University of Texas Press, 1979.

   ■, and Douglas L. Wheeler, eds. In Search of Modern Portugal: The Revolution and Its Consequences. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 1983.

   ■ Grayson, George W. "Portugal and the Armed Forces Movement." Orbis XIX, 2 (Summer 1975): 335-78.

   ■ Green, Gil. Portugal's Revolution. New York: International, 1976.

   ■ Hammond, John L. Building Popular Power: Workers' and Neighborhood Movements in the Portuguese Revolution. New York: Monthly Review Press, 1988.

   ■ Harsgor, Michael. Naissance d'un Nouveau Portugal. Paris: Ed. du Seuil, 1975.

   ■. Portugal in Revolution. Washington, D.C.: CSIS and Sage, 1976.

   ■ Harvey, Robert. Portugal, Birth of a Democracy. London: Macmillan, 1978.

   ■ Herr, Richard, ed. Portugal: The Long Road to Democracy and Europe. Berkeley, Calif.: International and Area Studies, 1992.

   ■ Insight Team of the Sunday [London] Times. Insight on Portugal: The Year of the Captains. London: Deutsch, 1975.

   ■ Janitschek, Hans. Mario Soares: Portrait of a Hero. London: Weidenfeld & Nicolson, 1985.

   ■ Keefe, Eugene K., et al. Area Handbook for Portugal, 1st ed. Washington, D.C.: Foreign Area Studies of American University, 1977. Kramer, Jane. "A Reporter at Large: The Portuguese Revolution." The New Yorker (Dec. 15, 1975): 92-131.

   ■ Lauré, Jason, and Ettagal Lauré. Jovem Portugal: After the Revolution. New York: Straus, Farrar and Giroux, 1977.

   ■ Livermore, H. V. A New History of Portugal. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1976.

   ■ Lourenço, Eduardo. Os Militares e O Poder. Lisbon, 1975.

   ■. O Fascismo Nunca Existiu. Lisbon, 1976.

   ■. "Identidade e Memôria: o caso português." In E. de Sousa Ferreira and W. C. Opello, Jr., eds., Conflict and Change in Portugal, 1974-l 984, 17-22. Lisbon, 1985.

   ■ Lucena, Manuel. Evolução e Instituições: A Extinção dos Grémios da Lavoura Alentejanos. Mem Martins, 1984.

   ■. "A herança de duas revoluções." In M. Baptista Coelho, ed., Portugal: O Sistema Político e Constitucional, 1974-87, 505-55. Lisbon, 1989.

   ■ Macedo, Jorge Braga de, and S. Serfaty. Portugal since the Revolution: Economic and Political Perspectives. New York: Praeger, 1981.

   ■ Magone, José M. European Portugal: The Difficult Road to Sustainable Democracy. New York: St. Martin's, 1997. Mailer, Phil. Portugal: The Impossible Revolution. London: Solidarity, 1977. Manta, João Abel. Cartoons/ 1969-1975. Lisbon, 1975.

   ■ Manuel, Paul C. Uncertain Outcome: The Politics of Portugal's Transition to Democracy. Lanham, Md. and London: University Press of America, 1994.

   ■ Mateus, Rui. Contos Proibidos. Memorias de Um PS Desconhecido, 3rd ed. Lisbon: Dom Quixote, 1996.

   ■ Maxwell, Kenneth. "Portugal under Pressure." The New York Review of Books (May 2, 1974).

   ■. "The Hidden Revolution in Portugal." The New York Review of Books (April 17, 1975).

   ■. "The Thorns of the Portuguese Revolution." Foreign Affairs 54, 2 (Jan. 1976): 250-70.

   ■. "The Communists and the Portuguese Revolution." Dissent 27, 2 (Spring 1980): 194-206.

   ■. Portugal in the 1980s: Dilemmas of Democratic Consolidation. Westport, Conn.: Greenwood, 1986.

   ■. The Making of Portuguese Democracy. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1995.

   ■, ed. "Portugal: Toward the Twenty-First Century." Camoes Center Quarterly 5, 3-4 (Fall 1995): 6-55.

   ■, ed. The Press and the Rebirth of Iberian Democracy. Westport, Conn.: Greenwood, 1983.

   ■. Portugal Ten Years after the Revolution: Reports of Three Columbia University-Gulbenkian Workshops. New York: Research Institute on International Change, Columbia University, 1984.

   ■ Maxwell, Kenneth, and Michael H. Haltzel, eds. Portugal: Ancient Country, Young Democracy. Washington, D.C.: Wilson Center Press, 1990.

   ■ Medeiros Ferreira, José. Ensaio Histórico sobre a revolução do 25 de Abril. Lisbon, 1983.

   ■ Medina, João, ed. Portugal De Abril: Do 25 Aos Nossos Dias. In Medina, ed., História Contemporãnea De Portugal. Lisbon, 1985. Merten, Peter. Anarchismus ünd Arbeiterkãmpf in Portugal. Hamburg: Libertare, 1981.

   ■ Miranda, Jorge. Constituição e Democracia. Lisbon, 1976.

   ■. A Constituição de 1976. Lisbon, 1978.

   ■ Morrison, Rodney J. Portugal: Revolutionary Change in an Open Economy. Boston: Auburn House, 1981.

   ■ Mujal-Leôn, Eusebio. "The PCP [Portuguese Communist Party] and the Portuguese Revolution." Problems of Communism 26 (Jan.- Feb. 1977): 21-41.

   ■ Neves, Mário. Missão em Moscovo. Lisbon, 1986.

   ■ Oliveira, César. M. F. A. e Revolução Socialista. Lisbon, 1975.

   ■. Os Anos Decisivos: Portugal 1962-1985. Um testemunho. Lisbon: Presença, 1993.

   ■ Opello, Waiter C., Jr. Portugal's Political Development: A Comparative Approach. Boulder, Colo.: Westview, 1985.

   ■. Portugal: From Monarchy to Pluralist Democracy. Boulder, Colo.: Westview, 1991.

   ■ Pell, Senator Claiborne H. Portugal ( Including the Azores and Spain) in Search of New Directions: Report to the Committee on Foreign Relations, U.S. Senate. Washington, D.C.: Government Printing Office, 1976.

   ■ Pereira, J. Pacheco. "A Case of Orthodoxy: The Communist Party of Portugal." In Waller and Fenema, eds., Communist Parties in Western Europe: Adaptation or Decline? Oxford: Basil Blackwell, 1988.

   ■ Pilmott, Ben. "Socialism in Portugal: Was It a Revolution?" Government and Opposition 7 (Summer 1977).

   ■. "Were the Soldiers Revolutionary? The Armed Forces Movement in Portugal, 1973-1976." Iberian Studies 7, 1 (1978): 13-21.

   ■, and Jean Seaton. "Political Power and the Portuguese Media." In L. S. Graham and D. L. Wheeler, eds., In Search of Modern Portugal, 43-57. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 1983.

   ■ Porch, Douglas. The Portuguese Armed Forces and the Revolution. London: Croom Helm and Stanford, Calif.: Hoover Institution Press, 1977.

   ■ Pouchin, Dominique. Portugal, quelle révolution? Paris, 1976.

   ■ Pulido Valente, Vasco. "E Viva Otelo." In Pulido Valente, V., ed., O País das Maravilhas, 451-54. Lisbon, 1979 [anthology of articles from weekly Lisbon paper, Expresso].

   ■. Estudos Sobre a Crise Nacional. Lisbon, 1980.

   ■ Rebelo de Sousa, Marcelo. O Sistema de Governo Português antes e depois da Revisão Constitucional, 3rd ed. Lisbon, 1981. Rêgo, Raúl. Militares, Clérigos e Paisanos. Lisbon, 1981. Robinson, Richard A. H. Contemporary Portugal: A History. London: Allen & Unwin, 1979.

   ■ Rodrigues, Avelino, Cesário Borga, and Mário Cardoso. O Movemento dos Capitães e o 25 de Abril. Lisbon, 1974.

   ■. Portugal Depois De Abril. Lisbon, 1976.

   ■ Ruas, H. B., ed. A Revolução das Flores. Lisbon, 1975.

   ■ Rudel, Christian. La Liberte couleur d'oeillet. Paris: Fayard, 1980.

   ■ Sa, Tiago Moreira de. Os Americanos na Revolucao Portuguesa ( 1974-1976). Lisbon: Edit. Noticias, 2004.

   ■ Sá Carneiro, Francisco. Por Uma Social-Democracia Portuguesa. Lisbon, 1975.

   ■ Sanches Osôrio, Helena. Um Só Rosto. Uma Só Fé. Conversas Com Adelino Da Palma Carlos. Lisbon, 1988. Sanches Osôrio, J. The Betrayal of the 25th of April in Portugal. Madrid: Sedmay, 1975.

   ■ Schmitter, Philippe C. "Liberation by Golpe: Retrospective Thoughts on the Demise of Authoritarian Rule in Portugal." Armed Forces and Society 2 (1974): 5-33.

   ■. "An Introduction to Southern European Transitions from Authoritarian Rule: Italy, Greece, Portugal, Spain and Turkey." In G. O'Donnell,

   ■ P. C. Schmitter, and L. Whitehead, eds., Transitions from Authoritarian Rule, 3-10. Baltimore, Md.: Johns Hopkins University Press, 1986.

   ■ Silva, Fernando Dioga da. "Uma Administração Envelhecido." Revista da Ad-ministraçao Pública 2 (Oct.-Dec. 1979).

   ■ Simões, Martinho, ed. Relatório Do 25 De Novembro: Texto Integral, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1976.

   ■ Soares, Isabel, ed. Mário Soares: O homem e o político. Lisbon, 1976. Soares, Mário. Democratização e Descolonização: Dez meses no Governo Provisório. Lisbon, 1975. Sobel, Lester A., ed. Portuguese Revolution, 1974-1976. New York: Facts on File, Inc., 1976.

   ■ Spínola, Antônio de. Portugal e o Futuro. Lisbon, 1974.

   ■. País Sem Rumo: Contributo para a História de uma Revolução. Lisbon, 1978.

   ■ Stock, Maria José. Os Partidos do Poder: Dez Anos Depois do " 25 De Abril." Evora, 1986.

   ■ Story, Jonathan. "Portugal's Revolution of Carnations: Patterns of Change and Continuity." International Affairs 52 (July 1976): 417-34. Sweezey, Paul. "Class Struggles in Portugal." Monthly Review 27, 4 (Sept. 1975): 1-26.

   ■ Szulc, Tad. "Lisbon and Washington: Behind Portugal's Revolution." Foreign Policy 21 (Winter 1975-76): 3-62. Tavares de Almeida, Antônio. Balsemão: O retrato. Lisbon, 1981. "Vasco." Desenhos Políticos. Lisbon, 1974.

   ■ Vasconcelos, Alvaro. "Portugal in Atlantic-Mediterranean Security." In Douglas T. Stuart, ed., Politics and Security in the Southern Region of the Atlantic Alliance, 117-36. London: Macmillan, 1988.

   ■ Wheeler, Douglas L. "Golpes militares e golpes literários. A literatura do golpe de 25 de Abril de 1974 em contexto histôrico." Penélope. Fazer E Desfazer A História, 19-20 (1998): 191-212.

   ■. "Tributo ao Historiador dos Historiadores. Memorias de A.H.de Oliveira Marques (1933-2007)," Historia XXIX, 95, III series (March 2007), 18-22.

   ■ Wiarda, Howard J. Transcending Corporatism? The Portuguese Corporative System and the Revolution of 1974. Columbia: Institute of International Studies, University of South Carolina, 1976.

   ■. The Transition to Democracy in Spain and Portugal. Washington, D.C.: American Enterprise Institute for Public Policy Research, 1989. Wise, Audrey. Eyewitness in Revolutionary Portugal. With a Preface by Judith Hart, MP. London: Spokesman, 1975.

   ■ PHYSICAL FEATURES: GEOGRAPHY, GEOLOGY, FAUNA, AND FLORA

   ■ Birot, Pierre. Le Portugal: Étude de géographie régionale. Paris, 1950.

   ■ Embleton, Clifford. Geomorphology of Europe. London: Macmillan, 1984.

   ■ Girão, Aristides de Amorim. Divisão regional, divisão agrícola e divisão administrativa. Coimbra, 1932.

   ■. Condições geográficos e históricas de autonomia política de Portugal. Coimbra, 1935.

   ■. Atlas de Portugal, 2nd ed. Coimbra, 1958.

   ■ Ribeiro, Orlando. Portugal, O Mediterrâneo e o Altântico. Coimbra, 1945 and later eds.

   ■. Portugal. Volume V of Geografia de Espana y Portugal. Barcelona, 1955.

   ■. Ensaios de Geografia Humana e regio nal. Lisbon, 1970.

   ■. A geografia e a divisão regional do país. Lisbon, 1970.

   ■ Stanislawski, Dan. The Individuality of Portugal. Austin: The University of Texas Press, 1959.

   ■. Portugal's Other Kingdom: The Algarve. Austin: University of Texas Press, 1963.

   ■ Taylor, Albert William. Wild Flowers of Spain and Portugal. London: Chatto & Windus, 1972.

   ■ Way, Ruth, and Margaret Simmons. A Geography of Spain and Portugal. London: Methuen, 1962.

   ■ ARCHAEOLOGY AND PREHISTORY

   ■ "Actas do Colóquio Inter-Universitário do Noroeste Peninsular (Porto-Baião, 1988), vol. II, Proto-História, romanização e Idade Média." In Trabalhos de antropologia e etnologia. 28, 3-4 (1988).

   ■ Alarcão, Jorge de, ed. "Do Paleolítico va arte visigótica." Vol. 1, História da

   ■ Arte em Portugal. Lisbon: Alfa, 1986.

   ■. Roman Portugal, 3 vols. Warminister, U.K.: Aris & Phillips, 1988.

   ■. Portugal Das Orígens A Romanização. Vol. I. In J. Serrão and A. H. de Oliveira Marques, eds. Nova História de Portugal. Lisbon: Presença, 1990. Anderson, James M., and M. S. Lea. Portugal 1001 Sights: An Archaeological and Historical Guide. Calgary, Alberta: University of Calgary and Robert Hale, 1994.

   ■ Balmuth, Miriam S., Antonio Gilman, and Lourdes Prados-Torreira, eds. Encounters and Transformations: The Archaeology of Iberia in Transition. Monographs in Mediterranean Archaeology, no. 7. Sheffield, U.K.: Sheffield Academic Press, 1997.

   ■ Beirão, C. M. M. Une civilization protohistorique du Sud au Portugal ( 1er Age du Fer). Paris: D. Boccard, 1986.

   ■ Cardoso, João Luís, Santinho A. Cunha, and Delberto Aguiar. O Homem Pre-Histórico no Concelho de Oeiras. Oeiras, Portugal: Estudos Arquelógicos de Oeiras, 1991.

   ■ Harrison, Richard J. The Bell Beaker Cultures of Spain and Portugal. Cambridge, Mass.: Harvard University Press, 1977.

   ■ Mangas, Júlio, ed. Hispania epigraphica. Madrid, 1989.

   ■ Maloney, Stephanie J. "The Villa of Toerre de Palma, Portugal: Archaeology and Preservation." Portuguese Studies Review VIII, 1 (Fall-Winter, 1999-2000): 14-28.

   ■ Savory, H. N. Spain and Portugal: The Prehistory of the Iberian Peninsula. London, 1968.

   ■ Silva, A. C. F. A cultura castreja no Noroeste de Portugal. Paços de Ferreira:

   ■ Museu da Citânia de Sanfins, 1986. Straus, L. G. Iberia before the Iberians. Albuquerque, N.M., 1992.

   ■ FOREIGN TRAVELERS AND RESIDENTS' ACCOUNTS

   ■ Andersen, Hans Christian. A Visit to Portugal 1866. London: Peter Owen, 1972.

   ■ Beckford, William. Italy, with Sketches of Spain and Portugal. Paris: Baudry's European Library, 1834.

   ■. The Journal of William Beckford in Portugal and Spain 1787-1788.

   ■ Boyd Alexander, ed. London: Hart-Davies, 1954.

   ■. Recollections of an Excursion to the Monasteries of Alcoboca and Batalha. Fontwell, U.K.: Centaur Press, 1972.

   ■ Bell, Aubrey F. G. In Portugal. London: Bodley Head, 1912.

   ■ Borrow, George. The Bible in Spain, 2 vols. London: Constable, 1923 ed.

   ■ Chaves, Castelo Branco. Os livros de viagens em Portugal no século XVIII e a sua projecção europeia. Lisbon, 1977.

   ■ Costigan, Arthur William. Sketches of Society and Manners in Portugal. London: T. Vernon, 1787.

   ■ Crawfurd, Oswald. Portugal Old and New. London: Kegan, Paul, 1880.

   ■. Round the Calendar in Portugal. London: Chapman & Hall, 1890.

   ■ Darymple, William. Travels through Spain and Portugal in 1774. London: J. Almon, 1777.

   ■ Dumouriez, Charles Francois Duperrier. An Account of Portugal as It Appeared in 1766. London: C. Law, 1797.

   ■ Fielding, Henry. Jonathan Wild and the Journal of a Voyage to Lisbon. London: J. M. Dent, 1932.

   ■ Fullerton, Alice. To Portugal for Pleasure. London: Grafton, 1945.

   ■ Gibbons, John. I Gathered No Moss. London: Robert Hale, 1939.

   ■ Gordon, Jan, and Cora Gordon. Portuguese Somersault. London: Harrap, 1934.

   ■ Hewitt, Richard. A Cottage in Portugal. New York: Simon & Schuster, 1996.

   ■ Huggett, Frank. South of Lisbon: Winter Travels in Southern Portugal. London: Gollancz, 1960.

   ■ Hume, Martin. Through Portugal. London: Richards, 1907.

   ■ Hyland, Paul. Backwards Out of the Big World: A Voyage into Portugal. Hammersmith, U.K.: HarperCollins, 1996.

   ■ Jackson, Catherine Charlotte, Lady. Fair Lusitania. London: Bentley, 1874.

   ■ Kelly, Marie Node. This Delicious Land Portugal. London: Hutchinson, 1956.

   ■ Kempner, Mary Jean. Invitation to Portugal. New York: Athenaeum, 1969.

   ■ Kingston, William H. G. Lusitanian Sketches of the Pen and Pencil. 2 vol. London: Parker, 1845.

   ■ Landmann, George. Historical, Military and Picturesque Observations on Portugal. 2 vol. London: Cadell and Davies, 1818.

   ■ Latouche, John [Pseudonym of Oswald Crawfurd]. Travels in Portugal. London: Ward, Lock & Taylor, ca. 1874.

   ■ Link, Henry Frederick. Travels in Portugal and France and Spain. London: Longman & Rees, 1801.

   ■ Macauley, Rose. They Went to Portugal. London: Jonathan Cape, 1946.

   ■. They Went to Portugal, Too. Manchester: Carcanet Books, 1990.

   ■ Merle, Iris. Portuguese Panorama. London: Ouzel, 1958.

   ■ Murphy, J. C. Travels in Portugal. London: 1795.

   ■ Proper, Datus C. The Last Old Place: A Search through Portugal. New York: Simon & Schuster, 1992.

   ■ Quillinan, Dorothy [Wordsworth]. Journal of a Few Months in Portugal with Glimpses of the South of Spain. 2 vol. London: Moxon, 1847. Sitwell, Sacheverell. Portugal and Madeira. London: Batsford, 1954. Smith, Karine R. Until Tomorrow: Azores and Portugal. Snohomish, Wash.: Snohomish Publishing, 1978. Southey, Robert. Journals of a Residence in Portugal, 1800-1801 and a Visit to France, 1838. London and New York: Oxford Univ. Press, 1912. Thomas, Gordon Kent. Lord Byron's Iberian Pilgrimage. Provo, Utah: Brigham Young University Press, 1983. Twiss, Richard. Travels through Portugal and Spain in 1772-1773. London, 1775.

   ■ Watson, Gilbert. Sunshine and Sentiment in Portugal. London: Arnold, 1904. Wheeler, Douglas L. "A[n American] Fulbrighter in Lisbon, Portugal, 196162." Portuguese Studies Review 1 (1991): 9-16.

   ■ PORTUGUESE CARTOGRAPHY, DISCOVERIES, AND NAVIGATION

   ■ Albuquerque, Luís de. Curso de História de Naútica. Coimbra, 1972.

   ■. Introdução a história dos descobrimentos, 3rd ed. Mem Martins, 1983.

   ■. Os Descobrimentos Portugueses. Lisbon: Alfa, 1983.

   ■. Navegadores, viajantes e adventureiros portugueses: Séculos XV e XVI. Lisbon, 1984.

   ■. Portuguese Books on Nautical Science from Pedro Nunes to 1650. Lisbon, 1984.

   ■. Os Descobrimentos Portugueses. Lisbon, 1985.

   ■ Boorstin, Daniel. The Discoverers. New York: Random House, 1983. Boxer, C. R. The Portuguese Seaborne Empire, 1415-1825. London: Hutchinson, 1969.

   ■ Brazão, Eduardo. La découverte de Terre-Neuve. Montreal: Les Presses de l'Université, 1964.

   ■. "Les Corte-Real et le Nouveau Monde." Revue d'histoire d'Amérique Française 19, 1 (1965): 335-49. Cortesão, Armando, and Avelino Teixeira de Mota. Cartografia Portuguesa Antiga. Lisbon, 1960.

   ■. Portugalia Monumenta Cartográfica, 6 vols. Lisbon, 1960-62.

   ■. História da Cartografia Portuguesa, 2 vols. Coimbra, 1969-70.

   ■ Cortesão, Jaime. L'expansion des portugais dans l'historie de la civilisation. Brussels, 1930.

   ■. Os descobrimentos portugueses, 2 vols. V. Magalhães Godinho and Joel Serrão, eds. Lisbon, 1960.

   ■. A expansão dos Portugueses no período henriquinho. Lisbon, 1965.

   ■. Descobrimentos precolombanos dos portugueses. Lisbon, 1966.

   ■ Costa, Abel Fontoura da. A Marinharia dos Descobrimentos, 3rd ed. Lisbon, 1960.

   ■ Costa Brochado, Idalino F. Descobrimento do Atlântico. Lisbon, 1958. English ed., 1959-60.

   ■ Coutinho, Admiral Gago. A naútica dos descobrimentos, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1951-52.

   ■ Crone, G. R. Maps and Their Makers. New York: Capricorn Books, 1966.

   ■ Dias, José S. da Silva. Os descobrimentos e a problemática cultural do Século XVI, 2nd ed. Lisbon, 1982.

   ■ Disney, Anthony, and Emily Booth, eds. Vasco Da Gama and the Linking of Europe and Asia. New Delhi: Oxford University Press, 2000.

   ■ Godinho, Vitorino Magalhães, ed. Documentos sobre a expansão portuguesa [ to 1460], 3 vols. Lisbon, 1945-54.

   ■ Guedes, Max, and Gerald Lombardi, eds. Portugal. Brazil: The Age of Atlantic Discoveries. Lisbon: Bertrand; Milan: Ricci; Brazilian Culture Foundation, 1990. [Catalogue of New York Public Library Exhibit, Summer 1990]

   ■ Harley, J. B., and David Woodward. The History of Cartography. Volume 1: Cartography in Prehistoric, Ancient and Medieval Europe and Mediterranean. Chicago: University of Chicago Press, 1987.

   ■ Leite, Duarte. História dos Descobrimentos: Colectânea de esparsos, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1958-61.

   ■ Ley, Charles. Portuguese Voyages, 1498-1663. London: Dent, 1953.

   ■ Marques, J. Martins da Silva. Descobrimentos portugueses, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1944-71.

   ■ Martyn, John R. C., ed. Pedro Nunes ( 1502-1578): His Lost Algebra and Other Discoveries. John R. C. Martyn, trans. New York: Peter Lang, 1996.

   ■ Morison, Samuel Eliot. The European Discovery of America: The Northern Voyages, A. D. 500-1600. New York: Oxford University Press, 1971.

   ■. Portuguese Voyages to America in the Fifteenth Century. Cambridge: Harvard University Press, 1974.

   ■ Mota, Avelino Teixeira da. Mar, Além-Mar-Estudos e Ensaios de História e Geografia. Lisbon, 1972.

   ■ Nemésio, Vitorino. Vida e Obra do Infante D. Henrique. Lisbon, 1959.

   ■ Parry, J. H. The Discovery of the Sea. New York: Dial, 1974.

   ■ Penrose, Boies. Travel and Discovery in the Renaissance, 1420-1620. Cambridge, Mass.: Harvard University Press, 1952.

   ■ Peres, Damião. História dos Descobrimentos Portugueses. Oporto, 1943.

   ■ Prestage, Edgar. The Portuguese Pioneers. London, 1933; New York: Barnes & Noble, 1967.

   ■ Rogers, Francis M. Precision Astrolabe: Portuguese Navigators and Transoceanic Aviation. Lisbon, 1971.

   ■ Seary, E. R. "The Portuguese Element in the Place Names of Newfoundland." In Luís Albuquerque, ed., Vice-Almirante A. Teixeira da Mota: In Memo-riam. Vol. II, 359-64. Lisbon: Academia da Marinha, 1989.

   ■ Subrahmanyam, Sanjay. The Career and Legend of Vasco Da Gama. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1997.

   ■ Velho, Alvaro. Roteiro ( Navigator's Route) da Primeira Viagem de Vasco da Gama ( 1497-1499). Lisbon, 1960.

   ■ Winius, George, ed. Portugal, the Pathfinder: Journeys from the Medieval toward the Modern World 1300-ca. 1600. Madison, Wisc.: Hispanic Seminary of Medieval Studies, 1995.

   ■ PORTUGAL AND HER OVERSEAS EMPIRES (1415-1975)

   ■ Abshire, David M., and Michael A. Samuels, eds. Portuguese Africa: A Handbook. New York: Praeger, 1969.

   ■ Afonso, Aniceto, and Carlos de Matos Gomes. Guerra Colonial. Lisbon: Noticias, 2001.

   ■ Albuquerque, J. Moushino de. Moçambique. Lisbon, 1898.

   ■ Alden, Dauril. The Making of an Enterprise: The Society of Jesus in Portugal, Its Empire & Beyond. Stanford, Calif.: Stanford University Press, 1995.

   ■ Alexandre, Valentim. Orígens do Colonialismo Português Moderno ( 18221891). Lisbon: Sá da Costa, 1979.

   ■. Velho Brasil, Novas Africas: Portugal e o Império ( 1808-1975). Oporto: Afrontamento, 2000.

   ■, and Jill Dias, eds. "O Império Africano 1825-1890. Volume X." In J.

   ■ Serrão and A. H. de Oliveira Marques, eds., Nova História Da Expansão Portuguesa. Lisbon: Estampa, 1998.

   ■ Ames, Glen J. "The Carreira da India, 1668-1682: Maritime Enterprise and the Quest for Stability in Portugal's Asian Empire." Journal of European Economic History 20, 1 (1991): 7-28.

   ■. Renascent Empire? The House of Braganza and the Quest for Stability in Portuguese Monsoon Asia, ca. 1640-1683. Amsterdam: Amsterdam Univ.Press, 2000.

   ■. Vasco da Gama. Renaissance Crusader. New York: Pearson/Longman, 2005.

   ■ Antunes, José Freire. O Império com Pés de Barro: Colonizaçao e Descolonização: As Ideologias em Portugal. Lisbon: D. Quixote, 1980.

   ■. O Factor Africano 1890-1990. Lisbon: Bertrand, 1990.

   ■. A Guerra De Africa 1961-1974, 2 vols. Lisbon: Círculo de Leitores, 1995-96.

   ■. Jorge Jardim: Agente Secreto 1919-1982. Lisbon: Bertrand, 1996.

   ■ Axelson, Eric A. South-East Africa, 1488-1530. London: Longmans, 1940.

   ■. "Prince Henry and the Discovery of the Sea Route to India." Geographical Journal (U.K.) 127, 2 (June 1961): 145-58.

   ■. Portugal and the Scramble for Africa, 1875-1891. Johannesburg: Witwaterstrand University Press, 1967.

   ■. Portuguese in South-East Africa, 1488-1699. Cape Town: Struik, 1973.

   ■. Congo to Cape: Early Portuguese Explorers. New York: Harper & Row, 1974.

   ■ Azevedo, Mário. Historical Dictionary of Mozambique, 2nd ed. Lanham, Md.: Scarecrow Press, 2003.

   ■ Baião, António, Hernãni Cidade, and Manuel Murias, eds. História da Expansão Portuguesa no Mundo, 4 vols. Lisbon, 1937-40.

   ■ Bender, Gerald J. "The Limits of Counterinsurgency [in the Angolan War, 1961-72]." Comparative Politics (1972): 331-60.

   ■. Angola under the Portuguese: The Myth Versus Reality. Berkeley: University of California Press, 1978.

   ■ Bhíla, H. H. K. Trade and Politics in a Shona Kingdom: The Manyika and Their Portuguese and African Neighbours, 1875-1902. Harlow, U.K.: Longman, 1990.

   ■ Birmingham, David. The Portuguese Conquest of Angola. Oxford: Clarendon Press, 1965.

   ■. Trade and Conflict in Angola. Oxford: Clarendon Press, 1966.

   ■. Frontline Nationalism in Angola & Mozambique. London: James Currey, 1992.

   ■. Portugal and Africa. New York: St. Martins, 1999.

   ■ Bottineau, Yves. Le Portugal Et Sa Vocation Maritime. Paris: Boccard, 1977. Boxer, C. R. Fidalgos in the Far East— Fact and Fancy in the History of Macau. Berkeley: University of California Press, 1948. ———. The Christian Century in Japan. Berkeley: University of California Press, 1951.

   ■ ———. Salvador de Sá and the Struggle for Brazil and Angola, 1602-1688. London, 1952.

   ■ ———. Four Centuries of Portuguese Expansion, 1415-1825: A Succinct Survey. Johannesburg: Witwaterstrand University Press, 1961.

   ■ ———. The Golden Age of Brazil, 1695-1750. Berkeley: University of California Press, 1962.

   ■ ———. Race Relations in the Portuguese Colonial Empire, 1415-1825. Oxford:

   ■ Clarendon Press, 1963. ———. Portuguese Society in the Tropics. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 1965.

   ■ ———. The Portuguese Seaborne Empire 1415-1825. London: Hutchi nson, 1969.

   ■ ———, and Carlos de Azevedo, eds. Fort Jesus and the Portuguese in Mombasa. London: Hollis and Carter, 1960.

   ■ Broadhead, Susan H. Historical Dictionary of Angola, 2nd ed. Metuchen, N.J.: Scarecrow Press, 1992.

   ■ Burton, Richard. Goa and the Blue Mountains. London: Bentley, 1851.

   ■ Cabral, Luís. Crónica da Libertação. Lisbon, 1984.

   ■ Caetano, Marcello. Colonizing Traditions, Principles and Methods of the Portuguese. Lisbon, 1951.

   ■ ———. Portugal E A Internacionalização Dos Problemas Africanos, 3rd ed. Lisbon, 1965.

   ■ Cann, John P. Counterinsurgency in Africa: The Portuguese Way of War, 1961-1974. Westport, Conn.: Greenwood, 1997. Castelo, Claudia. " O modo portugues de estar no mundo." O luso-tropicalismo e a ideologia colonial portuguesa ( 1931-1961). Oporto: Afrontamento, 1998. Castro, Armando. O Sistema Colonial Português em Africa ( meados do Século XX). Lisbon, 1978.

   ■ Chaliand, Gerard. "The Independence of Guinea-Bissau and the Heritage of [Amilcar] Cabral." In Revolution in the Third World. Harmondsworth, U.K.: Penguin, 1978.

   ■ Chilcote, Ronald H. Portuguese Africa. Englewood Cliffs, N.J.: Prentice-Hall, 1967.

   ■ Clarence-Smith, Gervase. Slaves, Peasants and Capitalists in Southern Angola 1840-1926. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1979.

   ■ ———. The Third Portuguese Empire 1825-1975: A Study in Economic Imperialism. Manchester, U.K.: Manchester University Press, 1985.

   ■ Coates, Timothy J. Convicts and Orphans: Forced and State-Sponsored Colonizers in the Portuguese Empire, 1550-1720. Stanford, Calif.: Stanford University Press, 2001.

   ■ Davies, Shann. Macau. Singapore: Times Editions, 1986.

   ■ Dias, C. Malheiro, ed. História da colonização portuguesa no Brasil, 3 vols. Oporto, 1921-24.

   ■ Diffie, Bailey W., and George Winius. Foundations of the Portuguese Empire, 1415-1580. Minneapolis: Minnesota University Press, 1977.

   ■ Disney, Anthony R. Twilight of the Pepper Empire: Portuguese Trade in Southwest India in the Early Seventeenth Century. Cambridge, Mass.: Harvard University Press, 1978.

   ■ ———, and Emily Booth, eds. Vasco Da Gama and the Linking of Europe and Asia. New Delhi: Oxford University Press, 2000.

   ■ Duffy, James. Shipwreck and Empire: Being an Account of Portuguese Maritime Disaster in a Century of Decline. Cambridge, Mass.: Harvard University Press, 1955.

   ■ ———. Portuguese Africa. Cambridge, Mass.: Harvard University Press, 1959. ———. Portugal in Africa. Cambridge, Mass.: Harvard University Press, 1962.

   ■. "The Portuguese Territories." In Colin Legum, ed., Africa: A Handbook to the Continent. New York: Holmes & Meier, 1967. ———. A Question of Slavery. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1967. Felgas, Hélio. História do Congo Português. Carmona, Angola, 1958. ———. Guerra em Angola. Lisbon, 1961.

   ■ Galvão, Henrique, and Carlos Selvagam. O Império Ultramarino Português, 3 vols. Lisbon, 1953.

   ■ Gleijeses, Piero. Conflicting Missions: Havana, Washington and Africa, 19591976. Chapel Hill: University of North Carolina Press, 2002.

   ■ Godinho, Vitorino Magalhães. "Portugal and Her Empire." In The New Cambridge Modern History. Vol. V (1961): 384-97; Vol. VI (1963): 509-TO.

   ■ Grenfell, F. James. História da Igreja Baptista em Angola, 1879-1975. Queluz, Portugal: Núcleo, 1998.

   ■ Hammond, Richard J. "Economic Imperialism: Sidelights on a Stereotype." Journal of Economic History XXI, 4 (1961): 582-98.

   ■ ———. Portugal and Africa, 1815-1910: A Study in Uneconomic Imperialism. Stanford, Calif.: Stanford University Press, 1966.

   ■ Hanson, Carl. Portugal and the Wider World 1147-1497. New Orleans, La.: University Press of the South, 2001.

   ■ Harris, Marvin. Portugal's African Wards. New York: American Committee on Africa, 1957.

   ■ ———. "Portugal's Contribution to the Underdevelopment of Africa and Brazil." In Ronald H. Chilcote, ed., Protest & Resistance in Angola & Brazil: Comparative Studies, 209-23. Berkeley: University of California Press, 1972.

   ■ Henderson, Lawrence W. Angola: Five Centuries of Conflict. Ithaca, N.Y.: Cornell University Press, 1979. ———. A Igreja Em Angola. Lisbon: Edit. Além-Mar, 1990. Heywood, Linda. Contested Power in Angola 1840s to the Present. Rochester, N.Y.: University of Rochester Press, 2000.

   ■ Hilton, Anne. The Kingdom of Kongo. Oxford: Clarendon Press, 1985.

   ■ Hower, Alfred, and Richard Preto-Rodas, eds. Empire in Transition: The Portuguese World in the Time of Camões. Gainesville: University Presses of Florida, 1985.

   ■ Isaacman, Allen. "The Prazos da Coroa 1752-1830: A Functional Analysis of the Political System." STUDIA (Lisbon) 26 (1969): 149-78.

   ■. Mozambique: The Africanization of a European Institution: The Zambezi Prazos, 1750-1902. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 1972.

   ■ ———. The Tradition of Resistance in Mozambique: Anti-Colonial Activity in the Zambesi Valley 1850-1921. Berkeley: University of California Press, 1976.

   ■ James, Martin. Historical Dictionary of Angola, 3rd ed. Lanham, Md.: Scarecrow Press, 2004.

   ■ Jardim, Jorge. Sanctions Double-Cross: Oil to Rhodesia. Lisbon, 1978. Johnson, Harold, and Maria Beatriz Nizza da Silva. O Império Luso-Brasileiro 1500-1620. Volume VI. In J. Serrão and A. H. de Oliveira Marques, eds. Nova História Da Expansão Portuguesa. Lisbon: Estampa, 1992. Joliffe, Jill. East Timor: Nationalism & Colonialism. University of Queensland Press, 1978.

   ■ Kea, Ray A. Settlements, Trade and Politics in the Seventeenth Century Gold Coast. Baltimore, Md.: Johns Hopkins University Press, 1982.

   ■ Kohen, Arnold. From the Place of the Dead. The Epic Struggles of Bishop Belo of East Timor. New York: St Martins, 1999.

   ■ Livingstone, Charles, and David Livingstone. Narrative of an Expedition to the Zambezi and Its Tributaries. New York: 1866.

   ■ Livingstone, David. Missionary Travels and Researches in South Africa. London, 1857.

   ■ Lobban, Richard, and Joshua Forrest. Historical Dictionary of the Republic of Guinea-Bissau, 3rd ed. Lanham, Md.: Scarecrow Press, 1996. Lobban, Richard, and Marilyn Halter. Historical Dictionary of Cape Verde, 3rd ed. Lanham, Md.: Scarecrow Press, 1993. Martino, Antonio M. Joao de Azevedo Coutinho. Marinheiro e soldado de Portugal. Lisbon: Colibri, 2002. Martins, Rocha. História das Colónias Portuguesas. Lisbon, 1933. Marvaud, Angel. Le Portugal et Ses Colonies. Paris, 1912. Mason, Philip, ed. Angola: A Symposium; Views of a Revolt. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1961. Melo, João de, ed. Os Anos Da Guerra 1961-1975: Os Portugueses em Africa, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1988. Miller, Joseph C. Way of Death: Merchant Capitalism and the Angolan Slave Trade, 1730-1830. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 1988.

   ■ Ministry of Foreign Affairs. Portugal. Vinte Anos de Defesa do Estado Português de India. Lisbon, 1967.

   ■. Portugal Replies in the United Nations. Lisbon, 1970.

   ■ Mondlane, Eduardo. The Struggle for Mozambique. Harmondsworth, U.K.: Penguin, 1969.

   ■ Moreira, Adriano. Política Ultramarina. Lisbon, 1956.

   ■. Portugal's Stand in Africa. New York: University Publishers, 1962.

   ■, and Jose Carlos Venancio. Eds. Luso-Tropicalismo. Uma Teoria Social em Questao. Lisbon: Vega, 2000.

   ■ Múrias, Manuel, ed. História da expansão portuguesa no mundo, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1937-42.

   ■. Short History of Portuguese Colonization. Lisbon, 1940.

   ■ Newitt, Malyn. Portuguese Settlement on the Zambesi: Exploration, Land Tenure and Colonial Rule in East Africa. New York: Holmes & Meier, 1973.

   ■. Portugal in Africa: The Last Hundred Years. London: Longmans, 1981.

   ■. A History of Mozambique. London: Hurst, 1995.

   ■. A History ofPortuguese Overseas Expansion, 1400-1668. London: Routledge, 2005.

   ■. Diálogos Interditos: A Política Externa Portuguesa E A Guerra De Africa, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1979.

   ■. História De Portugal. 1933-1974: II Suplemento. Oporto, 1981.

   ■. Um político confessa-se ( Diário: 1960-1968), 3rd ed. Oporto, 1987.

   ■. Salazar. Vol. V: A Resistência ( 1958-1964). Oporto, 1981.

   ■ Nowell, Charles E. "Portugal and the Partition of Africa." Journal of Modern History XIX, 1 (1947): 1-17.

   ■ Nunes, Antonio Lopes Pires. Angola 1961. Da Baixa do Cassange a Nambu-angongo. Lisbon: Prefacio, 2005.

   ■ Okuma, Thomas. Angola in Ferment: The Background and Prospects of Angolan Nationalism. Boston: Beacon, 1962.

   ■ Pattee, Richard. Portugal and the Portuguese World. Milwaukee, Wise.: Bruce, 1957.

   ■ Pélissier, René. Les Guerres Grises: Resistance Et Revoltes en Angola ( 18451941). Orgeval: Pélissier, 1977.

   ■. Naissance Du Mozambique: Tome 1, Tome 2, Resistance Et Revoltes Anticoloniales ( 1854-1981), 2 vols. Orgeval: Pélissier, 1984.

   ■. História de Moçambique. Vol. II. Lisbon, 1988.

   ■. Naissance de la Guinée: Portugais et Africains en Senegambie ( 1841-1936). Orgeval: Pélissier, 1989.

   ■. Timor En Guerre: Le Crocodile et les Portugais ( 1847-1913). Orgeval: Pélissier, 1996.

   ■ Pires, Adelino Serras, and Fiona Claire Capstick. The Winds of Havoc: A Memoir of Adventure and Destruction in Deepest Africa. New York: St. Martin's, 2001.

   ■ Prestage, Edgar. The Portuguese Pioneers. London: Black, 1933.

   ■ Ranger, T. [Terence] O. "Revolt in Portuguese East Africa: The Makombe Rising of 1917." St. Anthony's Papers. Carbondale: Southern Illinois University Press, 15 (1963).

   ■ Remy. Goa, Rome of the Orient. Trans. from the French by Lancelot Sheppard. London, 1957.

   ■ Ribeiro, General Goncalves. A Vertigem da Descolonizacao. Da Agonia do Exodo a Cidadania Plena. Lisbon: Inquerito, 2002. Ricard, Robert. Etudes sur l'Histoire des Portugais au Maroc. Coimbra, 1955.

   ■ Richards, J. M. Goa. London: Hurst, 1982.

   ■ Rodney, Walter. A History of the Upper Guinea Coast, 1545-1800. New York: Oxford University Press, 1970. Rodrigues, José Honório. Africa e Brasil: Outro Horizonte. Rio de Janeiro, 1961.

   ■ Rogers, Francis M. "Valentim Fernandes, Rodrigo de Santaella, and the Recognition of the Antilles as "Opposite India." Boletim da Sociedade de Geografia de Lisboa series 75 (July-September 1957): 279-309.

   ■. The Obedience of a King of Portugal. Minneapolis: University of Minnesota Press, 1958.

   ■. The Quest for Eastern Christians: Travels and Rumors in the Age of Discovery. Minneapolis: University of Minnesota Press, 1962.

   ■ Russell-Wood, A. J. Fidalgos and Philanthropists: The Santa Casa da Mi-sericordia of Bahia, 1550-1755. Berkeley: University of California Press, 1968.

   ■. "Colonial Brazil." In David W. Cohen and Jack Greene, eds., Neither Slave nor Free, 84-133. Baltimore: Johns Hopkins University Press, 1972.

   ■. "Local Government in Portuguese America: A Study in Cultural Divergence." Comparative Studies in Society and History 16 (1974): 187-231.

   ■. From Colony to Nation: Essays on the Independence of Brazil. Baltimore, Md.: Johns Hopkins University Press, 1975.

   ■. World on the Move: The Portuguese in Africa, Asia & America, 1415-1808. New York: St. Martins, 1993.

   ■ Salazar, António de Oliveira. Goa and the Indian Union. Lisbon, 1954.

   ■. "Portugal, Goa and the Indian Union." Foreign Affairs (New York) 34, 3 (April, 1956): 418-31.

   ■. "Realities and Trends of Portugal's Policies." International Affairs (London) XXXIX, 2 (April 1963): 169-83.

   ■ Saldanha, C. F. A Short History of Goa. Goa, 1957.

   ■ Sanceau, Elaine. Indies Adventure: The Amazing Career of Afonso de Albuquerque. London: Blackie, 1936.

   ■. Portugal in Quest of Prester John. London: Hutchinson, 1943.

   ■. The Land of Prester John. New York: Knopf, 1944.

   ■. Henry the Navigator. New York: Norton, 1947.

   ■. The Perfect Prince: Dom João II. Oporto, 1959.

   ■. Good Hope, the Voyage of Vasco da Gama. Lisbon, 1967.

   ■. The Reign of the Fortunate King ( Manuel I), 1495-1521. Hamden, Conn.: Archon, 1969.

   ■. Knight of the Renaissance: A Biography of Dom João de Castro. London: Hutchinson, n.d.

   ■ Schubert, Benedict. A Guerra e as Igrejas: Angola, 1961-1991. Basel, Switzerland: Schlettwein, 2000 [orig. ed. in German, Lucerne, Exodus Pub., 1997].

   ■ Schwartz, Stuart G. Sovereignty and Society in Colonial Brazil. Berkeley: University of California Press, 1973.

   ■ Serra, Carlos, ed. História de Moçambique, 2 vols. Maputo, Mozambique: Tempo, 1982-83.

   ■ Silva, Botelho da, ed. and comp. " Dossier" Goa. ( General Manuel) Vassalo e Silva. A Recusa do Sacrifício Inútil. Lisbon, 1975.

   ■ Silva, Maria Beatriz Nizza da, ed. O Império Luso-Brasileiro 1750-1822. Volume VIII. In J. Serrão and A. H. de Oliveira Marques, eds., Nova História Da Expansão Portuguesa. Lisbon: Estampa, 1986.

   ■ Silva Cunha J. M. da. Questões Ultramarinos e Internacionais. Lisbon, 1960.

   ■ Silva Rego, A. da. História das missões do padroado português do Oriente: India ( 1500-1542). 1 vol. Lisbon, 1949.

   ■. Portuguese Colonization in the Sixteenth Century: A Study of Royal Ordinances. Johannesburg: Witwaterstrand University Press, 1957.

   ■. O Ultramar Português No Século XIX ( 1834-1910). Lisbon, 1966.

   ■ Sousa Dias, Gastão. Os Portugueses em Angola. Lisbon, 1959.

   ■ Sykes, John. Portugal and Africa: The People and the War. London: Hutchinson, 1971.

   ■ Telo, António José. Lourenço Marques na Política Externa Portuguesa. Lisbon: Cosmos, 1991.

   ■. Economia E Império No Portugal Contemporânea. Lisbon: Cosmos, 1994.

   ■. Os Açores e o Controlo do Atlântico. Lisbon: Asa, 1993.

   ■ Vail, Leroy, and Landeg White. Capitalism and Colonialism in Mozambique: A Study of Quelimane District. Minneapolis: Minnesota University Press, 1980.

   ■ Veen, Ernst van. Defeat or Decay? An Inquiry into the Portuguese Decline in Asia 1580-1645. Leiden: University of Leiden, 2000.

   ■ Verlinden, Charles. "Italian Influence on Iberian Colonization." Hispanic American Historical Review 33 (1953): 99-211.

   ■. The Beginnings of Modern Colonization. Ithaca, N.Y.: Cornell University Press, 1970.

   ■ Vogel, Charles. Le Portugal et Ses Colonies. Paris, 1860.

   ■ Vogt, John. Portuguese Rule on the Gold Coast 1469-1682. Athens: University of Georgia Press, 1979.

   ■ Wheeler, Douglas L. "The Portuguese in Angola. 1836-1891: A Study in Expansion and Administration." Ph.D. dissertation, Boston University, Department of History, 1963.

   ■. "Anti-Imperialism Traditions in Portugal, Yesterday and Today." Boston University Graduate Journal XII, 2 (Spring 1964): 125-37.

   ■. 'The Portuguese and Mozambique: The Past against the Future." In John A. Davis and James K. Baker, eds., Southern Africa in Transition. 180-96. New York: Praeger, 1966.

   ■. "Gungunhana." In Norman R. Bennett, ed., Leadership in Eastern Africa, Six Political Biographies, 165-220. Boston: Boston University Press, 1968.

   ■. "Gungunyane the Negotiator." Journal of African History IX, 4 (1968): 585-602.

   ■. "Nineteenth-Century African Protest in Angola: Prince Nicolas of Kongo (1830?-1860)." African Historical Studies (Boston) I (1968): 40-59.

   ■. "The Portuguese Army in Angola." Journal of Modern African Studies (Cambridge U.K.), 7, 3 (Oct. 1969): 425-39.

   ■. "Thaw in Portugal." Foreign Affairs 48, 4 (July 1970): 769-81.

   ■. "Portugal in Angola: A Living Colonialism?" In C. Potholm and R. Dale, eds., Southern Africa in Perspective, 172-82. New York: Free Press, 1972.

   ■. "The First Portuguese Colonial Movement, 1835-1875." Iberian Studies (Keele, U.K.) I, 1 (Spring 1975): 25-27.

   ■. "Rebels and Rebellions in Angola, 1672-1892." In Mark Karp, ed., African Dimensions: Essays in Honor of William O. Brown, 81-93. Boston: Boston University Press, 1975.

   ■. "African Elements in Portugal's Armies in Africa (1961-1974)." Armed Forces and Society (Chicago) 2, 2 (Feb. 1976): 233-50.

   ■. "Portuguese Colonial Governors in Africa, 1870-1974." In L. H. Gann and Peter Duignan, eds., African Proconsuls: European Governors in Africa, 415-26. New York: Free Press, 1978; and "J. Mousinho de Albuquerque (1855-1902)" and "J. Norton de Matos (1867-1955)": 427-44; 445-63.

   ■. "The Portuguese Withdrawal from Africa, 1974-1975; The Angolan Case." In John Seiler, ed., Southern Africa Since the Portuguese Coup, 3-21. Boulder, Colo.: Westview, 1980.

   ■. "The Portuguese Exploration Expeditions and Expansion in Angola, 1877-1883." In Academia de Marinha and Instituto de Investigação Científica Tropical, eds., Vice Almirante A. Teixeira Da Mota: In Memoriam. Volume I, 267-76. Lisbon, 1987.

   ■. "'Aqui é Portugal!': The Politics of the Colonial Idea during the Estado Novo, 1926-1974." In Pavilhão de Portugal, EXPO'98 and Instituto de História Contemporânea, eds., Portugal No Transição Do Milênio: Colóquio Internacional, 375-105. Lisbon: Fim de Século, 1998.

   ■. The Empire Time Forgot: Writing a History of the Portuguese Overseas Empire, 1808-1975. Oporto: Universidade Fernando Pessoa, 1998.

   ■. "Filho Do Porto, Filho Do Império: Antônio Francisco Da Silva Porto (1817-1890) and the Politics of Motivation in Portugal's First and Second Scrambles for Africa (1836-1861; 1875-1891)." Revista da UFP [Universidade Fernando Pessoa] 4 (Dec. 1999): 225-54.

   ■. "'Mais leis do que mosquitos': A Primeira República Portuguesa e o Império Ultramarino (1910-1926)." In Nuno Severiano Teixeira and Antó-nio Costa Pinto, eds., A Primeira República Portuguesa Entre O Liberalismo E O Autoritarismo, 133-68. Lisbon: University Nova de Lisboa, 2000.

   ■. "Spiritual Peoples at Odds: Portugal, India and the Goa Question, 1947-61." In Anthony Disney and Emily Booth, eds., Vasco Da Gama and the Linking of Europe and Asia, 452-70. New Delhi: Oxford University Press, 2000.

   ■. "Portugal, Africa and the future." In Stewart Lloyd-Jones and Antonio Costa Pinto, eds., The Last Empire: Thirty Years of Portuguese Decolonization, 113-25. Bristol, U.K.: Intellect, 2003.

   ■. "The Forced Labor 'System' in Angola, 1903-1947: Reassessing Origins and Persistence in the Context of Colonial Consolidation, Economic Growth and Reform Failures." In CEAUP, Centro de Estudos Africanos da Universidade do Porto, ed., Trabalho forcado africano-experiencias coloniais comparadas, 367-393. Oporto: CEAUP, 2006.

   ■. "As Raizes Do Nacionalismo Angolano: Publicacoes De Protesto Dos Assimilados, 1870-1940." In Nuno Vidal and Justino Pinto De Andrade, eds., O Processo De Transicao Para O Multipartidarismo Em Angola, 73-92. Lisbon: Ed. Firmamento, 2006.

   ■, and René Pélissier. Angola. London: Pall Mall and New York: Praeger, 1971; reprinted, Westport, Conn.: Greenwood, 1977; Portuguese lang. edition, Lisbon: Tinta-da-China, 2009. Whiteway, R. W. The Rise of the Portuguese Power in India, 1497-1550. London: Constable, 1899.

   ■ Winius, George D. The Fatal History of Portuguese Ceylon: Transition to Dutch Rule. Cambridge, Mass.: Harvard University Press, 1971.

   ■. "The Portuguese Asian 'Decadência' Revisited." In Alfred Hower and Richard Preto-Rodas, eds., Empire in Transition, 106-17. Gainesville: University Presses of Florida, 1980.

   ■. The Black Legend of Portuguese India. New Delhi: New Concept, 1985.

   ■ Portuguese Migration and Communities Abroad

   ■ Alves, Marcial. Os Portugueses no Mundo. Lisbon, 1983.

   ■ Anderson, Grace M., and David Higgs, eds. A Future to Inherit: Portuguese Communities in Canada. Toronto: McClelland and Stewart, 1976. Arroteia, Jorge Carvalho. A emigração Portuguesa-suas origens e distribuição. Lisbon, 1983.

   ■ Brettell, Caroline B. "Nineteenth- and Twentieth-Century Portuguese Emigration: A Bibliography." Portuguese Studies Newsletter 3 (Fall-Winter, 1977-78).

   ■. "Emigrar Para Voltar: A Portuguese Ideology of Return Migration." Papers in Anthropology 20 (1979): 1-20.

   ■. We Have Already Cried Many Tears: The Stories of Three Portuguese Migrant Women. Cambridge, Mass.: Schenkman Publishing Co., 1982.

   ■. Men Who Migrate, Women Who Wait: Population and History in a Portuguese Parish. Princeton, N.J.: Princeton University Press, 1986.

   ■ Carvalho, Eduardo de. Os portugueses na Nova Inglaterra. Rio de Janeiro, 1931.

   ■ Caspari, Andrea. "The Return Orientation among Portuguese Migrants in France." In E. de Sousa Ferreira and W. C. Opello, Jr., eds., Conflict and Change in Portugal, 1974-1984, 193-203. Lisbon, 1985.

   ■ Dias, Eduardo Mayone, ed. Portugueses na América do Norte. Baden: Peregrinação, 1983.

   ■ Fagundes, Francisco Cota. Hard Knocks: An Azorean-American Odyssey.

   ■ [Memoir]. Providence, R.I.: Gávea-Brown, 2000. Felix, John Henry, and Peter F. Senecal. The Portuguese in Hawaii. Honolulu, Hawaii: Authors' edition, 1978. Fernandes, Ferreira. Os Primos da América. Lisbon: Relógio D'Agua, 1991. Ferreira, Eduardo de Sousa. As orígens e formas de emigração. Lisbon, 1976. Freitas, J. F. Portuguese-American Memories. Honolulu, Hawaii, 1930.

   ■ Giles, Wenona. "Motherhood and Wage Labour in London, England: Portuguese Migrant Women and the Politics of Gender." Ph.D. dissertation, Department of Anthropology. University of Toronto, 1987.

   ■ Higgs, David, ed. Portuguese Migration in Global Perspective. Ontario: Multicultural Historical Society of Ontario, 1990.

   ■ Klimt, Andrea. "Portuguese Migrants in Germany: Class, Ethnicity and Gender." Ph.D. dissertation, Department of Anthropology. Stanford University, 1987.

   ■ Lavigne, Gules. Les ethniques et la ville: L'aventure des immigrants portugais à Montreal. Montreal: Preamble, 1987.

   ■ Leder, Hans Howard. Cultural Persistence in a Portuguese-American Community. New York: Arno Press, 1980.

   ■ Lewis, J. R., and A. M. Williams. "Emigrants and Retornados: A Comparative Analysis of the Economic Impact of Return Migration in the Região Centro." In E. D. Sousa Ferreira and W. C. Opello, Jr., eds., Conflict and Change in Portugal, 1974-1984, 227-50. Lisbon, 1985.

   ■ McCabe, Marsha L., and Joseph D. Thomas, eds. Portuguese Spinner: An American Story; Stories of History, Culture and Life from Portuguese Americans in Southeastern New England. New Bedford, Mass.: Spinner, 1998.

   ■ Marques, D., and J. Medeiros. Portuguese Immigrants: 25 Years in Canada. Toronto: West End YMCA, 1989.

   ■ Martins, J. Oliveira. Fomento Rural e emigração Portuguesa. Lisbon, 1956.

   ■ Mira, Manuel. The Forgotten Portuguese: The Melungeons and Other Groups; The Portuguese Making of America. Franklin, N.C.: Portuguese-American Historical Research Foundation, 1998.

   ■ Nazareth, J. Manuel. "Familia e Emigração em Portugal." Economia e Sociedade (Lisbon) 23 (1977): 31-50.

   ■ Nunes, Maria Luisa. A Portuguese Colonial in America: Belmira Nunes Lopes; The Autobiography of a Cape Verdean-American. Pittsburgh, Penn.: Latin American Literary Review Press, 1982.

   ■ Oliver, Lawrence. Never Backward: The Autobiography of Lawrence Oliver; A Portuguese-American. San Diego, 1972.

   ■ Pap, Leo. The Portuguese-Americans. Boston: Twayne, 1981.

   ■ Pereira, Miriam Halpern. A Política Portuguesa de Emigraçao, 1850 a 1930. Lisbon: Regra do Jogo, 1981.

   ■ Pereira da Rosa, Victor M., and Salvato V. Trigo. "Elementos para uma Caracterização da Família Imigrante Portuguesa na Africa do Sul." Economia e Sociologia 41 (1986): 61-71.

   ■. Azorean Emigration: A Preliminary Overview. Oporto: Fernando Pessoa University, 1994.

   ■. Portugueses e Moçambicanos no Apartheid: Da Ficção à Realidade. Lisbon, 1986.

   ■ Purves, James. "Portuguese in Bermuda." Bermuda Historical Quarterly 3 (1946): 133-42.

   ■ Ribeiro, F. G. Cassola. Emigração Portuguesa. Lisbon, 1986.

   ■ Rocha-Trinidade, Maria Beatriz da. "La Sociologie des Migrations au Portugal." Current Sociology 32, 2 (Summer 1984): 175-98.

   ■. "Towards Reintegration of Emigrants." In E. de Sousa Ferreira and Guy Clausse, eds., Closing the Migratory Cycle: The Case of Portugal, 183-94. Saarbrücken: Breitenbach, 1985.

   ■. "Emigração." In Dicionario Illustrado Da História De Portugal ( 1985): 205-7.

   ■. A Emigração. Lisbon, 1986.

   ■. "Espaços de herança cultural portuguesa-gentes, factos, políticas." Analise Social (Lisbon) XXIV (1988): 313-51.

   ■ Rocha-Trinidade, Maria Beatriz da, and Jorge Arroteia. Bibliografia da Emigração Portuguesa. Lisbon, 1984.

   ■ Rogers, Francis M. Americans of Portuguese Descent: A Lesson in Differentiation. Beverly Hills, Calif.: Sage, 1974.

   ■. Testemunhos sobre a Emigração Portuguesa: Antologia. Lisbon, 1976.

   ■ Silva, F. Emídio da. A Emigração Portuguesa. Lisbon, 1917.

   ■ Silva, Manuela, et al. Retorno, Emigração e Desenvolvimento Regional em Portugal. Lisbon, 1984.

   ■ Simões, Mário Pinto. O Emigrante Português: Processos de Adaptação ( o exemplo da Suiça). Oporto, 1985.

   ■ Simões, Nuno. O Brasil e a Emigração Portuguesa. Coimbra, 1934.

   ■ Sousa Ferreira, Eduardo de, and Guy Clausse, eds. Closing the Migratory Cycle: The Case of Portugal. Saarbrucken: Verlag Breitenbach, 1986.

   ■ Teixeira, Carlos, and Victor M. Pereira da Rosa, eds. The Portuguese in Canada: From the Sea to the City. Toronto: University of Toronto Press, 2000.

   ■ Vicente, António Luís. Os Portuguese Nos Estados Unidos Da América: Política De Comunidades E Comunidade Política. Lisbon: FLAD, 1998.

   ■ Viera, David, et al. Portuguese in the United States: A Bibliography ( Supplement to the 1976 Leo Pap Bibliography). Essay Number 6 in Essays in Portuguese Studies. Durham, N.H.: International Conference Group on Portugal, 1989.

   ■ Williams, Jerry. And Yet They Come: Portuguese Immigration from the Azores to the United States. New York: Center for Migration Studies, 1982.

   ■ Portugal's Atlantic Islands (Azores, Madeiras)

   ■ Biddle, Anthony J. Drexel. The Madeira Islands, 2 vols. London: Hurst and Blackett, 1900.

   ■ Bryans, Robin. Madeira, Pearl of the Atlantic. London: Robert Hale, 1959.

   ■. The Azores. London: Faber & Faber, 1963.

   ■ Cooke, Rupert Croft. Madeira. London: Putnam, 1961.

   ■ Cossart, Noel. Madeira— the Island Vineyard. London: Christie's, 1984.

   ■ Da Silva, Fernando Augusto, and Carlos Azevedo de Menezes. Elucidário Madeirense, 3 vols. Funchal, 1940.

   ■ Duncan, T. Bentley. Atlantic Islands in the Seventeenth Century: Madeira, the Azores and the Cape Verdes in Seventeenth-Century Commerce andNavigation. Chicago: University of Chicago Press, 1972.

   ■ Guill, James H. A History of the Azores Islands. Menlo Park, Calif.: Author's Edition, 1972.

   ■ Instituto Histórico Da Ilha Terceira [Azores]. Os Açores E O Atlântico ( Séculos XIV-XVII) [Proceedings of International Colloquium, August 1983]. Angra do Heroismo, Terceira Island, Azores, 1984.

   ■ Koebel, William Henry. Madeira Old and New. London: Griffiths, 1909.

   ■ Mee, Jules. Histoire de la découverte des Iles Açores. Ghent, 1901.

   ■ Peres, Damião. A Madeira sob os donatórios-Séculos XV e XVI. Funchal, 1914.

   ■ Rogers, Francis M. Atlantic Islanders of the Azores and Madeiras. North Quincy, Mass.: Christopher House, 1979.

   ■ Serpa, Caetano Valadão. A Gente Dos Açores. Identificaçao-Emigraçio E Religiosidade: Séculos XVI-XX. Lisbon: 1978.

   ■ Silva, J. Donald. "With Columbus in Madeira." Portuguese Studies Review (Durham, NH) I, 1 (Spring-Summer 1991).

   ■ Wheeler, Douglas L. "The Azores and the United States (1787-1987): Two Hundred Years of Shared History." Boletim do Instituto Histórico da Ilha Terceira XLV (1988): 55-71.

   ■ Anglo-Portuguese Alliance (1373-Present)

   ■ Almada, José de. A Aliança Inglesa, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1947.

   ■. Para a história da aliança luso-britânica. Lisbon, 1955.

   ■ Atkinson, William C. British Contributions to Portuguese and Brazilian Studies. London: British Council, 1974.

   ■ Bourne, Kenneth. The Foreign Policy of Victorian England 1830-1902. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1970.

   ■ British Broadcasting Corporation (BBC). 600 Years of Anglo-Portuguese Alliance. London: BBC, 1973.

   ■ British Community Council of London. Souvenir Brochure Commemorating the 600th Anniversary of the Anglo-Portuguese Treaty of Alliance and Friendship, 1373-1973. Lisbon, 1973.

   ■ Cabral, Manuel Villaverde. Portugal na Alvorada do Século XX. Lisbon, 1979.

   ■ Caetano, Marcello "Aliança Inglesa." Enciclopédia Luso-Brasileira da Cultura. Vol. 1 (1963): 1270-1271.

   ■. "L'alliance Anglo-Portuguese: Histoire et situation actuelle." Chronique de politique etrangére (Paris) XX, 6 (1967): 695-708.

   ■. Portugal e a Internacionalização dos Problemas Africanos. Lisbon, 1971.

   ■ Castro, Armando. A dominação inglesa em Portugal. Estudo seguido de Antologia Textos dos Sécs. XVIII e XIX. Oporto: Afrontamento, 1972.

   ■ Crollen, Luc. Portugal, the U.S. and NATO. Leuven, Belgium: Leuven University Press, 1973.

   ■. "Portugal." In O. De Raeymaeker et al. Small Powers in Alignment, 27-96. Leuven, Belgium: Leuven University Press, 1974.

   ■ Cunha Leal, Francisco. Portugal e Inglaterra. Corunna, 1932.

   ■ Davidson, Basil. "The Oldest Alliance Faces a Crisis." In Philip Masonm, ed., Angola: A Symposium. Views of a Revolt, 138-60. London: Oxford University Press, 1962.

   ■ Duff, Katherine. "The War and the Neutrals." In Arnold and Veronica Toyn-bee, eds., Survey of International Affairs. London: Chatham House, 1956.

   ■ Duffy, James. A Question of Slavery. Oxford: Clarendon Press, 1967.

   ■ Epstein, John. "The Anglo-Portuguese Alliance, 1373-1973." World Survey (London) 54 (June 1973): p. 18.

   ■ Ferreira, José Medeiros. Estudos de Estratégia e Relações Internacionais. Lisbon, 1981.

   ■ Ferreira Martins, General L. O Poder Militar Da Gran-Bretanha E A Aliança Anglo-Lusa. Coimbra, 1939.

   ■. A Cooperaçio Anglo-Portuguesa na Grande Guerra de 1914-18. Lisbon, 1942.

   ■ Francis, A. D. The Methuens and Portugal 1691-1700. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1966.

   ■. Portugal 1715-1808. London: Tamesis, 1985.

   ■ Freitas, A. Barjona de. A Questão Ingleza. Lisbon, 1891.

   ■ Gonçalves, Caetano. A Aliança Luso-Britânica e o Domínio Colonial Português. Lisbon, 1917.

   ■ Guedes, Armando Marques. A Aliança Inglesa: Notas de História diplomática, 1383-1943. Lisbon, 1943. Halpern Pereira, Miriam. Revoluçio, finanças, dependência externa. Lisbon, 1979.

   ■ Howorth, A. H. D'Araujo Scott. A Aliança Luso-Britânica E A Segunda Guerra Mundial. Lisbon, 1956.

   ■ Kay, Hugh. Salazar and Modern Portugal. New York: Hawthorne, 1970.

   ■ Lawrence, L. Nehru Seizes Goa. New York: Pageant, 1963.

   ■ Livermore, H. V. "The Anglo-Portuguese Alliance: Historical Perspective." 600 Years of Anglo-Portuguese Alliance, 7-15. Lisbon: BBC, 1973.

   ■ Macedo, Jorge Borges de. História Diplomática Portuguesa-Constantes e Linhas de Força. Lisbon, 1987.

   ■ Manoel, J. de Câmara. Portugal e Inglatterra. Lisbon, 1909.

   ■ Martinez, Pedro S. História Diplomática de Portugal. Lisbon, 1986.

   ■ Medlicott, W. N. The Economic Blockade, Vol. II. London: His Majesty's Stationery Office, 1952.

   ■ Oliveira, Pedro Aires. Os Despojos Da Alianca. A Gra-Bretanha e a questao colonial portuguesa 1945-1975. Lisbon: Tinta-da-China, 2007. Ortigão, Ramalho. John Bull. Lisbon, 1887.

   ■ Prestage, Edgar. Diplomatic Relations of Portugal with France, England and Holland from 1646 to 1668. Watford, U.K.: Voss & Michael, 1925.

   ■. Chapters in Anglo-Portuguese Relations. London: Voss & Michael, 1935.

   ■ Russell, Peter E. The English Intervention in Spain and Portugal in the Time of Edward III and Richard II. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1955. Sarmento, J. E. Morães. The Anglo-Portuguese Alliance and Coast Defense. London, 1908.

   ■ Serrão, Joel. "O Ultimatum (January 1890)." Dicionário de História de Portugal. Vol. IV (1971): 219-24.

   ■ Shafaat, Ahmed Khan, ed. Anglo-Portuguese Negotiations Relating to Bombay, 1660-1667. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1922.

   ■ Sideri, Sandro. Trade and Power: Informal Colonialism in Anglo-Portuguese Relations. Rotterdam: Rotterdam University Press, 1970.

   ■ Sousa, Carlos Hermenegildo de. A Aliança Anglo-Portuguesa. Lisbon, 1943.

   ■ Stone, Glyn A. "The Official British Attitude to the Anglo-Portuguese Alliance, 1910-45." Journal of Contemporary History (London) 10, 4 (Oct. 1975): 729-46.

   ■. The Oldest Ally: Britain and the Portuguese Connection, 1936-1941. Woodbridge, U.K.: Royal Historical Society and Boydell Press, 1994. Teixeira, Nuno Severiano. O Ultimatum Inglês: Política Externa no Portugal do 1890. Lisbon, 1990.

   ■ Teles, Basilio. Do Ultimatum ao 30 de Janeiro. Oporto, 1905.

   ■ Vicente, António Pedro. "Um testemunho de 1796 sobre a Situação de Portugal face ao domínio inglês." In Arquivos do Centro Cultural Portugües, IV. Paris, 1972.

   ■ Vieira de Castro, Luís. D. Carlos I. ( Elementos de História Diplomática), 2nd ed. Lisbon, 1941.

   ■ Vincent-Smith, John. "Britain, Portugal and the First World War." European Studies Review 4, 3 (1974).

   ■. "The Portuguese Economy and the Anglo-Portuguese Commercial Treaty of 1916." Iberian Studies (Keele, U.K.) III, 2 (Autumn 1974): 49-54.

   ■. As Relações Políticas Luso-Britânicas 1910-1916. Lisbon, 1975.

   ■. "The Portuguese Republic and Britain, 1910-14." Journal of Contemporary History 10, 4 (Oct. 1975): 707-27.

   ■ Vintras, R. E. The Portuguese Connection: A Secret History of the Azores Base. London: Bachman & Turner, 1974. Viriato [Pseud]. A Aliança lnglesa. Lisbon, 1914.

   ■ Walford, A. R. The British Factory in Lisbon and Its Closing Stages Ensuring upon the Treaty of 1810. Lisbon, 1940.

   ■ Wheeler, Douglas L. "The Portuguese in Angola, 1836-1891: A Study in Expansion and Administration." Ph.D. dissertation, History Department, Boston University, 1963.

   ■. "19th Century: Anglo-Portuguese Alliance and the Scramble for Africa." In BBC, 600 Years of Anglo-Portuguese Alliance, 40-43. London: BBC, 1973.

   ■. "The Price of Neutrality: Portugal, the Wolfram Question and World War II." Luso-Brazilian Review (Madison, Wisc.) 34, 1, 2 (Summer 1986; Winter 1986): 107-27; 97-111.

   ■ Wordsworth, William. William Wordsworth's Convention of Cintra: A Facsimile of the 1809 Tract [Introduction by Gordon Kent Thomas]. Provo, Utah: Brigham Young University Press, 1983.

   ■ Young, George. Portugal Old and Young. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1917.

   ■ ANTHROPOLOGY, SOCIOLOGY, RURAL AND URBAN SOCIETY

   ■ Almeida, Miguel Vale de. The Hegemonic Male: Masculinity in a Portuguese Town. Oxford: Berghan, 1996.

   ■ Black, Richard. Crisis and Change in Rural Europe: Agricultural Development in the Portuguese Mountains. Aldershot, U.K.: Avebury and Ashgate, 1992.

   ■ Brettell, Caroline B. Men Who Migrate, Women Who Wait: Population and History in a Portuguese Parish. Princeton, N.J.: Princeton University Press, 1986.

   ■. "The Absence of Men." Natural History 96, 2 (Feb. 1987): 52-61.

   ■. "The Portuguese." In Encyclopedia of World Cultures. New Haven, Conn.: Human Relations Area Files, 1990.

   ■. "The Priest and His People: The Contractual Basis for Religious Practice in Rural Portugal." In Ellen Badone, ed., Religious Orthodoxy and Popular Faith in European Society, 55-75. Princeton, N.J.: Princeton University Press, 1990.

   ■ Brogger, Jan. Pre-bureaucratic Europeans: A Study of a Portuguese Fishing Community. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1989. Cabral, Manuel Villaverde. "Portuguese Perspectives." Sociologia Ruralis [Journal of European Rural Sociology] XXIV, 1 (1986); number devoted to rural Portugal today. Chaney, Rick. Regional Emigration and Remittances in Developing Countries: The Portuguese Experience. New York: Praeger, 1986. Cole, Sally. Women of the Praia: Work and Lives in a Portuguese Colonial Community. Princeton, N.J.: Princeton University Press, 1991. Cutileiro, José. A Portuguese Rural Society. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1971.

   ■ Deschamps, Paul. Portugal: La Vie Sociale Actuelle. Paris, 1935.

   ■. Histoire Sociale du Portugal. Paris, 1959.

   ■ Dias, Jorge. Rio do Onor-comunitarismo agropastoral. Oporto, 1953.

   ■. Ensaios Etnológicos. Lisbon, 1961.

   ■. The Portuguese Contribution to Cultural Anthropology. Johannesburg: Witwaterstrand University Press, 1964.

   ■. Vilarinho Da Furna: Uma Aldeia Comunitária. Rev. ed. Lisbon, 1981.

   ■ Downs, Charles. Os Moradores à Conquista da Cidade. Lisbon, 1978.

   ■. "Community Organization, Political Change and Urban Policy: Portugal. 1974-1976." Ph.D. dissertation, Department of Sociology. University of California, 1980.

   ■. "Residents' Commissions and Urban Struggles in Revolutionary Portugal." In L. S. Graham and D. L. Wheeler, eds., In Search of Modern Portugal: The Revolution and Its Consequences. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 1983.

   ■ Dracklé, Dorlé. Macht und Ohnmacht: Der Kampf num die Agarreform im Alentejo ( Portugal). Gottingen, Germany: Edit. Re, 1991.

   ■ Espírito Santo, Moise. Communidade Rural ao Norte do Tejo. Lisbon, 1980.

   ■ Feijó, Rui, H. Martins, and João de Pina Cabral, eds. Death in Portugal. Oxford: Journal of the Anthropological Society of Oxford, 1983.

   ■ Feijó, Rui Graça. "State, Nation and Regional Diversity in Portugal: An Overview." In Richard Herr and John H. Polt, eds., Iberian Identity: Essays on the Nature of Identity in Portugal and Spain, 37-47. Berkeley: Institute of International Studies, University of California, 1989.

   ■ Feio, Mariano. Les Bas Alentejo et l'Algarve. Lisbon, 1949.

   ■ Ferreira de Almeida, João. Classes sociais nos campos. Lisbon, 1986.

   ■ Fonseca, Ramiro da. O Livro da Saúde e da Doença. Lisbon, 1979.

   ■ Gallop, Rodney. Portugal: A Book of Folk-Ways. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1936. Reprinted, 1961.

   ■ Hoefgen, Lynn. "The Integration of Returnees from the Colonies into Portugal's Social and Economic Life." Ph.D. dissertation, Department of Anthropology, University of Florida, 1985.

   ■ Ingerson, Alice Elizabeth. "Corporatism and Class Consciousness in Northwestern Portugal." Ph.D. dissertation, Department of Anthropology. Johns Hopkins University, 1984.

   ■ Jenkins, Robin. The Road to Alto. London: Pluto Press, 1979.

   ■ Lawrence, Denise. "Menstrual Politics: Women and Pigs in Rural Portugal." In T. Buckley and A. Gottlieb, eds., Blood Magic: The Anthropology of Menstruation, 117-36. Berkeley: University of California Press, 1988.

   ■. "Suburbanization of House Form and Gender Relations in a Rural Portuguese Agro-Town." Architecture and Behavior 4, 3 (1988): 197-212.

   ■ Martins, Hermínio. "Portugal." In Margaret S. Archer and Salvador Giner, eds., Contemporary Europe: Class, Status and Power. New York: St. Martins, 1971.

   ■ Mattoso, José. Identificação de um país. Lisbon, 1985.

   ■ Merten, Peter. Anarchismüs und Arbeiterkãmpf in Portugal. Hamburg: Libera-tare Association, 1981.

   ■ Monteiro, Paulo. Terra que ja foi terra: Análise Sociológica de nove lugares agro-pastorais da Serra da Lousã. Lisbon, 1985.

   ■ Nataf, Daniel. "Social Cleavages and Regime Formation in Contemporary Portugal." Ph.D. dissertation, Department of Political Science, UCLA, 1987.

   ■ Nazareth, J. Manuel. "Familia e Emigração em Portugal: Ensaio Exploratório." Economia e Socialismo 23 (1977): 31-50.

   ■ O'Neill, Brian Juan. "Dying and Inheriting in Rural Tras-os-Montes." Journal of the Anthropological Society of Oxford 14 (1983): 44-74.

   ■. Social Inequality in a Portuguese Hamlet: Land, Late Marriage, and Inheritance, 1870-1978. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1987.

   ■ Pacheco, Helder. Tradições Populares de Portugal. Lisbon, 1985.

   ■ Pardoe, Julia. Traits and Traditions of Portugal, 2 vols. London, 1832.

   ■ Pereira Neto, João Baptista. "Social Evolution in Portugal since 1945." In Raymond S. Sayers, ed., Portugal and Brazil in Transition, 212-27. Minneapolis: University of Minnesota Press, 1968.

   ■ Pina-Cabral, João de. Sons of Adam, Daughters of Eve: The Peasant World-View of the Alto Minho. Oxford: Clarendon Press, 1986.

   ■. "Sociocultural Differentiation and Regional Identity in Portugal." In

   ■ R. Herr and J. H. Polt, eds., Iberian Identity, 3-18. Berkeley: Institute of International Studies, 1989.

   ■ Poinard, Michel. La Retour des Traveilleurs Portugais. Paris: La Documentation Francaise, 1979.

   ■ Reed, Robert Roy. "Managing the Revolution: Revolutionary Promise and Political Reality in Rural Portugal." Ph.D. dissertation, Department of Anthropology, Indiana University, 1988.

   ■ Riegelhaupt, Joyce F. "In the Shadow of the City: Integration of a Portuguese Village" [São João das Lampas, nr, Cascais]. Ph.D. dissertation, Department of Anthropology, Columbia University, 1964.

   ■. "Saloio Women: An Analysis of Informal and Formal Political and Economic Roles of Portuguese Peasant Women." Anthropological Quarterly 40, 3 (July 1967): 109-26.

   ■. "Festas and Padres: The Organization of Religious Action in a Portuguese Parish." American Anthropologist 75 (1973): 835-52.

   ■. "Peasants and Politics in Salazar's Portugal: The Corporate State and Village 'Nonpolitics'" In L. S. Graham and H. Makler, eds., Contemporary Portugal: The Revolution and Its Antecedents, 167-90. Austin: University of Texas Press, 1979.

   ■ Rodrigues, Julieta E. S. de Almeida. "Continuity and Change in Urban Portuguese Women's Roles: Emerging New Household Structures." Ph.D. dissertation, Department of Sociology, Columbia University, 1979.

   ■ Rowland, Robert. "Demographic Patterns and Rural Society in Portugal." So-ciologica Ruralis 26, 1 (1986): 36-47.

   ■ Sanchis, Pierre. Arraial. La Fête d'un Peuple: Les Pélerinages Populaires au Portugal. Paris, 1976.

   ■ Siegel, Bernard J. "Social Structure and Medical Practitioners in Rural Brazil and Portugal." Sociologia (São Paulo) 20, 4 (Oct. 1958): 463-76.

   ■. "Conflict, Parochialism and Social Differentiation in Portuguese Society." Journal of Conflict Resolution V, 1 (March 1961): 35-12.

   ■ Smith, T. Lynn. "The Social Relationships of Man to the Land in Portugal." Sociologia 25, 1 (Dec. 1963): 319-43.

   ■ Sousa Santos, Boaventura. "Estado e sociedade na semiperíferia do sistema mundiale: O caso português." Análise Social 87-89 (1985): 869-902.

   ■. "Social Crisis and the State." In Kenneth Maxwell, ed., Portugal in the 1980s: Dilemmas of Democratic Consolidation, 167-95. Westport, Conn.: Greenwood, 1986.

   ■ Vasconcellos, Joaquim Leite de. Ethnograia Portuguesa, 8 vols. Lisbon, 1941-82.

   ■. Tradições Populares Portugueses. New ed. Lisbon, 1986.

   ■ Willems, Emilio. "On Portuguese Family Structure." International Journal of Comparative Society (Dharwar, India) 3, 1 (Sept. 1962): 65-79.

   ■ ARTS, ARCHITECTURE, URBAN PLANNING, MUSIC

   ■ Almeida, Rodrigo Vicente de. História da Arte em Portugal: ( Segundo Estudo) Documentos lnéditos. Oporto, 1883. Almeida D'Eca, Admiral Vicente M. Castles of Portugal. Lisbon, 1925. Amaral, Francisco K. Lisboa: Uma Cidade em Transformação. Lisbon, 1969. Azevedo, Carlos de, and Chester Brummel. Churches of Portugal. New York: Scala Books, 1985.

   ■ Barreira, João, ed. Arte Portuguesa: As Decorativas, 2 vols. Lisbon, n.d.

   ■ Barretto, Mascarenhas, and George Dykes. Fado: Lyrical Origins and Poetical Motivation. Lisbon, 1977.

   ■ Binney, Marcus. Country Manors of Portugal. London: Scala, 1987.

   ■ Branco, Luís de Freitas. A Música em Portugal. Lisbon, 1930.

   ■ Brito, Manuel Carlos de. Opera in Portugal in the Eighteenth Century. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1989.

   ■ Carvalho, Pinto de. História de Fado. Lisbon, 1903 and 1982 eds.

   ■ Castro d'Aire, Teresa. O Fado. Lisbon: Temas da Actualidade, 1996.

   ■ Chicó, Mário Tavares. A Architectura Gótica em Portugal. Lisbon, 1968.

   ■ França, José-Augusto. A Arte em Portugal No Século XIX. Lisbon, 1966.

   ■. Lisboa Pombalina e o Illuminismo, 2nd ed. Lisbon, 1977.

   ■. A Reconstrucão e a Arquitectura Pombalina. Lisbon, 1978.

   ■ Gallop, Rodney. "The Fado (The Portuguese Song of Fate)." Musical Quarterly XIX (1933): 199-213.

   ■. Eight Portuguese Folksongs. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1936.

   ■ Gil, Júlio. The Finest Churches in Portugal. Lisbon, 1988.

   ■. The Finest Castles in Portugal, 3rd ed. George F. W. Dykes, trans. Lisbon, 1996.

   ■ Gonçalves, Rui Mário. Pintura e escultura em Portugal. Lisbon: Instituto de Cultura, 1984.

   ■. 100 Pintores Portugueses do século XX. Lisbon: Alfa, 1986.

   ■ Kubler, George. Portuguese Plain Architecture: Between Spices and Diamonds, 1521-1706. Middletown, Conn.: Wesleyan University Press, 1972.

   ■. Studies in Ancient American and European Art: The Collected Essays of George Kubler. New Haven, Conn.: Yale University Press, 1985.

   ■, and Martin Soria. Art and Architecture in Spain and Portugal. Harmondsworth, U.K.: Penguin, 1959.

   ■ Lacerda, Aarão de. História da Arte em Portugal, 2 vols. Oporto, 1942-48.

   ■ Leão, Joaquim de Sousa. "Decorative Art: The Azulejo." In H. V. Livermore, ed. Portugal and Brazil: An Introduction. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1953.

   ■ Lopes Graça, Fernando. A canção popular portuguesa. Lisbon, 1953.

   ■. A música portuguesa e os sus problemas: Ensaios. Lisbon, 1959.

   ■ Moita, Luís. O fado: canção de vencidos. Lisbon, 1936.

   ■ Neves, José Cassiano. The Palace and Gardens of Fronteira: Seventeenth and Eighteenth Century Portuguese Style. Lisbon: Quetzal and Scala, 1995. North, C.T. Guia dos castelos antigos de Portugal, 2 vols. Lisbon: Bertrand Ed., 2002.

   ■ Pacheco, Jose. Stuart Carvalhais. O desenho grafico e a imprensa. Lisbon: Biblioteca do Empresario, 2000. Pereira, Paulo, ed. Arte portuguesa. Lisbon: Círculo de Leitores, 1995. Picchio, Luciana Stegagno. Storia del Teatro Portoghese. Rome: Edizinio deli' Ateneo, 1964.

   ■ Queirós, José. Cerâmica Portuguesa, 2 vols. 2nd rev. ed. Lisbon, 1948.

   ■ Santos, Luís Reis. Monuments of Portugal. Lisbon, 1940.

   ■ Santos, Reinaldo dos. A Escultura em Portugal, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1948-50.

   ■. História da Arte em Portugal. Oporto, 1953.

   ■ Sasportes, José. História da Dança em Portugal. Lisbon, 1970. Simões, J. M. dos Santos. "Azulejos in a Land of Many Colours." Connoisseur (London) CXXXVII, 551 (1956): 15-21.

   ■. Azulejaria em Portugal no Século X VIII. Lisbon, 1979.

   ■ Smith, Robert C. A Talha em Portugal. Lisbon, 1963.

   ■. The Art of Portugal, 1500-1800. London, Weidenfeld and Nicolson, 1968.

   ■. "The Building of Mafra." Apollo 97, 134 (April 1973): 360-67.

   ■ Stoop, Anne de. Demeures portugaises dans les environs de Lisbonne. Paris: Weber, 1986.

   ■. Palais et manoirs: Le Minho. Paris: Ed. du Seuil, 1995.

   ■ Tannock, Michael. Portuguese 20th Century Artists: A Biographical Dictionary. Chichester, U.K.: Phillimore, 1978.

   ■ Taylor, René. "The Architecture of Port Wine." The Architectural Review CXXIX, 772 (1961): 368-99.

   ■ Terol, Marylene. Azulejos a Lisbonne. Paris: Hervas, 1992.

   ■ Veiga de Oliveira, Ernesto. Instrumentos musicais populares portugueses. Lisbon, 1982.

   ■ Watson, Walter Crum. Portuguese Architecture. London: Constable, 1908. Wohl, Hellmut. "Carlos Mardel and His Lisbon Architecture." Apollo 97, 134 (April 1973): 350-59.

   ■ Sculpture and Ceramics

   ■ Andrade, Sergio de. "Presepios." In Dicionario de Arte Barroca em Portugal. Lisbon: Presenca, 1989. Barreira, Joao. Arte Portuguesa, Arquitectura e Escultura. Lisbon: Excelsior, n.d.

   ■ Cardoso, Arnaldo Pinto. O Presepio Barroco Portugues. Lisbon: Bertrand, 2003.

   ■ Chaves, Luis. Os Barristas Portugueses. Coimbra, 1925.

   ■. Natal Portugues. Oporto: Liv. Classica Editora, 1942.

   ■ Gargano, Pietro. Il Presepio. Otto Secoli di Storia, Arte, Tradizione. Milan: Fenice, 1995.

   ■ Lima, Henrique de Campos F. Joaquim Machado de Castro, Escultor Conimbricense. Coimbra: Instituto de Historia de Arte, 1989. Macedo, Diogo de. Presepios Portugueses. Lisbon: Artis, 1951.

   ■. Machado de Castro. Lisbon: Artis, 1958.

   ■ Morais, Heitor. Natal do Meu Coracao. Braga: Ed. A.O., 1991.

   ■ Pais, Alexandre Nobre. Presepios Portugueses Monumentos do Seculo XVIII em Terracotta, 2 vols. Master's thesis in history of art, Universidade Nova de Lisboa, 1998.

   ■ Queiros, Jose. Ceramica Portuguesa. Lisbon: Presenca, 1998. Santos, Reinaldo dos. A Escultura em Portugal. Lisbon: Bertrand, 1951. Serrao, Vitor. Historia da Arte em Portugal IV-O Barroco. Lisbon: Presenca, 2003.

   ■ Smith, Robert C. The Art Of Portugal 1500-1800. New York: Meredith Press, 1968.

   ■ Sousa, Ernesto de. Presepios. Lisbon: Bertrand, 1998.

   ■ Cinema

   ■ Antunes, Joao and Jose de Matos-Cruz, Cinema Portugues 1896-1998. Lisbon: Lusomundo, 1997.

   ■ Bandeira, Jose Gomes. Porto: 100 anos de cinema portugues. Oporto: Camara Municipal do Porto, 1996. Duarte, Fernando. Primitivos do Cinema Portugues. Lisbon: Cinecultura, 1960.

   ■ Faria de Almeida, M., Resumo da Historia do Cinema. Lisbon: RTP, 1982. Nobre, Roberto. Singularidades do Cinema Portugues. Lisbon: Portugalia, n.d.

   ■ Pina, Luis de. Aventura do Cinema Portugues. Lisbon: Vega, 1977.

   ■. Documentarismo Portugues. Lisbon: IPC, 1977.

   ■. Panorama do Cinema Portugues. Lisbon: Terra Livre, 1978.

   ■. Historia do Cinema Portugues. Mem Martins: Europa-America, 1986.

   ■ Ribeiro, Felix. O Cinema Portugues antes do Sonoro. Esboco Historiconema Portugues. Lisbon: Terra Livre, 1978.

   ■. Panorama do Cinema Portugues. Lisbon: n.d.

   ■ Children's Literature

   ■ Andresen, Sofia de Melo Breyner. A Fada Oriana. 9th ed. Lisbon: Figueiri-nhas, 1985.

   ■ Araújo, Matilde Rosa. A estrada fascinante. Lisbon: Livros Horizonte, 1988. Barreto, Garcia. Literatura Para Crianças E Jovens Em Portugal. Oporto:

   ■ Campo Das Letras, 1998. Bastos, Glória. A escrita para crianças em Portugal no seculo XIX. Lisbon:

   ■ Caminho da Educaçao, 1997. Cadet, Maria Rita Chiappe. Os Contos da Mamã. Lisbon: Lallement Freres, 1883.

   ■ Castro, Fernanda. Mariazinha em Africa, 2nd ed. Lisbon: Portugália, 1947. Cross, Esther, and Wilbur Cross. Portugal. Chicago: Childrens Press, 1986. DeSkalon, Anna, and Christa Stadtler. We Live in Portugal. New York: Watts, 1987.

   ■ Gomes, Alice. A Nau Catrineta, 2nd ed. Lisbon: Portugália, 1973.

   ■. A literatura para a infância. Lisbon: Torres & Abreu, 1979.

   ■ Letria, José Jorge. Do sentimento mágico da vida. Lisbon: Escritor, 1994. Müller, Adolfo Simões. Historiazinha de Portugal, 6th ed. Oporto: Tavares Martins, 1983.

   ■ Osório, Ana de Castro. Para as crianças. Illustr. by Leal da Câmara. Setúbal: Liv. Crianças, 1908.

   ■ Pires, Maria Laura Bettencourt. História da literatura infantil portuguesa. Lisbon: Vega, 1981. Ribeiro, Aquilino. Arca de Noé-III Classe. Lisbon, 1989. Rocha, Natércia. Breve História da Literatura para Crianças em Portugal. Lisbon: Instituto de Cultura e Língua Portuguesa, 1984.

   ■. Bibliografia geral da literatura portuguesa para crianças. Lisbon: Edit. Comunicação, 1987.

   ■ Sá, Domingos Guimarães de. A literatura infantil em Portugal. Braga: Edit. Franciscana, 1981.

   ■ Selfridge. John. Portugal. New York: Chelsea House, 1990. Vaz de Carvalho, Maria Amália. Contos para os Nossos Filhos, 11th ed. Oporto: Barreira, 1947.

   ■ Viana, António Manuel Couto. Jõao de Deus e um século de literatura infantil em Portugal. Lisbon: Ed. do Templo, 1978.

   ■ Lisbon, Capital City, in History and Literature

   ■ Castelo-Branco, Fernando. Lisboa Seiscentista, 3rd ed. Lisbon: 1969.

   ■ Castilho, Júlio de. Lisboa Antiga, 7 vols. Lisbon, 1935-45.

   ■ Couto, Dejanirah. Histoire de Lisbonne. Paris: Fayard, 2000.

   ■ Crespo, Ángel. Lisboa Mítica e Literária. Lisbon: Liv. Horizonte, 1987.

   ■ Dias, Marina Tavares. Lisboa Desaparecida. Lisbon: Quimera, 1990.

   ■ Dionísio, Sant'anna, ed. Guia de Portugal. Vol. I: Lisboa e Arredores. Lisbon: Biblioteca Nacional de Lisboa, 1924, orig. ed; reprint, Gulbenkian Foundation, 1979.

   ■ França, José-Augusto. Lisboa Pombalina e o Iluminismo. Lisbon: Bertrand, 1977.

   ■ Moita, Irisalva, ed. O Livro de Lisboa. Lisbon: Liv. Horizonte, 1994.

   ■ Neves, Orlando. Lisboa em Crónica. Lisbon: Author's Ed., 1968.

   ■ Pavão, Luís, and Mário Pereira. Tabernas de Lisboa. Lisbon: Assírio & Alvim, 1981.

   ■ Pessoa, Fernando. Lisboa. O que o turista deve ver: What the Tourist Should See. Lisbon: Liv. Horizonte, 1997.

   ■ Queirós, José Maria Eça de. À Capital. Lisbon: Sá da Costa, 1960.

   ■ Santos, Piedade Braga, et al. Lisboa Setecentista vista por Estrangeiros. Lisbon: Liv. Horizonte, 1996.

   ■ Vieira, Alice. Esta Lisboa. Lisbon: Caminho, 1993.

   ■ Wright, David, and Patrick Swift. Lisbon: A Portrait and Guide. New York: Scribners, 1971.

   ■ The Inquisition in History

   ■ Azevedo, João Lúcio. Historia das Cristãos-Novos. Lisbon: Liv. Clássica, 1975.

   ■ Baião, António. A Inquisição em Portugal e no Brasil: Subsídios para a sua história. Lisbon: Arquivo Histórico Portugues, 1906. Bethencourt, Francisco. "Portugal: A Scrupulous Inquisition," In Bengt Ankarloo and Gustav Henningsen, eds., Early Modern Witchcraft: Centres and Peripheries, 403-22. Oxford: Clarendon Press, 1990.

   ■. "Os equilíbrios sociais do Poder." In José Mattoso, ed., Historia De Portugal, Vol. 3, No Alvorecer Da Modernidade ( 1480-1620). Lisbon: Estampa, 1993.

   ■. História das Inquisições: Portugal, Espanha e Itália. Lisbon: Círculo de Leitores, 1994.

   ■ Braga, Maria Luísa. A Inquisição em Portugal na primeira metade do Séc. XVIII. Lisbon: Inst. Nacional de Investigação Científica, 1992.

   ■ Haliczer, Stephen, ed. Inquisition and Society in Early Modern Europe. London: Croom Helm, 1987.

   ■ Herculano, Alexandre. History of the Origin and Establishment of the Inquisition in Portugal. Reprint. New York: AMS Press, 1968.

   ■ Magalhães, Joaquim Romero. "Em Busca dos Tempos da Inquisição (15731615)." Revista de História das Ideias 9 (1987): 191-228.

   ■ Mea, Elvira Cunha Azevedo. A Inquisição de Coimbra no Século XVI. Oporto, 1989.

   ■ Mendonça, José Lourenço D. de, and António Joaquim Moreira. História da Inquisição em Portugal. Lisbon: Círculo de Leitores, 1980.

   ■ Novinsky, Anita, and Luísa M. Carneiro, eds. Inquisição: Ensaios sobre Mentalidade, Heresias e Arte. Rio de Janeiro: Expressão e Cultura, 1992.

   ■ Pereira, Isais da Rosa. Documentos para a história da Inquisição em Portugal. Lisbon, 1987.

   ■ Rego, Yvonne Cunha, ed. Feiticeiros, Profetas e Visionários: Textos Antigos Portugueses. Lisbon: Imprensa Nacional e Casa da Moeda, 1981.

   ■ Saraiva, António José. Inquisição e cristãos-novos. Lisbon: Estampa, 1985.

   ■ Walker, Timothy Dale. "Doctors, Folk Medicine and the Inquisition: The Repression of Popular Healing in Portugal during the Enlightenment Era." Ph.D. dissertation, Department of History, Boston University, 2001.

   ■ Literature in English Translation: Selection

   ■ Alcaforado, Mariana. The Letters of a Portuguese Nun ( Mariana Alcaforado). Edgar Prestage, trans. London: D. Nutt, 1893.

   ■ Andrade, Eugénio de. "White on White." Alexis Levitin, trans. Quarterly Review of Literature. Poetry Series VIII. Vol. 27. Princeton, N.J., 1987.

   ■. Another Name for Earth; O outro nome da terra. Alexis Levitin, trans. Ft. Bragg, Calif.: QED Press, 1997.

   ■ Andresen, Sophia de Mello Breyner. Marine Rose: Selected Poems. Ruth Fain-light, trans. Redding Ridge, Conn.: Swan Books, 1989.

   ■ Antunes, António Lobo. South of Nowhere. Elizabeth Lowe, trans. New York: Random House, 1983.

   ■. Fado Alexandrino. Gregory Rabassa, trans. New York: Grove Weidenfeld, 1990.

   ■. An Explanation of the Birds. Richard Zenith, trans. New York: Grove Weidenfeld, 1991.

   ■. Act of the Damned. New York: Grove Press, 1995.

   ■. The Natural Order of Things. New York: Grove Press, 2000.

   ■ Barreno, Maria Isabel, Maria Teresa Horta, and Maria Velho da Costa. The Three Marias: New Portuguese Letters. Helen R. Lane, trans. New York: Doubleday, 1975.

   ■ Bell, Aubrey F. G. Poems from the Portuguese ( with the Portuguese text). A.

   ■ Bell, trans. Oxford: Blackwell, 1913.

   ■ Camões, Luís de. The Lusiads of Luís de Camões. Leonard Bacon, trans. New York: Hispanic Society of America, 1950.

   ■. The Lusiads. William C. Atkinson, trans. Harmondsworth, U.K.: Penguin, 1952.

   ■. The Lusiads. Landeg White, trans. New York: Oxford University Press, 1997.

   ■ Castelo Branco, Camilo. Doomed Love ( A Family Memoir). Alice R. Clemente, trans Providence, R.I.: Gávea-Brown, 1995. Castro, José Maria Ferreira de. Emigrants. Dorothy Ball, trans. New York: Macmillan, 1962.

   ■. Jungle. Charles Duff, trans. New York: Viking, 1935.

   ■. The Mission. Ann Stevens, trans. London: Hamilton, 1963.

   ■ Dantas, Júlio. The Cardinals' Collation, 48th ed. A. Saintsbury, trans. London, 1962.

   ■ Dias de Melo. Dark Stones. Gregory McNab, trans. Providence, R.I.: Gávea-Brown, 1996.

   ■ Dinis, Júlio. The Fidalgos of Casa Mourisca. Rosanna Dabney, trans. Boston: D. Lothrop, 1891.

   ■ Garrett, Almeida. Brother Luiz de Sousa [play]. Edgar Prestage, trans. London: Elkin Mathess, 1909.

   ■. Travels in My Homeland. John M. Parker, trans. London: Peter Owen and UNESCO, 1987. Griffin, Jonathan. Camões: Some Poems Translated from the Portuguese by Jonathan Griffin. London: Menard Press, 1976. Jorge, Lídia. The Murmuring Coast. Minneapolis: University of Minnesota Press, 1995.

   ■ Lisboa, Eugénio, ed. Portuguese Short Fiction. Manchester, U.K.: Carcanet, 1997.

   ■ Lopes, Fernão. The English in Portugal 1367-87: Extracts from the Chronicles of Dom Fernando and Dom João. Derek W. Lomax and R. J. Oakley, eds. and trans. Warminster, U.K.: Aris & Phillips, 1988.

   ■ Macedo, Helder, ed. Contemporary Portuguese Poetry: An Anthology in English. Helder Macedo, et al., trans. Manchester, U.K.: Carcanet New Press, 1978.

   ■ Martins, J. P. De Oliveira. A History of Iberian Civilization. Aubrey F. G. Bell, trans.; preface by Salvador de Madariaga. New York: Cooper Square, 1969.

   ■ Mendes Pinto, Fernão. The Travels of Mendes Pinto [Orig. title: Peregrinação].

   ■ Rebecca D. Catz, trans., with introduction and notes. Chicago: University of Chicago Press, 1989. Miguéis, José Rodrigues. A Man Smiles at Death with Half a Face. George

   ■ Monteiro, trans. Hanover, N.H.: University Press of New England, 1991.

   ■. Happy Easter. John Byrne, trans. Manchester, U.K.: Carcanet, 1995.

   ■. Steerage and Ten Other Stories. George Monteiro, ed. Providence, R.I.: Gávea-Brown, 1998. Monteiro, Luís De Sttau. The Rules of the Game. Ann Stevens, trans. London: Hamilton, 1965.

   ■ Mourão-Ferreira, David. Lucky in Love. Christine Robinson, trans. Manchester, U.K.: Carcanet, 1999. Namora, Fernando. Field of Fate. Dorothy Ball, trans. London: Macmillan, 1970.

   ■. Mountain Doctor. Dorothy Ball, trans. London: Macmillan, 1956.

   ■ Nemésio, Vitorino. Inclement Weather over the Channel. Francisco Cota Fagundes, trans. Providence, R.I.: Gávea-Brown, 1993.

   ■. Stormy Isles: An Azorean Tale. Francisco C. Fagundes, trans. Providence, R.I.: Gávea-Brown, 2000.

   ■ Paço D'Arcos, Joaquim. Memoirs of a Banknote. Robert Lyle, trans. London, 1968.

   ■ Pedroso, Consiglieri, comp. Portuguese Folk-Tales. Henriqueta Monteiro, trans. Reprint of orig. 1882 ed. New York: Benjamin Blom, 1969.

   ■ Pessoa, Fernando. Fernando Pessoa: Sixty Portuguese Poems. F. E. G. Quintanilha, ed. and trans. Cardiff: University of Wales Press, 1971.

   ■. Selected Poems: Fernando Pessoa. 2nd rev. ed. Jonathan Griffin, trans. Harmondsworth, U.K.: Penguin, 1982.

   ■. The Book of Disquiet. Alfred MacAdams, trans. New York: Pantheon, 1991.

   ■. Fernando Pessoa: Selected Poems. Peter Rickard, ed. and trans. Edinburgh, U.K.: Edinburgh University Press, 1991.

   ■. "The Mariner: A 'Static Drama' in One Act." In Translation: Portugal.

   ■ George Ritchie, et al., trans. The Journal of Literary Translation. Vol. XXV, 38-56. New York: Translation Center, Columbia University, 1991.

   ■. Message: Bilingual Edition. Jonathan Griffin, trans. London: Menard Press and King's College, 1992.

   ■ Pires, José Cardoso. Ballad of a Dog's Beach. Mary Fitton, trans. London: J. M. Dent, 1986.

   ■ Queirós, José Maria Eça de. Cousin Bazilio. Roy Campbell, trans. London: Max Reinhardt, 1953.

   ■. The Relic. Aubrey F. G. Bell, trans. London: Max Reinhardt, 1954.

   ■. The City and the Mountains. Roy Campbell, trans. London: Max Reinhardt, 1955.

   ■. The Sin of Father Amaro. Nan Flanagan, trans. London: Max Reinhardt, 1962.

   ■. The Maias. Patricia McGowan Pinheiro, trans. London: Bodley Head, 1965.

   ■. The Illustrious House of Ramires. Ann Stevens, trans. London: Bodley Head, 1968.

   ■. Letters from England. Ann Stevens, trans. London: Bodley Head, 1970.

   ■. To the Capital. John Vetch, trans. Manchester, U.K.: Carcanet, 1995.

   ■ Quental, Antero de. Sixty-four Sonnets. Edgar Prestage, trans. London: David Nutt, 1894.

   ■ Redol, Alves. The Man with Seven Names. L. L. Barrett, trans. New York: Knopf, 1964.

   ■ Resende, André de. André deResende's 'Poema Latina'/ 'Latinpoems.' J. C. R. Martyn, ed. and trans. Lewiston N.Y.: Lampeter and Edwin Mellen, 1998. Ribeiro, Aquilino. When the Wolves Howl. Patricia McGowan Pinheiro, trans. New York: Macmillan; London: Cape, 1963. Sá Carneiro, Mário de. The Great Shadow ( and Other Stories). Margaret Jull Costa, trans. Sawtry, U.K.: Dedalus, 1996. Santareno, Bernardo. The Promise. Nelson H. Vieira, trans. Providence, R.I.: Gávea-Brown, 1981.

   ■ Saramago, José. Baltasar and Blimunda. Giovanni Pontiero, trans. New York: Harcourt, Brace, 1987.

   ■. The Stone Raft. Giovanni Pontiero, trans. New York: Harcourt, Brace, 1991.

   ■. The Year of the Death of Ricardo Reis. Giovanni Pontiero, trans. New York: Harcourt, Brace, 1991.

   ■. The History of the Siege of Lisbon. Giovanni Pontiero, trans. New York: Harcourt Brace, 1996.

   ■. Blindness. New York: Harcourt, Brace, 1999.

   ■. Tale of the Unknown Island. New York: Harcourt Brace, 2000.

   ■. All the Names. Margaret Jull Costa, trans. New York: Harcourt, 2000.

   ■. Journey to Portugal. New York: Harcourt Brace, 2001.

   ■ Sena, Jorge de. The Poetry of Jorge de Sena: A Bilingual Selection. Frederick G. Williams et al., trans. Santa Barbara, Calif.: Mudborn Press, 1980.

   ■. By the Rivers of Babylon and Other Stories. New Brunswick, N.J.: Rutgers University Press, 1989.

   ■ Vicente, Gil. Four Plays of Gil Vicente: Edited from the Editio Princeps ( 1562). Aubrey F. G. Bell, ed. and trans. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1920.

   ■. Lyrics of Gil Vicente. Aubrey F. G. Bell, trans. Oxford: Oxford University Press, Hispanic Notes and Monographs, Portuguese Series 1, 1921.

   ■. The Play of Rubena. Jack E. Tomlins, trans.; Rene P. Garay and José I. Suarez, eds. New York: National Hispanic Foundation for Humanities, 1993.

   ■. The Boat Plays. David Johnston, trans. and adaptation. London: Oberon, 1996.

   ■. Three Discovery Plays. Anthony Lappin, trans. Warminster, U.K.: Aris & Phillips, 1997.

   ■ Vieira, António. Dust Thou Art. Rev. W. Anderson, trans. London, 1882.

   ■ Portuguese and Portuguese-American Cooking: Cuisine

   ■ Anderson, Jean. Food of Portugal. New York: Hearst, 1994. Asselin, E. Donald. A Portuguese-American Cookbook. Rutland, Vt.: Charles E. Tuttle, 1966.

   ■ Bourne, Ursula. Portuguese Cookery. Harmondsworth, U.K.: Penguin, 1973. Crato, Maria Helena Tavares. Cozinha Portuguesa I, II. Lisbon: Editorial Presença, 1978.

   ■ Dienhart, Miriam, and Anne Emerson, ed. Cooking in Portugal. Cascais: American Women of Lisbon, 1978.

   ■ Feibleman, Peter S. The Cooking of Spain and Portugal. New York: Time-Life Books; Foods of the World, 1969.

   ■ Koehler, Margaret H. Recipes from the Portuguese of Provincetown. Riverside, Conn.: Chatham Press, 1973. Manjny, Maite. The Home Book of Portuguese Cookery. London: Faber & Faber, 1974.

   ■ Marques, Susan Lowndes. Good Food from Spain and Portugal. London: Muller, 1956.

   ■ Modesto, Maria de Lourdes. Cozinha Tradicional Portuguesa. Lisbon: Verbo, 1982.

   ■ Ortiz, Elisabeth Lambert. The Food of Spain and Portugal. The Complete Iberian Cuisine. New York: Atheneum, 1989. Pinto, Elvira. La Bonne Cuisine Portugaise. Paris: Edicions Garanciere, 1985.

   ■ Robertson, Carol. Portuguese Cooking: The Authentic and Robust Cuisine of Portugal. Berkeley Calif.: North Atlantic, 1993. Schmaeling, Tony. The Cooking of Spain and Portugal. Ware, U.K.: Omega, 1983.

   ■ Vieira, Édite. The Taste of Portugal. London: Robinson, 1989.

   ■ Von Treskow, Maria. Zü Gast in Portugal: Eine Kulnarische Reise in Garten Europas. Weingarten: Kunstverlag, 1989. Wright, Carol. Portuguese Food. London: Dent, 1969.

   ■. Self-catering in Portugal: Making the Most of Local Food and Drink. London: Croom Helm, 1986.

   ■ Gardens and Gardening of Portugal and Madeira

   ■ Afonso, Simonetta Luz, and Angela Delaforce. Palace of Queluz— The Gardens. Lisbon, 1989.

   ■ Araújo, Iluídio Alves de. Arte Paisagista e Arte das Jardins em Portugal. Lisbon, 1962.

   ■ Azeredo, Francisco de. Casas Senhoriais Portuguesas. Barcelos, 1986.

   ■ Binney, Marcus. Country Manors of Portugal. New York: Scala Books, 1987.

   ■ Bowe, Patrick, and Nicolas Sapieha. Gardens of Portugal. New York: Scala Books and Harper and Row, 1989.

   ■ Cane, Florence du. The Flowers and Gardens of Madeira. London, 1924.

   ■ Cardoso, Pedro Homem, and Helder Carita. Da Grandeza das Jardins em Portugal. Lisbon, 1987.

   ■ Carita, Helder, and Homem Cardoso. Portuguese Gardens. London: Antique Collector's Club, 1987.

   ■ Costa, António da, and Luís de O. Franquinho. Madeira: Plantas e Floras. Funchal, 1986.

   ■ Nichols, Rose Standish. Spanish and Portuguese Gardens. Boston, 1926.

   ■ Pereira, Arthur D. Sintra and Its Farm Manors. Sintra, 1983.

   ■ Sampaio, Gonçalo. Flora Portuguesa. Lisbon, 1946.

   ■ Sitwell, Sacheverell. Portugal and Madeira. London: Batsford, 1945.

   ■ Underwood, John, and Pat Underwood. Landscapes of Madeira. London, 1980.

   ■ Vieira, Rui. Flowers of Madeira. Funchal, 1973.

   ■ Viterbo, Francisco Marques de Sousa. A Jardinagem em Portugal, 2 vols. Coimbra, 1906-9.

   ■ Education, Science, Health, and Medical History

   ■ Albuquerque, Luís de. Estudos de História, 3 vols. Coimbra, 1973-81.

   ■. Ciência e experiência nos Descobrimentos portugueses. Lisbon, 1983.

   ■. Para a História de Ciência em Portugal. Lisbon, 1983.

   ■. As Navegaçoes E A Sua Projecção Na Ciência E Na Cultura. Lisbon, 1987.

   ■ Baião, Antônio. Episódios Dramáticos da Inquisição Portuguesa, 3 vols. Lisbon, 1936-55.

   ■ Cabreira, Antônio. Portugal nos mares e nas ciências. Lisbon, 1929. Carvalho, Rômulo de. A Astronomia em Portugal (séc. xviii). Lisbon, 1985. Fernandes, Barahona. Egas Moniz: Pioneiro de descobrimentos médicos. Lisbon, 1983.

   ■ Gaitonde, P. D. Portuguese Pioneers in India: Spotlight on Medicine. London: Sangam Books, 1983.

   ■ Hanson, Carl A. "Portuguese Cosmology in the Late Seventeenth Century." In Benjamin F. Taggie and Richard W. Clement, eds., Iberia & the Mediterranean, 75-85. Warrensburg: Central Missouri State University, 1989.

   ■ Higgins, Michael H., and Charles F. S. de Winton. Survey of Education in Portugal. London, 1942.

   ■ Hirsch, Elizabeth Feist. Damião de Góis: The Life and Thought of a Portuguese Humanist. The Hague, 1967.

   ■ Lemos, Maximiano. Arquivos de História da Medicina Portuguesa. Several vols. Lisbon, 1886-1923. Vol. I. História da Medicina em Portugal. Doutrina e Instituições. Lisbon, 1899.

   ■ Mira, Matias Ferreira de. História da Medicina Portuguesa. Lisbon, 1948.

   ■ Orta, Garcia de. Colóquios dos Simples e Drogas e Cousas Medicinais da India. Conde de Ficalho, ed., 2 vols. Lisbon, 1891-95.

   ■ Osório, J. Pereira. História e Desenvolvimento da Ciência em Portugal, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1986-89.

   ■ Pina, Luís de. "Uma prioridade portuguesa do século XVI. João de Barros e a Dactiloscópia Oriental." Arquivo da Repartição de Antropologia Criminal IV (1936).

   ■. "As Ciências na História do Império Colonial Português — Séculos XV a XIX." Anais de Faculdade de Ciências do Porto ( 1939-10).

   ■. "Os Portugueses Mestres de Ciência e Metras no Estrangeiro." Actas do Congresso do Mundo Português. Lisbon, 1940.

   ■. "A Ciência em Portugal (bosquejo Histórico)." In Secretariado Nacional da Informação, ed., Portugal: Breviário Da Pátria Para Os Portugueses Ausentes, 277-301. Lisbon, 1946.

   ■ Richards, Robert A. C., ed. Guide to World Science: Vol. 9: Spain and Portugal, 2nd ed. Guernsey, U.K.: F. H. Books, 1974.

   ■ Saraiva, António José. História da Cultura em Portugal, 3 vols. Lisbon, 1950-62.

   ■ ———. "João de Barros." In Serrao, ed., Dicionário de História de Portugal 1 (1963): 307-8.

   ■ Silvestre Ribeiro, José. História dos Establecimentos Scientíficos, Literários e Artísticos de Portugal nos Successivos Reinados da Monarchia, 3 vols. Lisbon, 1871-83.

   ■ Veiga-Pires, J. A., and Ronald G. Grainger, eds. Pioneers in Angiography: The Portuguese School ofAngiography. Lancaster, U.K.: MTP Press, 1982.

   ■ Walker, Timothy. "Doctors, Folk Medicine and the Inquisition: The Repression of Popular Healing in Portugal during the Enlightenment Era." Ph.D. dissertation, History Department, Boston University, 2001.

   ■ Feminism and Women's Studies

   ■ Barbosa, Madelena. "Women in Portugal." Women's Studies International Quarterly 4 (1981): 477-80.

   ■ Barreno, Maria Isabel, Maria Teresa Horta, and Maria Velho da Costa. Novas Cartas Portuguesas. Lisbon, 1972.

   ■ ———. The Three Marias. New Portuguese Letters. Helen R. Lane, trans. New York: Doubleday, 1975.

   ■ Brettell, Caroline B. We Have Already Cried Many Tears: The Stories of Three Portuguese Migrant Women. Cambridge, Mass.: Schenkman, 1982.

   ■ Ferreira, Virginia. "Engendering Portugal: Social Change, State Politics, and Women's Social Mobilization." In António Costa Pinto, ed., Modern Portugal, 162-88. Palo Alto, Calif.: SPOSS, 1998.

   ■ Goodwin, Mary. "Portuguese Feminism." Portuguese Studies Newsletter 17 (Spring-Summer 1987): 12-13.

   ■ Lamas, Maria. As Mulheres do Meu País. Lisbon, 1948.

   ■ "Mulheres Portuguesas e Feminismo." Análise Social [special number on Portuguese Women and Feminism] 22 (1986): 92-93.

   ■ Osório, Ana de Castro. As Mulheres Portuguesas. Lisbon, 1905.

   ■ Sadlier, Darlene J. The Question of How: Women Writers and New Portuguese Literature. Westport, Conn.: Greenwood; Contributions in Women's Studies, no. 109, 1989.

   ■ Silva, Manuela. The Employment of Women in Portugal. Luxembourg: Office for Official Publications, European Communities, 1984. Velho da Costa, Maria. Maina Mendes. Lisbon, 1974.

   ■ Vicente, Ana, and Maria Reynolds de Souza. Family Planning in Portugal. Lisbon, 1984.

   ■ Religion and Catholic Church

   ■ Almeida, Fortunato de. História da Igreja em Portugal. 6 vols. Coimbra, 1910-24, and Oporto, 1967-72. Alonso, Joaquim Maria. The Secret of Fátima: Fact and Legend. Cambridge, Mass.: Ravengate Press, 1979. Alves, José da Felicidade, ed. Católicos e política de Humberto Delgado à Marcelo Caetano. Lisbon, 1969. Araújo, Miguel de, ed. Dicionario político; 1; Os Bispos e a revoluçao de Abril. Lisbon, 1976. Bishko, Charles Julian. Spanish and Portuguese Monastic History 600-1300. London, Variorum Reprints, 1984.

   ■ Blanshard, Paul. Freedom and Catholic Power in Spain and Portugal. Boston: Beacon Press, 1962.

   ■ Boxer, C. R. The Church Militant and Iberian Expansion 1440-1770. Baltimore, Md.: Johns Hopkins University Press, 1978. Bruneau, Thomas C. "Church and State in Portugal: Crises of Cross and Sword." Journal of Church and State XVIII (1976): 463-90. Freire, José Geraldes. Resistência Católico ao Salazarismo-Marcelismo. Oporto, 1976.

   ■ Herculano, Alexandre. History of the Origin and Establishment of the Inquisition in Portugal. John C. Banner, trans. Stanford, Calif.: Stanford University Press, 1962.

   ■ IPOPE. Estudo sobre liberdade e religião em Portugal. Lisbon, 1973. Johnston, Francis. Fátima: The Great Sign. Chulmleigh, U.K.: Augustine Publications, 1980.

   ■ Kondor, Fr. Louis. Fátima in Lucia's Own Words: Sister Lucia's Memoirs. Fatima: Postulation Center, 1976. Lourenço, Joaquim Maria. Situação jurídica da Igreja em Portugal. Coimbra, 1943.

   ■ Mattoso, José. Religião e Cultura na Idade Média Portuguesa. Lisbon, 1982. Miller, Samuel J. Portugal and Rome c. 1748-1830: An Aspect of Catholic Enlightenment. Rome: Universita Gregoriana Editrice, 1978. O'Malley, John W. The First Jesuits. Cambridge, Mass.: Harvard University Press, 1993.

   ■ Pattee, Richard. Portugal and the Portuguese World. Milwaukee, Wisc.: Bruce, 1957.

   ■ Prestage, Edgar. Portugal: A Pioneer of Christianity. Lisbon, 1945.

   ■ Richard, Robert. Etudes sur l'histoire morale et religieuse de Portugal. Paris: Centro Cultural de Gulbenkian, 1970.

   ■ Robinson, Richard A. H. "The Religious Question and Catholic Revival in Portugal, 1900-1930." Journal of Contemporary History XII (1977): 345-62.

   ■. Contemporary Portugal: A History. London: Allen & Unwin, 1979.

   ■ Rodrigues, R. P. Francisco. História da Companhia de Jesus na Assistência de Portugal, 7 vols. Lisbon, 1931-50.

   ■ Roth, Cecil. A History of the Marranos. Philadelphia: Jewish Publication Society of America, 1932.

   ■ Agriculture, Viticulture, and Fishing

   ■ Abreu-Ferreira, Darlene. "The Portuguese in Newfoundland: Documentary Evidence Examined." Portuguese Studies Review 4, 1 (1995-96): 11-33.

   ■ Allen, H. Warner. The Wines of Portugal. London: Michael Joseph, 1963.

   ■ Barros, Afonso de. A reforma agrária em Portugal. Oeiras, 1979.

   ■ Beamish, Huldine V. The Hills of Alentejo. London: Geoffrey Bles, 1958.

   ■ Bennett, Norman R. "The Golden Age of the Port Wine System, 1781-1807." The International History Review XII (1990): 221-18.

   ■ Black, Richard. "The Myth of Subsistence: Market Production in the Small Farm Sector of Northern Portugal." Iberian Studies 1, 8 (1989): 25-41.

   ■ Bravo, Pedro, and Duarte de Oliveira. Viticulture Moderna. Lisbon, 1974.

   ■. Vinhas e Vinhos De Portugal. Lisbon, 1979.

   ■ Cabral, Manuel V. "Agrarian Structures and Recent Movements in Portugal." Journal of Peasant Studies 4, 5 (July 1978): 411-45.

   ■ Cardoso, José Carvalho. A Agricultura Portuguesa. Lisbon, 1973.

   ■ Carvalho, Bento de. Guía Dos Vinhos Portugueses. Lisbon, 1982.

   ■ Clarke, Robert. Open Boat Whaling in the Azores: The History and Present Methods of a Relic Industry. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1954.

   ■ Cockburn, Ernest. Port Wine and Oporto. London: Wine & Spirit, 1949. Cole, S. C. "Cod, Cod Country and Family: The Portuguese Newfoundland Fishery." Mast 3, 1 (1990): 1-29.

   ■ Coull, James. The Fisheries of Europe. London: G. Bell & Sons, 1972.

   ■ Croft-Cooke, Rupert. Port. London: Putnam, 1957.

   ■. Madeira. London: Putnam, 1961.

   ■ Delaforce, John. The Factory House at Oporto. London: Christie's Wine Publications, 1979 and later eds.

   ■ Doel, Patricia A. Port O'Call: Memories of the Portuguese White Fleet in St. John's Newfoundland. St. John's, Newfoundland: ISER, 1992.

   ■ Fletcher, Wyndham. Port: An Introduction to Its History and Delights. London: Bernet, 1978.

   ■ Francis, A. D. The Wine Trade. London: Adam and Charles Black, 1972.

   ■ Freitas, Eduardo, João Ferreira de Almeida, and Manuel Villaverde Cabral. Modalidades de penetração do capitalismo na agricultura: estruturas agrárias em Portugal Continental, 1950-1970. Lisbon, 1976.

   ■ Gonçalves, Francisco Esteves. Portugal: A Wine Country. Lisbon, 1984.

   ■ Gulbenkian Foundation. Agrarian Reform. Lisbon, 1981.

   ■ Kurlansky, Mark. Cod: A Biography of the Fish That Changed the World. New York: Walker, 1997.

   ■ Malefakis, Edward. "Two Iberian Land Reforms Compared: Spain, 1931-1936 and Portugal, 1974—1978." In Gulbenkian Foundation, Agrarian Reform. Lisbon, 1981.

   ■ Moreira da Fonseca, A. Port Wine: Notes on Its History, Production and Technology. Oporto, 1981.

   ■ Moutinho, M. História da pesca do bacalhau. Lisbon: Imprensa Universitária, 1985.

   ■ Oliveira Marques, A. H. de. lntrodução a história da agricultura em Portugal.

   ■ Lisbon, 1968. Pato, Octávio. O Vinho. Lisbon, 1971.

   ■ Pearson, Scott R. Portuguese Agriculture in Transition. Ithaca, N.Y.: Cornell University Press, 1987.

   ■ Postgate, Raymond. Portuguese Wine. London: Dent, 1969.

   ■ Read, Jan. The Wines of Portugal. London: Faber & Faber, 1982.

   ■ Robertson, George. Port. London: Faber & Faber, 1982 ed.

   ■ Rutledge, Ian. "Land Reform and the Portuguese Revolution." Journal of Peasant Studies 5, 1 (Oct. 1977): 79-97.

   ■ Sanceau, Elaine. The British Factory at Oporto. Oporto, 1970.

   ■ Simon, Andre L. Port. London: Constable, 1934.

   ■ Simões, J. Os grandes trabalhadores do Mar: Reportagens na Terra Nova e na Groenlândia. Lisbon: Gazeta dos Caminho de Ferro, 1942.

   ■ Smith, Diana. Portugal and the Challenge of 1992: Special Report. New York: Camões Center/RIIC, Columbia University, 1990.

   ■ Stanislawski, Dan. Landscapes of Bacchus: The Vine in Portugal. Austin: University of Texas Press, 1970.

   ■ Teixeira, Carlos, and Victor M. Pereira da Rosa, eds. The Portuguese in Canada: From the Seat to the City. Toronto: University of Toronto Press, 2000.

   ■ Unwin, Tim. "Farmers' Perceptions of Agrarian Change in Northwest Portugal." Journal of Rural Studies 1, 4 (1985): 339-57.

   ■ Valadão do Valle, E. Bacalhau: tradições históricas e económicos. Lisbon, 1991.

   ■ Venables, Bernard. Baleia! The Whalers of Azores. London: Bodley Head, 1968.

   ■ Villiers, Alan. The Quest of the Schooner Argus: A Voyage to the Banks and Greenland. New York: Scribners, 1951. World Bank. Portugal: Agricultural Survey. Washington, D.C.: World Bank, 1978.

   ■ ECONOMY, INDUSTRY, AND DEVELOPMENT

   ■ Aiyer, Srivain, and Shahid A. Chandry. Portugal and the E.E.C.: Employment and Implications. Lisbon, 1979.

   ■ Baklanoff, Eric N. The Economic Transformation of Spain and Portugal. New York: Praeger, 1978.

   ■. "Changing Systems: The Portuguese Revolution and the Public Enterprise Sector." ACES ( Association of Comparative Economic Studies) Bulletin 26 (Summer-Fall 1984): 63-76.

   ■. "Portugal's Political Economy: Old and New." In K. Maxwell and M. Haltzel, eds., Portugal: Ancient Country, Young Democracy, 37-59. Washington, D.C.: Wilson Center Press, 1990.

   ■ Barbosa, Manuel P. Growth, Migration and the Balance of Payments in a Small, Open Economy. New York: Garland, 1984.

   ■ Braga de Macedo, Jorge, and Simon Serfaty, eds. Portugal since the Revolution: Economic and Political Perspectives. Boulder, Colo.: Westview, 1981.

   ■ Carvalho, Camilo, et al. Sabotagem Econômica: " Dossier" Banco Espírito Santo e Comercial de Lisboa. Lisbon, 1975.

   ■ Corkill, David. The Development of the Portuguese Economy: A Case of Euro-peanization. London: Routledge, 1999.

   ■ Cravinho, João. "The Portuguese Economy: Constraints and Opportunities." In K. Maxwell, ed., Portugal in the 1980s, 111-65. Westport, Conn.: Greenwood, 1986.

   ■ Dornsbusch, Rudiger, Richard S. Eckhaus, and Lane Taylor. "Analysis and Projection of Macroeconomic Conditions in Portugal." In L. S. Graham and H. M. Makler, eds., Contemporary Portugal, 299-330. Austin: University of Texas Press, 1979.

   ■ The Economist (London). "On the Edge of Europe: A Survey of Portugal." (June 30, 1981): 3-27.

   ■. "Coming Home: A Survey of Portugal." (May 28, 1988).

   ■. 'The New Iberia: Not Quite Kissing Cousins" [Spain and Portugal]. (May 5, 1990): 21-24.

   ■ Fundação Calouste Gulbenkian and German Marshall Fund of the U.S., eds. II Conferência Internacional sobre e Economia Portuguesa, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1979.

   ■ Hudson, Mark. Portugal to 1993: Investing in a European Future. London: The Economist Intelligence Unit/Special Report No. 11 57/EIU Economic Prospects Series, 1989.

   ■ International Labour Office (ILO). Employment and Basic Needs in Portugal. Geneva: ILO, 1979.

   ■ Kavalsky, Basil, and Surendra Agarwal. Portugal: Current and Prospective Economic Trends. Washington, D.C.: World Bank, 1978.

   ■ Krugman, Paul, and Jorge Braga de Macedo. "The Economic Consequences of the April 25th Revolution." Economia III (1979): 455-83.

   ■ Lewis, John R., and Alan M. Williams. "The Sines Project: Portugal's Growth Centre or White Elephant?" Town Planning Review 56, 3 (1985): 339-66.

   ■ Makler, Harry M. "The Consequences of the Survival and Revival of the Industrial Bourgeoisie." In L. S. Graham and D. L. Wheeler, eds., In Search of Modern Portugal, 251-83. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 1983.

   ■ Marques, A. La Politique Economique Portugaise dans la Période de la Dictature ( 1926-1974). Doctoral thesis, 3rd cycle, University of Grenoble, France, 1980.

   ■ Martins, B. Sociedades e grupos em Portugal. Lisbon, 1973.

   ■ Mata, Eugenia, and Nuno Valério. História Econômica De Portugal: Uma Perspectiva Global. Lisbon: Edit. Presença, 1994. Murteira, Mário. "The Present Economic Situation: Its Origins and Prospects." In L. S. Graham and H. M. Makler, eds., Contemporary Portugal, 331-42. Austin: University of Texas Press, 1979. OCED. Economic Survey: Portugal: 1988. Paris: OCED, 1988 [see also this series since 1978].

   ■ Pasquier, Albert. L'Economie du Portugal: Données et Problémes de Son Expansion. Paris: Librarie Generale de Droit, 1961. Pereira da Moura, Francisco. Para onde vai e economia portuguesa? Lisbon, 1973.

   ■ Pintado, V. Xavier. Structure and Growth of the Portuguese Economy. Geneva: EFTA, 1964.

   ■ Pitta e Cunha, Paulo. "Portugal and the European Economic Community." In L. S. Graham and D. L. Wheeler, eds., In Search of Modern Portugal, 321-38. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 1983.

   ■. "The Portuguese Economic System and Accession to the European Community." In E. Sousa Ferreira and W. C. Opello, Jr., eds., Conflict and Change in Portugal, 1974-1984, 281-300. Lisbon, 1985. Porto, Manuel. "Portugal: Twenty Years of Change." In Alan Williams, ed., Southern Europe Transformed, 84-112. London: Harper & Row, 1984. Quarterly Economic Review. London: The Economist Intelligence Unit, 1974-present.

   ■ Salgado de Matos, Luís. Investimentos Estrangeiros em Portugal. Lisbon, 1973 and later eds.

   ■ Schmitt, Hans O. Economic Stabilisation and Growth in Portugal. Washington, D.C.: International Monetary Fund, 1981.

   ■ Smith, Diana. Portugal and the Challenge of 1992. New York: Camões Center, RIIC, Columbia University, 1989.

   ■ Tillotson, John. The Portuguese Bank Note Case [ 1920s]: Legal, Economic and Financial Approaches to the Measure of Damages in Contract. Manchester, U.K.: Faculty of Law, University of Manchester, 1992.

   ■ Tovias, Alfred. Foreign Economic Relations of the Economic Community: The Impact of Spain and Portugal. Boulder, Colo.: Rienner, 1990.

   ■ Valério, Nuno. A moeda em Portugal, 1913-1947. Lisbon: Sá da Costa, 1984.

   ■. As Finanças Públicas Portuguesas Entre As Duas Guerras Mundiais. Lisbon: Cosmos, 1994.

   ■ World Bank. Portugal: Current and Prospective Economic Trends. Washington, D.C.: World Bank, 1978 and to the present.

   ■ PHOTOGRAPHY ON PORTUGAL

   ■ Alves, Afonso Manuel, Antônio Sacchetti, and Moura Machado. Lisboa. Lisbon, 1991.

   ■ Antunes, José. Lisboa do nosso olhar; A look on Lisbon. Lisbon: Câmara Municipal de Lisboa, 1991. Beaton, Cecil. Near East. London: Batsford, 1943.

   ■. Lisboa 1942: Cecil Beaton, Lisbon 1942. Lisbon: British Historical Society of Portugal/Fundação Calouste Gulbenkian, 1995.

   ■ Bottineau, Yves. Portugal. London: Thames & Hudson, 1957.

   ■ Câmara Municipal de Lisboa. 7 Olhares ( Seven Viewpoints). Lisbon: Câmara Municipal de Lisboa, 1998.

   ■ Capital, A. Lisboa: Imagens d'A Capital. Lisbon: Edit. Notícias, 1984.

   ■ Dias, Marina Tavares. Photographias de Lisboa, 1900 ( Photographs of Lisbon, 1900). Lisbon: Quimera, 1991.

   ■. Os melhores postais antigos de Lisboa ( The best old postcards of Lisbon). Lisbon: Químera, 1995.

   ■ Finlayson, Graham, and Frank Tuohy. Portugal. London: Thames & Hudson, 1970.

   ■ Glassner, Helga. Portugal. Berlin-Zurich: Atlantis-Verlag, 1942. Hopkinson, Amanda, ed. Reflections by Ten Portuguese photographers. Bark-way, U.K.: Frontline/Portugal 600, 1996.

   ■ Lima, Luís Leiria, and Isabel Salema. Lisboa de Pedra e Bronze. Lisbon, 1990.

   ■ Martins, Miguel Gomes. Lisboa ribeirinha ( Riverside Lisbon). Lisbon: Arquivo Municipal, Câmara Municipal de Lisboa, Livros Horizonte, 1994. Vieira, Alice. Esta Lisboa ( This Lisbon). Lisbon: Caminho, 1994. Wohl, Hellmut, and Alice Wohl. Portugal. London: Frederick Muller, 1983.

   ■ EQUESTRIANISM

   ■ Andrade, Manoel Carlos de, Luz da Liberal e Nobre Arte da Cavallaria. Lisbon, 1790.

   ■ Graciosa, Filipe. Escola Portuguesa de Arte Equestre. Lisbon, 2004.

   ■ Horsetalk Magazine. Published in New Zealand.

   ■ Oliveira, Nuno. Reflections on the Equestrian Art. London, 2000.

   ■ Russell, Eleanor, ed. The Truth in the Teaching of Nuno Oliveira. Stanhope,

   ■ Queensland, Australia, 2003. Vilaca, Luis V., and Pedro Yglesias d'Oliveira, eds. LUSITANO. Coudelarias De Portugal. O Cavalo ancestral do Sudoeste da Europa. Lisbon: ICONOM, 2005.

   ■ Websites of interest: www.equestrian.pt portugalweb.com

Historical dictionary of Portugal > CULTURE, LITERATURE, AND LANGUAGE
9 estar

v.

1 to be.

estamos a veinte grados (expresa valores, grados) it's twenty degrees here

el dólar está a 10 pesos the dollar is at 10 pesos

están a dos euros el kilo they're two euros a kilo

está terminado it's finished

2 to be.

¿dónde está la llave? where is the key?

¿está María? — no, no está is Maria there? — no, she's not here

Ella estuvo aburrida She was bored.

El edificio está en la calle tres The building is on third street.

3 to be (expresa cualidad, estado).

los pasteles están ricos the cakes are delicious

esta calle está sucia this street is dirty

4 to be (expresa estado).

estar de mudanza to be (in the process of) moving

estamos de suerte we're in luck

estar de vacaciones to be on holiday

estar de viaje to be on a trip

estar en uso to be in use

estar en guardia to be on guard

estamos sin agua we have no water, we're without water

5 to be.

están golpeando la puerta they're banging on the door

6 to stay, to be.

estaré un par de horas y me iré I'll stay a couple of hours and then I'll go

7 to be ready (hallarse listo).

¿aún no está ese trabajo? is that piece of work still not ready?

8 to be for.

Me estuvo difícil el examen The exam was difficult for me.

* * *

ESTAR

CONJUGACIÓN

Present Indicative

estoy, estás, está, estamos, estáis, están.

Imperfect Indicative

estaba, estabas, estaba, estábamos, estabais, estaban.

Past Indicative

estuve, estuviste, estuvo, estuvimos, estuvisteis, estuvieron.

Future Indicative

estaré, estarás, estará, estaremos, estaréis, estarán.

Conditional

estaría, estarías, estaría, estaríamos, estaríais, estarían.

Present Subjunctive

esté, estés, esté, estemos, estéis, estén.

Imperfect Subjunctive

estuviera, estuvieras, estuviera, estuviéramos, estuvierais, estuvieran;

estuviese, estuvieses, estuviese, estuviésemos, estuvieseis, estuviesen.

Future Subjunctive

estuviere, estuvieres, estuviere, estuviéremos, estuviereis, estuvieren.

Imperative

está (tú), esté (él/Vd.), estemos (nos.), estad (vos.), estén (ellos/Vds.).

* * *

verb

to be

- estar en contra
- estarse
* * *
Para las expresiones estar bien, estar mal, ver la otra entrada.
1. VERBO INTRANSITIVO

1) [indicando situación] to be

¿dónde estabas? — where were you?

la última vez que estuve en Roma — the last time I was in Rome

Madrid está en el centro de España — Madrid is in the centre of Spain

el monumento está en la plaza — the monument is in the square

eso no está en sus declaraciones — that's not in any of his statements

-las tijeras están en el cajón -no, aquí no están — "the scissors are in the drawer" - "no, they're not in here"

-hola, ¿está Carmen? -no, no está — "hello, is Carmen in?" - "no, I'm afraid she isn't"

el día que estuve a verlo — the day I went to see him

• está [fuera] — [de casa] she's out; [de la ciudad/en el extranjero] she's away

• [ya que] estamos — while we are at it

2) [indicando un estado transitorio]

a) + adj, adv to be

está mucho mejor — he's much better

estar enfermo {o} malo — to be ill

estoy muy cansada — I'm very tired

¿estás casado o soltero? — are you married or single?

está vacío — it's empty

estaba herido — he was injured

¿cómo estamos? — [gen] how are we doing?; [a otra persona] how are you?

con este frío, aquí no se puede estar — it's unbearably cold here

¡qué bueno está este café! — this coffee's really good!

mis padres están como siempre — my parents are the same as ever

¿está libre el baño? — is the bathroom free?

¿qué tal {o} cómo estás? — how are you?

el récord anterior estaba en 33 segundos — the previous record was {o} stood at 33 seconds

b) + participio to be

la radio está rota — the radio is broken

para las seis estará terminado — it will be finished by six o'clock

estaba sentada en la arena — she was sitting on the sand

está (embarazada) de dos meses — she's two months pregnant

él no estaba implicado — he wasn't involved

le está bien empleado por ingenuo — it serves him right for being so naïve

c) + gerundio to be

estaba corriendo — he was running

me está molestando — he's annoying me

se está muriendo — she's dying

venga, ya nos estamos yendo, que es tarde — come on, it's time to go, it's late

está siendo preparado — it's being prepared

nos estamos engañando — we're deceiving ourselves

3) (=existir) to be

además están los gastos del viaje — then there are the travel expenses

• [dejar] estar, déjalo estar — just leave him be

si dejas estar ese asunto te irán mejor las cosas — you'll do better to let the matter drop

4) [indicando el aspecto de algo] to look

¡qué elegante estás! — you're looking really smart!

estás más delgado — you've lost weight, you look slimmer

está más viejo — he looks older

el sofá estará mejor al lado de la ventana — the sofa will look better next to the window

ese tío está muy bueno — * that guy's gorgeous *, that guy's a bit of all right *

el traje te está grande — that suit is too big for you

5) (=estar listo) to be ready

estará a las cuatro — it'll be ready at four

en seguida está — it'll be ready in a moment

dos vueltas más y ya está — two more laps and that'll be it

¡ya está! ya sé lo que podemos hacer — that's it! I know what we can do

ya estoy — I'm done, that's me *

¡ya estamos! — [después de hacer algo] that's it!; [dicho con enfado] that's enough!

¿estamos? — [al estar listo] ready?; [para pedir conformidad] are we agreed?, right?, OK? *

¡ya estuvo! — Méx that's it!

6) [indicando fecha, distancia, temperatura]

estamos en octubre — it's October

cuando estemos en verano — when it's summer, in the summer

7) [en estructuras con preposición]
estar a
estamos a 8 de junio — it is 8 June {or} the 8th of June, today is 8 June {o} the 8th of June

estábamos a 40°C — it was 40°C

¿a cuántos estamos? — what's the date?

¿a cuánto estamos de Madrid? — how far are we from Madrid?

las uvas están a 1,60 euros — the grapes are one euro 60 cents

¿a cuánto está el kilo de naranjas? — how much are oranges per kilo?

estoy a lo que se decida en la reunión — I'm waiting to see what's decided at the meeting

estar a lo que resulte — to be waiting to see how things turn out
estar con
está con la gripe — he's down with flu, he's got the flu

estuvo con la enfermedad durante dos años — she had {o} suffered from the disease for two years

ya está otra vez con el mismo tema — he's harping on about the same old subject again

ya estoy con ganas de ir — I want to go now

estoy con ganas de pegarle — I feel like hitting him

• estar con [algn], yo estoy con él — I'm with him

los aliados estaban con ellos — the Allies were behind them
estar de
está de buen humor — he's in a good mood

están de charla — they're having a chat

está de camarero — he's working as a waiter

está de jefe temporalmente — he is acting as boss, he is the acting boss

está de luto — she's in mourning

¡estoy de nervioso! — I'm so nervous!

están de paseo — they've gone for a walk

estaba de uniforme — he was (dressed) in uniform

están de vacaciones — they are on holiday

está de viaje en este momento — he's away at the moment
estar en
en eso está el problema — that's (exactly) where the problem is

el problema está en que... — the problem lies in the fact that...

en ello estamos — we're working on it

no está en él hacerlo — it is not in his power to do it

creo que está usted en un error — I think you're mistaken

no está en sí — she's not in her right mind

yo estoy en que... — (=creer) I believe that...
estar para
para eso estamos — [gen] that's why we're here, that's what we're here for; [respondiendo a gracias] don't mention it

para eso están los amigos — that's what friends are for

• estar para [hacer] algo — (=a punto de) to be about to do sth, be on the point of doing sth

está para salir — he's about to leave

• [no] estoy para bromas — I'm not in the mood for joking

si alguien llama, no estoy para nadie — if anyone calls, I'm not in
estar por (=en favor de) [+ política] to be in favour {o} (EEUU) favor of; [+ persona] to support hueso 1) estar por ({+ infin})
la historia de ese hallazgo está por escribir — the story of that discovery is still to be written {o} has yet to be written

está por ver si es verdad lo que dijeron — it remains to be seen whether what they said is true

está todavía por hacer — it remains to be done, it is still to be done

yo estoy por dejarlo — I'm for leaving it, I'm in favour of leaving it

está por llover — LAm it's going to rain
estar sin ({+ infin})
las camas estaban sin hacer — the beds were unmade, the beds hadn't been made

¿todavía estás sin peinar? — haven't you brushed your hair yet?
estar sobre algn/algo
hay que estar mucho sobre él para que estudie — you have to keep on at him to make sure he studies

hay que estar sobre el arroz para que no se pegue — you need to keep a close eye on the rice to make sure it doesn't stick to the pan

estar sobre sí — to be in control of o.s.

8) [en oraciones ponderativas]

• está [que] rabia — * he's hopping mad *, he's furious

estoy que me caigo de sueño — I'm terribly sleepy, I can't keep my eyes open

2.

See:

estarse

* * *
I 1.
cópula

1) ( seguido de adjetivos) [ Estar denotes a changed condition or state as opposed to identity or nature, which is normally expressed by ser. Estar is also used when the emphasis is on the speaker's perception of things, of their appearance, taste, etc. The examples given below should be contrasted with those to be found in ser 1 cópula 1] to be

qué gordo está! — isn't he fat!, hasn't he got(ten) fat!

pobre abuelo! está viejo — poor grandpa! he's really aged

la sopa está deliciosa/muy caliente — the soup is delicious/very hot

está muy simpático conmigo — he's being o he's been so nice to me (recently)

todo está tan caro! — things are o have become so expensive!

está cansada/furiosa/embarazada — she is tired/furious/pregnant

2) (con bien, mal, mejor, peor)

están todos bien, gracias — they're all fine, thanks

qué bien estás en esta foto! — you look great in this photo!

está mal que no se lo perdones — it's wrong of you not to forgive him; ver tb bien, mal, mejor, peor

3) ( hablando de estado civil) to be

está casada con un primo mío — she's married to a cousin of mine

4) ( seguido de participios)

estar sentado/echado/arrodillado — to be sitting/lying/kneeling (down)

estaban abrazados — they had their arms around each other; ver tb verbo auxiliar 2

5) ( con predicado introducido por preposición) to be; (para más ejemplos ver tb la preposición o el nombre correspondiente)

estoy a régimen — I'm on a diet

¿a cómo está la uva? — how much are the grapes?

estamos como al principio — we're back to where we started

está con el sarampión — she has (the) measles

siempre está con lo mismo — he's always going on about the same thing

está de buen humor — she's in a good mood

están de limpieza/viaje — they're spring-cleaning/on a trip

hoy estoy de cocinera — I'm doing the cooking today

estaba de secretaria — she worked as a secretary

no estoy para bromas — I'm not in the mood for jokes

estamos sin electricidad — the electricity is off at the moment

está sin pintar — it hasn't been painted yet

estar con alguien — ( estar de acuerdo) to agree with somebody; ( apoyar) to support somebody, be on somebody's side

el pueblo está con nosotros — the people are with us

estar en algo: no lo hemos solucionado pero estamos en ello or eso — we haven't solved it but we're working on it

6) ( introducido por que)

el agua está que pela — the water's scalding hot

está que no hay quien lo aguante — he's (being) unbearable
2.
estar vi

Sentido I

1) ( en un lugar)

edificio/pueblo ( estar ubicado) to be

¿dónde está Chiapas? — where's Chiapas?

está a 20 kilómetros de aquí — it's 20 kilometers from here

2)

a) persona/objeto ( hallarse en cierto momento) to be

¿sabes dónde está Pedro? — do you know where Pedro is?

¿a qué hora tienes que estar allí? — what time do you have to be there?

¿dónde estábamos la clase pasada? — where did we get to in the last class?

b) ( figurar) to be

yo no estaba en la lista — I wasn't on the list, my name didn't appear on the list

3) ( hallarse en determinado lugar)

¿está Rodrigo? — is Rodrigo in?

¿estamos todos? — are we all here?

4)

a) (quedarse, permanecer)

sólo estaré unos días — I'll only be staying a few days

¿cuánto tiempo estarás en Londres? — how long are you going to be in London (for)?

b) ( vivir)

ahora estamos en Soca — we're in o we live in Soca now

de momento estoy con mi hermana — at the moment I'm staying with my sister

Sentido II

5) ( en el tiempo)

¿a qué (día) estamos? — what day is it today?

¿a cuánto estamos hoy? — what's the date today?

estamos a 28 de mayo — it's May 28th (AmE) o (BrE) the 28th of May

estamos en primavera — it's spring

¿en qué mes estamos? — what month are we in o is it?

Sentido III

6) (existir, haber)

y después está el problema de... — and then there's the problem of...

luego están los niños, hay que pensar en ellos — then there are the children to think about

7) (tener como función, cometido)

estar para algo: para eso están los amigos that's what friends are for; estamos para ayudarlos — we're here to help them

8) ( radicar)

ahí está el quid del asunto — that's the crux of the matter

estar en algo: en eso está el problema that's where the problem lies; todo está en que él quiera — it all depends on whether he wants to or not

9) (estar listo, terminado)

la carne todavía no está — the meat's not ready yet

lo atas con un nudo y ya está — you tie a knot in it and that's it o there you are

enseguida estoy — I'll be right with you

ya está! ya sé la repuesta! — I've got it! I know the answer!

ahí está! — that's it!

10) ( quedar entendido)

que no vuelva a suceder ¿estamos? — don't let it happen again, understand? o (colloq) got it?

11)

ya que estamos/estás — while we're/you're at it

12) (Esp) ( quedar) (+ me/te/le etc) (+ compl)

te está grande/pequeña — it's too big/too small for you

la 46 te está mejor — the 46 fits you better
3.
estar v aux

1) ( con gerundio)

está lloviendo — it's raining

se está afeitando — he's shaving

estoy viendo que va a ser imposible — I'm beginning to see that it's going to be impossible

2) ( con participio)

la foto está tomada con flash — the photo was taken with flash

ese asiento está ocupado — that seat is taken

ya está hecho un hombrecito — he's a proper young man now; ver tb estar cópula 4)
4.
estarse v pron

1) (enf) ( permanecer) to stay

se estuvo horas ahí sentado — he remained sitting there for hours

¿no te puedes estar quieto? — can't you stay o keep still?

estése tranquilo — don't worry

2) (enf) ( llegar) to be

estáte allí media hora antes — be there half an hour before
II
masculino (esp AmL) living room

* * *

= be, become, live with.

Ex. Systems such as Dialog, IRS, ORBIT and BLAISE may be accessed by libraries and information units.

Ex. Some degree of ignorance of this kind is not unusual since the usual objective in consulting an information source is to become better informed.

Ex. Medical advances are improving the lives of people living with HIV/AIDS, while prevention remains the key to stopping the spread of this disease.

----

* ¡cómo se nota que no está el jefe! = while the cat's away, the mice will play.

* ahí está el problema = herein lies the rub, there's the rub.

* ahí está la dificultad = herein lies the rub, there's the rub.

* creer que estar bien = feel + right.

* creer que estar mal = feel + wrong.

* dar la señal de estar listo = prompt.

* dejar como + estar = leave + untouched.

* dejar las cosas como están = let + sleeping dogs lie.

* de tal forma que + ser/estar = in such form as to + be.

* el diablo está en los detalles = the devil (is/lives) in the details.

* el futuro + estar + justo a la vuelta de la esquina = the future + be + just around the corner.

* esperanza + estar = hope + lie.

* estando de acuerdo = approvingly.

* estando de servicio = while on the job.

* estando sentado = from a seated position.

* estar a años de distancia = be years away.

* estar abierto a = be open to.

* estar abocado a ser = be doomed.

* estar absorto en = be wrapped up in.

* estar aburridísimo = be bored stiff, be bored to death, be bored to tears, be bored out of + Posesivo + mind.

* estar aburrido como una ostra = be bored stiff.

* estar a caballo entre = stand + midway between, straddle (between).

* estar a caballo entre... y... = lie + midway between... and..., tread + a fine line between... and, tread + the thin line between... and, tread + a delicate line between... and.

* estar acabando con = eat away at.

* estar acabándose = be on the way out, be on + Posesivo + last legs.

* estar a + Cantidad + de distancia = Cantidad + distant from.

* estar a cargo de = man, be the responsibility of.

* estar accesible = be up.

* estar accesible en línea = go + online.

* estar accesible en red = go + online.

* estar acertado = be right on track.

* estar acostumbrado a = be familiar with, be no stranger to, be used to.

* estar acostumbrado a + Infinitivo = be accustomed to + Gerundio.

* estar a dos velas = not have a bean.

* estar a + Expresión Numérica + de distancia = be + Número + away.

* estar a favor de = be for, be in favour (of), come down in + favour of.

* estar a favor de una idea = favour + idea.

* estar a favor o en contra = be for or against.

* estar agobiado de = be snowed under with.

* estar agradecido = be thankful.

* estar a la alerta de = be wary of.

* estar a la altura de = live up to, be equal to.

* estar a la altura de la circunstancias = make + the cut.

* estar a la altura de las circunstancias = come up with + the goods.

* estar a la altura de las circunstancias = rise (up) to + challenge.

* estar a la altura de las circunstancias = be up to the mark, be up to scratch, be equal to the occasion, rise (up) to + the occasion, deliver + the goods, measure up (to), be up to snuff.

* estar a la altura de las expectativas = live up to + Posesivo + expectations.

* estar a la altura de las posibilidades = live up to + Posesivo + potential.

* estar a la altura de lo que se espera = live up to + Posesivo + expectations.

* estar a la baja = be down.

* estar al acecho = lie in + wait.

* estar a la entera disposición de Alguien = be at + Posesivo + feet.

* estar al alcance de la mano = be at hand.

* estar a la misma altura que = rank with.

* estar a la orden del día = be the order of the day.

* estar a la par de = rank with.

* estar a la vuelta de la esquina = be just around the corner.

* estar al borde de = teeter + on the edge of.

* estar al completo = overbook.

* estar al corriente = monitor + developments.

* estar al día = monitor + developments, stay on top of + the game, stay on top of, stay on + top of things, keep on + top of things, be on top of things.

* estar alejado + Expresión Numérica = be + Número + away.

* estar al lado de = stand by + Lugar.

* estar al loro de = be on the lookout for, keep + Posesivo + eyes (wide) open, keep + Posesivo + eyes peeled, keep + Posesivo + eyes skinned.

* estar al máximo = overstretch.

* estar al mismo nivel = be on a par.

* estar al tanto = monitor + developments.

* estar al tanto de = be on the lookout for, keep + track of, keep + Posesivo + eyes peeled, keep + Posesivo + eyes skinned.

* estar al tanto de las cosas = stay on + top of things, keep on + top of things, be on top of things.

* estar a mano = be on hand, be around.

* estar a medio camino entre... y... = lie + midway between... and....

* estar a merced de = be at the mercy of.

* estar ansioso por = be eager to.

* estar ante = be faced with.

* estar apagado = be off.

* estar a punto de = be poised to, be about to, be on the point of, stand + poised, come + very close to.

* estar a punto de cascarlas = be on + Posesivo + last legs.

* estar a punto de decir = be on the tip of + Posesivo + tongue to say.

* estar a punto de + Infinitivo = be about + Infinitivo.

* estar aquí ya = be upon us.

* estar a resultas de = keep + track of.

* estar arraigado en = be rooted in.

* estar arrestado = be under arrest.

* estar arriba = sit on + top.

* estar a salvo = be in safe hands.

* estar asociado a = be associated with, be bound up with.

* estar atado a = hold + hostage to.

* estar atareado = be tied up.

* estar atento a = be on the lookout for, keep + Posesivo + eyes peeled, keep + Posesivo + eyes skinned.

* estar aterrorizado = be petrified of, be frightened to death, be scared stiff, be terrified.

* estar a tope = overstretch.

* estar atrancado = be stuck.

* estar atrasado en el pago = be in arrears.

* estar aumentando = be on the increase.

* estár aún más alejados = be one step further removed.

* estar aún por llegar = be yet to come.

* estar ausente = lack.

* estar ausente de = be absent (from).

* estar avanzado = be well under way.

* estar avergonzado = be ashamed.

* estar averiado = be out of order.

* estar aviado = be (in) a mess.

* estar bajo arresto = be under arrest.

* estar bajo la tutela de = fall under + the auspices of.

* estar bastante acostumbrado a = be all too familiar with.

* estar bastante alejado = be a distance apart.

* estar bien = be okay, be in good shape, be in good health.

* estar bien de salud = be in good health.

* estar bien encaminado = be on the right track.

* estar bien pensado = be carefully thought out.

* estar borracho = be drunk, see + double.

* estar callado = keep + quiet.

* estar cansado de = be sick and tired of.

* estar capacitado para = be qualified to.

* estar casi finalizado = near + completion.

* estar casi terminado = be nearing completion, reach + near completion.

* estar castigado = be in the doghouse.

* estar cerca = be at hand, be on hand, be around.

* estar cerca de = be close to.

* estar chalado = be off + Posesivo + rocker.

* estar chiflado = be off + Posesivo + rocker.

* estar chiflado por = have + a crush on.

* estar chupado = be a cinch, be a doddle, be a breeze, be a snap, be a picnic, be duck soup.

* estar clarísimo = be patently clear.

* estar claro = be plain, be out in the open.

* estar colado por = have + a crush on.

* estar como una cabra = be a real nutter.

* estar completamente borracho = be drunk and incapable.

* estar completamente de acuerdo con = agree + wholeheartedly with.

* estar completamente equivocado = be way off.

* estar comprometido a = hold + hostage to.

* estar comprometido a + Infinitivo = be committed to + Gerundio.

* estar con amigos en la calle pasando el rato sin hacer nada = hang out + on the street.

* estar condenado a ser = be doomed.

* estar conectado = be on.

* estar con el alma en vilo = put + Posesivo + life on hold, Posesivo + life + be + on hold.

* estar con el tema = be on the topic.

* estar confinado = be confined.

* estar confuso = blur, be at sixes and sevens with, be at a nonplus, be all at sea.

* estar congelado = be frozen stiff.

* estar con la espalda contra la pared = Posesivo + back + be + against the wall.

* estar contentísimo = thrill + Nombre + to bits, be chuffed to bits, be tickled pink.

* estar contraindicado = be contraindicated.

* estar contra las cuertas = be against the ropes.

* estar convencido = there + be + strong feeling.

* estar convencido de la idea de que = be committed to the idea that.

* estar convirtiéndose rápidamente = be fast becoming.

* estar correcto = be correct.

* estar correlacionado con = be correlated with.

* estar de acorde con = be commensurate with.

* estar de acuerdo = approve, be in agreement, concur (with), be agreed.

* estar de acuerdo con = accord with, conform to, fit, go along with, fit with, be in conformity with, mesh with, see + eye to eye (with/on), jive with.

* estar de acuerdo (con/en) = see + eye to eye (with/on).

* estar de acuerdo con una idea = subscribe to + idea.

* estar de acuerdo en que no + estar + de acuerdo = agree to + disagree.

* estar de acuerdo sobre = agree (on/upon).

* estar de acuerdo unánimemente = agree on + all hands.

* estar de baja = be off work.

* estar de baja por enfermedad = be off work sick.

* estar debatiéndose = be under discussion.

* estar de brazos cruzados = stand + idle, sit + idle.

* estar de buen humor = be high.

* estar de camino a = be on the road to.

* estar de capa caída = be in the doldrums.

* estar de cháchara = chinwag.

* estar decidido a = be determined to, be of a mind to, be intent on, be all set to.

* estar decidido a continuar = be set to continue.

* estar decidido a + Infinitivo = be set to + Infinitivo.

* estar demasiado representado = overrepresent.

* estar de moda = be in.

* estar densamente poblado de = be dense with.

* estar dentro de = fall within/into.

* estar dentro de la competencia = be the province of.

* estar dentro de las posibilidades de uno = lie within + Posesivo + power.

* estar de palique = chinwag.

* estar de parloteo = chinwag.

* estar de pie = stand.

* estar de pie por encima de = stand over.

* estar desacertado = miss + the mark, miss + the point.

* estar desacreditado = hold in + disrepute.

* estar desapareciendo = be on the way out.

* estar desasosegado = put + Posesivo + life on hold, Posesivo + life + be + on hold.

* estar desbordado de = be snowed under with.

* estar desbordante de = spill over with.

* estar descaminado = be on the wrong track, be headed down the wrong track.

* estar descontento con = express + dissatisfaction with.

* estar deseoso de = be anxious to, be more than ready for.

* estar desesperado = Posesivo + back + be + against the wall.

* estar desocupado = stand + idle.

* estar desordenado = be out of order.

* estar desquiciado = be a shambles, be (in) a mess.

* estar destinado a = be intended for/to.

* estar destrozado = be + wreck, be a shambles.

* estar de suerte = be in luck.

* estar detenido = be under arrest.

* estar de vacaciones = be on vacation, be off on vacation.

* estar de vuelta = be back.

* estar de vuelta dentro de = be back in + Expresión Temporal.

* estar directamente relacionado con = be directly correlated to.

* estar disgustado por = feel deeply about.

* estar disperso = lie + scattered.

* estar disponible = be available, be forthcoming, be at hand.

* estar dispuestísimo a = be more than willing to.

* estar dispuesto = be game.

* estar dispuesto a = be keen to, be prepared to, be willing to, be of a mind to, be willing and able to, be ready, willing and able.

* estar dispuesto a todo = be ready, willing and able.

* estar dispuesto y deseoso a = be willing and able to.

* estar dominado por Alguien = be under + Posesivo + thumb.

* estar ducho en = be adept at.

* estar dudoso = be doubtful.

* estar embarazada = be up the spout, have + a bun in the oven.

* estar emocionado = be thrilled.

* estar empachado = have + indigestion.

* estar empeorando = be in decline.

* estar en = be in the course of.

* estar en alza = be up.

* estar enamorado de = carry + a torch for + Nombre, have + a crush on.

* estar en apuros = be in trouble, be in a fix.

* estar en ascuas = put + Posesivo + life on hold, Posesivo + life + be + on hold, sit on + the edge of + Posesivo + seat.

* estar en auge = go + strong.

* estar en Babia = be in cloud cuckoo land, live in + cloud cuckoo land.

* estar en barbecho = lie + fallow.

* estar en buenas manos = be in safe hands.

* estar encaminado a = be on the road to.

* estar en camino de = be on the way to.

* estar encantadísimo = thrill + Nombre + to bits, be chuffed to bits, be tickled pink.

* estar encantado = be thrilled.

* estar encantado de Hacer Algo = be more than happy to + Infinitivo.

* estar en casa = be in.

* estar en celo = be on heat, be in heat.

* estar encendido = be on.

* estar enchufado = be on.

* estar encinta = be up the spout, have + a bun in the oven.

* estar en consonancia con = be consonant with, attune to, align + Reflexivo + with.

* estar en contacto (con) = stay in + touch (with), be in touch (with).

* estar en contra de = be against.

* estar en debate = be under discussion.

* estar en decadencia = be in decline, be in retreat.

* estar en declive = be in decline.

* estar en desacuerdo = be at variance, disagree, quarrel with, beg to differ, be at sixes and sevens with each other.

* estar en desacuerdo con = be at odds with, be at loggerheads with.

* estar en desacuerdo sobre = be at odds over.

* estar en desigualdad = be under par.

* estar en desventaja = be disadvantaged, be at a disadvantage.

* estar en deuda = be in debt.

* estar en deuda con = be beholden to.

* estar endeudado = be in debt.

* estar en dificultades = be in trouble.

* estar en duda = be in question.

* estar en el lugar adecuado en el momento adecuado = be in the right place at the right time.

* estar en el lugar indicado en el momento indicado = be in the right place at the right time.

* estar en el lugar oportuno en el momento oportuno = be in the right place at the right time.

* estar en el séptimo cielo = be on cloud nine, float on + air.

* estar en el sitio justo en el momento preciso = be on the spot.

* estar enemistados = be at loggerheads.

* estar en estado = be up the spout, have + a bun in the oven.

* estar en estado de buena esperanza = be up the spout, have + a bun in the oven.

* estar en estado de cambio = be in flux.

* estar enfermo de amor = be lovesick.

* estar en flor = be in bloom, be in flower.

* estar en floración = be in bloom, be in flower.

* estar en forma = be in shape, be in good shape.

* estar enfrascado en Algo = have + Nombre + on the go.

* estar enfrentados = be at loggerheads.

* estar en funcionamiento = be up.

* estar en función de = be a function of.

* estar en guardia = be on guard (against), be on + Posesivo + guard.

* estar en guerra con = be at war with.

* estar en igualdad de condiciones con = be on (an) equal footing with.

* estar en inferioridad de condiciones = punch above + Posesivo + weight.

* estar en juego = be at stake.

* estar en la gloria = be on cloud nine, float on + air.

* estar en la inopia = live in + cloud cuckoo land.

* estar en la mejor posición para = be best positioned to.

* estar en la misma categoria que = rank with.

* estar en la onda = attune to + wavelength.

* estar en las mismas = be back to square one.

* estar en las últimas = be on + Posesivo + last legs.

* estar en lo cierto = hit + the truth.

* estar en manos privadas = hold in + private hands.

* estar en marcha = tick over.

* estar en mayoría = be in the majority.

* estar en medio de = caught in the middle.

* estar en minoría = be in the minority.

* estar en misa y repicando = have + a finger in every pie.

* estar enojado = get + Posesivo + knickers in a twist, get + Posesivo + knickers in a bundle, get + Posesivo + panties in a bundle.

* estar en paz = pay + Posesivo + dues.

* estar en peligro = be in jeopardy, be in question, be endangered, be at risk, be at stake.

* estar en peligro (de) = be in danger (of).

* estar en posición de = be in a position to.

* estar en proceso de = be on the way to, be in the process of, be in the course of.

* estar en proceso de cambio = be in flux.

* estar en proceso de + Infinitivo = be on to + Infinitivo.

* estar en retirada = be in retreat.

* estar en ruinas = be a shambles, be (in) a mess.

* estar en sintonía con = attune to.

* estar en situación de = be in a position to.

* estar en suspense = sit on + the edge of + Posesivo + seat.

* estar en tensión = sit on + the edge of + Posesivo + seat.

* estar en todo = have + a finger in every pie.

* estar en trance de = be in the process of.

* estar entre = fall between.

* estar entre la espada y la pared = be on the horns of a dilemma.

* estar entre los primeros = stay on top.

* estar entre rejas = be behind bars.

* estar entusiasmado = be thrilled.

* estar en un aprieto = be in a fix.

* estar en una situación diferente = be on a different track.

* estar en un berenjenal = be (in) a mess.

* estar en un mar de dudas = feel at + sea, be all at sea.

* estar en un momento clave = be at a watershed.

* estar en un momento decisivo = be at a watershed.

* estar en un sinvivir = put + Posesivo + life on hold, Posesivo + life + be + on hold.

* estar en venta = be up for sale.

* estar en vías de = be on the road to, be in the process of.

* estar en vías de conseguir = be on the road to.

* estar en vilo = put + Posesivo + life on hold, Posesivo + life + be + on hold, sit on + the edge of + Posesivo + seat.

* estar equivoado = miss + the point.

* estar equivocado = be mistaken, be wide of the mark, be wrong, be in error, miss + the mark, be in the wrong.

* estar equivocado en + Número + cosas = be wrong on + Número + count(s).

* estar erróneo = be in error.

* estar esparcido = lie + scattered.

* estar estrechamente ligado a = be closely tied to.

* estar estropeado = be kaput.

* estar estropeándose = be on the way out.

* estar exento de pagar impuestos = write off.

* estar falto de = be short of.

* estar falto de práctica = get + rusty.

* estar familiarizado con = have + familiarity with.

* estar firmemente convencido = strongly held opinion.

* estar frenético = be furious.

* estar frito de sed = be parched, spit + feathers, be parched with thirst.

* estar fuera = be out.

* estar fuera con los amigos = be out with the guys.

* estar fuera de contienda = be out of contention.

* estar fuera del alcance = lie outside + the scope of.

* estar fuera de las posibilidades de Alguien = be out of + Posesivo + league.

* estar fuera del interés = lie outside + the scope of.

* estar fuera del interés de uno = lie beyond + concern.

* estar fuera de lugar = be out of place, be out of order.

* estar fuera de quicio = be beside + Reflexivo.

* estar fuera de rumbo = be off course.

* estar fuera de secuencia = be out of order.

* estar fuera de sí = be beside + Reflexivo.

* estar funcionando = be in place.

* estar furioso = fume.

* estar + Gerundio = be on the way to.

* estar hablando del tema = be on the topic.

* estar haciendo = be up to.

* estar haciendo Algo = have + Nombre + on the go.

* estar haciendo algo que no se debe = be up to no good, get up to + no good.

* estar hambriento = starve.

* estar harto = have had enough.

* estar harto de = be all too familiar with, be sick and tired of.

* estar hasta la coronilla de = be sick and tired of.

* estar hecho a escala = be to scale.

* estar hecho con la intención de = be intended for/to.

* estar hecho con la mismas dimensiones que el original = be to scale.

* estar hecho el uno para el otro = be well suited to each other, be two of a kind, be a right pair.

* estar hecho para = be geared to, be intended for/to, mean, be cut out for.

* estar hecho polvo = be + wreck.

* estar hecho un desastre = look like + a wreck, be a shambles, look like + the wreck of the Hesperus, look like + drag + through a hedge backwards, be (in) a mess.

* estar hecho un esqueleto = be a bag of bones.

* estar hecho un flan = shake like + a leaf, tremble like + a leaf.

* estar hecho un lío = be at sixes and sevens with.

* estar hecho un perla = be a bit of a lad.

* estar hecho un pinta = be a bit of a lad.

* estar hecho un prenda = be a bit of a lad.

* estar helado = be frozen stiff.

* estar implícito en = run through.

* estar inactivo = lie + fallow, lie + dormant.

* estar incluido = be embedded.

* estar indeciso = be hesitant (to).

* estar indeciso entre... o... = be torn between... and....

* estar inerte = lie + fallow.

* estar informado puntualmente sobre = monitor + information on.

* estar inmune a = be immune against.

* estar inquieto = be disturbed.

* estar interesado en = be interested in, be keen to.

* estar inundado de = be snowed under with.

* estar junto a = stand by + Lugar.

* estar juntos = be together, stand + together.

* estar justo en medio de = stand + squarely in.

* estar la mar de contento = be over the moon.

* estar lejos de (ser) + Infinitivo = be far from + Gerundio.

* estar levantado = be up.

* estar libre de = be free from.

* estar ligado a = be bound up with.

* estar listo = stand + ready, be ready.

* estar listo para = be poised to, stand + poised, be all set to.

* estar lleno de problemas = bristle with + problems.

* estar localizable = be locatable.

* estar loco = be off + Posesivo + rocker.

* estar loco de alegría = be chuffed to bits, thrill + Nombre + to bits, be tickled pink.

* estar loco de contento = be beside + Reflexivo + with joy, be over the moon, be over the moon.

* estar loco de remate = be a real nutter.

* estar loco por = have + a crush on.

* estar majareta = be off + Posesivo + rocker.

* estar mal = be wrong, feel under + the weather, be under the weather.

* estar mal comunicado con = have + poor connections with.

* estar mal encaminado = be on the wrong track, be headed down the wrong track.

* estar mal visto = frown on/upon.

* estar manga por hombro = be a shambles, be (in) a mess.

* estar marcado por = be pockmarked with.

* estar mareado de tanto trabajo = be reeling.

* estar mejor = be better off, be better served by.

* estar metido en todo = have + a finger in every pie.

* estar molesto = be displeased, get + Posesivo + knickers in a twist, get + Posesivo + knickers in a bundle, get + Posesivo + panties in a bundle, put off.

* estar motivado = be motivated, have + motivation.

* estar moviéndose en terreno seguro = be on secure ground.

* estar muerto de asco = be bored to death, be bored stiff, be bored to tears, be bored out of + Posesivo + mind.

* estar muerto de frío = be frozen stiff.

* estar muerto de hambre = be starving to death.

* estar muerto de miedo = be scared stiff, be frightened to death, be petrified of, be terrified.

* estar muerto de sed = spit + feathers, be parched, be parched with thirst.

* estar muy acostumbrado a = be all too familiar with.

* estar muy agradecido a = be indebted to.

* estar muy alejado de = be a long way from.

* estar muy arraigado en = be well embedded in.

* estar muy bajo = be way down.

* estar muy cerca de = be one step away from, be steps away from, come + very close to.

* estar muy convencido de = have + strong feelings about.

* estar muy emocionado con/por = be excited about.

* estar muy esparcido = spread + Nombre + thinly.

* estar muy lejano = be far off.

* estar muy lejos = be far off, be a long way off.

* estar muy por delante de = be way out ahead of.

* estar muy por delante de su tiempo = be years ahead of + Posesivo + time.

* estar muy puesto = stay on top of + the game, stay on top.

* estar muy separado = set + far apart.

* estar muy usado = be well thumbed.

* estar nervioso = be in a tizz(y), have + butterflies in + Posesivo + stomach.

* estar oculto = lie + hidden.

* estar ocupado = busyness, be engaged, be tied up.

* estar ordenado en forma circular = be on a wheel.

* estar orgulloso de = be proud (of/to).

* estar orientado a/para = be geared to.

* estar orientado hacia = target.

* estar orientado hacia + Nombre = be + Nombre + driven.

* estar patas arriba = be a shambles, be (in) a mess.

* estar pendiente de = be on the lookout for, pay + attention to, keep + an eye on, keep + Posesivo + eyes peeled, keep + Posesivo + eyes skinned.

* estar pendiente de todo = stay on + top of things, keep on + top of things, be on top of things.

* estar perdido = be out of + Posesivo + league, be out of + Posesivo + depth, be in over + Posesivo + head, be all at sea.

* estar permitido = be permissible.

* estar plagado de = be rife with.

* estar plenamente convencido de Algo = feel (it) in + Posesivo + bones.

* estar pluriempleado = moonlight, work + a second job.

* estar pluriempleado, tener un segundo trabajo, tener un segundo empleo = work + a second job.

* estar poco dispuesto = be reluctant.

* estar poco representado = underrepresent [under-represent].

* estar por delante de = be ahead of.

* estar por demostrar = be unproven.

* estar por detrás = be behind.

* estar por encima de = overlay, overlie.

* estar por las nubes = be through the roof.

* estar por ver = be an open question.

* estar poseído por los espíritus = haunt.

* estar precavido = be on + Posesivo + guard, be on guard (against).

* estar predestinado a = be predestined to.

* estar predispuesto = feel + partial.

* estar predispuesto a = be predisposed to/toward(s).

* estar preñada = be up the spout, have + a bun in the oven.

* estar preocupadísimo = be worried stiff (about), be worried sick.

* estar preocupado por = be anxious to.

* estar preparado = be readied, stand + ready, be ready.

* estar preparado para = be geared up for/to, stand + poised.

* estar preparado y dispuesto a = be willing and able to.

* estar preparado y dispuesto a todo = be ready, willing and able.

* estar presente = be manifest, be present, be in evidence.

* estar presionado = be under the gun.

* estar propuesto a = be intent on.

* estar próximo = be at hand.

* estar quedándose sin = run + low (on).

* estar que + subirse + por las paredes = tear + Posesivo + hair out.

* estar realizándose = underway [under way], be in progress, be in hand.

* estar rebosante de = spill over with.

* estar rebosante de salud = fit as a fiddle.

* estar relacionado con = be associated with, regard.

* estar relacionado con el trabajo = be work related.

* estar resentido = carry + a chip on + Posesivo + shoulder.

* estar resfriado = have + a cold.

* estar respaldado por Alguien = have + Nombre + behind + Pronombre.

* estar restringido = be constrained.

* estar resuelto a = be intent on, be all set to.

* estar saliendo con alguien = be in a dating relationship.

* estar salpicado de = be dotted with.

* estar sano y salvo = be alive and well.

* estar satisfecho (de) = be satisfied (with).

* estar saturado de trabajo = work to + capacity.

* estar sediento = be thirsty, spit + feathers, be parched, be parched with thirst.

* estar seguro = be sure, make + sure, set + your watch by.

* estar seguro de = be certain (of), be confident about, feel + confident.

* estar seguro de que = be confident that.

* estar sentado sin hacer o decir nada = sit by.

* estar separado = set + apart.

* estar separado de = be remote from.

* estar sesgado = bias, slant.

* estar siempre + Adjetivo = be ever + Adjetivo.

* estar siempre buscando = be on the lookout for.

* estar siempre dispuesto a ayudar = be always willing to assist.

* estar siendo + Participio = be in process of + Nombre.

* estar sin blanca = not have a bean.

* estar sin hacer nada = sit + idle, stand + idle.

* estar sin trabajo = stay out of + work.

* estar sin una pela = not have a bean.

* estar sin un centavo = not have a bean.

* estar sin un céntimo = not have a bean.

* * *
I 1.
cópula

1) ( seguido de adjetivos) [ Estar denotes a changed condition or state as opposed to identity or nature, which is normally expressed by ser. Estar is also used when the emphasis is on the speaker's perception of things, of their appearance, taste, etc. The examples given below should be contrasted with those to be found in ser 1 cópula 1] to be

qué gordo está! — isn't he fat!, hasn't he got(ten) fat!

pobre abuelo! está viejo — poor grandpa! he's really aged

la sopa está deliciosa/muy caliente — the soup is delicious/very hot

está muy simpático conmigo — he's being o he's been so nice to me (recently)

todo está tan caro! — things are o have become so expensive!

está cansada/furiosa/embarazada — she is tired/furious/pregnant

2) (con bien, mal, mejor, peor)

están todos bien, gracias — they're all fine, thanks

qué bien estás en esta foto! — you look great in this photo!

está mal que no se lo perdones — it's wrong of you not to forgive him; ver tb bien, mal, mejor, peor

3) ( hablando de estado civil) to be

está casada con un primo mío — she's married to a cousin of mine

4) ( seguido de participios)

estar sentado/echado/arrodillado — to be sitting/lying/kneeling (down)

estaban abrazados — they had their arms around each other; ver tb verbo auxiliar 2

5) ( con predicado introducido por preposición) to be; (para más ejemplos ver tb la preposición o el nombre correspondiente)

estoy a régimen — I'm on a diet

¿a cómo está la uva? — how much are the grapes?

estamos como al principio — we're back to where we started

está con el sarampión — she has (the) measles

siempre está con lo mismo — he's always going on about the same thing

está de buen humor — she's in a good mood

están de limpieza/viaje — they're spring-cleaning/on a trip

hoy estoy de cocinera — I'm doing the cooking today

estaba de secretaria — she worked as a secretary

no estoy para bromas — I'm not in the mood for jokes

estamos sin electricidad — the electricity is off at the moment

está sin pintar — it hasn't been painted yet

estar con alguien — ( estar de acuerdo) to agree with somebody; ( apoyar) to support somebody, be on somebody's side

el pueblo está con nosotros — the people are with us

estar en algo: no lo hemos solucionado pero estamos en ello or eso — we haven't solved it but we're working on it

6) ( introducido por que)

el agua está que pela — the water's scalding hot

está que no hay quien lo aguante — he's (being) unbearable
2.
estar vi

Sentido I

1) ( en un lugar)

edificio/pueblo ( estar ubicado) to be

¿dónde está Chiapas? — where's Chiapas?

está a 20 kilómetros de aquí — it's 20 kilometers from here

2)

a) persona/objeto ( hallarse en cierto momento) to be

¿sabes dónde está Pedro? — do you know where Pedro is?

¿a qué hora tienes que estar allí? — what time do you have to be there?

¿dónde estábamos la clase pasada? — where did we get to in the last class?

b) ( figurar) to be

yo no estaba en la lista — I wasn't on the list, my name didn't appear on the list

3) ( hallarse en determinado lugar)

¿está Rodrigo? — is Rodrigo in?

¿estamos todos? — are we all here?

4)

a) (quedarse, permanecer)

sólo estaré unos días — I'll only be staying a few days

¿cuánto tiempo estarás en Londres? — how long are you going to be in London (for)?

b) ( vivir)

ahora estamos en Soca — we're in o we live in Soca now

de momento estoy con mi hermana — at the moment I'm staying with my sister

Sentido II

5) ( en el tiempo)

¿a qué (día) estamos? — what day is it today?

¿a cuánto estamos hoy? — what's the date today?

estamos a 28 de mayo — it's May 28th (AmE) o (BrE) the 28th of May

estamos en primavera — it's spring

¿en qué mes estamos? — what month are we in o is it?

Sentido III

6) (existir, haber)

y después está el problema de... — and then there's the problem of...

luego están los niños, hay que pensar en ellos — then there are the children to think about

7) (tener como función, cometido)

estar para algo: para eso están los amigos that's what friends are for; estamos para ayudarlos — we're here to help them

8) ( radicar)

ahí está el quid del asunto — that's the crux of the matter

estar en algo: en eso está el problema that's where the problem lies; todo está en que él quiera — it all depends on whether he wants to or not

9) (estar listo, terminado)

la carne todavía no está — the meat's not ready yet

lo atas con un nudo y ya está — you tie a knot in it and that's it o there you are

enseguida estoy — I'll be right with you

ya está! ya sé la repuesta! — I've got it! I know the answer!

ahí está! — that's it!

10) ( quedar entendido)

que no vuelva a suceder ¿estamos? — don't let it happen again, understand? o (colloq) got it?

11)

ya que estamos/estás — while we're/you're at it

12) (Esp) ( quedar) (+ me/te/le etc) (+ compl)

te está grande/pequeña — it's too big/too small for you

la 46 te está mejor — the 46 fits you better
3.
estar v aux

1) ( con gerundio)

está lloviendo — it's raining

se está afeitando — he's shaving

estoy viendo que va a ser imposible — I'm beginning to see that it's going to be impossible

2) ( con participio)

la foto está tomada con flash — the photo was taken with flash

ese asiento está ocupado — that seat is taken

ya está hecho un hombrecito — he's a proper young man now; ver tb estar cópula 4)
4.
estarse v pron

1) (enf) ( permanecer) to stay

se estuvo horas ahí sentado — he remained sitting there for hours

¿no te puedes estar quieto? — can't you stay o keep still?

estése tranquilo — don't worry

2) (enf) ( llegar) to be

estáte allí media hora antes — be there half an hour before
II
masculino (esp AmL) living room

* * *

= be, become, live with.

Ex: Systems such as Dialog, IRS, ORBIT and BLAISE may be accessed by libraries and information units.

Ex: Some degree of ignorance of this kind is not unusual since the usual objective in consulting an information source is to become better informed.

Ex: Medical advances are improving the lives of people living with HIV/AIDS, while prevention remains the key to stopping the spread of this disease.

* ¡cómo se nota que no está el jefe! = while the cat's away, the mice will play.

* ahí está el problema = herein lies the rub, there's the rub.

* ahí está la dificultad = herein lies the rub, there's the rub.

* creer que estar bien = feel + right.

* creer que estar mal = feel + wrong.

* dar la señal de estar listo = prompt.

* dejar como + estar = leave + untouched.

* dejar las cosas como están = let + sleeping dogs lie.

* de tal forma que + ser/estar = in such form as to + be.

* el diablo está en los detalles = the devil (is/lives) in the details.

* el futuro + estar + justo a la vuelta de la esquina = the future + be + just around the corner.

* esperanza + estar = hope + lie.

* estando de acuerdo = approvingly.

* estando de servicio = while on the job.

* estando sentado = from a seated position.

* estar a años de distancia = be years away.

* estar abierto a = be open to.

* estar abocado a ser = be doomed.

* estar absorto en = be wrapped up in.

* estar aburridísimo = be bored stiff, be bored to death, be bored to tears, be bored out of + Posesivo + mind.

* estar aburrido como una ostra = be bored stiff.

* estar a caballo entre = stand + midway between, straddle (between).

* estar a caballo entre... y... = lie + midway between... and..., tread + a fine line between... and, tread + the thin line between... and, tread + a delicate line between... and.

* estar acabando con = eat away at.

* estar acabándose = be on the way out, be on + Posesivo + last legs.

* estar a + Cantidad + de distancia = Cantidad + distant from.

* estar a cargo de = man, be the responsibility of.

* estar accesible = be up.

* estar accesible en línea = go + online.

* estar accesible en red = go + online.

* estar acertado = be right on track.

* estar acostumbrado a = be familiar with, be no stranger to, be used to.

* estar acostumbrado a + Infinitivo = be accustomed to + Gerundio.

* estar a dos velas = not have a bean.

* estar a + Expresión Numérica + de distancia = be + Número + away.

* estar a favor de = be for, be in favour (of), come down in + favour of.

* estar a favor de una idea = favour + idea.

* estar a favor o en contra = be for or against.

* estar agobiado de = be snowed under with.

* estar agradecido = be thankful.

* estar a la alerta de = be wary of.

* estar a la altura de = live up to, be equal to.

* estar a la altura de la circunstancias = make + the cut.

* estar a la altura de las circunstancias = come up with + the goods.

* estar a la altura de las circunstancias = rise (up) to + challenge.

* estar a la altura de las circunstancias = be up to the mark, be up to scratch, be equal to the occasion, rise (up) to + the occasion, deliver + the goods, measure up (to), be up to snuff.

* estar a la altura de las expectativas = live up to + Posesivo + expectations.

* estar a la altura de las posibilidades = live up to + Posesivo + potential.

* estar a la altura de lo que se espera = live up to + Posesivo + expectations.

* estar a la baja = be down.

* estar al acecho = lie in + wait.

* estar a la entera disposición de Alguien = be at + Posesivo + feet.

* estar al alcance de la mano = be at hand.

* estar a la misma altura que = rank with.

* estar a la orden del día = be the order of the day.

* estar a la par de = rank with.

* estar a la vuelta de la esquina = be just around the corner.

* estar al borde de = teeter + on the edge of.

* estar al completo = overbook.

* estar al corriente = monitor + developments.

* estar al día = monitor + developments, stay on top of + the game, stay on top of, stay on + top of things, keep on + top of things, be on top of things.

* estar alejado + Expresión Numérica = be + Número + away.

* estar al lado de = stand by + Lugar.

* estar al loro de = be on the lookout for, keep + Posesivo + eyes (wide) open, keep + Posesivo + eyes peeled, keep + Posesivo + eyes skinned.

* estar al máximo = overstretch.

* estar al mismo nivel = be on a par.

* estar al tanto = monitor + developments.

* estar al tanto de = be on the lookout for, keep + track of, keep + Posesivo + eyes peeled, keep + Posesivo + eyes skinned.

* estar al tanto de las cosas = stay on + top of things, keep on + top of things, be on top of things.

* estar a mano = be on hand, be around.

* estar a medio camino entre... y... = lie + midway between... and....

* estar a merced de = be at the mercy of.

* estar ansioso por = be eager to.

* estar ante = be faced with.

* estar apagado = be off.

* estar a punto de = be poised to, be about to, be on the point of, stand + poised, come + very close to.

* estar a punto de cascarlas = be on + Posesivo + last legs.

* estar a punto de decir = be on the tip of + Posesivo + tongue to say.

* estar a punto de + Infinitivo = be about + Infinitivo.

* estar aquí ya = be upon us.

* estar a resultas de = keep + track of.

* estar arraigado en = be rooted in.

* estar arrestado = be under arrest.

* estar arriba = sit on + top.

* estar a salvo = be in safe hands.

* estar asociado a = be associated with, be bound up with.

* estar atado a = hold + hostage to.

* estar atareado = be tied up.

* estar atento a = be on the lookout for, keep + Posesivo + eyes peeled, keep + Posesivo + eyes skinned.

* estar aterrorizado = be petrified of, be frightened to death, be scared stiff, be terrified.

* estar a tope = overstretch.

* estar atrancado = be stuck.

* estar atrasado en el pago = be in arrears.

* estar aumentando = be on the increase.

* estár aún más alejados = be one step further removed.

* estar aún por llegar = be yet to come.

* estar ausente = lack.

* estar ausente de = be absent (from).

* estar avanzado = be well under way.

* estar avergonzado = be ashamed.

* estar averiado = be out of order.

* estar aviado = be (in) a mess.

* estar bajo arresto = be under arrest.

* estar bajo la tutela de = fall under + the auspices of.

* estar bastante acostumbrado a = be all too familiar with.

* estar bastante alejado = be a distance apart.

* estar bien = be okay, be in good shape, be in good health.

* estar bien de salud = be in good health.

* estar bien encaminado = be on the right track.

* estar bien pensado = be carefully thought out.

* estar borracho = be drunk, see + double.

* estar callado = keep + quiet.

* estar cansado de = be sick and tired of.

* estar capacitado para = be qualified to.

* estar casi finalizado = near + completion.

* estar casi terminado = be nearing completion, reach + near completion.

* estar castigado = be in the doghouse.

* estar cerca = be at hand, be on hand, be around.

* estar cerca de = be close to.

* estar chalado = be off + Posesivo + rocker.

* estar chiflado = be off + Posesivo + rocker.

* estar chiflado por = have + a crush on.

* estar chupado = be a cinch, be a doddle, be a breeze, be a snap, be a picnic, be duck soup.

* estar clarísimo = be patently clear.

* estar claro = be plain, be out in the open.

* estar colado por = have + a crush on.

* estar como una cabra = be a real nutter.

* estar completamente borracho = be drunk and incapable.

* estar completamente de acuerdo con = agree + wholeheartedly with.

* estar completamente equivocado = be way off.

* estar comprometido a = hold + hostage to.

* estar comprometido a + Infinitivo = be committed to + Gerundio.

* estar con amigos en la calle pasando el rato sin hacer nada = hang out + on the street.

* estar condenado a ser = be doomed.

* estar conectado = be on.

* estar con el alma en vilo = put + Posesivo + life on hold, Posesivo + life + be + on hold.

* estar con el tema = be on the topic.

* estar confinado = be confined.

* estar confuso = blur, be at sixes and sevens with, be at a nonplus, be all at sea.

* estar congelado = be frozen stiff.

* estar con la espalda contra la pared = Posesivo + back + be + against the wall.

* estar contentísimo = thrill + Nombre + to bits, be chuffed to bits, be tickled pink.

* estar contraindicado = be contraindicated.

* estar contra las cuertas = be against the ropes.

* estar convencido = there + be + strong feeling.

* estar convencido de la idea de que = be committed to the idea that.

* estar convirtiéndose rápidamente = be fast becoming.

* estar correcto = be correct.

* estar correlacionado con = be correlated with.

* estar de acorde con = be commensurate with.

* estar de acuerdo = approve, be in agreement, concur (with), be agreed.

* estar de acuerdo con = accord with, conform to, fit, go along with, fit with, be in conformity with, mesh with, see + eye to eye (with/on), jive with.

* estar de acuerdo (con/en) = see + eye to eye (with/on).

* estar de acuerdo con una idea = subscribe to + idea.

* estar de acuerdo en que no + estar + de acuerdo = agree to + disagree.

* estar de acuerdo sobre = agree (on/upon).

* estar de acuerdo unánimemente = agree on + all hands.

* estar de baja = be off work.

* estar de baja por enfermedad = be off work sick.

* estar debatiéndose = be under discussion.

* estar de brazos cruzados = stand + idle, sit + idle.

* estar de buen humor = be high.

* estar de camino a = be on the road to.

* estar de capa caída = be in the doldrums.

* estar de cháchara = chinwag.

* estar decidido a = be determined to, be of a mind to, be intent on, be all set to.

* estar decidido a continuar = be set to continue.

* estar decidido a + Infinitivo = be set to + Infinitivo.

* estar demasiado representado = overrepresent.

* estar de moda = be in.

* estar densamente poblado de = be dense with.

* estar dentro de = fall within/into.

* estar dentro de la competencia = be the province of.

* estar dentro de las posibilidades de uno = lie within + Posesivo + power.

* estar de palique = chinwag.

* estar de parloteo = chinwag.

* estar de pie = stand.

* estar de pie por encima de = stand over.

* estar desacertado = miss + the mark, miss + the point.

* estar desacreditado = hold in + disrepute.

* estar desapareciendo = be on the way out.

* estar desasosegado = put + Posesivo + life on hold, Posesivo + life + be + on hold.

* estar desbordado de = be snowed under with.

* estar desbordante de = spill over with.

* estar descaminado = be on the wrong track, be headed down the wrong track.

* estar descontento con = express + dissatisfaction with.

* estar deseoso de = be anxious to, be more than ready for.

* estar desesperado = Posesivo + back + be + against the wall.

* estar desocupado = stand + idle.

* estar desordenado = be out of order.

* estar desquiciado = be a shambles, be (in) a mess.

* estar destinado a = be intended for/to.

* estar destrozado = be + wreck, be a shambles.

* estar de suerte = be in luck.

* estar detenido = be under arrest.

* estar de vacaciones = be on vacation, be off on vacation.

* estar de vuelta = be back.

* estar de vuelta dentro de = be back in + Expresión Temporal.

* estar directamente relacionado con = be directly correlated to.

* estar disgustado por = feel deeply about.

* estar disperso = lie + scattered.

* estar disponible = be available, be forthcoming, be at hand.

* estar dispuestísimo a = be more than willing to.

* estar dispuesto = be game.

* estar dispuesto a = be keen to, be prepared to, be willing to, be of a mind to, be willing and able to, be ready, willing and able.

* estar dispuesto a todo = be ready, willing and able.

* estar dispuesto y deseoso a = be willing and able to.

* estar dominado por Alguien = be under + Posesivo + thumb.

* estar ducho en = be adept at.

* estar dudoso = be doubtful.

* estar embarazada = be up the spout, have + a bun in the oven.

* estar emocionado = be thrilled.

* estar empachado = have + indigestion.

* estar empeorando = be in decline.

* estar en = be in the course of.

* estar en alza = be up.

* estar enamorado de = carry + a torch for + Nombre, have + a crush on.

* estar en apuros = be in trouble, be in a fix.

* estar en ascuas = put + Posesivo + life on hold, Posesivo + life + be + on hold, sit on + the edge of + Posesivo + seat.

* estar en auge = go + strong.

* estar en Babia = be in cloud cuckoo land, live in + cloud cuckoo land.

* estar en barbecho = lie + fallow.

* estar en buenas manos = be in safe hands.

* estar encaminado a = be on the road to.

* estar en camino de = be on the way to.

* estar encantadísimo = thrill + Nombre + to bits, be chuffed to bits, be tickled pink.

* estar encantado = be thrilled.

* estar encantado de Hacer Algo = be more than happy to + Infinitivo.

* estar en casa = be in.

* estar en celo = be on heat, be in heat.

* estar encendido = be on.

* estar enchufado = be on.

* estar encinta = be up the spout, have + a bun in the oven.

* estar en consonancia con = be consonant with, attune to, align + Reflexivo + with.

* estar en contacto (con) = stay in + touch (with), be in touch (with).

* estar en contra de = be against.

* estar en debate = be under discussion.

* estar en decadencia = be in decline, be in retreat.

* estar en declive = be in decline.

* estar en desacuerdo = be at variance, disagree, quarrel with, beg to differ, be at sixes and sevens with each other.

* estar en desacuerdo con = be at odds with, be at loggerheads with.

* estar en desacuerdo sobre = be at odds over.

* estar en desigualdad = be under par.

* estar en desventaja = be disadvantaged, be at a disadvantage.

* estar en deuda = be in debt.

* estar en deuda con = be beholden to.

* estar endeudado = be in debt.

* estar en dificultades = be in trouble.

* estar en duda = be in question.

* estar en el lugar adecuado en el momento adecuado = be in the right place at the right time.

* estar en el lugar indicado en el momento indicado = be in the right place at the right time.

* estar en el lugar oportuno en el momento oportuno = be in the right place at the right time.

* estar en el séptimo cielo = be on cloud nine, float on + air.

* estar en el sitio justo en el momento preciso = be on the spot.

* estar enemistados = be at loggerheads.

* estar en estado = be up the spout, have + a bun in the oven.

* estar en estado de buena esperanza = be up the spout, have + a bun in the oven.

* estar en estado de cambio = be in flux.

* estar enfermo de amor = be lovesick.

* estar en flor = be in bloom, be in flower.

* estar en floración = be in bloom, be in flower.

* estar en forma = be in shape, be in good shape.

* estar enfrascado en Algo = have + Nombre + on the go.

* estar enfrentados = be at loggerheads.

* estar en funcionamiento = be up.

* estar en función de = be a function of.

* estar en guardia = be on guard (against), be on + Posesivo + guard.

* estar en guerra con = be at war with.

* estar en igualdad de condiciones con = be on (an) equal footing with.

* estar en inferioridad de condiciones = punch above + Posesivo + weight.

* estar en juego = be at stake.

* estar en la gloria = be on cloud nine, float on + air.

* estar en la inopia = live in + cloud cuckoo land.

* estar en la mejor posición para = be best positioned to.

* estar en la misma categoria que = rank with.

* estar en la onda = attune to + wavelength.

* estar en las mismas = be back to square one.

* estar en las últimas = be on + Posesivo + last legs.

* estar en lo cierto = hit + the truth.

* estar en manos privadas = hold in + private hands.

* estar en marcha = tick over.

* estar en mayoría = be in the majority.

* estar en medio de = caught in the middle.

* estar en minoría = be in the minority.

* estar en misa y repicando = have + a finger in every pie.

* estar enojado = get + Posesivo + knickers in a twist, get + Posesivo + knickers in a bundle, get + Posesivo + panties in a bundle.

* estar en paz = pay + Posesivo + dues.

* estar en peligro = be in jeopardy, be in question, be endangered, be at risk, be at stake.

* estar en peligro (de) = be in danger (of).

* estar en posición de = be in a position to.

* estar en proceso de = be on the way to, be in the process of, be in the course of.

* estar en proceso de cambio = be in flux.

* estar en proceso de + Infinitivo = be on to + Infinitivo.

* estar en retirada = be in retreat.

* estar en ruinas = be a shambles, be (in) a mess.

* estar en sintonía con = attune to.

* estar en situación de = be in a position to.

* estar en suspense = sit on + the edge of + Posesivo + seat.

* estar en tensión = sit on + the edge of + Posesivo + seat.

* estar en todo = have + a finger in every pie.

* estar en trance de = be in the process of.

* estar entre = fall between.

* estar entre la espada y la pared = be on the horns of a dilemma.

* estar entre los primeros = stay on top.

* estar entre rejas = be behind bars.

* estar entusiasmado = be thrilled.

* estar en un aprieto = be in a fix.

* estar en una situación diferente = be on a different track.

* estar en un berenjenal = be (in) a mess.

* estar en un mar de dudas = feel at + sea, be all at sea.

* estar en un momento clave = be at a watershed.

* estar en un momento decisivo = be at a watershed.

* estar en un sinvivir = put + Posesivo + life on hold, Posesivo + life + be + on hold.

* estar en venta = be up for sale.

* estar en vías de = be on the road to, be in the process of.

* estar en vías de conseguir = be on the road to.

* estar en vilo = put + Posesivo + life on hold, Posesivo + life + be + on hold, sit on + the edge of + Posesivo + seat.

* estar equivoado = miss + the point.

* estar equivocado = be mistaken, be wide of the mark, be wrong, be in error, miss + the mark, be in the wrong.

* estar equivocado en + Número + cosas = be wrong on + Número + count(s).

* estar erróneo = be in error.

* estar esparcido = lie + scattered.

* estar estrechamente ligado a = be closely tied to.

* estar estropeado = be kaput.

* estar estropeándose = be on the way out.

* estar exento de pagar impuestos = write off.

* estar falto de = be short of.

* estar falto de práctica = get + rusty.

* estar familiarizado con = have + familiarity with.

* estar firmemente convencido = strongly held opinion.

* estar frenético = be furious.

* estar frito de sed = be parched, spit + feathers, be parched with thirst.

* estar fuera = be out.

* estar fuera con los amigos = be out with the guys.

* estar fuera de contienda = be out of contention.

* estar fuera del alcance = lie outside + the scope of.

* estar fuera de las posibilidades de Alguien = be out of + Posesivo + league.

* estar fuera del interés = lie outside + the scope of.

* estar fuera del interés de uno = lie beyond + concern.

* estar fuera de lugar = be out of place, be out of order.

* estar fuera de quicio = be beside + Reflexivo.

* estar fuera de rumbo = be off course.

* estar fuera de secuencia = be out of order.

* estar fuera de sí = be beside + Reflexivo.

* estar funcionando = be in place.

* estar furioso = fume.

* estar + Gerundio = be on the way to.

* estar hablando del tema = be on the topic.

* estar haciendo = be up to.

* estar haciendo Algo = have + Nombre + on the go.

* estar haciendo algo que no se debe = be up to no good, get up to + no good.

* estar hambriento = starve.

* estar harto = have had enough.

* estar harto de = be all too familiar with, be sick and tired of.

* estar hasta la coronilla de = be sick and tired of.

* estar hecho a escala = be to scale.

* estar hecho con la intención de = be intended for/to.

* estar hecho con la mismas dimensiones que el original = be to scale.

* estar hecho el uno para el otro = be well suited to each other, be two of a kind, be a right pair.

* estar hecho para = be geared to, be intended for/to, mean, be cut out for.

* estar hecho polvo = be + wreck.

* estar hecho un desastre = look like + a wreck, be a shambles, look like + the wreck of the Hesperus, look like + drag + through a hedge backwards, be (in) a mess.

* estar hecho un esqueleto = be a bag of bones.

* estar hecho un flan = shake like + a leaf, tremble like + a leaf.

* estar hecho un lío = be at sixes and sevens with.

* estar hecho un perla = be a bit of a lad.

* estar hecho un pinta = be a bit of a lad.

* estar hecho un prenda = be a bit of a lad.

* estar helado = be frozen stiff.

* estar implícito en = run through.

* estar inactivo = lie + fallow, lie + dormant.

* estar incluido = be embedded.

* estar indeciso = be hesitant (to).

* estar indeciso entre... o... = be torn between... and....

* estar inerte = lie + fallow.

* estar informado puntualmente sobre = monitor + information on.

* estar inmune a = be immune against.

* estar inquieto = be disturbed.

* estar interesado en = be interested in, be keen to.

* estar inundado de = be snowed under with.

* estar junto a = stand by + Lugar.

* estar juntos = be together, stand + together.

* estar justo en medio de = stand + squarely in.

* estar la mar de contento = be over the moon.

* estar lejos de (ser) + Infinitivo = be far from + Gerundio.

* estar levantado = be up.

* estar libre de = be free from.

* estar ligado a = be bound up with.

* estar listo = stand + ready, be ready.

* estar listo para = be poised to, stand + poised, be all set to.

* estar lleno de problemas = bristle with + problems.

* estar localizable = be locatable.

* estar loco = be off + Posesivo + rocker.

* estar loco de alegría = be chuffed to bits, thrill + Nombre + to bits, be tickled pink.

* estar loco de contento = be beside + Reflexivo + with joy, be over the moon, be over the moon.

* estar loco de remate = be a real nutter.

* estar loco por = have + a crush on.

* estar majareta = be off + Posesivo + rocker.

* estar mal = be wrong, feel under + the weather, be under the weather.

* estar mal comunicado con = have + poor connections with.

* estar mal encaminado = be on the wrong track, be headed down the wrong track.

* estar mal visto = frown on/upon.

* estar manga por hombro = be a shambles, be (in) a mess.

* estar marcado por = be pockmarked with.

* estar mareado de tanto trabajo = be reeling.

* estar mejor = be better off, be better served by.

* estar metido en todo = have + a finger in every pie.

* estar molesto = be displeased, get + Posesivo + knickers in a twist, get + Posesivo + knickers in a bundle, get + Posesivo + panties in a bundle, put off.

* estar motivado = be motivated, have + motivation.

* estar moviéndose en terreno seguro = be on secure ground.

* estar muerto de asco = be bored to death, be bored stiff, be bored to tears, be bored out of + Posesivo + mind.

* estar muerto de frío = be frozen stiff.

* estar muerto de hambre = be starving to death.

* estar muerto de miedo = be scared stiff, be frightened to death, be petrified of, be terrified.

* estar muerto de sed = spit + feathers, be parched, be parched with thirst.

* estar muy acostumbrado a = be all too familiar with.

* estar muy agradecido a = be indebted to.

* estar muy alejado de = be a long way from.

* estar muy arraigado en = be well embedded in.

* estar muy bajo = be way down.

* estar muy cerca de = be one step away from, be steps away from, come + very close to.

* estar muy convencido de = have + strong feelings about.

* estar muy emocionado con/por = be excited about.

* estar muy esparcido = spread + Nombre + thinly.

* estar muy lejano = be far off.

* estar muy lejos = be far off, be a long way off.

* estar muy por delante de = be way out ahead of.

* estar muy por delante de su tiempo = be years ahead of + Posesivo + time.

* estar muy puesto = stay on top of + the game, stay on top.

* estar muy separado = set + far apart.

* estar muy usado = be well thumbed.

* estar nervioso = be in a tizz(y), have + butterflies in + Posesivo + stomach.

* estar oculto = lie + hidden.

* estar ocupado = busyness, be engaged, be tied up.

* estar ordenado en forma circular = be on a wheel.

* estar orgulloso de = be proud (of/to).

* estar orientado a/para = be geared to.

* estar orientado hacia = target.

* estar orientado hacia + Nombre = be + Nombre + driven.

* estar patas arriba = be a shambles, be (in) a mess.

* estar pendiente de = be on the lookout for, pay + attention to, keep + an eye on, keep + Posesivo + eyes peeled, keep + Posesivo + eyes skinned.

* estar pendiente de todo = stay on + top of things, keep on + top of things, be on top of things.

* estar perdido = be out of + Posesivo + league, be out of + Posesivo + depth, be in over + Posesivo + head, be all at sea.

* estar permitido = be permissible.

* estar plagado de = be rife with.

* estar plenamente convencido de Algo = feel (it) in + Posesivo + bones.

* estar pluriempleado = moonlight, work + a second job.

* estar pluriempleado, tener un segundo trabajo, tener un segundo empleo = work + a second job.

* estar poco dispuesto = be reluctant.

* estar poco representado = underrepresent [under-represent].

* estar por delante de = be ahead of.

* estar por demostrar = be unproven.

* estar por detrás = be behind.

* estar por encima de = overlay, overlie.

* estar por las nubes = be through the roof.

* estar por ver = be an open question.

* estar poseído por los espíritus = haunt.

* estar precavido = be on + Posesivo + guard, be on guard (against).

* estar predestinado a = be predestined to.

* estar predispuesto = feel + partial.

* estar predispuesto a = be predisposed to/toward(s).

* estar preñada = be up the spout, have + a bun in the oven.

* estar preocupadísimo = be worried stiff (about), be worried sick.

* estar preocupado por = be anxious to.

* estar preparado = be readied, stand + ready, be ready.

* estar preparado para = be geared up for/to, stand + poised.

* estar preparado y dispuesto a = be willing and able to.

* estar preparado y dispuesto a todo = be ready, willing and able.

* estar presente = be manifest, be present, be in evidence.

* estar presionado = be under the gun.

* estar propuesto a = be intent on.

* estar próximo = be at hand.

* estar quedándose sin = run + low (on).

* estar que + subirse + por las paredes = tear + Posesivo + hair out.

* estar realizándose = underway [under way], be in progress, be in hand.

* estar rebosante de = spill over with.

* estar rebosante de salud = fit as a fiddle.

* estar relacionado con = be associated with, regard.

* estar relacionado con el trabajo = be work related.

* estar resentido = carry + a chip on + Posesivo + shoulder.

* estar resfriado = have + a cold.

* estar respaldado por Alguien = have + Nombre + behind + Pronombre.

* estar restringido = be constrained.

* estar resuelto a = be intent on, be all set to.

* estar saliendo con alguien = be in a dating relationship.

* estar salpicado de = be dotted with.

* estar sano y salvo = be alive and well.

* estar satisfecho (de) = be satisfied (with).

* estar saturado de trabajo = work to + capacity.

* estar sediento = be thirsty, spit + feathers, be parched, be parched with thirst.

* estar seguro = be sure, make + sure, set + your watch by.

* estar seguro de = be certain (of), be confident about, feel + confident.

* estar seguro de que = be confident that.

* estar sentado sin hacer o decir nada = sit by.

* estar separado = set + apart.

* estar separado de = be remote from.

* estar sesgado = bias, slant.

* estar siempre + Adjetivo = be ever + Adjetivo.

* estar siempre buscando = be on the lookout for.

* estar siempre dispuesto a ayudar = be always willing to assist.

* estar siendo + Participio = be in process of + Nombre.

* estar sin blanca = not have a bean.

* estar sin hacer nada = sit + idle, stand + idle.

* estar sin trabajo = stay out of + work.

* estar sin una pela = not have a bean.

* estar sin un centavo = not have a bean.

* estar sin un céntimo = not have a bean

* * *

estar¹ [ A27 ]

GUIA DE BUSQUEDA

■ estar (cópula)

A seguido de adjetivos

B estar bien, mal, mejor, peor

C hablando de estado civil

D seguido de participios

E con preposición + predicado

F con que + predicado

■ estar (verbo intransitivo)

Sentido I

A quedar ubicado

B

1 hallarse en cierto momento

2 figurar

C

1 hallarse en determinado lugar

2 acudir

D

1 quedarse, permanecer

2 vivir

Sentido II en el tiempo

Sentido III

A existir, haber

B tener como función etc

C radicar

D estar listo, terminado

E quedar entendido

F quedar grande, pequeño etc

G Derecho

■ estar (verbo auxiliar)

A con gerundio

B con participio

■ estarse (verbo pronominal)

A permanecer

B acudir

cópula

A (seguido de adjetivos) [ Estar denotes a changed condition or state as opposed to identity or nature, which is normally expressed by ser¹ (↑ ser (1)) . Estar is also used when the emphasis is on the speaker's perception of things, of their appearance, taste, etc. The examples given below should be contrasted with those to be found in ser¹ (↑ ser (1)) ] to be

¡qué gordo está! isn't he fat!, hasn't he got(ten) fat! o put on a lot of weight!

¡qué alto está Ignacio! isn't Ignacio tall now!, hasn't Ignacio got(ten) tall o grown!

¡pobre abuelo! está viejo poor grandpa! he's really aged

el rape está delicioso ¿qué le has puesto? the monkfish is delicious, how did you cook it?

está muy simpático con nosotros ¿qué querrá? he's being o he's been so nice to us (recently), what do you think he's after?

no estuvo grosero contigo — sí, lo estuvo he wasn't rude to you — yes, he was

estás muy callado ¿qué te pasa? you're very quiet, what's the matter?

¡pero tú estás casi calvo! but you're almost bald, but you've gone almost bald o you've lost almost all your hair!

¿no me oyes? ¿estás sorda? can't you hear me? are you deaf?

¿está muerto/vivo? is he dead/alive?

está cansada/furiosa/embarazada she is tired/furious/pregnant

B ( con bien, mal, mejor, peor) [ Grammar notes (Spanish) ]

¿cómo están por tu casa? — están todos bien, gracias how's everybody at home? — they're all fine, thanks

¡qué bien estás en esta foto! you look great in this photo!

está mal que no se lo perdones it's wrong of you not to forgive him

ver tb bien, mal, mejor, peor

C (hablando de estado civil) to be

está casada con un primo mío she's married to a cousin of mine

sus padres están divorciados her parents are divorced

D

(seguido de participios): estaba sentado/echado en la cama he was sitting/lying on the bed

está colgado de una rama it's hanging from a branch

estaban abrazados they had their arms around each other

estaba arrodillada she was kneeling (down)

ver tb estar¹ v aux B.

E (con predicado introducido por preposición) to be (para más ejemplos ver tb la preposición o el nombre correspondiente)

estoy a régimen I'm on a diet

¿a cómo está la uva? how much are the grapes?

estamos como al principio we're back to where we started

está con el sarampión she has (the) measles

estoy con muchas ganas de empezar I'm really looking forward to starting

siempre está con lo mismo/con que es un incomprendido he's always going on about the same thing/about how nobody understands him

estaba de luto/de uniforme he was in mourning/uniform

hoy está de mejor humor she's in a better mood today

están de limpieza/viaje they're spring-cleaning/on a trip

estoy de cocinera hasta que vuelva mi madre I'm doing the cooking until my mother comes back

estuvo de secretaria en una empresa internacional she worked as a secretary in an international company

estás en un error you're mistaken

no estoy para fiestas/bromas I'm not in the mood for parties/joking

estamos sin electricidad we don't have any electricity at the moment, the electricity is off at the moment

éste está sin pintar this one hasn't been painted yet

estar con algn (estar de acuerdo) to agree with sb; (apoyar) to support sb, be on sb's side

yo estoy contigo, creo que ella está equivocada I agree with you o ( colloq) I'm with you, I think she's mistaken

nuestro partido está con el pueblo our party supports o is on the side of the people

el pueblo está con nosotros the people are with us

estar en algo: todavía no hemos solucionado el problema, pero estamos en ello or eso we still haven't solved the problem, but we're working on it

estar por algn ( Esp fam); to be sweet o keen on sb ( colloq)

F (con predicado introducido por que):

está que no hay quien lo aguante he's (being) unbearable

el agua está que pela the water's scalding hot

vi

Sentido I (quedar ubicado)

A «edificio/pueblo» (quedar, estar ubicado) ; to be

la agencia está en el centro the agency is in the center

¿dónde está Camagüey? where's Camagüey?

el pueblo está a 20 kilómetros de aquí the town's 20 kilometers from here

B

1 «persona/objeto» (hallarse en cierto momento) to be

¿a qué hora tienes que estar allí? what time do you have to be there?

estando allí conoció a Micaela he met Micaela while he was there

¿dónde estábamos la clase pasada? where did we get to o had we got(ten) to in the last class?

2 (figurar) to be

esa palabra no está en el diccionario that word isn't in the dictionary

yo no estaba en la lista I wasn't on the list, my name didn't appear on the list

C

1

(hallarse en determinado lugar): fui a verla pero no estaba I went to see her but she wasn't there

¿está Rodrigo? is Rodrigo in?

¿estamos todos? are we all here?, is everyone here?

2

(Col, RPl) (acudir): el médico había estado a verla the doctor had been to see her

D

1

(quedarse, permanecer): sólo estaré unos días I'll only be staying a few days, I'll only be here/there a few days

¿cuánto tiempo estuviste en Londres? how long were you in London?

2

(vivir): ya no vivimos allí, ahora estamos en Soca we don't live there anymore, we're in o we live in Soca now

de momento estoy con mi hermana at the moment I'm staying with my sister

Sentido II [ Vocabulary notes (Spanish) ]

(en el tiempo): ¿a qué (día) estamos? what day is it today?

¿a cuánto estamos hoy? what's the date today o today's date?, what date is it today?

estamos a 28 de mayo it's May 28th ( AmE) o ( BrE) the 28th of May

estamos a mediados de mes we're halfway through the month

estamos en primavera it's spring, spring has come

¿en qué mes estamos? what month are we in o is it?

ellos están en primavera ahora it's spring for them now, it's their spring now

Sentido III

A

(existir, haber): y después está el problema de la financiación and then there's the problem of finance

dejar

B (tener como función, cometido) estar PARA algo:

para eso estamos that's what we're here for

para eso están los amigos that's what friends are for

ya que estamos/estás while we're/you're at it o ( BrE) about it

C

(radicar): ahí está el quid del asunto that's the crux of the matter

estar EN algo:

la dificultad está en hacerlo sin mirar the difficult thing is to do it o the difficulty lies in doing it without looking

todo está en que él quiera ayudarnos it all depends on whether he wants to help us or not

D

(estar listo, terminado): la carne todavía no está the meat's not ready yet

lo atas con un nudo aquí y ya está you tie a knot in it here and that's it o there you are

enseguida estoy I'll be with you in a minute o in a second, I'll be right with you

¡ya está! ¡ya sé lo que podemos hacer! I've got it! I know what we can do!

¡ahí está! that's it!

E

(quedar entendido): quiero que estés de vuelta a las diez ¿estamos? or (Ur) ¿está? I want you to be back by ten, all right?

que no vuelva a suceder ¿estamos? don't let it happen again, understand? o is that understood? o ( colloq) got it?

F

( Esp) (quedar) (+ me/te/le etc), (+ compl): esa falda te está grande/pequeña that skirt's too big/too small for you

la 46 te está mejor the 46 fits you better

G ( frml) ( Derecho) estar A algo:

se estará a lo estipulado en la cláusula 20 the stipulations of clause 20 will apply

■

v aux

A

(con gerundio): está lloviendo it's raining

no hagas ruido, están durmiendo don't make any noise, they're asleep

se está afeitando/duchando or está afeitándose/duchándose he's shaving/taking a shower

estuve un rato hablando con él I was talking o I talked to him for a while

¿qué estará pensando? I wonder what she's thinking

ya estoy viendo que va a ser imposible I'm beginning to see that it's going to be impossible

ya te estás quitando de ahí, que ése es mi lugar ( fam); OK, out of there/off there, that's my place ( colloq)

B

(con participio): ¿esta ropa está planchada? have these clothes been ironed?, are these clothes ironed?

la foto estaba tomada desde muy lejos the photo had been taken from a long way away o from a great distance

ese asiento está ocupado that seat is taken

ya está hecho un hombrecito he's a proper young man now

está hecha una vaga she's got(ten) o become lazy

ver tb cópula B

■ estarse

v pron

A ( enf) (permanecer) to stay

se estuvo horas ahí sentado sin moverse he remained sitting there for hours without moving, he sat there for hours without moving

¿no te puedes estar quieto un momento? can't you stay o keep still for a minute?

estése tranquilo don't worry

B ( enf) ( RPl) (acudir) to be

estáte allí media hora antes be there o arrive half an hour before

estar²

masculine

( esp AmL)

living room

* * *

estar 1 ( conjugate estar) cópula
1
a) ( seguido de adjetivos)

◊ Estar denotes a changed condition or state as opposed to identity or nature, which is normally expressed by ser. Estar is also used when the emphasis is on the speaker's perception of things, of their appearance, taste, etc. The examples given below should be contrasted with those to be found in ser 1 cópula 1 to be;

estás más gordo you've put on weight;
estoy cansada I'm tired;
está muy simpático conmigo he's being o he's been so nice to me (recently);
¡todo está tan caro! things are o have become so expensive!
b) ( con

◊ bien, mal, mejor, peor): están todos bien, gracias they're all fine, thanks;

¡qué bien estás en esta foto! you look great in this photo!;
está mal que no se lo perdones it's wrong of you not to forgive him;
ver tb bien, mal, mejor, peor
2 ( hablando de estado civil) to be;
◊ está casada con un primo mío she's married to a cousin of mine

3 ( seguido de participios)
◊ estar sentado to be sitting;

estaban abrazados they had their arms around each other;
ver tb v aux 2
4 ( seguido de preposición) to be;
(para más ejemplos ver tb la preposición o el nombre correspondiente);
◊ estoy a régimen I'm on a diet;

¿a cómo está la uva? how much are the grapes?;
está con el sarampión she has (the) measles;
estoy de cocinera I'm doing the cooking;
estamos sin electricidad the electricity is off at the moment;
está sin pintar it hasn't been painted yet
verbo intransitivo
1 ( en un lugar) to be;
◊ ¿dónde está Chiapas? where's Chiapas?;

está a 20 kilómetros de aquí it's 20 kilometers from here;
¿sabes dónde está Pedro? do you know where Pedro is?;
¿está Rodrigo? is Rodrigo in?;
solo estaré unos días I'll only be staying a few days;
¿cuánto tiempo estarás en Londres? how long are you going to be in London (for)?
2 ( en el tiempo):
◊ ¿a qué (día) estamos? what day is it today?;

¿a cuánto estamos hoy? what's the date today?;
estamos a 28 de mayo it's May 28th (AmE) o (BrE) the 28th of May;
estamos en primavera it's spring
3
a) (tener como función, cometido):

◊ para eso están los amigos that's what friends are for;

estamos para ayudarlos we're here to help them
b) ( radicar) to lie;

◊ en eso está el problema that's where the problem lies

4 (estar listo, terminado):
◊ la carne todavía no está the meat's not ready yet;

lo atas con un nudo y ya está you tie a knot in it and that's it o there you are;
enseguida estoy I'll be right with you
5 (Esp) ( quedar) (+ me/te/le etc) (+ compl):
◊ te está pequeña it's too small for you;

la 46 te está mejor the 46 fits you better
estar v aux
1 ( con gerundio):
◊ está lloviendo it's raining;

estoy viendo que va a ser imposible I'm beginning to see that it's going to be impossible
2 ( con participio):
◊ ese asiento está ocupado that seat is taken;

ya está hecho un hombrecito he's a proper young man now;
ver tb estar cópula 3
estarse verbo pronominal ( enf) ( permanecer) to stay;
◊ ¿no te puedes estar quieto? can't you stay o keep still?;

estese tranquilo don't worry
estar 2 sustantivo masculino (esp AmL) living room
estar verbo intransitivo
1 (existir, hallarse) to be: está al norte, it is to the north
¿estarás en casa?, will you be at home?
no está en ningún lado, it isn't anywhere
estamos aquí para servirle, we are at your service
su pedido aún no está, your order isn't ready yet
2 (permanecer) to stay: estos días estoy en casa de mis padres, these days I'm staying at my parents' place
estoy en la oficina de ocho a dos, I'm at the office from eight to two
quiero que estés aquí un minuto, ahora vuelvo, stay here, I'll be right back
3 (tener una situación actual determinada: con adjetivo o participio) estaba blanco como la cera, he had turned as white as a sheet
está dormido, he's asleep
está teñida de rubio, her hair's dyed blonde
(con gerundio) está estudiando, he is studying
estaba preparando la comida, I was cooking
(con adverbio) estoy tan lejos, I'm so far away
está muy mal, (enfermo) he is very ill
4 (quedar, sentar) el jersey me está pequeño, the sweater is too small for me
5 (para indicar precio, grados, fecha) (+ a: fecha) to be: ¿a qué día estamos?, what's the date?
estamos a 1 de Julio, it is the first of July
(: precio) to be at: ¿a cómo/cuánto están las manzanas?, how much are the apples?
están a setenta pesetas el kilo, they're seventy pesetas a kilo
(: grados) en Madrid estamos a cuarenta grados, it's forty degrees in Madrid
♦ Locuciones: ¿estamos?, agreed?
estar a disposición de, to be at the disposal of
estar a la que salta, to be ready to take advantage of an opportunity
estar a las duras y a las maduras, to take the bad with the good
estar al caer, to be just round the corner
estar en baja, to be waning
estar en todo, to be on top of everything
estaría bueno, whatever next
ESTAR CON: (de acuerdo con) estoy con María, I agree with Mary
ESTAR DE: estoy de broma, I'm joking
está de camarero, he's working as a waiter
estaba de Dios que las cosas sucedieran así, it was God's will that things turned out this way, está de vacaciones, he's on holiday
me voy a marchar porque está claro que aquí estoy de más, I'm going to go because it's obvious that I'm in the way
ESTAR ENCIMA: su madre siempre está encima de él, his mother is always on top of him
ESTAR PARA: no estamos para bromas, we are in no mood for jokes
esa ropa está para planchar, these clothes are ready to be ironed
cuando estaba para salir, me llamaron, when I was just about to leave, they called me
ESTAR POR: la casa está por construir, the house has still to be built
estuve por decirle lo que pensaba, I was tempted to tell him what I thought
estoy por la igualdad de derechos, I'm for equal rights
ESTAR QUE: está que no puede con su alma, he is exhausted
familiar está que trina, he's hopping mad
ESTAR TRAS: está tras el ascenso, he is after promotion
estoy tras una blusa blanca, I'm looking for a white blouse
El uso del verbo to stay como traducción de estar en un lugar es incorrecto, a menos que quieras expresar lo contrario de irse o marcharse (no me voy a la playa, estaré en casa todo el verano, I'm not going to the beach, I'm staying at home all summer) o te refieras a alojarse: Estoy en el Palace. I'm staying at the Palace.

' estar' also found in these entries:
Spanish:
abismo
- acatarrada
- acatarrado
- acecho
- acomplejada
- acomplejado
- acostada
- acostado
- acostumbrada
- acostumbrado
- activa
- activo
- afónica
- afónico
- agradecer
- agua
- aire
- ajo
- ala
- alero
- alerta
- amiga
- amigo
- andar
- antena
- apañada
- apañado
- apogeo
- ascua
- atar
- aviar
- azotea
- Babia
- baja
- bandera
- banquillo
- barco
- blanca
- bordear
- borracha
- borracho
- bote
- braga
- brecha
- brete
- buena
- bueno
- cabal
- cabeza
- cabo
English:
about
- accustom
- action
- agree
- agreement
- ahead
- air
- alert
- alive
- alone
- aloof
- amenable
- amiss
- antsy
- anxious
- approve
- associate
- attend
- away
- back
- ball
- barbecue
- be
- bean
- beck
- beg
- behind
- believe in
- beside
- best
- board
- boil
- book
- boom
- bored
- brain
- breath
- bristle with
- broke
- brown
- bulge
- burn
- by
- cake
- call
- change
- charge
- cheese off
- clash
- close

* * *

estar¹

♦ vi

1. [hallarse] to be;

¿dónde está la llave? where is the key?;

¿está María? – no, no está is Maria there? – no, she's not here

2. [con fechas]
¿a qué estamos hoy? what's the date today?;

hoy estamos a martes/a 15 de julio today is Tuesday/15 July;

estábamos en octubre it was October;

estamos en invierno it's winter

3. [quedarse] to stay, to be;

estaré un par de horas y me iré I'll stay a couple of hours and then I'll go;

¿cuánto tiempo piensas estar? how long do you plan on staying?;

estuvimos una semana en su casa we stayed with her for a week, we spent a week at her place

4. (antes de “a”) [expresa valores, grados]
estamos a 20 grados it's 20 degrees here;

el dólar está a 10 pesos the dollar is at 10 pesos;

están a dos euros el kilo they're two euros a kilo

5. [hallarse listo] to be ready;

¿aún no está ese trabajo? is that piece of work still not ready?;

¿ya estás? pues, vámonos are you ready? let's go then

6. [servir]
estar para to be (there) for;

para eso están los amigos that's what friends are for;

para eso estoy that's what I'm here for;

la vida está para vivirla life is for living;

no tires eso al suelo, que las papeleras están para algo don't throw that on the floor, the wastepaper bins are there for a reason

7. (antes de gerundio) [expresa duración] to be;

están golpeando la puerta they're banging on the door

8. (antes de “sin” + infinitivo) [expresa negación]
estoy sin dormir desde ayer I haven't slept since yesterday;

está sin acabar it's not finished;

estuve sin voz dos días I had no voice o I lost my voice for two days

9. [faltar]
eso está aún por escribir that has yet to be written;

eso está por ver that remains to be seen;

todavía está por hacer it hasn't been done yet

10. [consistir]
estar en to be, to lie in;

el problema está en la fecha the problem is the date;

el truco está en no mirar nunca al suelo the trick o secret is not to look at the ground

11. [hallarse a punto de]
estar al llegar o [m5] caer [persona] to be about to arrive;
[acontecimiento] to be about to happen;
estar por hacer algo to be on the verge of doing sth;

estuve por pegarle I was on the verge of hitting him;

estoy por no ir I'm not so sure I want to go;

estuve por llamarte I was about to phone you, I was just going to phone you

12. [expresa disposición]
estar para algo to be in the mood for sth;

no estoy para bromas I'm not in the mood for jokes;

el enfermo no está para ver a nadie the patient is in no condition to see anyone

13. [ser favorable]
estar por to be in favour of;

estoy por la libertad de expresión I'm in favour of o for freedom of speech

14. [hallarse embarazada]
está de cinco meses she's five months pregnant

15. RP [ir]
estuve a verlo en el hospital I went to see him in hospital;

estuvieron a visitarlo they went to visit him

♦ v copulativo

1. (antes de adj) [expresa cualidad, estado] to be;

los pasteles están ricos the cakes are delicious;

esta calle está sucia this street is dirty;

¡qué alta estás! you've really grown!;

estoy cansado/enfadado I'm tired/angry;

¿qué tal estás? how are you?;

está muy irritable últimamente she's been very irritable lately;

está divorciado he's divorced;

estoy enfermo/mareado I am ill/I feel sick;
Andes
cuando estaba chiquito when I was little

2. (antes de “con” o “sin” + sustantivo) [expresa estado] to be;

estamos sin agua we have no water, we're without water;
Fam
estoy sin blanca I'm broke, Br I'm skint

3. [expresa situación, acción]
estar de vacaciones to be on holiday;

estar de viaje to be on a trip;

estar de mudanza to be (in the process of) moving;

estamos de suerte we're in luck;

estar de mal humor to be in a (bad) mood;

¿has cambiado la rueda? – estoy en ello have you changed the tyre? – I'm working on it o I'm doing it right now;

¡ya está bien! that's enough (of that)!

4. [expresa permanencia]
estar en uso to be in use;

estar en guardia to be on guard

5. [expresa apoyo, predilección]
estoy contigo I'm on your side

6. [expresa ocupación]
estar como o [m5]de to be;

está como o [m5] de cajera she's a checkout girl;

yo he estado de portero toda la primera parte I've been in goal all of the first half

7. Esp [ropa]
este traje te está bien this suit looks good on you;

esa falda te está corta that skirt's too short for you;

¿cómo me está? how does this look?

8. (antes de “que” + verbo) [expresa actitud]
está que muerde porque ha suspendido he's furious because he failed

♦ v aux

1. (antes de gerundio) to be;

estuvo nevando it was snowing;

se está peinando she's brushing her hair;

estuvieron discutiendo durante toda la reunión they spent the whole meeting arguing, they were arguing throughout the whole meeting;

mañana a estas horas estaré bañándome en la playa this time tomorrow I'll be swimming at the beach

2. (antes de participio)
está terminado it's finished;

está organizado por el ayuntamiento it's organized by the town council

♦ See also the pronominal verb estarse

* * *

estar

v/i

1 situación temporal be;

¿cómo está Vd.? how are you?;

estoy mejor I’m (feeling) better;

estoy bien/mal I’m fine/I’m not feeling too great;

estar de tres meses be three months pregnant;

estar sin dinero have no money;

¡ya estoy! I’m ready!

2 situación espacial

:

¿está Javier? is Javier in?;

mi padre no está my father isn’t here;

¡ahí está! there it is!;

ahora estoy con Vd. I’ll be with you in just a moment;

¿dónde estábamos? where were we?

3

:

estar haciendo algo be doing sth;

estoy leyendo I’m reading

4 ( sentar)

:

te está grande it's too big for you;

el vestido te está bien the dress suits you

5

:

estar de ocupación work as, be;

está de camarero he’s working as a waiter

6 ( padecer de)

:

estar del corazón/estómago have heart/stomach problems

7 indicando fechas, precios

:

estamos a 3 de enero it’s January 3rd;

el kilo está a un peso they’re one peso a kilo

8

:

estar con alguien agree with s.o.; ( apoyar) support s.o.;

estar a bien/mal con alguien be on good/bad terms with s.o.;

estar en algo be working on sth;

estar para hacer algo be about to do sth;

no estar para algo not be in a mood for sth;

estar por algo be in favor of sth;

está por hacer it hasn’t been done yet;

¡ya está! that’s it!

* * *

estar {34} v aux

: to be

estoy aprendiendo inglés: I'm learning English

está terminado: it's finished

estar vi

1) (indicating a state or condition) : to be

está muy alto: he's so tall, he's gotten very tall

¿ya estás mejor?: are you feeling better now?

estoy casado: I'm married

2) (indicating location) : to be

están en la mesa: they're on the table

estamos en la página 2: we're on page 2

3) : to be at home

¿está María?: is Maria in?

4) : to remain

estaré aquí 5 días: I'll be here for 5 days

5) : to be ready, to be done

estará para las diez: it will be ready by ten o'clock

6) : to agree

¿estamos?: are we in agreement?

estoy contigo: I'm with you

7)

¿cómo estás? : how are you?

8)

¡está bien! : all right!, that's fine!

9)

estar a : to cost

10)

estar a : to be

¿a qué dia estamos?: what's today's date?

11)

estar con : to have

está con fiebre: she has a fever

12)

estar de : to be

estoy de vacaciones: I'm on vacation

está de director hoy: he's acting as director today

13)

estar bien (mal) : to be well (sick)

14)

estar para : to be in the mood for

15)

estar por : to be in favor of

16)

estar por : to be about to

está por cerrar: it's on the verge of closing

17)

estar de más : to be unnecessary

18)

estar que : to be (in a state or condition)

está que echa chispas: he's hopping mad

♦ See also the reflexive verb estarse

* * *

estar vb

1. (en general) to be

estoy bien I'm fine

¿estás cansada? are you tired?

está en Londres he's in London

la falda te está grande the skirt's too big for you

2. (uso auxiliar) to be

está comiendo he's eating

está durmiendo she's asleep

3. (en casa, en el trabajo) to be in / to be there / to be here

¿está Pepe? is Pepe in? / is Pepe there?

¿está tu madre en casa? is your mother in?

no está en este momento he's not here right now

4. (listo, preparado) to be ready

en seguida está it'll be ready in a moment

5. (aspecto) to look

¡qué guapo estás! you look very smart!

estar a... to be...

estamos a viernes it's Friday

estamos a 10 grados the temperature's 10 degrees

¿a cuánto están los tomates? how much are the tomatoes?

estar de... to be...

estamos de vacaciones we're on holiday

está de exámenes she's doing exams

estar de más (no ser necesario) to be unnecessary (estorbar) to be in the way

estar por ver to remain to be seen

no estar para algo (apetecer) not to be in the mood for something (estar a punto) to be about to

Spanish-English dictionary > estar
10 AT

I) prep.

A. with dative.

I. Of motion;

1) towards, against;

Otkell laut at Skamkatli, bowed down to S.;

hann sneri egginni at Ásgrími, turned the edge against A.;

2) close atup to;

Brynjólfr gengr alit at honum, quite up to him;

þeir kómust aldri at honum, they could never get near him, to close quarters with him;

3) to, at;

koma at landi, to come to land;

ganga at dómi, to go into court;

4) along (= eptir);

ganga at stræti, to walk along the street;

dreki er niðr fór at ánni (went down the river) fyrir strauminum;

refr dró hörpu at ísi, on the ice;

5) denoting hostility;

renna (sœkja) at e-m, to rush at, assault;

gerði þá at þeim þoku mikla, they were overtaken by a thick fog;

6) around;

vefja motri at höfði sér, to wrap a veil round one’s head;

bera grjót at e-m, to heap stones upon the body;

7) denoting business, engagement;

ríða at hrossum, at sauðum, to go looking after horses, watching sheep;

fara at landskuldum, to go collecting rents.

II. Of position, &c.;

1) denoting presence at, near, by, upon;

at kirkju, at church;

at dómi, in court;

at lögbergi, at the hill of laws;

2) denoting participation in;

vera at veizlu, brullaupi, to be at a banquet, wedding;

vera at vígi, to be an accessory in man-slaying;

3) ellipt., vera at, to be about, to be busy at;

kvalararnir, er at vóru at pína hann, who were tormenting him;

var þar at kona nökkur at binda (was there busy dressing) sár manna;

4) with proper names of places (farms);

konungr at Danmörku ok Noregi, king of;

biskup at Hólum, bishop of Holar;

at Helgafelli, at Bergþórshváli;

5) used ellipt. with a genitive, at (a person’s) house;

at hans (at his house) gisti fjölmenni mikit;

at Marðar, at Mara’s home;

at hins beilaga Ólafs konungs, at St. Olave’s church;

at Ránar, at Ran’s (abode).

III. Of time;

1) at, in;

at upphafi, at first, in the beginning;

at skilnaði, at parting, when they parted;

at páskum, at Easter;

at kveldi, at eventide;

at þinglausnum, at the close of the Assembly;

at fjöru, at the ebb;

at flœðum, at the floodtide;

2) adding ‘komanda’ or ‘er kemr’;

at ári komanda, next year;

at vári, er kemr, next spring;

generally with ‘komanda’ understood;

at sumri, hausti, vetri, vári, next summer, &c.;

3) used with an absolute dative and present or past part.;

at sér lifanda, duing his lifetime;

at öllum ásjándum, in the sight of all;

at áheyranda höfðingjanum, in the hearing of the chief;

at upprennandi sólu, at sunrise;

at liðnum sex vikum, after six weeks are past;

at honum önduðum, after his death;

4) denoting uninterrupted succession, after;

hverr at öðrum, annarr at öðrum, one after another;

skildu menn at þessu, thereupon, after this;

at því (thereafter) kómu aðrar meyjar.

IV. fig. and in various uses;

1) to, into, with the notion of destruction or change;

brenna (borgina) at ösku, to burn to ashes;

verða at ormi, to become a snake;

2) for, as;

gefa e-t at gjöf, as a present;

eiga e-n at vin, to have one as friend;

3) by;

taka sverð at hjöltum, by the hilt;

draga út björninn at hlustunum, by the ears;

kjósa at afli, álitum, by strength, appearrance;

4) as regards as to;

auðigr at fé, wealthy in goods;

vænn (fagr) at áliti, fair of face;

5) as a law term, on the grounds of, by reason of;

ryðja ( to challenge) dóm at mægðum, kvið at frændsemi;

6) as a paraphrase of a genitive;

faðir, móðir at barni (= barns, of a child);

aðili at sök = aðili sakar;

7) with adjectives denoting colour, size, age, of;

hvítr, svartr, rauðr at lit, while, black, red of colour;

mikill, lítill at stœrð, vexti, tall, small of stature;

tvítugr at aldri, twenty years of age;

kýr at fyrsta, öðrum kálfi, a cow that has calved once, twice;

8) determining the source from which anything comes, of, from;

Ari nam ok marga frœði at Þuríði (from her);

þiggja, kaupa, geta, leigja e-t at e-m, to receive, buy, obtain, borrow a thing from one;

hafa veg (virðing) styrk at e-m, to derive honour, power, from one;

9) according, to, after (heygðr at fornum sið);

at ráði allra vitrustu manna, by the advice of;

at landslögum, by the law of the land;

at vánum, as was to be expected;

at leyfi e-s, by one’s leave;

10) in adverbial phrases;

gróa (vera grœddr) at heilu, to be quite healed;

bíta af allt gras at snøggu, quite bare;

at fullu, fully;

at vísu, surely;

at frjálsu, freely;

at eilífu, for ever and ever;

at röngu, at réttu, wrongly, rightly;

at líku, at sömu, equally, all the same;

at mun, at ráði, at marki, to a great extent.

B. with acc., after, upon (= eptir);

sonr á at taka arf at föður sinn, to take the inheritance after his father;

eiga féránsdóm at e-n, to hold a court of execution upon a person;

at þat (= eptir þat), after that, thereafter;

connected with a past part. or a., at Gamla fallinn, after the fall of Gamli;

at Hrungni dauðan, upon the death of Hrungnir.

II)

1) as the simple mark of the infinitive, to;

at ganga, at ríða, at hlaupa, to walk, to ride, to run;

2) in an objective sense;

hann bauð þeim at fara, sitja, he bade (ordered) them to go, sit;

gefa e-m at eta, at drekka, to give one to eat, to drink;

3) denoting design or purpose, in order to (hann gekk í borg at kaupa silfr).

III)

1) demonstrative particle before a comparative, the, all the, so much the;

hón grét at meir, she wept the more;

þykkir oss at líkara, all the more likely;

þú ert maðr at verri (so much the worse), er þú hefir þetta mælt;

2) rel. pron., who, which, that (= er);

þeir allir, at þau tíðindi heyrðu, all those who heard;

sem þeim er títt, at ( as is the custom of those who) kaupferðir reka.

IV)

conj., that;

1) introducing a subjective or objective clause;

þat var einhverju sinni, at Höskuldr hafði vinaboð, it happened once that H.;

vilda ek, at þú réðist austr í fjörðu, I should like you to go;

2) relative to svá, denoting proportion, degree;

svá mikill lagamaðr, at, so great a lawyer, that;

3) with subj., denoting end or purpose, in order that (skáru þeir fyrir þá (viz. hestana) melinn, at þeir dœi eigi af sulti);

4) since, because, as (= því at);

5) connected with þó, því, svá;

þó at (with subj.), though, although;

því at, because, for;

svá at, so that;

6) temp., þá at (= þá er), when;

þegar at (= þegar er), as soon as;

þar til at (= þar til er), until, till;

áðr at (= á. en), before;

7) used superfluously after an int. pron. or adv.;

Ólafr spurði, hvern styrk at hann mundi fá honum, what help he was likely to give him;

in a relative sense; með fullkomnum ávexti, hverr at (which) þekkr ok þægiligr mun verða.

V)

negative verbal suffix, = ata; var-at, was not.

VI)

n. an incited conflict or fight ( see etja);

odda at, Yggs at, battle.

* * *

1.

and að, prep., often used ellipt. dropping the case and even merely as an adverb, [Lat. ad; Ulf. at = πρός and παρά, A. S. ät; Engl. at; Hel. ad = apud; O. H. G. az; lost in mod. Germ., and rare in Swed. and Dan.; in more freq. use in Engl. than any other kindred language, Icel. only excepted]:—the mod. pronunciation and spelling is að (aþ); this form is very old, and is found in Icel. vellum MSS. of the 12th century, e. g. aþ, 623. 60; yet in earlier times it was sounded with a tenuis, as we may infer from rhymes, e. g. jöfurr hyggi at | hve ek yrkja fat, Egill: Sighvat also makes it rhyme with a t. The verse by Thorodd—þar vastu at er fjáðr klæðið þvat (Skálda 162)—is hardly intelligible unless we accept the spelling with an aspirate (að), and say that þvað is = þvá = þváði, lavabat; it may be that by the time of Thorodd and Ari the pure old pronunciation was lost, or is ‘þvat’ simply the A. S. þvât, secuit? The Icelanders still, however, keep the tenuis in compounds before a vowel, or before h, v, or the liquids l, r, thus—atyrða, atorka, athöfn, athugi, athvarf, athlægi; atvinna, atvik; atlaga, atlíðanði ( slope), atriði, atreið, atróðr: but aðdjúpr, aðfinsla (critic), aðferð, aðkoma, aðsókn, aðsúgr (crowding), aðgæzla. In some words the pronunciation is irregular, e. g. atkvæði not aðkv-; atburðr, but aðbúnaðr; aðhjúkran not athjúkran; atgörvi not aðgörfi. At, to, towards; into; against; along, by; in regard to; after.

Mostly with dat.; rarely with acc.; and sometimes ellipt.—by dropping the words ‘home,’ ‘house,’ or the like—with gen.

WITH DAT.

A. LOC.

I. WITH MOTION; gener. the motion to the borders, limits of an object, and thus opp. to frá:

1. towards, against, with or without the notion of arrival, esp. connected with verbs denoting motion (verba movendi et eundi), e. g. fara, ganga, koma, lúta, snúa, rétta at…; Otkell laut at Skamkatli, O. louted (i. e. bowed down) towards S., Nj. 77, Fms. xi. 102; sendimaðrinn sneri ( turned) hjöltum sverðsins at konungi, towards the king, i. 15; hann sneri egginni at Ásgrími, turned the edge towards A., Nj. 220; rétta e-t at e-m, to reach, hand over, Ld. 132; ganga at, to step towards, Ísl. ii. 259.

2. denoting proximity, close up to, up to; Brynjólfr gengr … allt at honum, B. goes quite up to him, Nj. 58; Gunnarr kom þangat at þeim örunum, G. reached them even there with his arrows, 115; þeir kómust aldri at honum, they could never get near him, to close quarters, id.; reið maðr at þeim (up to them), 274; þeir höfðu rakit sporin allt at ( right up to) gammanum, Fms. i. 9; komu þeir at sjó fram, came down to the sea, Bárð. 180.

3. without reference to the space traversed, to or at; koma at landi, to land, Ld. 38, Fms. viii. 358; ríða at dyrum, Boll. 344; hlaupa at e-m, to run up to, run at, Fms. vii. 218, viii. 358; af sjáfarganginum er hann gekk at landinu, of the surf dashing against the shore, xi. 6; vísa ólmum hundi at manni, to set a fierce hound at a man, Grág. ii. 118; leggja e-n at velli, to lay low, Eg. 426, Nj. 117; hníga at jörðu, at grasi, at moldu, to bite the dust, to die, Njarð. 378; ganga at dómi, a law term, to go into court, of a plaintiff, defendant, or bystander, Nj. 87 (freq.)

4. denoting a motion along, into, upon; ganga at stræti, to walk along the street, Korm. 228, Fms. vii. 39; at ísi, on the ice, Skálda 198, Fms. vii. 19, 246, viii. 168, Eb. 112 new Ed. (á is perh. wrong); máttu menn ganga bar yfir at skipum einum, of ships alone used as a bridge, Fas. i. 378; at höfðum, at nám, to trample on the slain on the battle-field, Lex. Poët.; at ám, along the rivers; at merkiósum, at the river’s mouth, Grág. ii. 355; at endilöngu baki, all along its back, Sks. 100.

5. denoting hostility, to rush at, assault; renna at, hlaupa at, ganga, fara, ríða, sækja, at e-m, (v. those words), whence the nouns atrenna, athlaup, atgangr, atför, atreið, atsókn, etc.

β. metaph., kom at þeim svefnhöfgi, deep sleep fell on them, Nj. 104. Esp. of weather, in the impers. phrase, hríð, veðr, vind, storm görir at e-m, to be overtaken by a snow storm, gale, or the like; görði þá at þeim þoku mikla, they were overtaken by a thick fog, Bárð. 171.

6. denoting around, of clothing or the like; bregða skikkju at höfði sér, to wrap his cloak over his head, Ld. 62; vefja motri at höfði sér, to wrap a snood round her head, 188; sauma at, to stick, cling close, as though sewn on; sauma at höndum sér, of tight gloves, Bs. i. 453; kyrtill svá þröngr sem saumaðr væri at honum, as though it were stitched to him, Nj. 214; vafit at vándum dreglum, tight laced with sorry tags, id.; hosa strengd fast at beini, of tight hose, Eg. 602; hann sveipar at sér iðrunum ok skyrtunni, he gathers up the entrails close to him and the skirt too, Gísl. 71; laz at síðu, a lace on the side, to keep the clothes tight, Eg. 602.

β. of burying; bera grjót at einum, to heap stones upon the body, Eg. 719; var gör at þeim dys or grjóti, Ld. 152; gora kistu at líki, to make a coffin for a body, Eb. 264, Landn. 56, Ld. 142.

γ. of summoning troops or followers; stefna at sér mönnum, to summon men to him, Nj. 104; stefna at sér liði, Eg. 270; kippa mönnum at sér, to gather men in haste, Ld. 64.

7. denoting a business, engagement; ríða at hrossum, at sauðum, to go looking after after horses, watching sheep, Glúm. 362, Nj. 75; fara at fé, to go to seek for sheep, Ld. 240; fara at heyi, to go a-haymaking, Dropl. 10; at veiðum, a-hunting; at fuglum, a-fowling; at dýrum, a-sbooting; at fiski, a-fishing; at veiðiskap, Landn. 154, Orkn. 416 (in a verse), Nj. 25; fara at landskuldum, to go a-collecling rents, Eg. 516; at Finnkaupum, a-marketing with Finns, 41; at féföngum, a-plundering, Fms. vii. 78; ganga at beina, to wait on guests, Nj. 50; starfa at matseld, to serve at table, Eb. 266; hitta e-n at nauðsynjum, on matters of business; at máli, to speak with one, etc., Fms. xi. 101; rekast at e-m, to pursue one, ix. 404; ganga at liði sér, to go suing for help, Grág. ii. 384.

β. of festivals; snúa, fá at blóti, veizlu, brullaupi, to prepare for a sacrificial banquet, wedding, or the like, hence at-fangadagr, Eb. 6, Ld. 70; koma at hendi, to happen, befall; ganga at sínu, to come by one’s own, to take it, Ld. 208; Egill drakk hvert full er at honum kom, drained every horn that came to him, Eg. 210; komast at keyptu, to purchase dearly, Húv. 46.

8. denoting imaginary motion, esp. of places, cp. Lat. spectare, vergere ad…, to look or lie towards; horfði botninn at höfðanum, the bight of the bay looked toward the headland, Fms. i. 340, Landn. 35; also, skeiðgata liggr at læknum, leads to the brook, Ísl. ii. 339; á þann arminn er vissi at sjánum, on that wing which looked toward the sea, Fms. viii. 115; sár þau er horft höfðu at Knúti konungi, xi. 309.

β. even connected with verbs denoting motion; Gilsáreyrr gengr austan at Fljótinu, G. extends, projects to F. from the east, Hrafh. 25; hjá sundi því, er at gengr þingstöðinni, Fms. xi. 85.

II. WITHOUT MOTION; denoting presence at, near, by, at the side of, in, upon; connected with verbs like sitja, standa, vera…; at kirkju, at church, Fms. vii. 251, K. f). K. 16, Ld. 328, Ísl. ii. 270, Sks. 36; vera at skála, at húsi, to be in, at home, Landn. 154; at landi, Fms. i. 82; at skipi, on shipboard, Grág. i. 209, 215; at oldri, at a banquet, inter pocula; at áti, at dinner, at a feast, inter edendum, ii. 169, 170; at samförum ok samvistum, at public meetings, id.; at dómi, in a court; standa (to take one’s stand) norðan, sunnan, austan, vestan at dómi, freq. in the proceedings at trials in lawsuits, Nj.; at þingi, present at the parliament, Grág. i. 142; at lögbergi, o n the hill of laws, 17, Nj.; at baki e-m, at the back of.

2. denoting presence, partaking in; sitja at mat, to sit at meat, Fms. i. 241; vera at veizlu, brullaupi, to be at a banquet, nuptials, Nj. 51, Ld. 70: a law term, vera at vígi, to be an accessory in manslaying, Nj. 89, 100; vera at e-u simply means to be about, be busy in, Fms. iv. 237; standa at máli, to stand by one in a case, Grág. ii. 165, Nj. 214; vera at fóstri, to be fostered, Fms. i. 2; sitja at hégóma, to listen to nonsense, Ld. 322; vera at smíð, to be at one’s work, Þórð. 62: now absol., vera at, to go on with, be busy at.

3. the law term vinna eið at e-u has a double meaning:

α. vinna eið at bók, at baugi, to make an oath upon the book by laying the band upon it, Landn. 258, Grág., Nj.; cp. Vkv. 31, Gkv. 3. 3, Hkv. 2. 29, etc.: ‘við’ is now used in this sense.

β. to confirm a fact (or the like) by an oath, to swear to, Grág. i. 9, 327.

γ. the law phrase, nefna vátta at e-u, of summoning witnesses to a deed, fact, or the like; nefna vátta at benjum, to produce evidence, witnesses as to the wounds, Nj., Grág.; at görð, Eg. 738; at svörum, Grág. i. 19: this summoning of witnesses served in old lawsuits the same purpose as modern pleadings and depositions; every step in a suit to be lawful must be followed by such a summoning or declaration.

4. used ellipt., vera at, to be about, to be busy at; kvalararnir er at vóru at pína hann, who were tormenting him; þar varstu at, you were there present, Skálda 162; at várum þar, Gísl. (in a verse): as a law term ‘vera at’ means to be guilty, Glúm. 388; vartattu at þar, Eg. (in a verse); hence the ambiguity of Glum’s oath, vask at þar, I was there present: var þar at kona nokkur ( was there busy) at binda sár manna, Fms. v. 91; hann var at ok smíðaði skot, Rd. 313; voru Varbelgir at ( about) at taka af, þau lög …, Fms. ix. 512; ek var at ok vafk, I was about weaving, xi. 49; þeir höfðu verit at þrjú sumur, they had been busy at it for three summers, x. 186 (now very freq.); koma at, come in, to arrive unexpectedly; Gunnarr kom at í því, G. came in at that moment; hvaðan komtú nú at, whence did you come? Nj. 68, Fms. iii. 200.

5. denoting the kingdom or residence of a king or princely person; konungr at Danmörk ok Noregi, king of…, Fms. i. 119, xi. 281; konungr, jarl, at öllum Noregi, king, earl, over all N., íb. 3, 13, Landn. 25; konungr at Dyflinni, king of Dublin, 25; but í or yfir England!, Eg. 263: cp. the phrase, sitja at landi, to reside, of a king when at home, Hkr. i. 34; at Joini, Fms. xi. 74: used of a bishop; biskup at Hólum, bishop of Hólar, Íb. 18, 19; but biskup í Skálaholti, 19: at Rómi, at Rome, Fbr. 198.

6. in denoting a man’s abode (vide p. 5, col. 1, l. 27), the prep. ‘at’ is used where the local name implies the notion of by the side of, and is therefore esp. applied to words denoting a river, brook, rock, mountain, grove, or the like, and in some other instances, by, at, e. g. at Hofi (a temple), Landn. 198; at Borg ( a castle), 57; at Helgafelli (a mountain), Eb. constantly so; at Mosfelli, Landn. 190; at Hálsi (a hill), Fms. xi. 22; at Bjargi, Grett. 90; Hálsum, Landn. 143; at Á ( river), 296, 268; at Bægisá, 212; Giljá, 332; Myrká, 211; Vatnsá, id.; þverá, Glúm. 323; at Fossi (a ‘force’ or waterfall), Landn. 73; at Lækjamoti (waters-meeting), 332; at Hlíðarenda ( end of the lithe or hill), at Bergþórshváli, Nj.; at Lundi (a grove), at Melum (sandhill), Landn. 70: the prep. ‘á’ is now used in most of these cases, e. g. á Á, á Hofi, Helgafelli, Felli, Hálsi, etc.

β. particularly, and without any regard to etymology, used of the abode of kings or princes, to reside at; at Uppsölum, at Haugi, Alreksstöðum, at Hlöðum, Landn., Fms.

γ. konungr lét kalla at stofudyrum, the king made a call at the hall door, Eg. 88; þeir kölluðu at herberginu, they called at the inn, Fms. ix. 475.

7. used ellipt. with a gen., esp. if connected with such words as gista, to be a guest, lodge, dine, sup (of festivals or the like) at one’s home; at Marðar, Nj. 4; at hans, 74; þingfesti at þess bóanda, Grág. i. 152; at sín, at one’s own home, Eg. 371, K. Þ. K. 62; hafa náttstað at Freyju, at the abode of goddess Freyja, Eg. 603; at Ránar, at Ran’s, i. e. at Ran’s house, of drowned men who belong to the queen of the sea, Ran, Eb. 274; at hins heilaga Ólafs konungs, at St. Olave’s church, Fms. vi. 63: cp. ad Veneris, εις Κίμωνος.

B. TEMP.

I. at, denoting a point or period of time; at upphafi, at first, in the beginning, Ld. 104; at lyktum, at síðustu, at lokum, at last; at lesti, at last, Lex. Poët., more freq. á lesti; at skilnaði, at parting, at last, Band. 3; at fornu, in times of yore, formerly, Eg. 267, D. I. i. 635; at sinni, as yet, at present; at nýju, anew, of present time; at eilífu, for ever and ever; at skömmu, soon, shortly, Ísl. ii. 272, v. l.

II. of the very moment when anything happens, the beginning of a term; denoting the seasons of the year, months, weeks, the hours of the day; at Jólum, at Yule, Nj. 46; at Pálmadegi, on Palm Sunday, 273; at Páskum, at Easter; at Ólafsvöku, on St. Olave’s eve, 29th of July, Fms.; at vetri, at the beginning of the winter, on the day when winter sets in, Grág. 1. 151; at sumarmálum, at vetrnáttum; at Tvímánaði, when the Double month (August) begins, Ld. 256, Grág. i. 152; at kveldi, at eventide, Eg. 3; at því meli, at that time; at eindaga, at the term, 395; at eykð, at 4 o’clock p. m., 198; at öndverðri æfi Abra hams, Ver. II; at sinni, now at once, Fms. vi. 71; at öðruhverju, every now and then.

β. where the point of time is marked by some event; at þingi, at the meeting of parliament (18th to the 24th of June), Ld. 182; at féránsdómi, at the court of execution, Grág. i. 132, 133; at þinglausnum, at the close of the parliament (beginning of July), 140; at festarmálum, eðr at eiginorði, at betrothal or nuptials, 174; at skilnaði, when they parted, Nj. 106 (above); at öllum minnum, at the general drinking of the toasts, Eg. 253; at fjöru, at the ebb; at flæðum, at flood tide, Fms. viii. 306, Orkn. 428; at hrörum, at an inquest, Grág. i. 50 (cp. ii. 141, 389); at sökum, at prosecutions, 30; at sinni, now, as yet, v. that word.

III. ellipt., or adding ‘komanda’ or ‘er kemr,’ of the future time:

1. ellipt., komanda or the like being understood, with reference to the seasons of the year; at sumri, at vetri, at hausti, at vári, next summer, winter…, Ísl. ii. 242; at miðju sumri, at ári, at Midsummer, next year, Fas. i. 516; at miðjum vetri, Fms. iv. 237,

2. adding ‘komanda’ or ‘er kemr;’ at ári komanda, Bárð. 177; at vári er kemr, Dipl. iii. 6.

IV. used with an absolute dat. and with a pres. part.:

1. with pres. part.; at morni komanda, on the coming morrow, Fms. i. 263; at sér lifanda, in vivo, in his life time, Grág. ii. 202; at þeim sofundum, illis dormientibus, Hkr. i. 234; at öllum ásjándum, in the sight of all, Fms. x. 329; at úvitanda konungi, illo nesciente, without his knowledge, 227; at áheyranda höfðingjanum, in the chief’s bearing, 235.

2. of past time with a past part. (Lat. abl. absol.); at hræjum fundnum, on the bodies being found, Grág. ii. 87; at háðum dómum ok föstu þingi, during the session, the courts being set, i. 484; at liðnum sex vikum, after six weeks past, Band. 13; at svá búnu, so goru, svá komnu, svá mæltu (Lat. quibus rebus gestis, dictis, quo facto, dicto, etc.), v. those words; at úreyndu, without trial, without put ting one to the test, Ld. 76; at honum önduðum, illo mortuo.

3. ellipt. without ‘at;’ en þessum hlutum fram komnum, when all this has been done, Eb. 132.

V. in some phrases with a slight temp, notion; at görðum gildum, the fences being strong, Gþl. 387; at vörmu spori, at once, whilst the trail is warm; at úvörum, unawares, suddenly, Nj. 95, Ld. 132; at þessu, at this cost, on that condition, Eb. 38, Nj. 55; at illum leiki, to have a narrow escape, now við illan leik, Fms. ix. 473; at því, that granted, Grág. ii. 33: at því, at pessu, thereafter, thereupon, Nj. 76.

2. denoting succession, without interruption, one after another; hverr at öðrum, annarr maðr at öðrum, aðrir at öðrum; eina konu at annarri, Eg. 91, Fms. ii. 236, vi. 25, Bs. i. 22, 625. 80, H. E. i. 522.

C. METAPH. and in various cases:

I. denoting a transformation or change into, to, with the notion of destruction; brenna at ösku, at köldum kolum, to burn to ashes, to be quite destroyed, Fms. i. 105, Edda 3, Sturl. ii. 51: with the notion of transformation or transfiguration, in such phrases as, verða at e-u, göra e-t at e-u, to turn it into:

α. by a spell; verða at ormi, to become a snake, Fms. xi. 158; at flugdrekum, Gullþ. 7; urðu þau bönd at járni, Edda 40.

β. by a natural process it can often be translated by an acc. or by as; göra e-n at urðarmanni, to make him an outlaw, Eg. 728; græða e-n at orkumlamanni, to heal him so as to maim him for life, of bad treatment by a leech, Eb. 244: in the law terms, sár görist at ben, a wound turning into a ben, proving to be mortal, Grág., Nj.; verða at ljúgvætti, to prove to be a false evidence, Grág. i. 44; verða at sætt, to turn into reconciliation, Fms. i. 13; göra e-t at reiði málum, to take offence at, Fs. 20; at nýjum tíðindum, to tell as news, Nj. 14; verða fátt at orðum, to be sparing of words, 18; kveðr (svá) at orði, to speak, utter, 10; verða at þrifnaði, to geton well, Fms. vii. 196: at liði, at skaða, to be a help or hurt to one; at bana, to cause one’s death, Nj. 223, Eg. 21, Grág. ii. 29: at undrum, at hlátri, to become a wonder, a laughing-stock, 623. 35, Eg. 553.

II. denoting capacity, where it may be translated merely by as or for; gefa at Jólagjöf, to give for a Christmas-box, Eg. 516; at gjöf, for a present; at erfð, at láni, launum, as an inheritance, a loan; at kaupum ok sökum, for buying and selling, Ísl. ii. 223, Grág. i. 423; at solum, ii. 204; at herfangi, as spoil or plunder; at sakbótum, at niðgjöldum, as a compensation, weregeld, i. 339, ii. 171, Hkr. ii. 168; taka at gíslingu, to take as an hostage, Edda 15; eiga e-n at vin, at óvin, to have one as friend or foe, illt er at eiga þræl at eingavin, ‘tis ill to have a thrall for one’s bosom friend (a proverb), Nj. 77; fæða, eiga, at sonum (syni), to beget a son, Edda 8, Bs. i. 60 (but eiga at dóttur cannot be said); hafa möttul at yfirhöfn, Fms. vii. 201; verða nökkut at manni (mönnum), to turn out to be a worthy man; verða ekki at manni, to turn out a worthless person, xi. 79, 268.

2. in such phrases as, verða at orðum, to come towards, Nj. 26; var þat at erindum, Eg. 148; hafa at veizlum, to draw veizlur ( dues) from, Fms. iv. 275, Eg. 647; gora e-t at álitum, to take it into consideration, Nj. 3.

III. denoting belonging to, fitting, of parts of the whole or the like; vóru at honum (viz. the sword) hjölt gullbúin, the sword was ornamented with a hilt of gold, Ld. 330; umgörð at ( belonging to) sverði, Fs. 97 (Hs.) in a verse; en ef mór er eigi at landinu, if there be no turf moor belonging to the land, Grág. ii. 338; svá at eigi brotnaði nokkuð at Orminum, so that no harm happened to the ship Worm, Fms. x. 356; hvatki er meiðir at skipinu eðr at reiðinu eðr at viðum, damage done t o …, Grág. ii. 403; lesta ( to injure) hús at lásum, við eðr torfi, 110; ef land hefir batnað at húsum, if the land has been bettered as to its buildings, 210; cp. the phrase, göra at e-u, to repair: hamlaðr at höndum eðr fótum, maimed as to hands or feet, Eg. 14; heill at höndum en hrumr at fótum, sound in band, palsied in foot, Fms. vii. 12; lykill at skrá, a key belonging, fitting, to the latch; hurð at húsi; a key ‘gengr at’ ( fits) skrá; and many other phrases. 2. denoting the part by which a thing is held or to which it belongs, by; fá, taka at…, to grasp by …; þú tókt við sverði hans at hjöltunum, you took it by the bill, Fms. i. 15; draga út björninn at hlustum, to pull out the bear by the ears, Fas. ii. 237; at fótum, by the feet, Fms. viii. 363; mæla ( to measure) at hrygg ok at jaðri, by the edge or middle of the stuff, Grág. i. 498; kasta e-m at höfði, head foremost, Nj. 84; kjósa e-n at fótum, by the feet alone, Edda 46; hefja frændsemi at bræðrum, eða at systkynum, to reckon kinship by the brother’s or the sister’s side, Grág. i. 28; kjósa at afli, at álitum, by strength, sight, Gs. 8, belongs rather to the following.

IV. in respect of, as regards, in regard to, as to; auðigr at fé, wealthy of goods, Nj. 16, 30, 51; beztir hestar at reið, the best racehorses, 186; spekingr at viti, a man of great intellect, Ld. 124; vænn (fagr) at áliti, fair of face, Nj. 30, Bs. i. 61; kvenna vænst at ásjónu ok vits munum, of surpassing beauty and intellect, Ld. 122; fullkominn at hyggju, 18; um fram aðra menn at vinsældum ok harðfengi, of surpassing popularity and hardihood, Eb. 30.

2. a law term, of challenging jurors, judges, or the like, on account of, by reason of; ryðja ( to challenge) at mægðum, guðsifjum, frændsemi, hrörum …; at leiðarlengd, on account of distance, Grág. i. 30, 50, Nj. (freq.)

3. in arithm. denoting proportion; at helmingi, þriðjungi, fjórðungi, tíunda hluta, cp. Lat. ex asse, quadrante, for the half, third… part; máttr skal at magni (a proverb), might and main go together, Hkr. ii. 236; þú munt vera at því mikill fræðimaðr á kvæði, in the same proportion, as great, Fms. vi. 391, iii. 41; at e-s hluta, at… leiti, for one’s part, in turn, as far as one is con cerned, Grág. i. 322, Eg. 309, Fms. iii. 26 (freq.): at öðrum kosti, in the other case, otherwise (freq.) More gener., at öllu, öngu, in all (no) respects; at sumu, einhverju, nokkru, partly; at flestu, mestu, chiefly.

4. as a paraphrase of a genitive; faðir, móðir at barni (= barns); aðili at sök (= sakar a.); morðingi at barni (= barns), faðerni at barni (barns); illvirki at fé manna (cp. Lat. felo de se), niðrfall at sökum (saka), land gangr at fiskum (fiska), Fms. iv. 274, Grág. i. 277, 416, N. G. L. i. 340, K. Þ. K. 112, Nj. 21.

5. the phrase ‘at sér,’ of himself or in himself, either ellipt. or by adding the participle görr, and with the adverbs vel, ilia, or the like; denoting breeding, bearing, endowments, character …; væn kona, kurteis ok vel at sér, an accomplished, well-bred, gifted lady, Nj. I; vitr maðr ok vel at sér, a wise man and thoroughly good in feeling and bearing, 5; þú ert maðr vaskr ok vel at þér, 49; gerr at sér, accomplished, 51; bezt at sér görr, the finest, best bred man, 39, Ld. 124; en þó er hann svá vel at sér, so generous, Nj. 77; þeir höfðingjar er svá vóru vel at sér, so noble-minded, 198, Fms. i. 160: the phrase ‘at sér’ is now only used of knowledge, thus maðr vel að sér means clever, a man of great knowledge; illa að sér, a blockhead.

6. denoting relations to colour, size, value, age, and the like; hvitr, svartr, grár, rauðr … at lit, white, swarthy, gray, red … of colour, Bjarn. 55, 28, Ísl. ii. 213, etc.; mikill, lítill, at stærð, vexti, tall, small of size, etc.; ungr, gamall, barn, at aldri, young, old, a child of age; tvítugr, þrítugr … at aldri, twenty, thirty … years of age (freq.): of animals; kyr at fyrsta, öðrum … kálfi, a cow having calved once, twice…, Jb. 346: value, amount, currency of money, kaupa e-t at mörk, at a mark, N. G. L. 1. 352; ok er eyririnn at mörk, amounts to a mark, of the value of money, Grág. i. 392; verðr þá at hálfri murk vaðmála eyrir, amounts to a half a mark, 500.

β. metaph. of value, connected with verbs denoting to esteem, hold; meta, hafa, halda at miklu, litlu, vettugi, engu, or the like, to hold in high or low esteem, to care or not to care for (freq.): geta e-s at góðu, illu, öngu, to mention one favourably, unfavourably, indifferently … (freq.), prop. in connection with. In many cases it may be translated by in; ekki er mark at draumum, there is no meaning in dreams, no heed is to be paid to dreams, Sturl. ii. 217; bragð er at þá barnið finnr, it goes too far, when even a child takes offence (a proverb): hvat er at því, what does it mean? Nj. 11; hvert þat skip er vöxtr er at, any ship of mark, i. e. however small, Fms. xi. 20.

V. denoting the source of a thing:

1. source of infor mation, to learn, perceive, get information from; Ari nam ok marga fræði at Þuríði, learnt as her pupil, at her hands, as St. Paul at the feet of Gamaliel, (just as the Scotch say to speer or ask at a person); Ari nam at Þorgeiri afraðskoll, Hkr. (pref.); nema kunnáttu at e-m, used of a pupil, Fms. i. 8; nema fræði at e-m, xi. 396.

2. of receiving, acquiring, buying, from; þiggja e-t at e-m, to receive a thing at his hands, Nj. 51; líf, to be pardoned, Fms. x. 173; kaupa land at e-m, to buy it from, Landn. 72, Íb. II, (now af is more freq. in this sense); geta e-t at e-m, to obtain, procure at one’s hands, impetrare; þeirra manna er þeir megu þat geta at, who are willing to do that, Grág. i. I; heimta e-t at e-m (now af), to call in, demand (a debt, money), 279; fala e-t at e-m (now af), to chaffer for or cheapen anything, Nj. 73; sækja e-t at e-m, to ask, seek for; sækja heilræði ok traust at e-m, 98; leiga e-t at e-m (now af), to borrow, Grág. ii. 334; eiga e-t (fé, skuld) at e-m, to be owed money by any one, i. 399: metaph. to deserve of one, Nj. 113; eiga mikit at e-m, to have much to do with, 138; hafa veg, virðing, styrk, at, to derive honour, power from, Fms. vi. 71, Eg. 44, Bárð. 174; gagn, to be of use, Ld. 216; mein, tálma, mischief, disadvantage, 158, 216, cp. Eg. 546; ótta, awe, Nj. 68.

VI. denoting conformity, according to, Lat. secundum, ex, after; at fornum sið, Fms. i. 112; at sögn Ara prests, as Ari relates, on his authority, 55; at ráði allra vitrustu manna, at the advice of, Ísl. ii. 259, Ld. 62; at lögum, at landslögum, by the law of the land, Grág., Nj.; at líkindum, in all likelihood, Ld. 272; at sköpum, in due course (poet.); at hinum sama hætti, in the very same manner, Grág. i. 90; at vánum, as was to be expected, Nj. 255; at leyfi e-s, by one’s leave, Eg. 35; úlofi, Grág. ii. 215; at ósk, vilja e-s, as one likes…; at mun, id. (poet.); at sólu, happily (following the course of the sun), Bs. i. 70, 137; at því sem …, as to infer from …, Nj. 124: ‘fara, láta, ganga at’ denotes to yield, agree to, to comply with, give in, Ld. 168, Eg. 18, Fms. x. 368.

VII. in phrases nearly or quite adverbial; gróa, vera græddr, at heilu, to be quite healed, Bárð. 167, Eb. 148; bíta at snöggu, to bite it bare, Fms. xi. 6; at þurru, till it becomes dry, Eb. 276; at endilöngu, all along, Fas. ii; vinnast at litlu, to avail little, 655 x. 14; at fullu, fully, Nj. 257, Hkr. i. 171; at vísu, of a surety, surely, Ld. 40; at frjálsu, freely, 308; at líku, at sömu, equally, all the same, Hom. 80, Nj. 267; at röngu, wrongly, 686 B. 2; at hófi, temperately, Lex. Poët.; at mun, at ráði, at marki, to a great extent; at hringum, utterly, all round, (rare), Fms. x. 389; at einu, yet, Orkn. 358; svá at einu, því at einu, allt at einu, yet, however, nevertheless.

VIII. connected with comparatives of adverbs and adjectives, and strengthening the sense, as in Engl. ‘the,’ so much the more, all the more; ‘at’ heldr tveimr, at ek munda gjarna veita yðr öllum, where it may be translated by so much the more to two, as I would willingly grant it to all of you; hon grét at meir, she grat (wept) the more, Eg. 483; þykir oss at líkara, all the more likely, Fms. viii. 6; þess at harðari, all the harder, Sturl. iii. 202 C; svá at hinn sé bana at nær, Grág. ii. 117; at auðnara, at hólpnara, the more happy, Al. 19, Grett. 116 B; þess at meiri, Fms. v. 64; auvirðismaðr at meiri, Sturl. ii. 139; maðr at vaskari, id.; at feigri, any the more fey, Km. 22; maðr at verri, all the worse, Nj. 168; ok er ‘at’ firr…, at ek vil miklu heldr, cp. Lat. tantum abest… ut, Eg. 60.

β. following after a negation; eigi at síðr, no less, Nj. 160, Ld. 146; eigi… at meiri maðr, any better, Eg. 425, 489; erat héra at borgnara, any the better off for that, Fms. vii. 116; eigi at minni, no less for that, Edda (pref.) 146; eigi at minna, Ld. 216, Fms. ix. 50; ekki at verri drengr, not a bit worse for that, Ld. 42; er mér ekki son minn at bættari, þótt…, 216; at eigi vissi at nær, any more, Fas. iii. 74.

IX. following many words:

1. verbs, esp. those denoting, a. to ask, enquire, attend, seek, e. g. spyrja at, to speer (ask) for; leita at, to seek for; gæta, geyma at, to pay attention to; huga, hyggja at; hence atspurn, to enquire, aðgæzla, athugi, attention, etc.

β. verbs denoting laughter, play, joy, game, cp. the Engl. to play at …, to laugh at …; hlæja, brosa at e-u, to laugh, smile at it; leika (sér) at e-u, to play at; þykja gaman at, to enjoy; hæða, göra gys at …, to make sport at …

γ. verbs denoting assistance, help; standa, veita, vinna, hjálpa at; hence atstoð, atvinna, atverk:—mode, proceeding; fara at, to proceed, hence atför and atferli:—compliance; láta, fara at e-u, v. above:— fault; e-t er at e-u, there is some fault in it, Fms. x. 418; skorta at e-u, to fall short of, xi. 98:—care, attendance; hjúkra at, hlýja at, v. these words:—gathering, collecting; draga, reiða, flytja, fá at, congerere:—engagement, arrival, etc.; sækja at, to attack; ganga at, vera at, to be about; koma at, ellipt. to arrive: göra at, to repair: lesta at, to impair (v. above); finna at, to criticise (mod.); telja at, id.: bera at, to happen; kveða at e-m, to address one, 625. 15, (kveða at (ellipt.) now means to pronounce, and of a child to utter (read) whole syllables); falla at, of the flood-tide (ellipt.): metaph. of pains or straits surrounding one; þreyngja, herða at, to press hard: of frost and cold, with regard to the seasons; frjósa at, kólna at, to get really cold (SI. 44), as it were from the cold stiffening all things: also of the seasons themselves; hausta, vetra að, when the season really sets in; esp. the cold seasons, ‘sumra at’ cannot be used, yet we may say ‘vára að’ when the spring sets in, and the air gets mild.

δ. in numberless other cases which may partly be seen below.

2. connected ellipt. with adverbs denoting motion from a place; norðan, austan, sunnan, vestan at, those from the north, east…; utan at, innan at, from the outside or inside.

3. with adjectives (but rarely), e. g. kærr, elskr, virkr (affectionate), vandr (zealous), at e-m; v. these words.

WITH ACC.

TEMP.: Lat. post, after, upon, esp. freq. in poetry, but rare in prose writers, who use eptir; nema reisi niðr at nið (= maðr eptir mann), in succession, of erecting a monument, Hm. 71; in prose, at þat. posthac, deinde, Fms. x. 323, cp. Rm., where it occurs several times, 2, 6, 9, 14, 18, 24, 28, 30, 35; sonr á at taka arf at föður sinn, has to take the inheritance after his father, Grág. i. 170 new Ed.; eiga féránsdóm at e-n, Grág. i. 89; at Gamla fallinn, after the death of G., Fms. x. 382; in Edda (Gl.) 113 ought to be restored, grét ok at Oð, gulli Freyja, she grat (wept) tears of gold for her lost husband Od. It is doubtful if it is ever used in a purely loc. sense; at land, Grág. (Sb.)ii. 211, is probably corrupt; at hönd = á hönd, Grág. (Sb.) i. 135; at mót = at móti, v. this word.

☞ In compounds (v. below) at- or að- answers in turn to Lat. ad- or in- or con-; atdráttr e. g. denotes collecting; atkoma is adventus: it may also answer to Lat. ob-, in atburðr = accidence, but might also be compared with Lat. occurrere.

2.

and að, the mark of the infinitive [cp. Goth. du; A. S. and Engl. to; Germ. zu]. Except in the case of a few verbs ‘at’ is always placed immediately before the infinitive, so as to be almost an inseparable part of the verb.

I. it is used either,

1. as, a simple mark of the infinitive, only denoting an action and independent of the subject, e. g. at ganga, at hlaupa, at vita, to go, to run, to know; or,

2. in an objective sense when following such verbs as bjóða segja…, to invite, command …; hann bauð þeim at ganga, at sitja, be bade, ordered them to go, sit, or the like; or as gefa and fá; gefa e-m at drekka, at eta, to give one to drink or to eat, etc. etc.

β. with the additional notion of intention, esp. when following verba cogitandi; hann ætlaði, hafði í hyggju at fara, he had it in his mind to go (where ‘to go’ is the real object to ætlaði and hafði í hyggju).

3. answering to the Gr. ινα, denoting intention, design, in order to; hann gékk í borg at kaupa silfr, in order to buy, Nj. 280; hann sendi riddara sína með þeim at varðveita þær, 623. 45: in order to make the phrase more plain, ‘svá’ and ‘til’ are frequently added, esp. in mod. writers, ‘svá at’ and contr. ‘svát’ (the last however is rare), ‘til at’ and ‘til þess at,’ etc.

II. in the earlier times the infin., as in Greek and Lat., had no such mark; and some verbs remain that cannot be followed by ‘at;’ these verbs are almost the same in Icel. as in Engl.:

α. the auxiliary verbs vil, mun ( μέλλω), skal; as in Engl. to is never used after the auxiliaries shall, will, must; ek vil ganga, I will go; ek mun fara, (as in North. E.) I mun go; ek skal göra þat, I shall do that, etc.

β. the verbs kunna, mega, as in Engl. I can or may do, I dare say; svá hygginn at hann kunni fyrir sökum ráða, Grág. ii. 75; í öllu er prýða má góðan höfðingja, Nj. 90; vera má, it may be; vera kann þat, id.: kunnu, however, takes ‘at’ whenever it means to know, and esp. in common language in phrases such as, það kann að vera, but vera kann þat, v. above.

γ. lata, biðja, as in Engl. to let, to bid; hann lét (bað) þá fara, he let (bade) them go.

δ. þykkja, þykjast, to seem; hann þykir vera, he is thought to be: reflex., hann þykist vera, sibi videtur: impers., mér þykir vera, mibi videtur, in all cases without ‘at.’ So also freq. the verbs hugsa, hyggja, ætla, halda, to think, when denoting merely the act of thinking; but if there be any notion of intention or purpose, they assume the ‘at;’ thus hann ætlaði, hugði, þá vera góða menn, he thought them to be, acc. c. inf.; but ætlaði at fara, meant to go, etc.

ε. the verbs denoting to see, bear; sjá, líta, horfa á … ( videre); heyra, audire, as in Engl. I saw them come, I heard him tell, ek sá þá koma, ek heyrði hann tala.

ζ. sometimes after the verbs eiga and ganga; hann gékk steikja, be went to roast, Vkv. 9; eiga, esp. when a mere periphrasis instead of skal, móður sína á maðr fyrst fram færa (better at færa), Grág. i. 232; á þann kvið einskis meta, 59; but at meta, id. l. 24; ráða, nema, göra …, freq. in poetry, when they are used as simple auxiliary verbs, e. g. nam hann sér Högna hvetja at rúnum, Skv. 3. 43.

η. hljóta and verða, when used in the sense of must (as in Engl. he must go), and when placed after the infin.of another verb; hér muntu vera hljóta, Nj. 129; but hljóta at vera: fara hlýtr þú, Fms. 1. 159; but þú hlýtr at fara: verða vita, ii. 146; but verða at vita: hann man verða sækja, þó verðr (= skal) maðr eptir mann lifa, Fms. viii. 19, Fas. ii. 552, are exceptional cases.

θ. in poetry, verbs with the verbal neg. suffix ‘-at,’ freq. for the case of euphony, take no mark of the infinitive, where it would be indispensable with the simple verb, vide Lex. Poët. Exceptional cases; hvárt sem hann vill ‘at’ verja þá sök, eða, whatever he chooses, either, Grág. i. 64; fyrr viljum vér enga kórónu at bera, en nokkut ófrelsi á oss at taka, we would rather bear no crown than …, Fms. x. 12; the context is peculiar, and the ‘at’ purposely added. It may be left out ellipt.; e. g. þá er guð gefr oss finnast (= at finnast), Dipl. ii. 14; gef honum drekka (= at drekka), Pr. 470; but mostly in unclassical writers, in deeds, or the like, written nastily and in an abrupt style.

3.

and að, conj. [Goth. þatei = οτι; A. S. þät; Engl. that; Germ, dass; the Ormul. and Scot. at, see the quotations sub voce in Jamieson; in all South-Teutonic idioms with an initial dental: the Scandinavian idioms form an exception, having all dropped this consonant; Swed. åt, Dan. at]. In Icel. the Bible translation (of the 16th century) was chiefly based upon that of Luther; the hymns and the great bulk of theol. translations of that time were also derived from Germany; therefore the germanised form það frequently appears in the Bible, and was often employed by theol. authors in sermons since the time of the Reformation. Jón Vidalin, the greatest modern Icel. preacher, who died in 1720, in spite of his thoroughly classical style, abounds in the use of this form; but it never took root in the language, and has never passed into the spoken dialect. After a relative or demonstr. pronoun, it freq. in mod. writers assumes the form eð, hver eð, hverir eð, hvað eð, þar eð. Before the prep. þú (tu), þ changes into t, and is spelt in a single word attú, which is freq. in some MS.;—now, however, pronounced aððú, aððeir, aððið …, = að þú…, with the soft Engl. th sound. It gener. answers to Lat. ut, or to the relat. pron. qui.

I. that, relative to svá, to denote proportion, degree, so…, that, Lat. tam, tantus, tot…, ut; svá mikill lagamaðr, at…, so great a lawyer, that…, Nj. 1; hárið svá mikit, at þat…, 2; svá kom um síðir því máli, at Sigvaldi, it came so far, that…, Fms. xi. 95, Edda 33. Rarely and unclass., ellipt. without svá; Bæringr var til seinn eptir honum, at hann … (= svá at), Bær. 15; hlífði honum, at hann sakaði ekki, Fas. iii. 441.

II. it is used,

1. with indic, in a narrative sense, answering partly to Gr. οτι, Lat. quod, ut, in such phrases as, it came to pass, happened that …; þat var einhverju sinni, at Höskuldr hafði vinaboð, Nj. 2; þat var á palmdrottinsdag, at Ólafr konungr gékk út um stræti, Fms. ii. 244.

2. with subj. answering to Lat. acc. with infin., to mark the relation of an object to the chief verb, e. g. vilda ek at þú réðist, I wished that you would, Nj. 57.

β. or in an oblique sentence, answering to ita ut…; ef svá kann verða at þeir láti…, if it may be so that they might…, Fms. xi. 94.

γ. with a subj. denoting design, answering to ϊνα or Lat. ut with subj., in order that; at öll veraldar bygðin viti, ut sciat totus orbis, Stj.; þeir skáru fyrir þá melinn, at þeir dæi eigi af sulti, ut ne fame perirent, Nj. 265; fyrsti hlutr bókarinnar er Kristindómsbálkr, at menn skili, in order that men may understand, Gþl. p. viii.

III. used in connection with conjunctions,

1. esp. þó, því, svá; þó at freq. contr. þótt; svát is rare and obsolete.

α. þóat, þótt (North. E. ‘thof’), followed by a subjunctive, though, although, Lat. etsi, quamquam (very freq.); þóat nokkurum mönnum sýnist þetta með freku sett… þá viljum vér, Fms. vi. 21: phrases as, gef þú mér þó at úverðugri, etsi indignae (dat.), Stj. MS. col. 315, are unclass., and influenced by the Latin: sometimes ellipt. without ‘þó,’ eigi mundi hón þá meir hvata göngu sinni, at (= þóat) hon hraeddist bana sinn, Edda 7, Nj. 64: ‘þó’ and ‘at’ separated, svarar hann þó rétt, at hann svari svá, Grág. i. 23; þó er rétt at nýta, at hann sé fyrr skorinn, answering to Engl. yet—though, Lat. attamen —etsi, K. Þ. K.

β. því at, because, Lat. nam, quia, with indic.; því at allir vóru gerfiligir synir hans, Ld. 68; því at af íþróttum verðr maðr fróðr, Sks. 16: separated, því þegi ek, at ek undrumst, Fms. iii. 201; því er þessa getið, at þat þótti, it i s mentioned because …, Ld. 68.

γ. svá at, so that, Lat. ut, ita ut; grátrinn kom upp, svá at eingi mátti öðrum segja, Edda 37: separated, so … that, svá úsvúst at …, so bad weather, that, Bs. i. 339, etc.

2. it is freq. used superfluously, esp. after relatives; hver at = hverr, quis; því at = því, igitur; hverr at þekkr ok þægiligr mun verða, Fms. v. 159; hvern stvrk at hann mundi fá, 44; ek undrumst hvé mikil ógnarraust at liggr í þér, iii. 201; því at ek mátti eigi þar vera elligar, því at þar var kristni vel haldin, Fas. i. 340.

IV. as a relat. conj.:

1. temp, when, Lat. quum; jafnan er ( est) mér þá verra er ( quum) ek fer á braut þaðan, en þá at ( quum) ek kem, Grett. 150 A; þar til at vér vitum, till we know, Fms. v. 52; þá at ek lýsta (= þá er), when, Nj. 233.

2. since, because; ek færi yðr (hann), at þér eruð í einum hrepp allir, because of your being all of the same Rape, Grág. i. 260; eigi er kynlegt at ( though) Skarphéðinn sé hraustr, at þat er mælt at…, because (since) it is a saying that…, Nj. 64.

V. in mod. writers it is also freq. superfluously joined to the conjunctions, ef að = ef, si, (Lv. 45 is from a paper MS.), meðan að = meðan, dum; nema að, nisi; fyrst að = fyrst, quoniam; eptir að, síðan að, postquam; hvárt að = hvárt, Lat. an. In the law we find passages such as, þá er um er dæmt eina sök, at þá eigu þeir aptr at ganga í dóminn, Grág. i. 79; ef þing ber á hina helgu viku, at þat á eigi fyrir þeim málum at standa, 106; þat er ok, at þeir skulu reifa mál manna, 64; at þeir skulu með váttorð þá sök sækja, 65: in all these cases ‘at’ is either superfluous or, which is more likely, of an ellipt. nature, ‘the law decrees’ or ‘it is decreed’ being understood. The passages Sks. 551, 552, 568, 718 B, at lokit (= at ek hefi lokit), at hugleitt (= at ek hefi h.), at sent (= at ek hefi sent) are quite exceptional.

4.

and að, an indecl. relat. pronoun [Ulf. þatei = ος, ος αν, οστις, οσπερ, οιος, etc.; Engl. that, Ormul. at], with the initial letter dropped, as in the conj. at, (cp. also the Old Engl. at, which is both a conj. and a pronoun, e. g. Barbour vi. 24 in Jamieson: ‘I drede that his gret wassalage, | And his travail may bring till end, | That at men quhilc full litil wend.’ | ‘His mestyr speryt quhat tithings a t he saw.’—Wyntoun v. 3. 89.) In Icel. ‘er’ (the relat. pronoun) and ‘at’ are used indifferently, so that where one MS. reads ‘er,’ another reads ‘at,’ and vice versâ; this may easily be seen by looking at the MSS.; yet as a rule ‘er’ is much more freq. used. In mod. writers ‘at’ is freq. turned into ‘eð,’ esp. as a superfluous particle after the relative pron. hverr (hver eð, hvað eð, hverir eð, etc.), or the demonstr. sá (sá eð, þeir eð, hinir eð, etc.):—who, which, that, enn bezta grip at ( which) hafði til Íslands komið, Ld. 202; en engi mun sá at ( cui) minnisamara mun vera, 242; sem blótnaut at ( quae) stærst verða, Fms. iii. 214; þau tiðendi, at mér þætti verri, Nj. 64, etc. etc.

5.

n. collision (poët.); odda at, crossing of spears, crash of spears, Höfuðl. 8.

β. a fight or bait of wild animals, esp. of horses, v. hesta-at and etja.

6.

the negative verbal suffix, v. -a.

Íslensk-ensk orðabók > AT
11 Historical Portugal

   Before Romans described western Iberia or Hispania as "Lusitania," ancient Iberians inhabited the land. Phoenician and Greek trading settlements grew up in the Tagus estuary area and nearby coasts. Beginning around 202 BCE, Romans invaded what is today southern Portugal. With Rome's defeat of Carthage, Romans proceeded to conquer and rule the western region north of the Tagus, which they named Roman "Lusitania." In the fourth century CE, as Rome's rule weakened, the area experienced yet another invasion—Germanic tribes, principally the Suevi, who eventually were Christianized. During the sixth century CE, the Suevi kingdom was superseded by yet another Germanic tribe—the Christian Visigoths.

   A major turning point in Portugal's history came in 711, as Muslim armies from North Africa, consisting of both Arab and Berber elements, invaded the Iberian Peninsula from across the Straits of Gibraltar. They entered what is now Portugal in 714, and proceeded to conquer most of the country except for the far north. For the next half a millennium, Islam and Muslim presence in Portugal left a significant mark upon the politics, government, language, and culture of the country.

   Islam, Reconquest, and Portugal Created, 714-1140

   The long frontier struggle between Muslim invaders and Christian communities in the north of the Iberian peninsula was called the Reconquista (Reconquest). It was during this struggle that the first dynasty of Portuguese kings (Burgundian) emerged and the independent monarchy of Portugal was established. Christian forces moved south from what is now the extreme north of Portugal and gradually defeated Muslim forces, besieging and capturing towns under Muslim sway. In the ninth century, as Christian forces slowly made their way southward, Christian elements were dominant only in the area between Minho province and the Douro River; this region became known as "territorium Portu-calense."

   In the 11th century, the advance of the Reconquest quickened as local Christian armies were reinforced by crusading knights from what is now France and England. Christian forces took Montemor (1034), at the Mondego River; Lamego (1058); Viseu (1058); and Coimbra (1064). In 1095, the king of Castile and Léon granted the country of "Portu-cale," what became northern Portugal, to a Burgundian count who had emigrated from France. This was the foundation of Portugal. In 1139, a descendant of this count, Afonso Henriques, proclaimed himself "King of Portugal." He was Portugal's first monarch, the "Founder," and the first of the Burgundian dynasty, which ruled until 1385.

   The emergence of Portugal in the 12th century as a separate monarchy in Iberia occurred before the Christian Reconquest of the peninsula. In the 1140s, the pope in Rome recognized Afonso Henriques as king of Portugal. In 1147, after a long, bloody siege, Muslim-occupied Lisbon fell to Afonso Henriques's army. Lisbon was the greatest prize of the 500-year war. Assisting this effort were English crusaders on their way to the Holy Land; the first bishop of Lisbon was an Englishman. When the Portuguese captured Faro and Silves in the Algarve province in 1248-50, the Reconquest of the extreme western portion of the Iberian peninsula was complete—significantly, more than two centuries before the Spanish crown completed the Reconquest of the eastern portion by capturing Granada in 1492.

   Consolidation and Independence of Burgundian Portugal, 1140-1385

   Two main themes of Portugal's early existence as a monarchy are the consolidation of control over the realm and the defeat of a Castil-ian threat from the east to its independence. At the end of this period came the birth of a new royal dynasty (Aviz), which prepared to carry the Christian Reconquest beyond continental Portugal across the straits of Gibraltar to North Africa. There was a variety of motives behind these developments. Portugal's independent existence was imperiled by threats from neighboring Iberian kingdoms to the north and east. Politics were dominated not only by efforts against the Muslims in

   Portugal (until 1250) and in nearby southern Spain (until 1492), but also by internecine warfare among the kingdoms of Castile, Léon, Aragon, and Portugal. A final comeback of Muslim forces was defeated at the battle of Salado (1340) by allied Castilian and Portuguese forces. In the emerging Kingdom of Portugal, the monarch gradually gained power over and neutralized the nobility and the Church.

   The historic and commonplace Portuguese saying "From Spain, neither a good wind nor a good marriage" was literally played out in diplomacy and war in the late 14th-century struggles for mastery in the peninsula. Larger, more populous Castile was pitted against smaller Portugal. Castile's Juan I intended to force a union between Castile and Portugal during this era of confusion and conflict. In late 1383, Portugal's King Fernando, the last king of the Burgundian dynasty, suddenly died prematurely at age 38, and the Master of Aviz, Portugal's most powerful nobleman, took up the cause of independence and resistance against Castile's invasion. The Master of Aviz, who became King João I of Portugal, was able to obtain foreign assistance. With the aid of English archers, Joao's armies defeated the Castilians in the crucial battle of Aljubarrota, on 14 August 1385, a victory that assured the independence of the Portuguese monarchy from its Castilian nemesis for several centuries.

   Aviz Dynasty and Portugal's First Overseas Empire, 1385-1580

   The results of the victory at Aljubarrota, much celebrated in Portugal's art and monuments, and the rise of the Aviz dynasty also helped to establish a new merchant class in Lisbon and Oporto, Portugal's second city. This group supported King João I's program of carrying the Reconquest to North Africa, since it was interested in expanding Portugal's foreign commerce and tapping into Muslim trade routes and resources in Africa. With the Reconquest against the Muslims completed in Portugal and the threat from Castile thwarted for the moment, the Aviz dynasty launched an era of overseas conquest, exploration, and trade. These efforts dominated Portugal's 15th and 16th centuries.

   The overseas empire and age of Discoveries began with Portugal's bold conquest in 1415 of the Moroccan city of Ceuta. One royal member of the 1415 expedition was young, 21-year-old Prince Henry, later known in history as "Prince Henry the Navigator." His part in the capture of Ceuta won Henry his knighthood and began Portugal's "Marvelous Century," during which the small kingdom was counted as a European and world power of consequence. Henry was the son of King João I and his English queen, Philippa of Lancaster, but he did not inherit the throne. Instead, he spent most of his life and his fortune, and that of the wealthy military Order of Christ, on various imperial ventures and on voyages of exploration down the African coast and into the Atlantic. While mythology has surrounded Henry's controversial role in the Discoveries, and this role has been exaggerated, there is no doubt that he played a vital part in the initiation of Portugal's first overseas empire and in encouraging exploration. He was naturally curious, had a sense of mission for Portugal, and was a strong leader. He also had wealth to expend; at least a third of the African voyages of the time were under his sponsorship. If Prince Henry himself knew little science, significant scientific advances in navigation were made in his day.

   What were Portugal's motives for this new imperial effort? The well-worn historical cliche of "God, Glory, and Gold" can only partly explain the motivation of a small kingdom with few natural resources and barely 1 million people, which was greatly outnumbered by the other powers it confronted. Among Portuguese objectives were the desire to exploit known North African trade routes and resources (gold, wheat, leather, weaponry, and other goods that were scarce in Iberia); the need to outflank the Muslim world in the Mediterranean by sailing around Africa, attacking Muslims en route; and the wish to ally with Christian kingdoms beyond Africa. This enterprise also involved a strategy of breaking the Venetian spice monopoly by trading directly with the East by means of discovering and exploiting a sea route around Africa to Asia. Besides the commercial motives, Portugal nurtured a strong crusading sense of Christian mission, and various classes in the kingdom saw an opportunity for fame and gain.

   By the time of Prince Henry's death in 1460, Portugal had gained control of the Atlantic archipelagos of the Azores and Madeiras, begun to colonize the Cape Verde Islands, failed to conquer the Canary Islands from Castile, captured various cities on Morocco's coast, and explored as far as Senegal, West Africa, down the African coast. By 1488, Bar-tolomeu Dias had rounded the Cape of Good Hope in South Africa and thereby discovered the way to the Indian Ocean.

   Portugal's largely coastal African empire and later its fragile Asian empire brought unexpected wealth but were purchased at a high price. Costs included wars of conquest and defense against rival powers, manning the far-flung navel and trade fleets and scattered castle-fortresses, and staffing its small but fierce armies, all of which entailed a loss of skills and population to maintain a scattered empire. Always short of capital, the monarchy became indebted to bankers. There were many defeats beginning in the 16th century at the hands of the larger imperial European monarchies (Spain, France, England, and Holland) and many attacks on Portugal and its strung-out empire. Typically, there was also the conflict that arose when a tenuously held world empire that rarely if ever paid its way demanded finance and manpower Portugal itself lacked.

   The first 80 years of the glorious imperial era, the golden age of Portugal's imperial power and world influence, was an African phase. During 1415-88, Portuguese navigators and explorers in small ships, some of them caravelas (caravels), explored the treacherous, disease-ridden coasts of Africa from Morocco to South Africa beyond the Cape of Good Hope. By the 1470s, the Portuguese had reached the Gulf of Guinea and, in the early 1480s, what is now Angola. Bartolomeu Dias's extraordinary voyage of 1487-88 to South Africa's coast and the edge of the Indian Ocean convinced Portugal that the best route to Asia's spices and Christians lay south, around the tip of southern Africa. Between 1488 and 1495, there was a hiatus caused in part by domestic conflict in Portugal, discussion of resources available for further conquests beyond Africa in Asia, and serious questions as to Portugal's capacity to reach beyond Africa. In 1495, King Manuel and his council decided to strike for Asia, whatever the consequences. In 1497-99, Vasco da Gama, under royal orders, made the epic two-year voyage that discovered the sea route to western India (Asia), outflanked Islam and Venice, and began Portugal's Asian empire. Within 50 years, Portugal had discovered and begun the exploitation of its largest colony, Brazil, and set up forts and trading posts from the Middle East (Aden and Ormuz), India (Calicut, Goa, etc.), Malacca, and Indonesia to Macau in China.

   By the 1550s, parts of its largely coastal, maritime trading post empire from Morocco to the Moluccas were under siege from various hostile forces, including Muslims, Christians, and Hindi. Although Moroccan forces expelled the Portuguese from the major coastal cities by 1550, the rival European monarchies of Castile (Spain), England, France, and later Holland began to seize portions of her undermanned, outgunned maritime empire.

   In 1580, Phillip II of Spain, whose mother was a Portuguese princess and who had a strong claim to the Portuguese throne, invaded Portugal, claimed the throne, and assumed control over the realm and, by extension, its African, Asian, and American empires. Phillip II filled the power vacuum that appeared in Portugal following the loss of most of Portugal's army and its young, headstrong King Sebastião in a disastrous war in Morocco. Sebastiao's death in battle (1578) and the lack of a natural heir to succeed him, as well as the weak leadership of the cardinal who briefly assumed control in Lisbon, led to a crisis that Spain's strong monarch exploited. As a result, Portugal lost its independence to Spain for a period of 60 years.

   Portugal under Spanish Rule, 1580-1640

   Despite the disastrous nature of Portugal's experience under Spanish rule, "The Babylonian Captivity" gave birth to modern Portuguese nationalism, its second overseas empire, and its modern alliance system with England. Although Spain allowed Portugal's weakened empire some autonomy, Spanish rule in Portugal became increasingly burdensome and unacceptable. Spain's ambitious imperial efforts in Europe and overseas had an impact on the Portuguese as Spain made greater and greater demands on its smaller neighbor for manpower and money. Portugal's culture underwent a controversial Castilianization, while its empire became hostage to Spain's fortunes. New rival powers England, France, and Holland attacked and took parts of Spain's empire and at the same time attacked Portugal's empire, as well as the mother country.

   Portugal's empire bore the consequences of being attacked by Spain's bitter enemies in what was a form of world war. Portuguese losses were heavy. By 1640, Portugal had lost most of its Moroccan cities as well as Ceylon, the Moluccas, and sections of India. With this, Portugal's Asian empire was gravely weakened. Only Goa, Damão, Diu, Bombay, Timor, and Macau remained and, in Brazil, Dutch forces occupied the northeast.

   On 1 December 1640, long commemorated as a national holiday, Portuguese rebels led by the duke of Braganza overthrew Spanish domination and took advantage of Spanish weakness following a more serious rebellion in Catalonia. Portugal regained independence from Spain, but at a price: dependence on foreign assistance to maintain its independence in the form of the renewal of the alliance with England.

   Restoration and Second Empire, 1640-1822

   Foreign affairs and empire dominated the restoration era and aftermath, and Portugal again briefly enjoyed greater European power and prestige. The Anglo-Portuguese Alliance was renewed and strengthened in treaties of 1642, 1654, and 1661, and Portugal's independence from Spain was underwritten by English pledges and armed assistance. In a Luso-Spanish treaty of 1668, Spain recognized Portugal's independence. Portugal's alliance with England was a marriage of convenience and necessity between two monarchies with important religious, cultural, and social differences. In return for legal, diplomatic, and trade privileges, as well as the use during war and peace of Portugal's great Lisbon harbor and colonial ports for England's navy, England pledged to protect Portugal and its scattered empire from any attack. The previously cited 17th-century alliance treaties were renewed later in the Treaty of Windsor, signed in London in 1899. On at least 10 different occasions after 1640, and during the next two centuries, England was central in helping prevent or repel foreign invasions of its ally, Portugal.

   Portugal's second empire (1640-1822) was largely Brazil-oriented. Portuguese colonization, exploitation of wealth, and emigration focused on Portuguese America, and imperial revenues came chiefly from Brazil. Between 1670 and 1740, Portugal's royalty and nobility grew wealthier on funds derived from Brazilian gold, diamonds, sugar, tobacco, and other crops, an enterprise supported by the Atlantic slave trade and the supply of African slave labor from West Africa and Angola. Visitors today can see where much of that wealth was invested: Portugal's rich legacy of monumental architecture. Meanwhile, the African slave trade took a toll in Angola and West Africa.

   In continental Portugal, absolutist monarchy dominated politics and government, and there was a struggle for position and power between the monarchy and other institutions, such as the Church and nobility. King José I's chief minister, usually known in history as the marquis of Pombal (ruled 1750-77), sharply suppressed the nobility and the

   Church (including the Inquisition, now a weak institution) and expelled the Jesuits. Pombal also made an effort to reduce economic dependence on England, Portugal's oldest ally. But his successes did not last much beyond his disputed time in office.

   Beginning in the late 18th century, the European-wide impact of the French Revolution and the rise of Napoleon placed Portugal in a vulnerable position. With the monarchy ineffectively led by an insane queen (Maria I) and her indecisive regent son (João VI), Portugal again became the focus of foreign ambition and aggression. With England unable to provide decisive assistance in time, France—with Spain's consent—invaded Portugal in 1807. As Napoleon's army under General Junot entered Lisbon meeting no resistance, Portugal's royal family fled on a British fleet to Brazil, where it remained in exile until 1821. In the meantime, Portugal's overseas empire was again under threat. There was a power vacuum as the monarch was absent, foreign armies were present, and new political notions of liberalism and constitutional monarchy were exciting various groups of citizens.

   Again England came to the rescue, this time in the form of the armies of the duke of Wellington. Three successive French invasions of Portugal were defeated and expelled, and Wellington succeeded in carrying the war against Napoleon across the Portuguese frontier into Spain. The presence of the English army, the new French-born liberal ideas, and the political vacuum combined to create revolutionary conditions. The French invasions and the peninsular wars, where Portuguese armed forces played a key role, marked the beginning of a new era in politics.

   Liberalism and Constitutional Monarchy, 1822-1910

   During 1807-22, foreign invasions, war, and civil strife over conflicting political ideas gravely damaged Portugal's commerce, economy, and novice industry. The next terrible blow was the loss of Brazil in 1822, the jewel in the imperial crown. Portugal's very independence seemed to be at risk. In vain, Portugal sought to resist Brazilian independence by force, but in 1825 it formally acknowledged Brazilian independence by treaty.

   Portugal's slow recovery from the destructive French invasions and the "war of independence" was complicated by civil strife over the form of constitutional monarchy that best suited Portugal. After struggles over these issues between 1820 and 1834, Portugal settled somewhat uncertainly into a moderate constitutional monarchy whose constitution (Charter of 1826) lent it strong political powers to exert a moderating influence between the executive and legislative branches of the government. It also featured a new upper middle class based on land ownership and commerce; a Catholic Church that, although still important, lived with reduced privileges and property; a largely African (third) empire to which Lisbon and Oporto devoted increasing spiritual and material resources, starting with the liberal imperial plans of 1836 and 1851, and continuing with the work of institutions like the Lisbon Society of Geography (established 1875); and a mass of rural peasants whose bonds to the land weakened after 1850 and who began to immigrate in increasing numbers to Brazil and North America.

   Chronic military intervention in national politics began in 19th-century Portugal. Such intervention, usually commencing with coups or pronunciamentos (military revolts), was a shortcut to the spoils of political office and could reflect popular discontent as well as the power of personalities. An early example of this was the 1817 golpe (coup) attempt of General Gomes Freire against British military rule in Portugal before the return of King João VI from Brazil. Except for a more stable period from 1851 to 1880, military intervention in politics, or the threat thereof, became a feature of the constitutional monarchy's political life, and it continued into the First Republic and the subsequent Estado Novo.

   Beginning with the Regeneration period (1851-80), Portugal experienced greater political stability and economic progress. Military intervention in politics virtually ceased; industrialization and construction of railroads, roads, and bridges proceeded; two political parties (Regenerators and Historicals) worked out a system of rotation in power; and leading intellectuals sparked a cultural revival in several fields. In 19th-century literature, there was a new golden age led by such figures as Alexandre Herculano (historian), Eça de Queirós (novelist), Almeida Garrett (playwright and essayist), Antero de Quental (poet), and Joaquim Oliveira Martins (historian and social scientist). In its third overseas empire, Portugal attempted to replace the slave trade and slavery with legitimate economic activities; to reform the administration; and to expand Portuguese holdings beyond coastal footholds deep into the African hinterlands in West, West Central, and East Africa. After 1841, to some extent, and especially after 1870, colonial affairs, combined with intense nationalism, pressures for economic profit in Africa, sentiment for national revival, and the drift of European affairs would make or break Lisbon governments.

   Beginning with the political crisis that arose out of the "English Ultimatum" affair of January 1890, the monarchy became discredtted and identified with the poorly functioning government, political parties splintered, and republicanism found more supporters. Portugal participated in the "Scramble for Africa," expanding its African holdings, but failed to annex territory connecting Angola and Mozambique. A growing foreign debt and state bankruptcy as of the early 1890s damaged the constitutional monarchy's reputation, despite the efforts of King Carlos in diplomacy, the renewal of the alliance in the Windsor Treaty of 1899, and the successful if bloody colonial wars in the empire (1880-97). Republicanism proclaimed that Portugal's weak economy and poor society were due to two historic institutions: the monarchy and the Catholic Church. A republic, its stalwarts claimed, would bring greater individual liberty; efficient, if more decentralized government; and a stronger colonial program while stripping the Church of its role in both society and education.

   As the monarchy lost support and republicans became more aggressive, violence increased in politics. King Carlos I and his heir Luís were murdered in Lisbon by anarchist-republicans on 1 February 1908. Following a military and civil insurrection and fighting between monarchist and republican forces, on 5 October 1910, King Manuel II fled Portugal and a republic was proclaimed.

   First Parliamentary Republic, 1910-26

   Portugal's first attempt at republican government was the most unstable, turbulent parliamentary republic in the history of 20th-century Western Europe. During a little under 16 years of the republic, there were 45 governments, a number of legislatures that did not complete normal terms, military coups, and only one president who completed his four-year term in office. Portuguese society was poorly prepared for this political experiment. Among the deadly legacies of the monarchy were a huge public debt; a largely rural, apolitical, and illiterate peasant population; conflict over the causes of the country's misfortunes; and lack of experience with a pluralist, democratic system.

   The republic had some talented leadership but lacked popular, institutional, and economic support. The 1911 republican constitution established only a limited democracy, as only a small portion of the adult male citizenry was eligible to vote. In a country where the majority was Catholic, the republic passed harshly anticlerical laws, and its institutions and supporters persecuted both the Church and its adherents. During its brief disjointed life, the First Republic drafted important reform plans in economic, social, and educational affairs; actively promoted development in the empire; and pursued a liberal, generous foreign policy. Following British requests for Portugal's assistance in World War I, Portugal entered the war on the Allied side in March 1916 and sent armies to Flanders and Portuguese Africa. Portugal's intervention in that conflict, however, was too costly in many respects, and the ultimate failure of the republic in part may be ascribed to Portugal's World War I activities.

   Unfortunately for the republic, its time coincided with new threats to Portugal's African possessions: World War I, social and political demands from various classes that could not be reconciled, excessive military intervention in politics, and, in particular, the worst economic and financial crisis Portugal had experienced since the 16th and 17th centuries. After the original Portuguese Republican Party (PRP, also known as the "Democrats") splintered into three warring groups in 1912, no true multiparty system emerged. The Democrats, except for only one or two elections, held an iron monopoly of electoral power, and political corruption became a major issue. As extreme right-wing dictatorships elsewhere in Europe began to take power in Italy (1922), neighboring Spain (1923), and Greece (1925), what scant popular support remained for the republic collapsed. Backed by a right-wing coalition of landowners from Alentejo, clergy, Coimbra University faculty and students, Catholic organizations, and big business, career military officers led by General Gomes da Costa executed a coup on 28 May 1926, turned out the last republican government, and established a military government.

   The Estado Novo (New State), 1926-74

   During the military phase (1926-32) of the Estado Novo, professional military officers, largely from the army, governed and administered Portugal and held key cabinet posts, but soon discovered that the military possessed no magic formula that could readily solve the problems inherited from the First Republic. Especially during the years 1926-31, the military dictatorship, even with its political repression of republican activities and institutions (military censorship of the press, political police action, and closure of the republic's rowdy parliament), was characterized by similar weaknesses: personalism and factionalism; military coups and political instability, including civil strife and loss of life; state debt and bankruptcy; and a weak economy. "Barracks parliamentarism" was not an acceptable alternative even to the "Nightmare Republic."

   Led by General Óscar Carmona, who had replaced and sent into exile General Gomes da Costa, the military dictatorship turned to a civilian expert in finance and economics to break the budget impasse and bring coherence to the disorganized system. Appointed minister of finance on 27 April 1928, the Coimbra University Law School professor of economics Antônio de Oliveira Salazar (1889-1970) first reformed finance, helped balance the budget, and then turned to other concerns as he garnered extraordinary governing powers. In 1930, he was appointed interim head of another key ministry (Colonies) and within a few years had become, in effect, a civilian dictator who, with the military hierarchy's support, provided the government with coherence, a program, and a set of policies.

   For nearly 40 years after he was appointed the first civilian prime minister in 1932, Salazar's personality dominated the government. Unlike extreme right-wing dictators elsewhere in Europe, Salazar was directly appointed by the army but was never endorsed by a popular political party, street militia, or voter base. The scholarly, reclusive former Coimbra University professor built up what became known after 1932 as the Estado Novo ("New State"), which at the time of its overthrow by another military coup in 1974, was the longest surviving authoritarian regime in Western Europe. The system of Salazar and the largely academic and technocratic ruling group he gathered in his cabinets was based on the central bureaucracy of the state, which was supported by the president of the republic—always a senior career military officer, General Óscar Carmona (1928-51), General Craveiro Lopes (1951-58), and Admiral Américo Tómaz (1958-74)—and the complicity of various institutions. These included a rubber-stamp legislature called the National Assembly (1935-74) and a political police known under various names: PVDE (1932-45), PIDE (1945-69),

   and DGS (1969-74). Other defenders of the Estado Novo security were paramilitary organizations such as the National Republican Guard (GNR); the Portuguese Legion (PL); and the Portuguese Youth [Movement]. In addition to censorship of the media, theater, and books, there was political repression and a deliberate policy of depoliticization. All political parties except for the approved movement of regime loyalists, the União Nacional or (National Union), were banned.

   The most vigorous and more popular period of the New State was 1932-44, when the basic structures were established. Never monolithic or entirely the work of one person (Salazar), the New State was constructed with the assistance of several dozen top associates who were mainly academics from law schools, some technocrats with specialized skills, and a handful of trusted career military officers. The 1933 Constitution declared Portugal to be a "unitary, corporative Republic," and pressures to restore the monarchy were resisted. Although some of the regime's followers were fascists and pseudofascists, many more were conservative Catholics, integralists, nationalists, and monarchists of different varieties, and even some reactionary republicans. If the New State was authoritarian, it was not totalitarian and, unlike fascism in Benito Mussolini's Italy or Adolf Hitler's Germany, it usually employed the minimum of violence necessary to defeat what remained a largely fractious, incoherent opposition.

   With the tumultuous Second Republic and the subsequent civil war in nearby Spain, the regime felt threatened and reinforced its defenses. During what Salazar rightly perceived as a time of foreign policy crisis for Portugal (1936-45), he assumed control of the Ministry of Foreign Affairs. From there, he pursued four basic foreign policy objectives: supporting the Nationalist rebels of General Francisco Franco in the Spanish Civil War (1936-39) and concluding defense treaties with a triumphant Franco; ensuring that General Franco in an exhausted Spain did not enter World War II on the Axis side; maintaining Portuguese neutrality in World War II with a post-1942 tilt toward the Allies, including granting Britain and the United States use of bases in the Azores Islands; and preserving and protecting Portugal's Atlantic Islands and its extensive, if poor, overseas empire in Africa and Asia.

   During the middle years of the New State (1944-58), many key Salazar associates in government either died or resigned, and there was greater social unrest in the form of unprecedented strikes and clandestine Communist activities, intensified opposition, and new threatening international pressures on Portugal's overseas empire. During the earlier phase of the Cold War (1947-60), Portugal became a steadfast, if weak, member of the US-dominated North Atlantic Treaty Organization alliance and, in 1955, with American support, Portugal joined the United Nations (UN). Colonial affairs remained a central concern of the regime. As of 1939, Portugal was the third largest colonial power in the world and possessed territories in tropical Africa (Angola, Mozambique, Guinea-Bissau, and São Tomé and Príncipe Islands) and the remnants of its 16th-century empire in Asia (Goa, Damão, Diu, East Timor, and Macau). Beginning in the early 1950s, following the independence of India in 1947, Portugal resisted Indian pressures to decolonize Portuguese India and used police forces to discourage internal opposition in its Asian and African colonies.

   The later years of the New State (1958-68) witnessed the aging of the increasingly isolated but feared Salazar and new threats both at home and overseas. Although the regime easily overcame the brief oppositionist threat from rival presidential candidate General Humberto Delgado in the spring of 1958, new developments in the African and Asian empires imperiled the authoritarian system. In February 1961, oppositionists hijacked the Portuguese ocean liner Santa Maria and, in following weeks, African insurgents in northern Angola, although they failed to expel the Portuguese, gained worldwide media attention, discredited the New State, and began the 13-year colonial war. After thwarting a dissident military coup against his continued leadership, Salazar and his ruling group mobilized military repression in Angola and attempted to develop the African colonies at a faster pace in order to ensure Portuguese control. Meanwhile, the other European colonial powers (Britain, France, Belgium, and Spain) rapidly granted political independence to their African territories.

   At the time of Salazar's removal from power in September 1968, following a stroke, Portugal's efforts to maintain control over its colonies appeared to be successful. President Americo Tomás appointed Dr. Marcello Caetano as Salazar's successor as prime minister. While maintaining the New State's basic structures, and continuing the regime's essential colonial policy, Caetano attempted wider reforms in colonial administration and some devolution of power from Lisbon, as well as more freedom of expression in Lisbon. Still, a great deal of the budget was devoted to supporting the wars against the insurgencies in Africa. Meanwhile in Asia, Portuguese India had fallen when the Indian army invaded in December 1961. The loss of Goa was a psychological blow to the leadership of the New State, and of the Asian empire only East Timor and Macau remained.

   The Caetano years (1968-74) were but a hiatus between the waning Salazar era and a new regime. There was greater political freedom and rapid economic growth (5-6 percent annually to late 1973), but Caetano's government was unable to reform the old system thoroughly and refused to consider new methods either at home or in the empire. In the end, regime change came from junior officers of the professional military who organized the Armed Forces Movement (MFA) against the Caetano government. It was this group of several hundred officers, mainly in the army and navy, which engineered a largely bloodless coup in Lisbon on 25 April 1974. Their unexpected action brought down the 48-year-old New State and made possible the eventual establishment and consolidation of democratic governance in Portugal, as well as a reorientation of the country away from the Atlantic toward Europe.

   Revolution of Carnations, 1974-76

   Following successful military operations of the Armed Forces Movement against the Caetano government, Portugal experienced what became known as the "Revolution of Carnations." It so happened that during the rainy week of the military golpe, Lisbon flower shops were featuring carnations, and the revolutionaries and their supporters adopted the red carnation as the common symbol of the event, as well as of the new freedom from dictatorship. The MFA, whose leaders at first were mostly little-known majors and captains, proclaimed a three-fold program of change for the new Portugal: democracy; decolonization of the overseas empire, after ending the colonial wars; and developing a backward economy in the spirit of opportunity and equality. During the first 24 months after the coup, there was civil strife, some anarchy, and a power struggle. With the passing of the Estado Novo, public euphoria burst forth as the new provisional military government proclaimed the freedoms of speech, press, and assembly, and abolished censorship, the political police, the Portuguese Legion, Portuguese Youth, and other New State organizations, including the National Union. Scores of political parties were born and joined the senior political party, the Portuguese Community Party (PCP), and the Socialist Party (PS), founded shortly before the coup.

   Portugal's Revolution of Carnations went through several phases. There was an attempt to take control by radical leftists, including the PCP and its allies. This was thwarted by moderate officers in the army, as well as by the efforts of two political parties: the PS and the Social Democrats (PPD, later PSD). The first phase was from April to September 1974. Provisional president General Antonio Spínola, whose 1974 book Portugal and the Future had helped prepare public opinion for the coup, met irresistible leftist pressures. After Spinola's efforts to avoid rapid decolonization of the African empire failed, he resigned in September 1974. During the second phase, from September 1974 to March 1975, radical military officers gained control, but a coup attempt by General Spínola and his supporters in Lisbon in March 1975 failed and Spínola fled to Spain.

   In the third phase of the Revolution, March-November 1975, a strong leftist reaction followed. Farm workers occupied and "nationalized" 1.1 million hectares of farmland in the Alentejo province, and radical military officers in the provisional government ordered the nationalization of Portuguese banks (foreign banks were exempted), utilities, and major industries, or about 60 percent of the economic system. There were power struggles among various political parties — a total of 50 emerged—and in the streets there was civil strife among labor, military, and law enforcement groups. A constituent assembly, elected on 25 April 1975, in Portugal's first free elections since 1926, drafted a democratic constitution. The Council of the Revolution (CR), briefly a revolutionary military watchdog committee, was entrenched as part of the government under the constitution, until a later revision. During the chaotic year of 1975, about 30 persons were killed in political frays while unstable provisional governments came and went. On 25 November 1975, moderate military forces led by Colonel Ramalho Eanes, who later was twice elected president of the republic (1976 and 1981), defeated radical, leftist military groups' revolutionary conspiracies.

   In the meantime, Portugal's scattered overseas empire experienced a precipitous and unprepared decolonization. One by one, the former colonies were granted and accepted independence—Guinea-Bissau (September 1974), Cape Verde Islands (July 1975), and Mozambique (July 1975). Portugal offered to turn over Macau to the People's Republic of China, but the offer was refused then and later negotiations led to the establishment of a formal decolonization or hand-over date of 1999. But in two former colonies, the process of decolonization had tragic results.

   In Angola, decolonization negotiations were greatly complicated by the fact that there were three rival nationalist movements in a struggle for power. The January 1975 Alvor Agreement signed by Portugal and these three parties was not effectively implemented. A bloody civil war broke out in Angola in the spring of 1975 and, when Portuguese armed forces withdrew and declared that Angola was independent on 11 November 1975, the bloodshed only increased. Meanwhile, most of the white Portuguese settlers from Angola and Mozambique fled during the course of 1975. Together with African refugees, more than 600,000 of these retornados ("returned ones") went by ship and air to Portugal and thousands more to Namibia, South Africa, Brazil, Canada, and the United States.

   The second major decolonization disaster was in Portugal's colony of East Timor in the Indonesian archipelago. Portugal's capacity to supervise and control a peaceful transition to independence in this isolated, neglected colony was limited by the strength of giant Indonesia, distance from Lisbon, and Portugal's revolutionary disorder and inability to defend Timor. In early December 1975, before Portugal granted formal independence and as one party, FRETILIN, unilaterally declared East Timor's independence, Indonesia's armed forces invaded, conquered, and annexed East Timor. Indonesian occupation encountered East Timorese resistance, and a heavy loss of life followed. The East Timor question remained a contentious international issue in the UN, as well as in Lisbon and Jakarta, for more than 20 years following Indonesia's invasion and annexation of the former colony of Portugal. Major changes occurred, beginning in 1998, after Indonesia underwent a political revolution and allowed a referendum in East Timor to decide that territory's political future in August 1999. Most East Timorese chose independence, but Indonesian forces resisted that verdict until

   UN intervention in September 1999. Following UN rule for several years, East Timor attained full independence on 20 May 2002.

   Consolidation of Democracy, 1976-2000

   After several free elections and record voter turnouts between 25 April 1975 and June 1976, civil war was averted and Portugal's second democratic republic began to stabilize. The MFA was dissolved, the military were returned to the barracks, and increasingly elected civilians took over the government of the country. The 1976 Constitution was revised several times beginning in 1982 and 1989, in order to reempha-size the principle of free enterprise in the economy while much of the large, nationalized sector was privatized. In June 1976, General Ram-alho Eanes was elected the first constitutional president of the republic (five-year term), and he appointed socialist leader Dr. Mário Soares as prime minister of the first constitutional government.

   From 1976 to 1985, Portugal's new system featured a weak economy and finances, labor unrest, and administrative and political instability. The difficult consolidation of democratic governance was eased in part by the strong currency and gold reserves inherited from the Estado Novo, but Lisbon seemed unable to cope with high unemployment, new debt, the complex impact of the refugees from Africa, world recession, and the agitation of political parties. Four major parties emerged from the maelstrom of 1974-75, except for the Communist Party, all newly founded. They were, from left to right, the Communists (PCP); the Socialists (PS), who managed to dominate governments and the legislature but not win a majority in the Assembly of the Republic; the Social Democrats (PSD); and the Christian Democrats (CDS). During this period, the annual growth rate was low (l-2 percent), and the nationalized sector of the economy stagnated.

   Enhanced economic growth, greater political stability, and more effective central government as of 1985, and especially 1987, were due to several developments. In 1977, Portugal applied for membership in the European Economic Community (EEC), now the European Union (EU) since 1993. In January 1986, with Spain, Portugal was granted membership, and economic and financial progress in the intervening years has been significantly influenced by the comparatively large investment, loans, technology, advice, and other assistance from the EEC. Low unemployment, high annual growth rates (5 percent), and moderate inflation have also been induced by the new political and administrative stability in Lisbon. Led by Prime Minister Cavaco Silva, an economist who was trained abroad, the PSD's strong organization, management, and electoral support since 1985 have assisted in encouraging economic recovery and development. In 1985, the PSD turned the PS out of office and won the general election, although they did not have an absolute majority of assembly seats. In 1986, Mário Soares was elected president of the republic, the first civilian to hold that office since the First Republic. In the elections of 1987 and 1991, however, the PSD was returned to power with clear majorities of over 50 percent of the vote.

   Although the PSD received 50.4 percent of the vote in the 1991 parliamentary elections and held a 42-seat majority in the Assembly of the Republic, the party began to lose public support following media revelations regarding corruption and complaints about Prime Minister Cavaco Silva's perceived arrogant leadership style. President Mário Soares voiced criticism of the PSD's seemingly untouchable majority and described a "tyranny of the majority." Economic growth slowed down. In the parliamentary elections of 1995 and the presidential election of 1996, the PSD's dominance ended for the time being. Prime Minister Antônio Guterres came to office when the PS won the October 1995 elections, and in the subsequent presidential contest, in January 1996, socialist Jorge Sampaio, the former mayor of Lisbon, was elected president of the republic, thus defeating Cavaco Silva's bid. Young and popular, Guterres moved the PS toward the center of the political spectrum. Under Guterres, the PS won the October 1999 parliamentary elections. The PS defeated the PSD but did not manage to win a clear, working majority of seats, and this made the PS dependent upon alliances with smaller parties, including the PCP.

   In the local elections in December 2001, the PSD's criticism of PS's heavy public spending allowed the PSD to take control of the key cities of Lisbon, Oporto, and Coimbra. Guterres resigned, and parliamentary elections were brought forward from 2004 to March 2002. The PSD won a narrow victory with 40 percent of the votes, and Jose Durão Barroso became prime minister. Having failed to win a majority of the seats in parliament forced the PSD to govern in coalition with the right-wing Popular Party (PP) led by Paulo Portas. Durão Barroso set about reducing government spending by cutting the budgets of local authorities, freezing civil service hiring, and reviving the economy by accelerating privatization of state-owned enterprises. These measures provoked a 24-hour strike by public-sector workers. Durão Barroso reacted with vows to press ahead with budget-cutting measures and imposed a wage freeze on all employees earning more than €1,000, which affected more than one-half of Portugal's work force.

   In June 2004, Durão Barroso was invited by Romano Prodi to succeed him as president of the European Commission. Durão Barroso accepted and resigned the prime ministership in July. Pedro Santana Lopes, the leader of the PSD, became prime minister. Already unpopular at the time of Durão Barroso's resignation, the PSD-led government became increasingly unpopular under Santana Lopes. A month-long delay in the start of the school year and confusion over his plan to cut taxes and raise public-sector salaries, eroded confidence even more. By November, Santana Lopes's government was so unpopular that President Jorge Sampaio was obliged to dissolve parliament and hold new elections, two years ahead of schedule.

   Parliamentary elections were held on 20 February 2005. The PS, which had promised the electorate disciplined and transparent governance, educational reform, the alleviation of poverty, and a boost in employment, won 45 percent of the vote and the majority of the seats in parliament. The leader of the PS, José Sôcrates became prime minister on 12 March 2005. In the regularly scheduled presidential elections held on 6 January 2006, the former leader of the PSD and prime minister, Aníbal Cavaco Silva, won a narrow victory and became president on 9 March 2006. With a mass protest, public teachers' strike, and street demonstrations in March 2008, Portugal's media, educational, and social systems experienced more severe pressures. With the spreading global recession beginning in September 2008, Portugal's economic and financial systems became more troubled.

    Contemporary Portugal

   Owing to its geographic location on the southwestern most edge of continental Europe, Portugal has been historically in but not of Europe. Almost from the beginning of its existence in the 12th century as an independent monarchy, Portugal turned its back on Europe and oriented itself toward the Atlantic Ocean. After carving out a Christian kingdom on the western portion of the Iberian peninsula, Portuguese kings gradually built and maintained a vast seaborne global empire that became central to the way Portugal understood its individuality as a nation-state. While the creation of this empire allows Portugal to claim an unusual number of "firsts" or distinctions in world and Western history, it also retarded Portugal's economic, social, and political development. It can be reasonably argued that the Revolution of 25 April 1974 was the most decisive event in Portugal's long history because it finally ended Portugal's oceanic mission and view of itself as an imperial power. After the 1974 Revolution, Portugal turned away from its global mission and vigorously reoriented itself toward Europe. Contemporary Portugal is now both in and of Europe.

   The turn toward Europe began immediately after 25 April 1974. Portugal granted independence to its African colonies in 1975. It was admitted to the European Council and took the first steps toward accession to the European Economic Community (EEC) in 1976. On 28 March 1977, the Portuguese government officially applied for EEC membership. Because of Portugal's economic and social backwardness, which would require vast sums of EEC money to overcome, negotiations for membership were long and difficult. Finally, a treaty of accession was signed on 12 June 1985. Portugal officially joined the EEC (the European Union [EU] since 1993) on 1 January 1986. Since becoming a full-fledged member of the EU, Portugal has been steadily overcoming the economic and social underdevelopment caused by its imperial past and is becoming more like the rest of Europe.

   Membership in the EU has speeded up the structural transformation of Portugal's economy, which actually began during the Estado Novo. Investments made by the Estado Novo in Portugal's economy began to shift employment out of the agricultural sector, which, in 1950, accounted for 50 percent of Portugal's economically active population. Today, only 10 percent of the economically active population is employed in the agricultural sector (the highest among EU member states); 30 percent in the industrial sector (also the highest among EU member states); and 60 percent in the service sector (the lowest among EU member states). The economically active population numbers about 5,000,000 employed, 56 percent of whom are women. Women workers are the majority of the workforce in the agricultural and service sectors (the highest among the EU member states). The expansion of the service sector has been primarily in health care and education. Portugal has had the lowest unemployment rates among EU member states, with the overall rate never being more than 10 percent of the active population. Since joining the EU, the number of employers increased from 2.6 percent to 5.8 percent of the active population; self-employed from 16 to 19 percent; and employees from 65 to 70 percent. Twenty-six percent of the employers are women. Unemployment tends to hit younger workers in industry and transportation, women employed in domestic service, workers on short-term contracts, and poorly educated workers. Salaried workers earn only 63 percent of the EU average, and hourly workers only one-third to one-half of that earned by their EU counterparts. Despite having had the second highest growth of gross national product (GNP) per inhabitant (after Ireland) among EU member states, the above data suggest that while much has been accomplished in terms of modernizing the Portuguese economy, much remains to be done to bring Portugal's economy up to the level of the "average" EU member state.

   Membership in the EU has also speeded up changes in Portuguese society. Over the last 30 years, coastalization and urbanization have intensified. Fully 50 percent of Portuguese live in the coastal urban conurbations of Lisbon, Oporto, Braga, Aveiro, Coimbra, Viseu, Évora, and Faro. The Portuguese population is one of the oldest among EU member states (17.3 percent are 65 years of age or older) thanks to a considerable increase in life expectancy at birth (77.87 years for the total population, 74.6 years for men, 81.36 years for women) and one of the lowest birthrates (10.59 births/1,000) in Europe. Family size averages 2.8 persons per household, with the strict nuclear family (one or two generations) in which both parents work being typical. Common law marriages, cohabitating couples, and single-parent households are more and more common. The divorce rate has also increased. "Youth Culture" has developed. The young have their own meeting places, leisure-time activities, and nightlife (bars, clubs, and discos).

   All Portuguese citizens, whether they have contributed or not, have a right to an old-age pension, invalidity benefits, widowed persons' pension, as well as payments for disabilities, children, unemployment, and large families. There is a national minimum wage (€385 per month), which is low by EU standards. The rapid aging of Portugal's population has changed the ratio of contributors to pensioners to 1.7, the lowest in the EU. This has created deficits in Portugal's social security fund.

   The adult literacy rate is about 92 percent. Illiteracy is still found among the elderly. Although universal compulsory education up to grade 9 was achieved in 1980, only 21.2 percent of the population aged 25-64 had undergone secondary education, compared to an EU average of 65.7 percent. Portugal's higher education system currently consists of 14 state universities and 14 private universities, 15 state polytechnic institutions, one Catholic university, and one military academy. All in all, Portugal spends a greater percentage of its state budget on education than most EU member states. Despite this high level of expenditure, the troubled Portuguese education system does not perform well. Early leaving and repetition rates are among the highest among EU member states.

   After the Revolution of 25 April 1974, Portugal created a National Health Service, which today consists of 221 hospitals and 512 medical centers employing 33,751 doctors and 41,799 nurses. Like its education system, Portugal's medical system is inefficient. There are long waiting lists for appointments with specialists and for surgical procedures.

   Structural changes in Portugal's economy and society mean that social life in Portugal is not too different from that in other EU member states. A mass consumption society has been created. Televisions, telephones, refrigerators, cars, music equipment, mobile phones, and personal computers are commonplace. Sixty percent of Portuguese households possess at least one automobile, and 65 percent of Portuguese own their own home. Portuguese citizens are more aware of their legal rights than ever before. This has resulted in a trebling of the number of legal proceeding since 1960 and an eight-fold increase in the number of lawyers. In general, Portuguese society has become more permissive and secular; the Catholic Church and the armed forces are much less influential than in the past. Portugal's population is also much more culturally, religiously, and ethnically diverse, a consequence of the coming to Portugal of hundreds of thousands of immigrants, mainly from former African colonies.

   Portuguese are becoming more cosmopolitan and sophisticated through the impact of world media, the Internet, and the World Wide Web. A prime case in point came in the summer and early fall of 1999, with the extraordinary events in East Timor and the massive Portuguese popular responses. An internationally monitored referendum in East Timor, Portugal's former colony in the Indonesian archipelago and under Indonesian occupation from late 1975 to summer 1999, resulted in a vote of 78.5 percent for rejecting integration with Indonesia and for independence. When Indonesian prointegration gangs, aided by the Indonesian military, responded to the referendum with widespread brutality and threatened to reverse the verdict of the referendum, there was a spontaneous popular outpouring of protest in the cities and towns of Portugal. An avalanche of Portuguese e-mail fell on leaders and groups in the UN and in certain countries around the world as Portugal's diplomats, perhaps to compensate for the weak initial response to Indonesian armed aggression in 1975, called for the protection of East Timor as an independent state and for UN intervention to thwart Indonesian action. Using global communications networks, the Portuguese were able to mobilize UN and world public opinion against Indonesian actions and aided the eventual independence of East Timor on 20 May 2002.

   From the Revolution of 25 April 1974 until the 1990s, Portugal had a large number of political parties, one of the largest Communist parties in western Europe, frequent elections, and endemic cabinet instability. Since the 1990s, the number of political parties has been dramatically reduced and cabinet stability increased. Gradually, the Portuguese electorate has concentrated around two larger parties, the right-of-center Social Democrats (PSD) and the left-of-center Socialist (PS). In the 1980s, these two parties together garnered 65 percent of the vote and 70 percent of the seats in parliament. In 2005, these percentages had risen to 74 percent and 85 percent, respectively. In effect, Portugal is currently a two-party dominant system in which the two largest parties — PS and PSD—alternate in and out of power, not unlike the rotation of the two main political parties (the Regenerators and the Historicals) during the last decades (1850s to 1880s) of the liberal constitutional monarchy. As Portugal's democracy has consolidated, turnout rates for the eligible electorate have declined. In the 1970s, turnout was 85 percent. In Portugal's most recent parliamentary election (2005), turnout had fallen to 65 percent of the eligible electorate.

   Portugal has benefited greatly from membership in the EU, and whatever doubts remain about the price paid for membership, no Portuguese government in the near future can afford to sever this connection. The vast majority of Portuguese citizens see membership in the EU as a "good thing" and strongly believe that Portugal has benefited from membership. Only the Communist Party opposed membership because it reduces national sovereignty, serves the interests of capitalists not workers, and suffers from a democratic deficit. Despite the high level of support for the EU, Portuguese voters are increasingly not voting in elections for the European Parliament, however. Turnout for European Parliament elections fell from 40 percent of the eligible electorate in the 1999 elections to 38 percent in the 2004 elections.

   In sum, Portugal's turn toward Europe has done much to overcome its backwardness. However, despite the economic, social, and political progress made since 1986, Portugal has a long way to go before it can claim to be on a par with the level found even in Spain, much less the rest of western Europe. As Portugal struggles to move from underde-velopment, especially in the rural areas away from the coast, it must keep in mind the perils of too rapid modern development, which could damage two of its most precious assets: its scenery and environment. The growth and future prosperity of the economy will depend on the degree to which the government and the private sector will remain stewards of clean air, soil, water, and other finite resources on which the tourism industry depends and on which Portugal's world image as a unique place to visit rests. Currently, Portugal is investing heavily in renewable energy from solar, wind, and wave power in order to account for about 50 percent of its electricity needs by 2010. Portugal opened the world's largest solar power plant and the world's first commercial wave power farm in 2006.

   An American documentary film on Portugal produced in the 1970s described this little country as having "a Past in Search of a Future." In the years after the Revolution of 25 April 1974, it could be said that Portugal is now living in "a Present in Search of a Future." Increasingly, that future lies in Europe as an active and productive member of the EU.

Historical dictionary of Portugal > Historical Portugal
12 sentir

m.

feelings, sentiments.

v.

1 to feel.

sentimos mucha alegría/pena al enterarnos we were very happy/sad when we found out

sin sentir without noticing

Yo siento amargura I feel=sense bitterness.

Ella siente también She feels, too.

Yo sentí a Ricardo con mi mano I felt Richard with my hand.

2 to regret, to be sorry about.

sentimos mucho la muerte de su amigo we deeply regret the death of your friend

siento que no puedas venir I'm sorry you can't come

siento haberle hecho esperar sorry to keep you waiting

lo siento (mucho) I'm (really) sorry

3 to hear.

4 to be sorry to, to feel sorry to.

Yo siento irme I am sorry to go.

5 to be sorry for.

* * *

sentir

Conjugation model [ HERVIR], like link=hervir hervir

► nombre masculino

1 (sentimiento) feeling

2 (opinión) opinion, view

► verbo transitivo

1 (gen) to feel

■ sintió frío she felt cold

■ sentir amor to feel love

2 (lamentar) to regret, be sorry about, feel sorry

■ siento que no viniera I'm sorry she didn't come

■ lo siento mucho I'm very sorry

3 (oír) to hear

■ ¿sientes algo? can you hear anything?

4 (presentir) to feel, think, have a feeling that

■ siento que todo acabará bien I think everything will turn out all right

► verbo pronominal sentirse

1 to feel

■ me siento cansado I feel tired

\

FRASEOLOGÍA

dejarse sentir / hacerse sentir figurado to make itself felt

en mi sentir in my opinion

¡lo siento! I'm sorry!

sentirse como en casa to feel at home

sentirse con ánimos de hacer algo to feel like doing something, feel up to doing something

sentirse mal to feel ill

sin sentir just like that

* * *

verb

1) to feel

2) feel sorry, regret

3) sense

•

- sentirse

* * *

1. VT

1) [+ emoción, sensación, dolor] to feel

de repente he sentido frío — I suddenly felt cold

no siento la pierna — I can't feel my leg

empezó a sentir los efectos del alcohol — he began to feel the effects of the alcohol

sentí ganas de contárselo — I felt the urge to tell him about it

• dejarse sentir — to be felt

están empezando a dejarse sentir los efectos de la crisis — the effects of the crisis are beginning to be felt

en octubre ya se deja sentir el frío — by October it's already starting to get cold

• sentir hambre — to feel hungry

• sentir pena por algn — to feel pity for sb, feel sorry for sb

• sentir sed — to feel thirsty

2) (=percibir) to sense

sintió la presencia de alguien en la oscuridad — he sensed a presence in the darkness

quizá sintió que no le estaba diciendo la verdad — maybe she sensed that I wasn't telling her the truth

3) [con otros sentidos]

a) (=oír) to hear

no la sentí entrar — I didn't hear her come in

no se sentía el vuelo de una mosca — you could have heard a pin drop

b) esp LAm [+ olor] to smell; [+ sabor] to taste

¿sientes el olor a quemado? — can you smell burning?

no le siento ningún gusto a esto — this doesn't taste of anything to me

4) (=presentir)

siento que esto no acabará bien — I have a feeling that this isn't going to end well

5) [+ música, poesía] to have a feeling for

6) (=lamentar) to be sorry about, regret más frm

siento mucho lo que pasó — I'm really sorry about what happened

siento no haber podido ir — I'm sorry I wasn't able to go

siento informarle que no ha sido seleccionado — I'm sorry to tell you that you haven't been selected, I regret to inform you that you haven't been selected más frm

siento molestarlo, pero necesito su ayuda — I'm sorry to bother you, but I need your help

• lo siento — I'm sorry

lo siento muchísimo, ¡cuánto lo siento! — I'm so sorry

lo siento en el alma — I'm terribly sorry

• sentir que... — to be sorry that...

siento mucho que pienses de esa forma — I'm very sorry that you feel that way

2.

VI to feel

ni oía ni sentía nada — he could neither hear nor feel anything

ama y siente como cualquier ser humano — he feels love and emotion like any human being

el tiempo se me pasaba sin sentir — I didn't notice the time passing

3.

See:

sentirse

* * *
I 1.
verbo transitivo

1)

a) <dolor/pinchazo> to feel

sentir hambre/frío/sed — to feel hungry/cold/thirsty

sentí un dolor en la pierna — I felt a pain in my leg

empecé a sentir los efectos de la droga — I started to feel the effects of the drug

b) < emoción> to feel

sentimos una gran alegría — we were overjoyed

lo hizo para que él sintiera celos — she did it to make him feel jealous

se ve que siente lo que dice — you can tell he means what he says

c) ( presentir)

sentí que nos iba a pasar algo — I had a feeling something was going to happen to us

d) ( experimentar consecuencias)

los efectos de la crisis se dejarán sentir durante décadas — the effects of the crisis will be felt for decades

el descontento se hizo sentir pronto — their discontent soon made itself felt

2)

a) ( oír) <ruido/disparo> to hear

anoche te sentí llegar — I heard you come in last night

b) (esp AmL) ( percibir)

siento olor a gas — I can smell gas

le siento gusto a vainilla/ajo — I can taste vanilla/garlic

3) ( lamentar)

sentí mucho la muerte de tu padre — I was very sorry to hear of your father's death

ha sentido mucho la pérdida de su madre — she has been very affected by her mother's death

lo siento mucho — I'm really sorry

lo siento en el alma — I'm terribly sorry, I'm so sorry

sentí mucho no poder ayudarla — I was very sorry not to be able to help her

el director siente no poder recibirlo — the director regrets that he is unable to see you (frml)
2.
sentirse v pron

1) (+ compl) to feel

¿te sientes bien? — are you feeling o do you feel all right?

me siento mal — I don't feel well, I'm not feeling well

me siento enfermo/peor — I feel ill/worse

se sintió desfallecer — she felt as if she were about to faint

no me siento con ánimos — I don't feel up to it

no tiene por qué sentirse ofendida — she has no reason to feel hurt

me siento vigilada — I feel as if I am being watched

me siento identificada con él — I can identify with him

2) (Chi, Méx) ( ofenderse) to be offended o hurt

sentirse CON alguien — to be offended o upset with somebody
II
masculino ( sentimiento) feelings (pl), emotions (pl); (opinión, postura) feeling, view

* * *

= be sorry, sentiment, have + a feeling, regret.

Ex. I'm sorry to have disappointed you.

Ex. The song may have been forgotten but among library users the sentiment lingers on = Puede que la canción se haya olvidado pero entre los usuarios de bibliotecas el sentimiento perdura.

Ex. She had, suddenly, a new feeling, like a tardy response to the stimulus of an unfamiliar drug.

Ex. Sir Walter Greg also half regretted 'that 'bibliology' is past praying for' since it defined the study more precisely than the accepted word.

----

* decir que Uno se siente cómodo con Algo = express + comfort with.

* decir que Uno se siente confortable con Algo = express + comfort with.

* hacer que Alguien se sienta a gusto = put + Nombre + at ease.

* hacer sentir = make + feel.

* hacer sentir bien = make + Nombre + feel good.

* hacer sentir la presencia de = make + Posesivo + presence felt.

* hacer sentir mal = make + Nombre + feel bad.

* hacer sentir orgulloso = make + Nombre + proud.

* hacerse sentir = take + Posesivo + toll (on).

* los efectos negativos se están dejando sentir ahora = chickens come home to roost.

* nada sabe mejor que sentirse delgado = nothing tastes as good as thin feels.

* ojos que no ven corazón que no siente = ignorance is bliss.

* ojos que no ven corazón que no siente = out of sight out of mind.

* recortes presupuestarios + hacerse sentir = budget cut + bite.

* sentir ansiedad = feel + anxiety.

* sentir aversión por = have + aversion to.

* sentir cierta aprensión (por) = be apprehensive (about).

* sentir claustrofobia = feel + claustrophobic.

* sentir daño = feel + hurt.

* sentir el deseo de = have + an/the inclination to, get + the urge to.

* sentir entusiasmo por = be enamoured of/with.

* sentir envidia = feel + jealous.

* sentir envidia de = be envious of.

* sentir hambre = be hungry, feel + hungry.

* sentir hormigueo en la piel = tingle.

* sentir la inclinación de = be inclined to.

* sentir la necesidad de = feel + need for, feel + the need to, get + the urge to.

* sentir la sensación = feel.

* sentir las ganas de = get + the urge to.

* sentir lástima por = feel + sorry for, commiserate (with).

* sentir la tentación de = be tempted to.

* sentir los efectos de = feel + the effects of.

* sentir más ganas de hacer Algo = grow in + appetite.

* sentir miedo = be in fear.

* sentir motivación = have + motivation.

* sentir obligación = feel + compulsion.

* sentir pasión por = be passionate about.

* sentir pena por = feel + sorry for.

* sentir predilección por = be partial to.

* sentir preferencia por = have + a preference for.

* sentir que no tienen en cuenta a Alguien = feel + left out.

* sentir remordimiento = feel + remorse.

* sentir reticencia hacia = recoil.

* sentirse = feel, feel + a sense of, feel like.

* sentirse acorralado = Posesivo + back + be + against the wall.

* sentirse afligido = feel + hurt.

* sentirse a gusto = feel + at home, be at ease.

* sentirse a gusto con = be comfortable with.

* sentirse aislado = feel + left out.

* sentirse aliviado = be relieved.

* sentirse amenazado = feel + threatened.

* sentirse atraído = be engaged.

* sentirse atraído por = take + a fancy to, take + a shine to, take + a liking to, gravitate to(wards).

* sentirse avergonzado = be ashamed, feel + embarrassed.

* sentirse bien = feel + good, wellness, feel + right, get + high.

* sentirse bien con Uno mismo = feel + right.

* sentirse cansado = feel + tired.

* sentirse cohibido = feel + shy.

* sentirse cómodo con = be comfortable with.

* sentirse como en casa = feel + at home, feel like + home (away) from home.

* sentirse como flotando en las nubes = float on + air.

* sentirse como nuevo = be right as rain.

* sentirse como pez en el agua = take to + Nombre + like ducks to water.

* sentirse confortable = be at ease.

* sentirse confuso = feel at + sea, be all at sea.

* sentirse cortado = self-conscious.

* sentirse culpable = feel + guilty.

* sentirse culpable por = feel + guilt over.

* sentir sed = be thirsty.

* sentirse de primera = feel + tip-top.

* sentirse desalentado = be discouraged.

* sentirse descontento con = experience + dissatisfaction with.

* sentirse desilusionado = become + chagrined.

* sentirse destrozado = be gutted, feel + gutted.

* sentirse dolido = feel + hurt.

* sentirse emocionado = be thrilled.

* sentirse encantado = be thrilled.

* sentirse en plena forma = feel + tip-top.

* sentirse entusiasmado = be thrilled.

* sentirse excelente = feel + tip-top.

* sentirse fantástico = feel + tip-top.

* sentirse fuera de lugar = feel + inadequate.

* sentirse halagado por = be complimented by.

* sentirse hecho polvo = be gutted, feel + gutted.

* sentirse identificado = hit it off.

* sentirse ignorado = feel + left out.

* sentirse importante = feel + important.

* sentirse inclinado a = be inclined to.

* sentirse incómodo = look + uncomfortable.

* sentirse incómodo con = be uncomfortable with, feel + uncomfortable with.

* sentirse indignado (por) = be indignant (at).

* sentirse indispuesto = feel under + the weather, be under the weather.

* sentirse integrado = sense of belonging.

* sentirse intimidado = be in awe.

* sentirse mal = feel + bad, feel under + the weather, be under the weather, feel + wrong.

* sentirse mal con Uno mismo = feel + wrong.

* sentirse mareado = feel + giddy, feel + dizzy.

* sentirse más seguro de = gain + confidence (with/in).

* sentirse molesto = stir + uneasily, look + uncomfortable, feel + wrong.

* sentirse molesto por = be embarrassed at.

* sentirse ofendido = be aggrieved.

* sentirse orgulloso = swell with + pride.

* sentirse orgulloso de = be proud (of/to), take + pride in.

* sentirse partícipe = sense of ownership.

* sentirse perdido = be out of + Posesivo + depth, be in over + Posesivo + head, feel at + sea, be all at sea.

* sentirse rechazado = feel + left out.

* sentirse reconfortado = take + heart.

* sentirse resentido = carry + a chip on + Posesivo + shoulder.

* sentirse sobrecogido = stand in + awe.

* sentirse traicionado = feel + a sense of betrayal.

* sentirse violento = look + uncomfortable.

* sentirse violento por = be embarrassed at.

* sentirse vivo = feel + alive.

* sentir simpatía por = have + warm feelings towards.

* sentir una emoción = feel + emotion.

* sentir una sensación de = experience + sense of.

* sentir un cosquilleo en el estómago = have + butterflies in + Posesivo + stomach.

* sentir un escalofrío = experience + shiver.

* sentir un impulso = have + an impulse.

* sentir vergüenza = feel + embarrassed.

* sentir vergüenza ajena = feel + embarrassed for + Nombre.

* siento + Infinitivo = sorry + Infinitivo.

* sin sentir ningún reparo = unashamed.

* sin sentir vergüenza = shamelessly.

* * *
I 1.
verbo transitivo

1)

a) <dolor/pinchazo> to feel

sentir hambre/frío/sed — to feel hungry/cold/thirsty

sentí un dolor en la pierna — I felt a pain in my leg

empecé a sentir los efectos de la droga — I started to feel the effects of the drug

b) < emoción> to feel

sentimos una gran alegría — we were overjoyed

lo hizo para que él sintiera celos — she did it to make him feel jealous

se ve que siente lo que dice — you can tell he means what he says

c) ( presentir)

sentí que nos iba a pasar algo — I had a feeling something was going to happen to us

d) ( experimentar consecuencias)

los efectos de la crisis se dejarán sentir durante décadas — the effects of the crisis will be felt for decades

el descontento se hizo sentir pronto — their discontent soon made itself felt

2)

a) ( oír) <ruido/disparo> to hear

anoche te sentí llegar — I heard you come in last night

b) (esp AmL) ( percibir)

siento olor a gas — I can smell gas

le siento gusto a vainilla/ajo — I can taste vanilla/garlic

3) ( lamentar)

sentí mucho la muerte de tu padre — I was very sorry to hear of your father's death

ha sentido mucho la pérdida de su madre — she has been very affected by her mother's death

lo siento mucho — I'm really sorry

lo siento en el alma — I'm terribly sorry, I'm so sorry

sentí mucho no poder ayudarla — I was very sorry not to be able to help her

el director siente no poder recibirlo — the director regrets that he is unable to see you (frml)
2.
sentirse v pron

1) (+ compl) to feel

¿te sientes bien? — are you feeling o do you feel all right?

me siento mal — I don't feel well, I'm not feeling well

me siento enfermo/peor — I feel ill/worse

se sintió desfallecer — she felt as if she were about to faint

no me siento con ánimos — I don't feel up to it

no tiene por qué sentirse ofendida — she has no reason to feel hurt

me siento vigilada — I feel as if I am being watched

me siento identificada con él — I can identify with him

2) (Chi, Méx) ( ofenderse) to be offended o hurt

sentirse CON alguien — to be offended o upset with somebody
II
masculino ( sentimiento) feelings (pl), emotions (pl); (opinión, postura) feeling, view

* * *

= be sorry, sentiment, have + a feeling, regret.

Ex: I'm sorry to have disappointed you.

Ex: The song may have been forgotten but among library users the sentiment lingers on = Puede que la canción se haya olvidado pero entre los usuarios de bibliotecas el sentimiento perdura.

Ex: She had, suddenly, a new feeling, like a tardy response to the stimulus of an unfamiliar drug.

Ex: Sir Walter Greg also half regretted 'that 'bibliology' is past praying for' since it defined the study more precisely than the accepted word.

* decir que Uno se siente cómodo con Algo = express + comfort with.

* decir que Uno se siente confortable con Algo = express + comfort with.

* hacer que Alguien se sienta a gusto = put + Nombre + at ease.

* hacer sentir = make + feel.

* hacer sentir bien = make + Nombre + feel good.

* hacer sentir la presencia de = make + Posesivo + presence felt.

* hacer sentir mal = make + Nombre + feel bad.

* hacer sentir orgulloso = make + Nombre + proud.

* hacerse sentir = take + Posesivo + toll (on).

* los efectos negativos se están dejando sentir ahora = chickens come home to roost.

* nada sabe mejor que sentirse delgado = nothing tastes as good as thin feels.

* ojos que no ven corazón que no siente = ignorance is bliss.

* ojos que no ven corazón que no siente = out of sight out of mind.

* recortes presupuestarios + hacerse sentir = budget cut + bite.

* sentir ansiedad = feel + anxiety.

* sentir aversión por = have + aversion to.

* sentir cierta aprensión (por) = be apprehensive (about).

* sentir claustrofobia = feel + claustrophobic.

* sentir daño = feel + hurt.

* sentir el deseo de = have + an/the inclination to, get + the urge to.

* sentir entusiasmo por = be enamoured of/with.

* sentir envidia = feel + jealous.

* sentir envidia de = be envious of.

* sentir hambre = be hungry, feel + hungry.

* sentir hormigueo en la piel = tingle.

* sentir la inclinación de = be inclined to.

* sentir la necesidad de = feel + need for, feel + the need to, get + the urge to.

* sentir la sensación = feel.

* sentir las ganas de = get + the urge to.

* sentir lástima por = feel + sorry for, commiserate (with).

* sentir la tentación de = be tempted to.

* sentir los efectos de = feel + the effects of.

* sentir más ganas de hacer Algo = grow in + appetite.

* sentir miedo = be in fear.

* sentir motivación = have + motivation.

* sentir obligación = feel + compulsion.

* sentir pasión por = be passionate about.

* sentir pena por = feel + sorry for.

* sentir predilección por = be partial to.

* sentir preferencia por = have + a preference for.

* sentir que no tienen en cuenta a Alguien = feel + left out.

* sentir remordimiento = feel + remorse.

* sentir reticencia hacia = recoil.

* sentirse = feel, feel + a sense of, feel like.

* sentirse acorralado = Posesivo + back + be + against the wall.

* sentirse afligido = feel + hurt.

* sentirse a gusto = feel + at home, be at ease.

* sentirse a gusto con = be comfortable with.

* sentirse aislado = feel + left out.

* sentirse aliviado = be relieved.

* sentirse amenazado = feel + threatened.

* sentirse atraído = be engaged.

* sentirse atraído por = take + a fancy to, take + a shine to, take + a liking to, gravitate to(wards).

* sentirse avergonzado = be ashamed, feel + embarrassed.

* sentirse bien = feel + good, wellness, feel + right, get + high.

* sentirse bien con Uno mismo = feel + right.

* sentirse cansado = feel + tired.

* sentirse cohibido = feel + shy.

* sentirse cómodo con = be comfortable with.

* sentirse como en casa = feel + at home, feel like + home (away) from home.

* sentirse como flotando en las nubes = float on + air.

* sentirse como nuevo = be right as rain.

* sentirse como pez en el agua = take to + Nombre + like ducks to water.

* sentirse confortable = be at ease.

* sentirse confuso = feel at + sea, be all at sea.

* sentirse cortado = self-conscious.

* sentirse culpable = feel + guilty.

* sentirse culpable por = feel + guilt over.

* sentir sed = be thirsty.

* sentirse de primera = feel + tip-top.

* sentirse desalentado = be discouraged.

* sentirse descontento con = experience + dissatisfaction with.

* sentirse desilusionado = become + chagrined.

* sentirse destrozado = be gutted, feel + gutted.

* sentirse dolido = feel + hurt.

* sentirse emocionado = be thrilled.

* sentirse encantado = be thrilled.

* sentirse en plena forma = feel + tip-top.

* sentirse entusiasmado = be thrilled.

* sentirse excelente = feel + tip-top.

* sentirse fantástico = feel + tip-top.

* sentirse fuera de lugar = feel + inadequate.

* sentirse halagado por = be complimented by.

* sentirse hecho polvo = be gutted, feel + gutted.

* sentirse identificado = hit it off.

* sentirse ignorado = feel + left out.

* sentirse importante = feel + important.

* sentirse inclinado a = be inclined to.

* sentirse incómodo = look + uncomfortable.

* sentirse incómodo con = be uncomfortable with, feel + uncomfortable with.

* sentirse indignado (por) = be indignant (at).

* sentirse indispuesto = feel under + the weather, be under the weather.

* sentirse integrado = sense of belonging.

* sentirse intimidado = be in awe.

* sentirse mal = feel + bad, feel under + the weather, be under the weather, feel + wrong.

* sentirse mal con Uno mismo = feel + wrong.

* sentirse mareado = feel + giddy, feel + dizzy.

* sentirse más seguro de = gain + confidence (with/in).

* sentirse molesto = stir + uneasily, look + uncomfortable, feel + wrong.

* sentirse molesto por = be embarrassed at.

* sentirse ofendido = be aggrieved.

* sentirse orgulloso = swell with + pride.

* sentirse orgulloso de = be proud (of/to), take + pride in.

* sentirse partícipe = sense of ownership.

* sentirse perdido = be out of + Posesivo + depth, be in over + Posesivo + head, feel at + sea, be all at sea.

* sentirse rechazado = feel + left out.

* sentirse reconfortado = take + heart.

* sentirse resentido = carry + a chip on + Posesivo + shoulder.

* sentirse sobrecogido = stand in + awe.

* sentirse traicionado = feel + a sense of betrayal.

* sentirse violento = look + uncomfortable.

* sentirse violento por = be embarrassed at.

* sentirse vivo = feel + alive.

* sentir simpatía por = have + warm feelings towards.

* sentir una emoción = feel + emotion.

* sentir una sensación de = experience + sense of.

* sentir un cosquilleo en el estómago = have + butterflies in + Posesivo + stomach.

* sentir un escalofrío = experience + shiver.

* sentir un impulso = have + an impulse.

* sentir vergüenza = feel + embarrassed.

* sentir vergüenza ajena = feel + embarrassed for + Nombre.

* siento + Infinitivo = sorry + Infinitivo.

* sin sentir ningún reparo = unashamed.

* sin sentir vergüenza = shamelessly.

* * *

sentir¹ [ I11 ]

vt

A

1 ‹frío/calor/hambre/sed› to feel

empecé a sentir hambre/frío a eso de medianoche I started to feel hungry/cold around midnight

apenas sentí el pinchazo I hardly felt the prick of the needle

sentí un dolor en el costado/un tirón en la pierna I felt a pain in my side/a tug at my leg

2 ‹emoción› to feel

es incapaz de sentir compasión por nadie he's incapable of feeling compassion for anyone

sentimos una gran alegría cuando nos enteramos we were overjoyed when we found out

nunca me hicieron sentir que estaba incomodando they never made me feel I was in the way

lo hizo para que él sintiera celos she did it to make him feel jealous

realmente sienten la música they play the music with great feeling

3

(presentir): sentí que nos iba a pasar algo I had a feeling something was going to happen to us

4

(experimentar consecuencias): los efectos de la crisis se dejarán sentir durante décadas the effects of the crisis will be felt for decades

el descontento se hizo sentir pronto their discontent soon made itself felt

nuestro departamento no ha sentido el cambio de director our department hasn't been affected by the change of director

B

1 (oír) to hear

sentimos un ruido/un disparo/pasos we heard a noise/a shot/footsteps

anoche te sentí llegar I heard you come in last night

2

( esp AmL) (percibir) ‹olor/gusto› siento olor a gas/a quemado I can smell gas/burning

le siento gusto a vainilla/ajo I can taste vanilla/garlic

C

(lamentar): sentí mucho la muerte de tu padre I was very sorry to hear of your father's death

su muerte fue muy sentida his death was deeply mourned

lo siento mucho I'm really sorry

lo siento en el alma I'm terribly sorry, I'm so sorry

no sabes cómo or cuánto lo siento I can't tell you how sorry I am

sentí mucho no poder ayudarla I was very sorry not to be able to help her

el director siente no poder recibirlo the director regrets that he is unable to see you ( frml)

siento que te tengas que ir tan pronto I'm sorry you have to go so soon

■ sentirse

v pron

A (+ compl) to feel

¿te sientes bien? are you feeling o do you feel all right?

me siento mal I don't feel well, I'm not feeling well

me siento enfermo/peor I feel ill/worse

como se sentía mejor se levantó she felt o was feeling better so she got up

se sintió desfallecer she felt as if she were about to faint

no tiene por qué sentirse ofendida/culpable she has no reason to feel hurt/guilty

nos sentimos totalmente identificados con el personaje we can identify completely with the character

me sentía vigilada I felt as if I was being watched

B (Chi, Méx) (ofenderse) to be offended o hurt sentirse CON algn to be offended o upset WITH sb

sentir²

masculine

1 (sentimiento) feelings (pl), emotions (pl)

2 (opinión, postura) feeling, view

la encuesta refleja el sentir general the survey reflects the general feeling o view

* * *

sentir ( conjugate sentir) verbo transitivo
1
a) ‹dolor/pinchazo› to feel;

◊ sentir hambre/frío/sed to feel hungry/cold/thirsty

b) ‹ emoción› to feel;

◊ sentimos una gran alegría we were overjoyed;

sentir celos to feel jealous
2
a) ( oír) ‹ruido/disparo› to hear

b) (esp AmL) ( percibir):

◊ siento olor a gas I can smell gas;

le siento gusto a vainilla I can taste vanilla
3 ( lamentar):
◊ lo siento mucho I'm really sorry;

sentí mucho no poder ayudarla I was very sorry not to be able to help her;
ha sentido mucho la pérdida de su madre she has been very affected by her mother's death
sentirse verbo pronominal
1 (+ compl) to feel;
◊ me siento mal I don't feel well, I'm not feeling well;

no me siento con ánimos I don't feel up to it
2 (Chi, Méx) ( ofenderse) to be offended o hurt;
sentirse CON algn to be offended o upset with sb
sentir
I sustantivo masculino
1 (juicio, opinion) opinion, view
2 (sentimiento) feeling
II verbo transitivo
1 to feel
sentir alegría/frío, to feel happy/cold
te lo digo como lo siento, I speak my mind ➣ Ver nota en feel
2 (oír, percibir) to hear: la sentí llegar de madrugada, I heard her come home in the small hours
3 (lamentar) to regret, be sorry about: siento haberte enfadado, I'm sorry I made you angry
' sentir' also found in these entries:
Spanish:
abominar
- acobardarse
- acusar
- ajena
- ajeno
- aprecio
- arrepentirse
- cobrar
- cogerse
- curiosidad
- despepitarse
- embarazarse
- estimar
- gustar
- identificarse
- intriga
- marearse
- notar
- palpar
- profesar
- rencor
- resentirse
- temer
- tener
- tocar
- tributar
- vergüenza
- agradecer
- ansia
- apenar
- chochear
- cohibir
- descomponer
- lástima
- náuseas
- remordimiento
- sienta
- sintiera
English:
afraid
- averse
- care for
- cringe
- empathize
- feel
- rue
- sense
- sorry
- bite
- care
- cold
- deep
- devoted
- nauseous
- presence
- relieved
- sentiment
- shame
- tingle

* * *

sentir

♦ nm

1. [sentimientos] feelings

2. Formal [opinión]
me gustaría conocer su sentir sobre este tema I'd like to know your feelings o what you feel about this matter;

el sentir popular public opinion

♦ vt

1. [percibir, experimentar, notar] to feel;

¿no sientes calor con tanta ropa? aren't you hot with all those clothes on?;

no siento los pies del frío que hace it's so cold I can't feel my feet;

sentía cierta tensión en el ambiente I could sense o feel a degree of tension in the atmosphere;

sentimos mucha alegría/pena al enterarnos we were very happy/sad when we found out;

siempre dice lo que siente he always says what he thinks;

los trabajadores hicieron sentir su disconformidad the workers made plain their disagreement;
Méx
sentir bonito/feo to feel well/unwell

2. [lamentar] to regret, to be sorry about;

sentimos mucho la muerte de su amigo we deeply regret the death of your friend;

lo siento (mucho) I'm (really) sorry;

no sabes cuánto lo siento I can't tell you how sorry I am;

por él es por quien más lo siento it's him I'm really sorry for;

siento que no puedas venir I'm sorry you can't come;

siento no poder ayudarte I'm sorry I can't help you;

siento haberle hecho esperar sorry to keep you waiting;

sentimos mucho (tener que) comunicarle que… [en cartas] we regret to inform you that…

3. [presentir] to sense;

siento que hay algo que no va bien I have a feeling o I sense that something's not quite right

4. [oír] to hear;

sentí pasos I heard footsteps;

no te sentí entrar I didn't hear you come in

5. Am [olor, gusto]
siento mal olor there's a bad smell;

por el resfrío, no le siente gusto a la comida she can't taste the food because of her cold

♦ vi

to feel;

el frío ya se deja sentir you can really feel the cold now;

la antipatía entre ellos aún se deja sentir the dislike between them is still noticeable;

sin sentir without noticing

♦ See also the pronominal verb sentirse

* * *

sentir

I m feeling, opinion;

en mi sentir in my opinion

II v/t

1 feel;

siento calor I feel hot

2 ( percibir) sense;

sin sentirlo llegar, acabar before I/we knew it

3 ( aparecer)

:

hacerse o

dejarse sentir make itself felt

4

:

lo siento I’m sorry

* * *

sentir {76} vt

1) : to feel, to experience

no siento nada de dolor: I don't feel any pain

sentía sed: he was feeling thirsty

sentir amor: to feel love

2) percibir: to perceive, to sense

sentir un ruido: to hear a noise

3) lamentar: to regret, to feel sorry for

lo siento mucho: I'm very sorry

sentir vi

1) : to have feeling, to feel

2)

sin sentir : without noticing, inadvertently

♦ See also the reflexive verb sentirse

* * *

sentir vb

1. (en general) to feel [pt. & pp. felt]

sintió frío she felt cold

con la anestesia no sentirás nada with the anaesthesia you won't feel a thing

hoy me siento feliz I feel happy today

2. (lamentar) to be sorry

lo siento I'm sorry

3. (oír) to hear [pt. & pp. heard]

sintió pasos a lo lejos he heard footsteps in the distance

Spanish-English dictionary > sentir
13 tiempo

m.

1 time.

al poco tiempo soon afterward

a tiempo (de hacer algo) in time (to do something)

a un tiempo, al mismo tiempo at the same time

cada cierto tiempo every so often

con el tiempo in time

con tiempo with plenty of time to spare, in good time

dar tiempo al tiempo to give things time

del tiempo of the season; (fruta) at room temperature (bebida)

de un tiempo a esta parte recently, for a while now

en mis tiempos in my day o time

estar a tiempo de to have time to

tener tiempo de to have time to

fuera de tiempo at the wrong moment

ganar tiempo to save time

hace mucho tiempo que no lo veo I haven't seen him for ages

hacer tiempo to pass the time

matar o engañar el tiempo to kill time

perder el tiempo to waste time

en tiempos de Maricastaña donkey's years ago

a tiempo completo full-time

a tiempo parcial part-time

tiempo de cocción cooking time

tiempo de exposición shutter speed (en cámara)

tiempo libre spare time

tiempo muerto (sport) time out

tiempo real (computing) real time

tiempo de respuesta response time

2 long time (periodo largo).

hace tiempo que it is a long time since

hace tiempo que no vive aquí he hasn't lived here for some time

tomarse uno su tiempo to take one's time

3 age.

¿qué tiempo tiene? how old is he?

4 movement (movimiento).

motor de cuatro tiempos four-stroke engine

5 weather (clima).

hizo buen/mal tiempo the weather was good/bad

si el tiempo lo permite o no lo impide weather permitting

hace un tiempo de perros it's a foul day

poner a o al mal tiempo buena cara to put a brave face on things

6 half (sport).

7 tense (grammar).

tiempo simple/compuesto simple/composite tense

8 time (Music) (compás).

9 tempo, beat, rhythmic unit, time.

10 turn, time.

11 Father Time.

12 tempus.

* * *

tiempo

► nombre masculino

1 (gen) time

■ no tuve tiempo para hablar con él I didn't have time to talk to him

2 (época) time, period, age, days plural

■ en tiempo de los romanos in Roman times

3 METEREOLOGÍA weather

■ ¿qué tiempo hace? what's the weather like?

4 (edad) age

■ ¿qué tiempo tiene el niño? how old is your baby?

5 (temporada) season, time

■ fruta del tiempo fruit in season

6 (momento) moment, time

■ no es tiempo de preguntarle eso it's not the time to ask him that

7 MÚSICA tempo, movement

8 DEPORTE (parte) half

9 GRAMÁTICA tense

10 TÉCNICA stroke

\

FRASEOLOGÍA

a su tiempo / a su debido tiempo in due course

a tiempo (en el momento oportuno) in time 2 (a la hora) on time

a través de los tiempos through the ages

a un tiempo at the same time

al mismo tiempo at the same time

al poco tiempo soon afterwards

antes de tiempo too early, too soon

con el tiempo in the course of time, with time

con tiempo in advance

¿cuánto tiempo...? how long...?

■ ¿cuánto tiempo estuviste allí? how long did you stay there?

■ ¿cuánto tiempo llevas aquí en España? how long have you lived in Spain?

¿cuánto tiempo hace...? how long ago...?

■ ¿cuánto tiempo hace que no vas al cine? how long ago is it since you went to the cinema?

dar tiempo to give time

dar tiempo al tiempo figurado to let matters take their course

dar tiempo a uno de/para to have enough time to

■ si salgo a las cinco me dará tiempo de hacer las compras if I leave at five I'll have enough time to do the shopping

de tiempo en tiempo from time to time

de tiempo inmemorial from time immemorial

de un tiempo a esta parte for some time now

demasiado tiempo too long

desde hace tiempo / desde hace mucho tiempo for a long time

el tiempo corre time goes by, time flies

el tiempo es oro figurado time is money

en mis tiempos in my time

en otro tiempo / en otros tiempos formerly

estar a tiempo de to still have time to

fuera de tiempo (de temporada) out of season 2 (inoportunamente) at the wrong moment

ganar tiempo to save time

hace tiempo a long time

■ hace tiempo que no cantas you haven't sung for a long time

hacer buen tiempo / hace mal tiempo the weather is good / the weather is bad

hacer tiempo / hacer el tiempo to kill time

matar (el) tiempo / pasar (el) tiempo to kill time

no hay tiempo que perder there's no time to lose

perder el tiempo / perder tiempo to waste time

¡qué tiempos aquellos! those were the days!

sin perder tiempo at once

tiempo atrás some time ago, time ago

tomarse tiempo to take one's time

¡y si no, al tiempo! time will tell!

tiempo de perros familiar lousy weather

tiempo libre free time

tiempos difíciles hard times

* * *

noun m.

1) time

2) period, epoch, age

3) weather

4) tense

5) tempo

* * *

SM

1) [indicando duración] time

no tengo tiempo — I haven't got time

tenemos todo el tiempo del mundo — we have all the time in the world

el tiempo pasa y no nos damos ni cuenta — time goes by o passes and we don't even realize it

tómate el tiempo que quieras — take as long as you want

• me llevó bastante tiempo — it took me quite a long time

hace bastante tiempo que lo compré — I bought it quite a while ago

• ¿ cuánto tiempo se va a quedar? — how long is he staying for?

¿cuánto tiempo hace de eso? — how long ago was that?

¿cuánto tiempo hace que vives aquí? — how long have you been living here?

¡cuánto tiempo sin verte! — I haven't seen you for ages!

• más tiempo, necesito más tiempo para pensármelo — I need more time o longer to think about it

no puede quedarse más tiempo — he can't stay any longer

• mucho tiempo, una costumbre que viene de mucho tiempo atrás — a long-standing custom

has tardado mucho tiempo — you took a long time

ocurrió hace mucho tiempo — it happened a long time ago

hace mucho tiempo que no la veo — I haven't seen her for a long time

• al poco tiempo de — soon after

al poco tiempo de su muerte — soon after his death

se acostumbró a la idea en muy poco tiempo — she soon got used to the idea, it didn't take her long to get used to the idea

tiempo de exposición — (Fot) exposure time

tiempo libre — spare time, free time

2) [otras locuciones]

• a tiempo — in time

llegamos a tiempo de ver la película — we got there in time to see the film

todavía estáis a tiempo de cambiar de idea — it's still not too late for you to change your minds

el avión llegó a tiempo — the plane arrived on time

• cada cierto tiempo — every so often

• a tiempo completo — full-time

trabajar a tiempo completo — to work full-time

• con tiempo, llegamos con tiempo de darnos un paseo — we arrived in time to have a walk

si me lo dices con tiempo — if you tell me beforehand

• con el tiempo — eventually

con el tiempo lo conseguiremos — we'll manage it eventually

• dar tiempo, no da tiempo a terminarlo — there isn't enough time to finish it

¿crees que te dará tiempo? — do you think you'll have (enough) time?

dale tiempo — give him time

• fuera de tiempo — at the wrong time

• ganar tiempo — to save time

• hacer tiempo — to while away the time

• matar el tiempo — to kill time

• a tiempo parcial — part-time

trabajo a tiempo parcial — part-time work

trabajador a tiempo parcial — part-timer

• de un o algún tiempo a esta parte — for some time (past)

• pasar el tiempo — to pass time

no es más que una forma de pasar el tiempo — it just a way of passing time

• perder el tiempo — to waste time

estás perdiendo el tiempo — you're wasting your time

me estás haciendo perder el tiempo — you're wasting my time

sería simplemente perder el tiempo — it would just be a waste of time

¡rápido, no perdamos (el) tiempo! — quick, there's no time to lose!

sin perder tiempo — without delay

• sacar tiempo para hacer algo — to find the time to do sth

• tener tiempo para algo — to have time for sth

- andando el tiempo

- el tiempo apremia

- dar tiempo al tiempo

- de tiempo en tiempo

- con el tiempo y una caña hasta las verdes caen

- el tiempo es oro

- el tiempo dirá

- el tiempo todo lo borra

3) (=momento) time

al mismo tiempo, a un tiempo — at the same time

al (mismo) tiempo que — at the (same) time as

cada cosa a su tiempo — everything in good time

• llegamos antes de tiempo — we arrived early

ha nacido antes de tiempo — he was born prematurely, he was premature

• a su debido tiempo — in due course

4) (=época) time

durante un tiempo vivimos en Valencia — we lived in Valencia for a time o while

en tiempo de los griegos — in the days of the Greeks

en mis tiempos — in my day

en tiempos de mi abuelo — in my grandfather's day

en los buenos tiempos — in the good old days

en estos tiempos que corren — these days

en otros tiempos — formerly

en los últimos tiempos — recently, lately, in recent times

a través de los tiempos — through the ages

los tiempos están revueltos — these are troubled times

hay que ir con los tiempos — you have to move with the times

en tiempos de Maricastaña —

va vestida como en tiempos de Maricastaña — her clothes went out with the ark, her clothes are really old-fashioned

una receta del tiempo de Maricastaña — an ancient o age-old recipe

tiempos modernos — modern times

5) (=edad) age

Ricardo y yo somos del mismo tiempo — Ricardo and I are the same age

¿cuánto o qué tiempo tiene el niño? — how old is the baby?

6) (Dep) half

primer tiempo — first half

segundo tiempo — second half

tiempo muerto — (lit) time-out; (fig) breather

7) (Mús) [de compás] tempo, time; [de sinfonía] movement

8) (Ling) tense

en tiempo presente — in the present tense

tiempo compuesto — compound tense

tiempo simple — simple tense

9) (Meteo) weather

hace buen tiempo — the weather is good

hace mal tiempo — the weather is bad

¿qué tiempo hace ahí? — what's the weather like there?

si dura el mal tiempo — if the bad weather continues

• del tiempo, ¿quiere el agua fría o del tiempo? — would you like the water chilled or at room temperature?

prefiero la fruta del tiempo — I prefer fruit that's in season

- a mal tiempo, buena cara
mapa, hombre
10) (Inform) time

tiempo compartido — time-sharing

tiempo de ejecución — run time

tiempo real — real time

conversación en tiempo real — real-time conversation

cada jugador está conectado en tiempo real — all the players are playing in real time

11) (Industria) time

tiempo de paro, tiempo inactivo — downtime

tiempo preferencial — prime time

12) (Náut) stormy weather

13) (Mec) cycle

motor de dos tiempos — two-stroke engine

* * *

masculino

Sentido I

1) ( que transcurre) time

el tiempo pasa — time passes o goes by

cómo pasa el tiempo!/el tiempo vuela! — how time flies!

te acostumbrarás con el tiempo — you'll get used to it in time

el tiempo dirá — time will tell

el tiempo apremia — time is short, time is of the essence (frml)

perder el tiempo — to waste time

no hay tiempo que perder! — there's no time to lose!

recuperar el tiempo perdido — to make up for lost time

pérdida de tiempo — waste of time

para ganar tiempo — (in order) to gain time

- tiempo compartido

- tiempo universal

2)

a) (duración, porción de tiempo) time

¿cuánto tiempo hace que no lo ves? — how long is it since you last saw him?

hace (mucho) tiempo que no sé de él — I haven't heard from him for a long time

ya hace tiempo que se marchó — she left quite some time ago o quite a while ago

cuánto tiempo sin verte! — I haven't seen you for ages

estudió todo el tiempo — she studied the whole time

la mayor parte del tiempo — most of the time

al poco tiempo — soon after

dentro de muy poco tiempo — very soon

¿cada cuánto tiempo? — how often?

cada cierto tiempo — every so often

de tiempo en tiempo — from time to time

me llevó mucho tiempo — it took me a long time

no pude quedarme más tiempo — I couldn't stay any longer

hace algún tiempo que no viene — he hasn't been around for some time

nos quedaremos (por) un tiempo — we'll stay for a while

un or algún tiempo atrás — some time ago o back

viene de tiempo atrás — this goes back a long way

poco tiempo después — a short time after

de un tiempo a esta parte está insoportable — he's been quite unbearable for some time now

de un tiempo a esta parte ha estado muy triste — he's been very sad recently

a tiempo completo/parcial — full time/part time

de tiempo completo — full-time

b) (período disponible, tiempo suficiente) time

no tenemos mucho tiempo — we don't have much time

tengo todo el tiempo del mundo — I've got all the time in the world

no sé de dónde voy a sacar el tiempo — I don't know where I'm going to find the time

hay tiempo de sobra — there's plenty of time

me va a faltar tiempo — I'm not going to have enough time

c) (Dep) ( marca) time

d) ( de bebé)

¿cuánto tiempo tiene? — how old is he?

- tiempo libre

3) (en locs)

a tiempo — in time

no vamos a llegar a tiempo — we won't get there in time

todavía estás a tiempo — you still have time

al mismo tiempo or a un tiempo — at the same time

al tiempo que — at the same time as o that

con tiempo — in good time

con (el) tiempo y una caña... — everything in good time

dar(le) tiempo al tiempo — to be patient

hacer tiempo — to while away the time; (Dep) to play for time

matar el tiempo — (fam) to kill time

robarle tiempo al sueño — to burn the candle at both ends

el tiempo es oro — time is precious o money

el tiempo todo lo cura — time is a great healer

4)

a) ( época)

en mi(s) tiempo(s) — in my day o my time

eran otros tiempos — things were different then

qué tiempos aquellos! — those were the days!

es del tiempo de mi abuela — from my grandmother's time

en aquellos tiempos — at that time, in those days

los problemas de nuestro tiempo — the problems of our time o age

en los tiempos que corren — these days, nowadays

ser del tiempo de Maricastaña — (fam) to have come out of the ark (colloq)

b) ( temporada) season

c) (momento propio, oportuno)

a su (debido) tiempo — in due course

cada cosa a su tiempo — everything in (its own) good time

nació antes de tiempo — he was premature

5) (Dep) ( en partido) half

primer/segundo tiempo — first/second half

- tiempo extra or suplementario

- tiempo muerto

6) (Mús) ( compás) tempo, time; ( de sinfonía) movement

7) (Ling) tense

Sentido II

8) (Meteo) weather

hace buen/mal tiempo — the weather's good/bad

mal tiempo — bad weather

el pronóstico del tiempo — the weather forecast

¿qué tal el tiempo por ahí? — what's the weather like over there?

del or (Méx) al tiempo — at room temperature

a mal tiempo, buena cara — I/you/we may as well look on the bright side

* * *

masculino

Sentido I

1) ( que transcurre) time

el tiempo pasa — time passes o goes by

cómo pasa el tiempo!/el tiempo vuela! — how time flies!

te acostumbrarás con el tiempo — you'll get used to it in time

el tiempo dirá — time will tell

el tiempo apremia — time is short, time is of the essence (frml)

perder el tiempo — to waste time

no hay tiempo que perder! — there's no time to lose!

recuperar el tiempo perdido — to make up for lost time

pérdida de tiempo — waste of time

para ganar tiempo — (in order) to gain time

- tiempo compartido

- tiempo universal

2)

a) (duración, porción de tiempo) time

¿cuánto tiempo hace que no lo ves? — how long is it since you last saw him?

hace (mucho) tiempo que no sé de él — I haven't heard from him for a long time

ya hace tiempo que se marchó — she left quite some time ago o quite a while ago

cuánto tiempo sin verte! — I haven't seen you for ages

estudió todo el tiempo — she studied the whole time

la mayor parte del tiempo — most of the time

al poco tiempo — soon after

dentro de muy poco tiempo — very soon

¿cada cuánto tiempo? — how often?

cada cierto tiempo — every so often

de tiempo en tiempo — from time to time

me llevó mucho tiempo — it took me a long time

no pude quedarme más tiempo — I couldn't stay any longer

hace algún tiempo que no viene — he hasn't been around for some time

nos quedaremos (por) un tiempo — we'll stay for a while

un or algún tiempo atrás — some time ago o back

viene de tiempo atrás — this goes back a long way

poco tiempo después — a short time after

de un tiempo a esta parte está insoportable — he's been quite unbearable for some time now

de un tiempo a esta parte ha estado muy triste — he's been very sad recently

a tiempo completo/parcial — full time/part time

de tiempo completo — full-time

b) (período disponible, tiempo suficiente) time

no tenemos mucho tiempo — we don't have much time

tengo todo el tiempo del mundo — I've got all the time in the world

no sé de dónde voy a sacar el tiempo — I don't know where I'm going to find the time

hay tiempo de sobra — there's plenty of time

me va a faltar tiempo — I'm not going to have enough time

c) (Dep) ( marca) time

d) ( de bebé)

¿cuánto tiempo tiene? — how old is he?

- tiempo libre

3) (en locs)

a tiempo — in time

no vamos a llegar a tiempo — we won't get there in time

todavía estás a tiempo — you still have time

al mismo tiempo or a un tiempo — at the same time

al tiempo que — at the same time as o that

con tiempo — in good time

con (el) tiempo y una caña... — everything in good time

dar(le) tiempo al tiempo — to be patient

hacer tiempo — to while away the time; (Dep) to play for time

matar el tiempo — (fam) to kill time

robarle tiempo al sueño — to burn the candle at both ends

el tiempo es oro — time is precious o money

el tiempo todo lo cura — time is a great healer

4)

a) ( época)

en mi(s) tiempo(s) — in my day o my time

eran otros tiempos — things were different then

qué tiempos aquellos! — those were the days!

es del tiempo de mi abuela — from my grandmother's time

en aquellos tiempos — at that time, in those days

los problemas de nuestro tiempo — the problems of our time o age

en los tiempos que corren — these days, nowadays

ser del tiempo de Maricastaña — (fam) to have come out of the ark (colloq)

b) ( temporada) season

c) (momento propio, oportuno)

a su (debido) tiempo — in due course

cada cosa a su tiempo — everything in (its own) good time

nació antes de tiempo — he was premature

5) (Dep) ( en partido) half

primer/segundo tiempo — first/second half

- tiempo extra or suplementario

- tiempo muerto

6) (Mús) ( compás) tempo, time; ( de sinfonía) movement

7) (Ling) tense

Sentido II

8) (Meteo) weather

hace buen/mal tiempo — the weather's good/bad

mal tiempo — bad weather

el pronóstico del tiempo — the weather forecast

¿qué tal el tiempo por ahí? — what's the weather like over there?

del or (Méx) al tiempo — at room temperature

a mal tiempo, buena cara — I/you/we may as well look on the bright side

* * *

tiempo¹

¹ = time, length of time, period.

Ex: Because not all files need to be reorganized at once, but only those which are very full, the time required for this procedure is reduced to a minimum.

Ex: There is a correlation between length of time spent obtaining the book required and loss of interest.

Ex: Library use declines during the June-October period when examinations have finished and the students are on vacation.

* absorber tiempo = absorb + time.

* acabarse el tiempo = time + run out, time + be + up.

* acaparar el tiempo de Alguien = monopolise + time.

* adaptarse a los tiempos = change with + the times, move with + the times, keep up with + the times, adapt to + the times.

* adelantado a su tiempo = ahead of + Posesivo + time(s).

* adelantarse a + Posesivo + tiempo = be years ahead of + Posesivo + time.

* administración del tiempo = time management.

* administrar el tiempo = manage + time.

* adquirido con el transcurso del tiempo = time-based.

* agotarse el tiempo = time + run out.

* ahorrar para cuando lleguen tiempos difíciles = save for + a rainy day.

* ahorrar tiempo = save + time.

* ahorrar tiempo de escritura = save + typing.

* ahorro de tiempo = time-saving [timesaving], economy of time, savings in time.

* Algo a lo que hay que dedicar mucho tiempo = time-consuming [time consuming].

* Algo que ahorra tiempo = time saver [timesaver].

* Algo que lleva mucho tiempo de hacer = time-consuming [time consuming].

* Algo que se hace para matar el tiempo = time filler.

* Algo que se le va tomando el gusto con el tiempo = acquired taste.

* algún tiempo = awhile.

* al mismo tiempo = at once, at the same time, concurrently, in the process, simultaneously, contemporaneously, at the same instant, at one and the same time, in parallel, concomitantly, at the one time, all the while.

* al mismo tiempo que = in parallel to/with, while, as the same time as, cum, in conjunction with.

* al mismo tiempo que + Indicativo = whilst + Gerundio.

* a lo largo del tiempo = longitudinal, longitudinally.

* alquilar tiempo = buy + time.

* a medida que pasaba el tiempo = as time passed (by), as time went by.

* a medida que pasa el tiempo = as time goes by, as time passes (by).

* andar (muy) apurado de tiempo = be (hard) pressed for + time.

* andar (muy) corto de tiempo = be (hard) pressed for + time.

* andar (muy) escaso de tiempo = be (hard) pressed for + time.

* andar (muy) falto de tiempo = be (hard) pressed for + time.

* anunciado desde hace tiempo = long-heralded.

* apurado de tiempo = time-rationed, crunched for time, time-crunched.

* a su debido tiempo = in due course, timely, in due time.

* a su tiempo = in a timely fashion, in due course, in a timely manner.

* a tiempo = in timely fashion, on time, promptly, timely, just in time, in time.

* a tiempo completo = full-time.

* a tiempo parcial = part-time.

* a través del tiempo = over time.

* avatares del tiempo, los = vicissitudes of time, the, whims of time, the.

* avecinarse tiempos difíciles = tough times ahead, lean times ahead, darker times + lie ahead, hard times ahead.

* basado en el tiempo = time-based.

* bastante tiempo = ample time.

* breve período de tiempo = while.

* buenos tiempos = good times.

* cada cierto tiempo = episodic, every so often, every now and then, every now and again.

* cada tanto tiempo = every so often, every now and again, every once in a while.

* cambiar con el paso del tiempo = change over + time.

* cambiar con el tiempo = change over + time.

* cambiar con el transcurso del tiempo = change over + time.

* cantar victoria antes de tiempo = speak too soon.

* cantidad de tiempo = length of time.

* cápsula del tiempo = time capsule.

* carrera contra el tiempo = race against time, race against the clock.

* comprar tiempo = buy + time.

* con el correr del tiempo = over the years, in the process of time, with the passage of time.

* con el decursar del tiempo = with the passage of time, in the process of time.

* con el paso del tiempo = over the years, over time, with the passage of time, as time goes by, in due course, over a period of time, in the course of time, over the course of time, in the process of time, as time passed (by), as time passes (by), as time went by.

* con el tiempo = in time, over the years, with time, with the passage of time, eventually, in due course, over a period of time, in due time, over time, in the process of time, as time passed (by), as time passes (by), as time goes by, as time went by, by and by.

* con el transcurrir del tiempo = with the passage of time, in the process of time, as time passed (by).

* con el transcurso del tiempo = over time, with time, with age, as time goes by, in the course of time, over the course of time, as time passes (by), as time went by.

* consagrado por el tiempo = time-proven.

* conseguir tiempo = buy + time.

* considerado desde hace mucho tiempo = long considered.

* consumir + Posesivo + tiempo = swallow up + Posesivo + time.

* con un plazo de tiempo muy corto = at (a) very short notice.

* con un plazo de tiempo tan corto = at such short notice.

* cumplido hace tiempo = long overdue.

* curso a tiempo completo = full-time course.

* dar tiempo = give + time, donate + Posesivo + time.

* dar tiempo a Alguien = give + Nombre + some time.

* de algún tiempo a esta parte = for some time now.

* dedicación de tiempo = expenditure of time.

* dedicar algún tiempo a hacer algo = have + a turn at.

* dedicar el tiempo y el esfuerzo = take + the time and effort.

* dedicar tiempo = spend + time, lend + time, expend + time, devote + time, dedicate + time.

* dedicar tiempo a = take + time on.

* de hace mucho tiempo = age-old, long-term, long-lost.

* dejar tiempo = free up + time.

* dejar tiempo libre = free up + time.

* demasiado tiempo = too long.

* demostrado válido por el tiempo = time-tested.

* de otros tiempos = of yore.

* de otro tiempo = of yore.

* desde el comienzo de los tiempos = since the beginning of time, from the beginning of time, since time began.

* desde el principio de los tiempos = since the beginning of time, from the beginning of time, since time began.

* desde hace algún tiempo = for some time past, for days.

* desde hace la tira (de tiempo) = for yonks and yonks, for yonks.

* desde hace muchísimo tiempo = in ages (and ages and ages).

* desde hace mucho tiempo = for ages, long-time [longtime], far back in time, for a long time, long since, in ages (and ages and ages).

* desde hace tanto tiempo = so long.

* desde hace tiempo = long [longer -comp., longest -sup.], over the years, for a long time, long since, for some time.

* desde hace un montonazo de tiempo = for yonks and yonks.

* desde hace un montón de tiempo = for yonks.

* desde hace ya algún tiempo = for some time now.

* desde los primeros tiempos = since the earliest of times, from earliest times.

* desde los viejos tiempos = since olden times.

* desde tiempo inmemorial = since earliest time, since time immemorial, from time immemorial, since time out of mind, from time out of mind.

* desde tiempos prehistóricos = since prehistoric times.

* desperdiciar tiempo = squander + time.

* desperdicio de tiempo = time waster.

* deteriorado por el paso del tiempo = timeworn.

* de todos los tiempos = all-time, of all time(s).

* de un tiempo a esta parte = for some time now.

* dispositivo de desconexión automática transcurrido un tiempo determinado = time out mechanism.

* donar tiempo = donate + Posesivo + time.

* donde el tiempo es de suma importancia = time-critical.

* durante algún tiempo = for a while, for some time, for some while, for some time to come, for days.

* durante cierto tiempo = over a period of time.

* durante cuánto tiempo = how long.

* durante demasiado tiempo = for too long.

* durante este tiempo = in this time.

* durante largos períodos de tiempo = over long periods of time.

* durante la tira de tiempo = for donkey's years.

* durante muchísimo tiempo = for ages and ages (and ages).

* durante mucho tiempo = long [longer -comp., longest -sup.], for generations, long-time [longtime], for a long time to come, for long periods of time, for a long period of time, lastingly, for a very long time, for many long hours, for a long time, in ages (and ages and ages), in ages (and ages and ages).

* durante tanto tiempo = for so long, so long.

* durante tanto tiempo como sea posible = for as long as possible.

* durante un largo período de tiempo = over a long time scale, over a long period of time, for a long period of time, over a long period.

* durante un período de tiempo = for a number of years.

* durante un periodo de tiempo determinado = over a period of time.

* durante un período de tiempo indefinido = over an indefinite period of time, over an indefinite span of time.

* durante un porrón de tiempo = for donkey's years.

* durar mucho tiempo = last + long.

* durar tiempo = take + time, take + long.

* el paso del tiempo = the passage of time, the sands of time.

* el tiempo de Algo = in season.

* el tiempo dirá = time will tell.

* el tiempo es oro = time is money.

* el tiempo lo dirá = only time will tell.

* el tiempo vuela = time flies (by).

* el transcurrir del tiempo = the sands of time.

* embates del tiempo, los = ravages of time, the.

* emplear tiempo = spend + time, expend + time, devote + time.

* en aquellos tiempos = at the time, the then + Nombre, by this time, in those days.

* encontrar el tiempo = make + an opportunity.

* encontrar tiempo = find + time.

* encuesta sobre el uso del tiempo = time-use survey.

* en estos tiempos = in these times, in this day and age.

* en los últimos tiempos = latterly, in recent times, in modern times, in recent memory.

* en muy poco tiempo = before long.

* en nada de tiempo = at a moment's notice, in next to no time, in no time at all, in no time.

* en otros tiempos = in days of yore, in times of yore.

* en otro tiempo = in days of yore, in times of yore.

* en poco tiempo = before very long, in quite a short time, in a short time, in a short span of time.

* en sus buenos tiempos = in + Posesivo + heyday.

* en su tiempo = formerly.

* en tiempo de carnaval = carnivalistically.

* en tiempo de feria = carnivalistically.

* en tiempo de guerra = wartime [wart-time].

* en tiempo real = real time [real-time], in real time.

* en tiempos de = in times of.

* en tiempos de adversidad = in times of + adversity.

* en tiempos de austeridad = in austere times.

* en tiempos de guerra = in time(s) of war.

* en tiempos de Maricastaña = in olden days, in olden times.

* en tiempos de paz = in peacetime, during peacetime, in peace, in time(s) of peace.

* en tiempos de recesión = in recessionary times.

* en tiempos de recesión económica = in recessionary times.

* en tiempos difíciles = in times of need.

* en tiempos más recientes = in more recent times.

* en tiempos prehistóricos = in prehistoric times.

* en un corto espacio de tiempo = in a short space of time.

* en un corto período de tiempo = in a short period of time.

* en un tiempo razonable = timely.

* en un tiempo relativamente corto = in a relatively short time, in a relatively short span of time.

* equivalente a tiempo completo = full-time equivalent (FTE).

* esa época ya pasó hace tiempo = that time is long past.

* escaso de tiempo = time-strapped, short of time.

* esperado durante tiempo y con ansiedad = long-and-expectantly-awaited.

* esperado hace tiempo = overdue.

* establecido desde hace tiempo = long-established.

* estado del tiempo = weather conditions.

* estar muy por delante de su tiempo = be years ahead of + Posesivo + time.

* estragos del tiempo, los = ravages of time, the.

* faceta de tiempo = Time facet.

* factor tiempo = time factor.

* facturación por tiempo de conexión = metered pricing, metered billing.

* falta de tiempo = tightness of scheduling.

* falto de tiempo = crunched for time, time-crunched, short of time.

* finito en el tiempo = timebound [time-bound].

* florecer antes de tiempo = bolt.

* frontera del tiempo = time boundary.

* fue durante mucho tiempo = long remained.

* fuera de onda con los tiempos modernos = out of keeping with the times, out of tune with the times.

* ganar tiempo = win + time, buy + time, free up + time.

* germinar antes de tiempo = bolt.

* gestión del tiempo = time management.

* gusto que se adquiere con el tiempo = acquired taste.

* hablar antes de tiempo = speak too soon.

* hace algún tiempo = some time ago, a while back, some while ago.

* hace demasiado tiempo = too long ago.

* hace la tira (de tiempo) = yonks and yonks, yonks.

* hace muchísimo tiempo = ages (and ages) ago, aeons ago, yonks.

* hace mucho tiempo = all those many moons ago, many moons ago.

* hace muy poco tiempo = a short time ago.

* hace poco tiempo = a short time ago.

* hacer algún tiempo = sometime back.

* hacer frente a tiempos difíciles = cope with + difficult times.

* hacer mucho tiempo que Algo ha desaparecido = be long gone.

* hace tiempo = for some time, long ago, once, long since.

* hace un montonazo de tiempo = yonks and yonks.

* hace un montón de tiempo = yonks.

* hace ya mucho tiempo que = gone are the days of.

* hace ya tiempo = long since.

* hasta el final de los tiempos = till the end of time.

* hasta hace relativamente poco tiempo = until relatively recently.

* instalaciones para dedicar el tiempo libre = leisure facilities.

* intentar ganar tiempo = play for + time, temporise [temporize, -USA].

* intervalo de tiempo = date range.

* inversión de tiempo = commitment of time.

* invertir el tiempo de Uno en = invest + Posesivo + time in.

* ir en contra del tiempo = race against + time, race against + the clock.

* justo a tiempo = (just) in the nick of time, just in time, not a moment too soon.

* la mayoría del tiempo = most of the time.

* largos períodos de tiempo = long periods of time.

* la tira de tiempo = donkey's years.

* liberar tiempo = free up + time.

* limitado por el tiempo = time-constrained.

* límite de tiempo = time limit.

* llegar a tiempo = arrive + in time, arrive + on time.

* llevar tiempo = take + time, take + a while, take + long, absorb + time.

* llevar tiempo y esfuerzo = take + time and effort.

* los buenos tiempos = the good old days.

* los viejos tiempos = the good old days.

* malos tiempos = bad times.

* margen de tiempo = time frame [timeframe].

* matar el tiempo = kill + time.

* mejoría del tiempo = break in the weather.

* muchísimo tiempo después = ages and ages hence.

* mucho tiempo = long time, a very long time, long hours, ample time, for a long time.

* mucho tiempo antes de (que) = long before.

* mucho tiempo después = ages and ages hence.

* mucho tiempo después (de que) = long after.

* muy apreciado desde hace tiempo = long-revered.

* muy a tiempo = in good time.

* muy venerado desde hace tiempo = long-revered.

* no cantes victoria antes de tiempo = don't count your chickens before they are hatched.

* noción del tiempo = notion of time, sense of time.

* no hace mucho tiempo = not so long ago.

* no pasar mucho tiempo antes de que + Subjuntivo = be not long before + Indicativo.

* no tener tiempo de nada = have + not a moment to spare.

* nuevos tiempos, los = wind(s) of change, the.

* observar atentamente y durante cierto tiempo = maintain + vigil.

* ocupar el tiempo = fill in + Posesivo + time.

* ocupar tiempo = occupy + time, take up + time.

* olvidado desde hace tiempo = long forgotten.

* pasar algún tiempo en = have + a turn at.

* pasar el tiempo = pass + the time, hang around, spend + Posesivo + days, hang about, hang out.

* pasar el tiempo libre = spend + Posesivo + leisure, spend + Posesivo + leisure time.

* pasar mucho tiempo antes de que = be a long time before.

* pasar tiempo = spend + time.

* pasar tiempo haciendo Algo = do + stint at.

* perder el tiempo = dawdle, mess around, pissing into the wind, mess about, faff (about/around), pootle, sit + idle, muck around/about, piddle around.

* perder la noción del tiempo = lose + track of time, lose + all notion of time, lose + all sense of time.

* perder tiempo = waste + time, lose + time.

* pérdida de tiempo = time wasting, wild goose chase, waste of time, time-consuming [time consuming], fool's errand.

* pérdida de un tiempo precioso = waste of precious time.

* perdido hace tiempo = long-lost.

* período de tiempo = amount of time, time, time frame [timeframe], time lapse, time period, time span [time-span], time slot, period of time, date range.

* permanecer estable con el tiempo = be stable over time.

* pero al mismo tiempo = but then again.

* plazo de tiempo = timeline [time line].

* poco tiempo = short while, short time.

* poco tiempo después = shortly afterwards.

* poner a mal tiempo buena cara = keep + Posesivo + chin up.

* por algún tiempo = for sometime.

* por mucho tiempo = for long, for long periods of time.

* por un período de tiempo limitado = on a short-term basis.

* por un tiempo = for a time.

* por un tiempo indefinido = for indefinite time.

* postulado desde hace mucho tiempo = long-espoused.

* precio calculado según el tiempo de conexión = connect time based pricing.

* precio calculado según el tiempo empleado = time-based charge.

* preocupado por el tiempo = time-conscious.

* programador de tiempo = egg timer.

* prolongar el tiempo = prolong + time.

* propugnado desde hace mucho tiempo = long-espoused.

* que cambia con el tiempo = ever-changing [ever changing], time-variant, ever-shifting.

* que consume tiempo = time-consuming [time consuming].

* quedar anulado con el paso del tiempo = be overtaken by events.

* que depende del tiempo = time-dependent.

* que hay que dedicarle mucho tiempo = time-intensive.

* que lleva tiempo en cartelera = long-running.

* que se percibe desde hace mucho tiempo = long-felt.

* que utiliza el tiempo como variable = time-dependent.

* recuperar el tiempo perdido = make up for + lost time.

* reloj que registra el tiempo de conexión = accounting clock.

* remontarse bastante en el tiempo = go back + a long way.

* remontarse en el tiempo = extend + far back, stretch + far back in time.

* resistir el paso del tiempo = stand + the test of time, withstand + the test of time, survive + the test of time, pass + the test of time.

* robarle tiempo al sueño = burn + the candle at both ends.

* se avecinan malos tiempos = hard times lie ahead.

* sensible al tiempo = time-sensitive [time sensitive].

* sentido del tiempo = sense of time, notion of time.

* ser una pérdida de tiempo = be idle, beat + a dead horse, fart + in the wind.

* ser un pérdida de tiempo = flog + a dead horse.

* ser un producto de su tiempo = be a product of + Posesivo + time.

* si el tiempo lo permite = weather permitting.

* siempre que Uno puede dedicarle el tiempo = in + Posesivo + own time, on + Posesivo + own time.

* si hay tiempo = time permitting.

* sin importar el tiempo = all-weather.

* si no lo impide el tiempo = weather permitting.

* sin tiempo que perder = without a minute to spare.

* si queda tiempo = time permitting.

* sistema de tiempo real = real-time system.

* sobrado de tiempo = unpressed for time.

* sólo por tiempo limitado = for a limited time only.

* subordinado al tiempo = time-dependent.

* suficiente tiempo = long enough, ample time.

* superar la barrera del tiempo = cross + time barriers.

* tanto tiempo = so much time, this long, such a very long time.

* tardar tanto tiempo en = take + so long to.

* tardar tiempo = take + time, take + long.

* tarifa calculada según el tiempo de conexión = connect time based pricing.

* tarifa calculada según el tiempo empleado = time-based charge.

* tarifa calculada según el tiempo utilizado = time-based tariff.

* tener mucho tiempo libre = have + plenty of time to spare.

* terminarse el tiempo = time + run out.

* tiempo adicional = extra-time.

* tiempo agotado = time out.

* tiempo + apremiar = time + press, time + be of the essence.

* tiempo + avanzar inexorablemente = time + march on.

* tiempo de acceso = access time, seek time, access speed.

* tiempo de búsqueda = search time.

* tiempo de calidad = quality time.

* tiempo de carga = loading time.

* tiempo de conexión = connect time.

* tiempo de conexión en línea = online time.

* tiempo de CPU = CPU time.

* tiempo de demora = lead time.

* tiempo de descarga = download time.

* tiempo de descarga de datos = download time, latency.

* tiempo de duración = lifespan [life span].

* tiempo de emisión = airtime.

* tiempo de espera = lead time, wait time, waiting time, waiting period.

* tiempo de estudio = study time.

* tiempo de inicio = start time.

* tiempo de ordenador = computer time, computer time.

* tiempo de préstamo = document delivery.

* tiempo de proceso = processing time.

* tiempo de reacción = reaction time.

* tiempo de respuesta = response time, turnaround time, turnabout time, fill time, reaction time.

* tiempo durante el cual el ordenador no está disponible al público = down time.

* tiempo + estar a favor de Alguien = time + be + on + Posesivo + side.

* tiempo estar de lado de Alguien = time + be + on + Posesivo + side.

* tiempo familiar = quality time.

* tiempo fuera de servicio = downtime.

* tiempo futuro = future tense.

* tiempo inmemorial = time immemorial.

* tiempo libre = leisure, leisure time, free time, idle hours, spare time.

* tiempo muerto = downtime, time out.

* tiempo + pasar = time + march on.

* tiempos alocados = heady days.

* tiempos de los romanos = Roman times.

* tiempos de paz = peacetime [peace time].

* tiempos difíciles = difficult times, tough times, hard times, embattled time(s).

* tiempo + seguir su marcha inexorable = time + march on.

* tiempos emocionantes = heady days.

* tiempo + ser esencial = time + be of the essence.

* tiempo + ser + precioso = time + be + precious.

* tiempos mejores = better times.

* tiempos modernos = modern times.

* tiempos turbulentos = embattled time(s).

* tiempo transcurrido = elapsed time.

* tiempo verbal = tense.

* todo al mismo tiempo = all at once.

* todo el tiempo = all of the time, left, right and centre, the whole time, all the while.

* tomar el tiempo = time.

* tomarse el tiempo que Uno necesita = take + Posesivo + time.

* tomar tiempo = take + time, take + long.

* trabajador a tiempo parcial = part-timer.

* trabajar durante un período de tiempo = serve + stint.

* trabajo a tiempo parcial = part-time work, part-time employment, part-time job.

* transcurrir tiempo = lapse + time.

* tratar de ganar tiempo = temporise [temporize, -USA], play for + time.

* un porrón de tiempo = donkey's years.

* un tiempo = awhile.

* usando el tiempo de un modo eficaz = time efficient [time-efficient].

* vencido hace tiempo = long overdue.

* venir de mucho tiempo atrás = go back + a long way.

* viajar hacia atrás en el tiempo = travel back in + time.

* viaje a través del tiempo = time travel.

* viaje en el tiempo = time travel.

* vicisitudes del tiempo, las = vicissitudes of time, the, whims of time, the.

* viejos tiempos, los = good old days, the.

* ya hace algún tiempo = for quite some time.

* ya hace bastante tiempo = for quite a while now.

* y al mismo tiempo = and in the process, yet.

tiempo²

² = weather.

Ex: Data Resources Inc., again US-based, covers data bases in economics, finance, energy and weather.

* alerta del tiempo = weather warning.

* artífice del tiempo = weather-maker, rainmaker.

* buen tiempo = fair weather.

* cuando el tiempo lo permita = when the weather permits.

* del tiempo = room temperature.

* el cielo rojo al atardecer augura buen tiempo, el cielo rojo al amanecer aug = red sky at night, (shepherd/sailor)'s delight, red sky in the morning, (shepherd/sailor)'s warning.

* hombre del tiempo = weatherman.

* justo a tiempo = not a minute too soon.

* mapa del tiempo = weather map.

* muy mal tiempo = severe weather.

* para todo tipo de tiempo = all-weather.

* si hace buen tiempo = weather permitting.

* tiempo + aclararse = weather + clear.

* tiempo de invierno = winter weather.

* tiempo de verano = summer weather.

* tiempo estival = summer weather.

* tiempo inclemente = intemperate weather.

* tiempo invernal = winter weather.

* tiempo muy malo = severe weather.

* * *

tiempo

masculine

Sentido I

A (como algo que transcurre) time

ya ha pasado mucho tiempo desde aquello that all happened a long time ago o a lot of water has flowed under the bridge since then

el tiempo va pasando y las cosas no mejoran time passes o goes by and things don't get any better

¡cómo pasa or corre el tiempo! how time flies!, doesn't time go quickly!

ya te acostumbrarás con el tiempo you'll get used to it in time

el tiempo dirá time will tell

el tiempo apremia time is short, I'm/we're pressed for time, time is of the essence ( frml)

¡el tiempo vuela! how time flies!

a ver si dejas de perder el tiempo why don't you stop wasting time?

¡qué manera de perder el tiempo! what a waste of time!

no pierdas tiempo con eso don't waste time with o on that

¡deprisa, no hay tiempo que perder! quick, there's no time to lose!

sin perder tiempo without wasting a moment, without further ado

hay que recuperar el tiempo perdido we must make up for lost time

todas las advertencias fueron tiempo perdido all our warnings were a waste of time

es una pérdida de tiempo it's a waste of time

para ganar tiempo, ve metiendo las cartas en los sobres to save time, start putting the letters into the envelopes

les contó una historia para ganar tiempo to gain time she told them a story, she played for time by telling them a story

creo que si vamos por aquí ganamos tiempo I think we'll save time if we go this way

Compuestos:

● tiempo compartido

time-sharing

● tiempo real

real time

● tiempo universal

universal time, Greenwich Mean Time

B

1 (duración, porción de tiempo) time

luego de todo este tiempo after all this time

¿cuánto tiempo hace que no lo ves? how long is it since you last saw him?

¿cuánto tiempo hace que vives aquí? how long have you lived o been living here?

de esto que te cuento ya hace mucho tiempo all this happened a long time ago now

¡cuánto tiempo sin verte! I haven't seen you for ages o it's been ages since I last saw you o ( colloq) long time, no see

hace demasiado tiempo, no creo que se acuerde it was too long ago, I don't think she'll remember

hace mucho tiempo que no sé nada de ellos I haven't heard from them for a long time o ( colloq) for ages

todavía falta or queda mucho tiempo para su boda it's still a long time till their wedding

todo este tiempo me ha estado mintiendo he's been lying to me all this time

se ha pasado todo el tiempo hablando she's done nothing but talk the whole time

pasaba la mayor parte del tiempo leyendo he spent most of the time reading

tómate el tiempo que te haga falta take as long as you need

dentro de muy poco tiempo very soon o very shortly

¿cada cuánto tiempo conviene hacerse un chequeo? how often should one have a check-up?

cada cierto tiempo every so often

de tiempo en tiempo from time to time

¿cuánto tiempo van a pasar en Los Ángeles? how much time o how long are you going to spend in Los Angeles?

me llevó mucho tiempo preparar la tarta it took me a long time o ( colloq) ages to make the cake

no pude quedarme (por) más tiempo I couldn't stay any longer

¿por qué tardaste tanto tiempo en contestarme? why did you take such a long time o so long to answer me?

ya hace algún or un tiempo que no se le ve por aquí he hasn't been around here for some time o for quite a time o for quite a while now

queremos quedarnos (por) un tiempo we want to stay for a while o for a time

un or algún tiempo atrás some time ago o back

una costumbre que viene de mucho tiempo atrás a custom that dates back a long way

poco tiempo después or al poco tiempo se volvieron a encontrar a short time later they met again o they met again not long afterward(s)

de un tiempo a esta parte se ha vuelto muy agresivo he's been very aggressive recently o ( frml) of late

trabajar a tiempo completo/parcial to work full time/part time

2

(mucho tiempo): hacía tiempo que no lo veíamos we hadn't seen him for a long time o for quite a while o ( colloq) for ages

ya hace tiempo que se marchó she left quite some time ago o quite a while ago

¡mira que yo lo venía diciendo desde hacía tiempo! haven't I been saying so for a long time o ( colloq) for ages?

3

(período disponible, tiempo suficiente): no he tenido tiempo de terminarlo I haven't had time to finish it

hay tiempo de sobra para eso there's plenty of time for that

no tenemos mucho tiempo we don't have much time

tengo todo el tiempo del mundo I've got all the time in the world

no sé de dónde voy a sacar el tiempo I don't know where I'm going to find the time

no tengo tiempo ni para respirar I hardly have time to breathe

no he tenido tiempo material para hacerlo I haven't had a moment to do it o I just haven't had the time to do it

me va a faltar tiempo para terminarlo I'm not going to have enough time to finish it

no me ha dado tiempo a or de acabarlo I haven't had time to finish it

no da tiempo de hacerlo todo there isn't (enough) time to do it all

dame un poco de tiempo give me a bit of o a little time

no me dieron suficiente tiempo they didn't give me enough time

4 ( Dep) (marca) time

¿qué tiempo hizo Espinosa? what was Espinosa's time?

lo hizo en un tiempo récord she did it in record time

5

(de un bebé): ¿cuánto tiempo tiene? how old is he?

Compuestos:

● tiempo de funcionamiento

uptime

● tiempo libre

spare time, free time

C ( en locs):

a tiempo in time

no vamos a llegar a tiempo we won't get there in time

llegas justo a tiempo de echarnos una mano you're just in time to give us a hand

todavía estamos a tiempo de coger el tren si vamos en taxi we can still catch o we still have time to catch the train if we take a taxi

piénsatelo, todavía estás a tiempo think about it, there's still time

con tiempo in good time

le gusta llegar con tiempo she likes to arrive with time to spare o in good time

avísame con tiempo let me know in advance o in good time

si llegan con tiempo pueden ver la galería antes if you arrive early, you can have a look at the gallery beforehand

al mismo tiempo or a un tiempo at the same time

no hablen todos al mismo tiempo don't all talk at once o at the same time

llegaron al mismo tiempo they arrived at the same time

al tiempo que at the same time as o that

con el tiempo y una caña … everything in good time

dar(le) tiempo al tiempo to be patient

seguro que va a mejorar, tú dale tiempo al tiempo I'm sure she's going to get better, you just have to be patient o to give it time

no debemos precipitarnos, hay que dar tiempo al tiempo let's not rush into this, we must be patient

hacer a tiempo ( RPl): no hice a tiempo a ir al banco I didn't have enough time to go to the bank

hacerse tiempo (CS); to make time

hacer tiempo (mientras se espera algo) to while away the time, to kill time; (para hacer algo) to make time;

( Dep) to play for time

matar el tiempo ( fam); to kill time

robarle tiempo al sueño to have less sleep than one needs, to burn the candle at both ends

y si no ¡al tiempo! just you wait and see!, mark my words!

el tiempo es oro time is precious, time is money

el tiempo todo lo cura time is a great healer

todo tiempo pasado fue mejor the past always looks better

D

1

(época): en mi(s) tiempo(s) esas cosas no pasaban things like that didn't use to happen in my day o my time

eran otros tiempos things were different then

¡qué tiempos aquellos! those were the days!

esa música es del tiempo de mi abuela that music is from my grandmother's time

en aquellos tiempos un helado costaba una peseta at that time o back then o in those days an ice cream used to cost one peseta

los problemas de nuestro tiempo the problems of our time o age

en los tiempos que corren these days, nowadays

desde tiempos inmemoriales from o since time immemorial

aquéllos eran tiempos difíciles those were difficult times

en tiempos de paz in times of peace, in peacetime

estamos viviendo tiempos de crisis we are living in extremely difficult times

se ha adelantado a su tiempo he is ahead of his time

hubo un tiempo en que yo pensaba igual there was a time when I thought the same

ese peinado es del tiempo de Maricastaña ( fam); that hairstyle looks as if it came out of the ark ( colloq), that hairstyle looks really old-fashioned o out-of-date

2 (temporada) season

todavía no ha llegado el tiempo de las naranjas oranges aren't in season yet

fruta del tiempo fresh fruit, seasonal fruit

3

(momento propio, oportuno): eso lo trataremos a su (debido) tiempo we'll deal with o discuss that in due course

cada cosa a su tiempo everything in (its own) good time

lo sacó del fuego antes de tiempo she took it off the heat before it was ready

nació antes de tiempo he was premature, he was born prematurely

Compuesto:

tiempo pascual

Eastertide

E

1 ( Dep)

(en un partido): primer/segundo tiempo first/second half

medio¹ (↑ medio (1))

2 ( Mec):

un motor de dos/cuatro tiempos a two-stroke/four-stroke engine

3 (de una sinfonía) movement

Compuestos:

● tiempo complementario

( Dep) overtime ( AmE), extra time ( BrE); ( Com) period of inactivity

● tiempo muerto

time out

● tiempo(s) extra

( Méx) overtime ( AmE), extra time ( BrE)

● tiempo suplementario

overtime ( AmE), extra time ( BrE)

F (compás) tempo, time

G ( Ling) tense

tiempo simple/compuesto simple/compound tense

Sentido II ( Meteo) [ Vocabulary notes (Spanish) ] weather

hace buen tiempo the weather's good o fine, it's good o fine weather, it's fine

el mal tiempo reinante the prevailing o current bad weather

nos hizo un tiempo estupendo/asqueroso we had wonderful/terrible weather

el pronóstico del tiempo the weather forecast

¿qué tal el tiempo por ahí? what's the weather like over there?

del or ( Méx) al tiempo at room temperature

un vaso de leche del tiempo a glass of milk at room temperature

a mal tiempo, buena cara I/you/we may as well look on the bright side

* * *

tiempo sustantivo masculino
1
a) ( en general) time;

◊ ¡cómo pasa el tiempo! how time flies!;

te acostumbrarás con el tiempo you'll get used to it in time;
perder el tiempo to waste time;
¡no hay tiempo que perder! there's no time to lose!;
para ganar tiempo (in order) to gain time;
tiempo libre spare time, free time;
¿cuánto tiempo hace que no lo ves? how long is it since you last saw him?;
hace tiempo que no sé de él I haven't heard from him for a long time;
ya hace tiempo que se marchó she left quite some time ago;
¡cuánto tiempo sin verte! I haven't seen you for ages;
la mayor parte del tiempo most of the time;
me llevó mucho tiempo it took me a long time;
no pude quedarme más tiempo I couldn't stay any longer;
poco tiempo después a short time after;
de un tiempo a esta parte for some time (now);
a tiempo completo/parcial full time/part time;
no vamos a llegar a tiempo we won't get there in time;
al mismo tiempo at the same time;
avísame con tiempo let me know in good time;
¡qué tiempos aquellos! those were the days!;
en aquellos tiempos at that time, in those days
b) ( temporada) season;

◊ fruta del tiempo fruits in season

c) (momento propio, oportuno):

◊ a su (debido) tiempo in due course;

cada cosa a su tiempo everything in (its own) good time
d) ( edad de bebé):

◊ ¿cuánto tiempo tiene? how old is he?

2 (Dep) ( en partido) half;
◊ primer tiempo first half

3 (Mús) ( compás) tempo, time;
( de sinfonía) movement
4 (Ling) tense
5 (Meteo) weather;
◊ hace buen/mal tiempo the weather's good/bad;

del or (Méx) al tiempo ‹ bebida› at room temperature
tiempo sustantivo masculino
1 (indeterminado) time: llegó a tiempo para ver el espectáculo, he got there in time to see the show
hace mucho tiempo, a long time ago
me llevó mucho tiempo, it took me a long time
la vi poco tiempo después, I saw her a short time after o soon afterwards
¿cuánto tiempo tienes para acabarlo?, how long have you got to finish it?
es tiempo perdido, it's a waste of time
tómate tu tiempo, take your time
no puedo quedarme más tiempo, I can't stay any longer
a su (debido) tiempo, in due course
a un tiempo/al mismo tiempo, at the same time
de tiempo en tiempo, from time to time
tiempo libre, free time
2 (de un bebé) age: ¿cuánto o qué tiempo tiene?, how old is she?
3 (época) en mis tiempos de estudiante, in my student days
nació en tiempos de Luis XIV, he was born in the time of Louis XIV
malos tiempos o fig tiempo de vacas flacas, hard times o rainy days
4 Meteor weather
hace buen tiempo, the weather is good
tiempo tormentoso, stormy weather
5 Mús tempo
6 Dep half
primer tiempo, first half
tiempo muerto, time out
7 Ling tense 8 del tiempo, (temperatura ambiente) póngame un refresco del tiempo, no lo quiero con hielo, could I have a non-refrigerated soft drink, please
9 Auto (motor) de dos/cuatro tiempos, two-cycle/four-cycle
♦ Locuciones: dar tiempo al tiempo, to let matters take their course
hacer tiempo, to while away the time
matar el tiempo, to kill time
Lab a tiempo parcial/completo, part/full time
con el tiempo, in the course of time
de un tiempo a esta parte, lately
' tiempo' also found in these entries:
Spanish:
A
- acá
- achuchar
- adelanto
- alborotada
- alborotado
- alborotarse
- allá
- andar
- anquilosarse
- antes
- anticiclónica
- anticiclónico
- anticiparse
- apremiar
- aprovechada
- aprovechado
- apurada
- apurado
- aquí
- áspera
- áspero
- atonía
- atrás
- avenida
- avenido
- bizantina
- bizantino
- bochorno
- cargada
- cargado
- cerca
- coincidir
- conceder
- congraciarse
- contrarreloj
- contrato
- corta
- corto
- costar
- cuando
- cuanta
- cuanto
- cundir
- de
- debida
- debido
- dedicar
- descontar
- desde
English:
absorb
- accomplice
- accustom
- administration
- advance
- advantage
- after
- age
- ago
- ahead
- allow
- as
- at
- barring
- be
- beautiful
- before
- begin
- behind
- best
- between
- beyond
- bitter
- bleak
- boiling
- breezy
- brighten up
- brisk
- busy
- by
- bygone
- calm
- catch up
- change
- clear up
- clock
- concurrently
- corner
- course
- dawdle
- demand
- depend
- dilly-dally
- distant
- drag
- dull
- early
- encroach
- end
- enough

* * *

tiempo nm

1. [transcurso, rato, momento] time;

en poco o [m5] dentro de poco tiempo lo sabremos we will soon know;

tardé o [m5] me llevó bastante tiempo it took me quite a while o quite a long time;

es una tarea que lleva mucho tiempo it's a very time-consuming task;

¡cómo pasa el tiempo! time flies!;

todo el tiempo all the time;

estuvo todo el tiempo de pie he was standing up the whole time;

al mismo tiempo at the same time;

al poco tiempo, poco tiempo después soon after(wards);

podríamos discutirlo al tiempo que comemos we could discuss it while we eat;

antes de tiempo [nacer] prematurely;
[florecer, celebrar] early;
muchos llegaron antes de tiempo a lot of people arrived early;

a tiempo completo full-time;

a tiempo parcial part-time;

a su (debido) tiempo in due course;

cada cosa a su tiempo everything in due course o in good time;

a un tiempo at the same time;

empujaron todos a un tiempo they all pushed together o at the same time;

cada cierto tiempo every so often;

¿cada cuánto tiempo tiene que tomarlo? how often o frequently does he have to take it?;

con el tiempo in time;

de tiempo en tiempo from time to time, now and then;

de un tiempo a esta parte recently, for a while now;

dar tiempo al tiempo to give things time;

el tiempo lo dirá time will tell;

ganar tiempo to save time;

hacer tiempo to pass the time;
RP
hacerse tiempo to make time, to find time;

matar el tiempo to kill time;

perder el tiempo to waste time;

no hay tiempo que perder there's no time to lose;

Comp

el tiempo es oro time is money;

Comp

el tiempo todo lo cura time is a great healer

Comp
Informát tiempo de acceso access time; Informát tiempo de búsqueda search time;
tiempo de cocción cooking time;
Fot tiempo de exposición exposure time;
tiempo libre: [m5] no me queda mucho tiempo libre I don't have much free o spare time any more;

te dan tiempo libre para asuntos personales they give you time off for personal matters;

tiempo muerto idle time;

tiempo de ocio leisure time;
Informát tiempo real real time; Informát tiempo de respuesta response time;
tiempo universal coordinado Coordinated Universal Time

2. [periodo disponible, suficiente] time;

¡se acabó el tiempo! pueden ir entregando los exámenes time's up, start handing in your papers!;

a tiempo (para algo/de hacer algo) in time (for sth/to do sth);

no llegamos a tiempo de ver el principio we didn't arrive in time to see o for the beginning;

estar a tiempo de hacer algo to be in time to do sth;

si quieres apuntarte, aún estás a tiempo if you want to join in, you still have time o it's not too late;

con tiempo (de sobra) with plenty of time to spare, in good time;

¿nos dará tiempo? will we have (enough) time?;

no me dio tiempo a o [m5] no tuve tiempo de decírselo I didn't have (enough) time to tell her;

dame tiempo y yo mismo lo haré give me (a bit of) time and I'll do it myself;

me faltó tiempo para terminarlo I didn't have (enough) time to finish it;
Fam Irónico
le faltó tiempo para ir y contárselo a todo el mundo she wasted no time in telling everyone about it;

sacar tiempo para hacer algo to find (the) time to do sth;

¿tienes tiempo para tomar algo? do you have time for a drink?;

tenemos todo el tiempo del mundo we have all the time in the world

3. [periodo largo] long time;

¿cuánto tiempo hace (de eso)? how long ago (was that)?;

¿cuánto tiempo hace que no vas al teatro? how long is it since you went to the theatre?;

¡cuánto tiempo sin verte! it's been ages since I saw you!, I haven't seen you for ages!;

hace tiempo que it is a long time since;

hace tiempo que no vive aquí he hasn't lived here for some time;

hace mucho tiempo que no lo veo I haven't seen him for ages;

tiempo atrás some time ago;
Méx
tener tiempo de algo: tiene tiempo de estudiar lingüística she's been studying linguistics for a long time;

tómate tu tiempo (para hacerlo) take your time (over it o to do it)

4. [época] time;

aquél fue un tiempo de paz y felicidad those were peaceful and happy times, it was a time of peace and happiness;

corren o [m5] son malos tiempos para el estudio del latín it isn't a good time to be studying Latin;

en estos tiempos que corren these days;

del tiempo [fruta] of the season;

las ideas de nuestro tiempo the ideas of our time o day;

el hombre de nuestro tiempo modern man;

el mejor boxeador de todos los tiempos the greatest ever boxer, the greatest boxer of all time;

mi álbum favorito de todos los tiempos my all-time favourite album, my favourite ever album;

en aquellos tiempos, por aquel tiempo in those days, back then, at that time;

en los buenos tiempos in the good old days;

en mis tiempos in my day o time;

Johnson, en otro tiempo plusmarquista mundial,… Johnson, once the world record-holder o the former world record-holder,…;

en tiempo(s) de Napoleón in Napoleon's time o day;

eran otros tiempos (entonces) things were different (back) then;

¡qué tiempos aquellos! those were the days!;

en tiempos [antiguamente] in former times;

Comp

en tiempos de Maricastaña donkey's years ago;

Comp

ser del tiempo del Perú, RP [m5] ñaupa o Chile [m5] ñauca to be ancient, to be as old as the hills

5. [edad] age;

¿qué tiempo tiene? how old is he?

6. [clima] weather;

¿qué tal está el tiempo?, ¿qué tal tiempo hace? what's the weather like?;

buen/mal tiempo good/bad weather;

hizo buen/mal tiempo the weather was good/bad;

nos hizo un tiempo horrible we had terrible weather;

del tiempo, Méx [m5] al tiempo [bebida] at room temperature;

estas cervezas están del tiempo these beers aren't cold o haven't been chilled;

si el tiempo lo permite o [m5] no lo impide weather permitting;

Comp

hace un tiempo de perros it's a foul day;

Comp

poner al mal tiempo buena cara to put a brave face on things

7. Dep [mitad] half;
[cuarto] quarter;
primer/segundo tiempo first/second half

Comp
tiempo añadido injury o stoppage time;
tiempo de descuento injury o stoppage time;

tiempo muerto time-out;

tiempo reglamentario normal time

8. [marca] [en carreras] time;

consiguió un tiempo excelente his time was excellent;

lograron clasificarse por tiempos they qualified as fastest losers

Comp
tiempo intermedio split time [at halfway point];
tiempo parcial split time;

tiempo récord record time;

en un tiempo récord in record time

9. [movimiento] movement;

levantó las pesas en dos tiempos he lifted the weights in two movements;

motor de cuatro tiempos four-stroke engine

10. Gram tense

Comp
tiempo compuesto compound tense;
tiempo simple simple tense

11. Mús [ritmo] tempo;
[movimiento] movement; [compás] time
* * *

tiempo

m

1 time;

a tiempo in time;

a un tiempo, al mismo tiempo at the same time;

antes de tiempo llegar ahead of time, early; celebrar victoria too soon;

a su (debido) tiempo in due course;

cada cosa a su tiempo all in good time;

con tiempo in good time, early;

dar tiempo al tiempo give things time;

hacer tiempo while away the time;

desde hace mucho tiempo for a long time;

hace mucho tiempo a long time ago;

de tiempo en tiempo from time to time;

de un tiempo a esta parte for some time now;

durante algún tiempo for some time;

por poco tiempo for a short time;

hace tanto tiempo it’s so long ago;

el tiempo es oro time is money;

con el tiempo, andando el tiempo with time, in time;

trabajar a tiempo completo/parcial work full/part time;

le faltó tiempo para … fig he couldn’t wait to…;

poner al mal tiempo buena cara fig look on the bright side;

volver el tiempo atrás fig turn the clock back

2 ( época)

:

en mis tiempos in my day

3 ( clima) weather;

hace buen/mal tiempo the weather’s fine/bad

4 GRAM tense

5 DEP de juego half;

medio tiempo half time

6 ( edad)

:

¿qué tiempo tiene? de un niño how old is he?

* * *

tiempo nm

1) : time

justo a tiempo: just in time

perder tiempo: to waste time

tiempo libre: spare time

2) : period, age

en los tiempos que corren: nowadays

3) : season, moment

antes de tiempo: prematurely

4) : weather

hace buen tiempo: the weather is fine, it's nice outside

5) : tempo (in music)

6) : half (in sports)

7) : tense (in grammar)

* * *

tiempo n

1. (período, momento) time

no tengo tiempo para salir de compras I haven't got time to go out shopping

en tiempos de mi abuelo in my grandfather's time

2. (período largo) long time / ages

ya hace tiempo que vive aquí he's lived here for a long time

3. (estado atmosférico) weather

hizo buen tiempo the weather was good

4. (parte) half [pl. halves]

marcó en el primer tiempo he scored in the first half

5. (de un bebé) age

¿cuánto tiempo tiene tu bebé? how old is your baby?

6. (verbal) tense

un tiempo compuesto a compound tense

a tiempo in time

al mismo tiempo at the same time

con tiempo in good time

del tiempo (fruta) in season (bebida) at room temperature

hacer tiempo to pass the time

perder el tiempo to waste time

¿cuánto tiempo hace que...? how long...?

¿cuánto tiempo hace que conoces a Susana? how long have you known Susana?

¡cuánto tiempo sin verte! it's been ages since I saw you!

tiempo libre free time / spare time

Spanish-English dictionary > tiempo
14 θάνατος

θάνατος, ου, ὁ (Hom.+)

① the termination of physical life, death

ⓐ natural death J 11:4, 13; Hb 7:23; 9:15f; Rv 18:8 (s. also 1d); 1 Cl 9:3. Opp. ζωή (Mel., P. 49, 355; cp. 2a.) Ro 7:10; 8:38; 1 Cor 3:22; 2 Cor 1:9 (s. also 1bα); Phil 1:20. γεύεσθαι θανάτου taste death = die (γεύομαι 2) Mt 16:28; Mk 9:1; Lk 9:27; J 8:52; Hb 2:9b. Also ἰδεῖν θάνατον (Astrampsychus p. 26 Dec. 48, 2. Also θεάομαι θ. p. 6 ln. 53) Lk 2:26; Hb 11:5; ζητεῖν τὸν θ. Rv 9:6 (where follows φεύγει ὁ θ. ἀπʼ αὐτῶν). θανάτου καταφρονεῖν despise death ISm 3:2; Dg 10:7a (Just., A II, 10, 8 al.; Tat. 11, 1 al.). περίλυπος ἕως θανάτου sorrowful even to the point of death (Jon 4:9 σφόδρα λελύπημαι ἕως θανάτου; Sir 37:2) Mt 26:38; Mk 14:34; ἄχρι θ. to the point of death of a devotion that does not shrink even fr. the sacrifice of one’s life Rv 2:10; 12:11 (TestJob 5:1; cp. Just., D. 30, 2 μέχρι θ. al.); διώκειν ἄχρι θανάτου persecute even to death Ac 22:4. Also διώκειν ἐν θανάτῳ B 5:11. διώκειν εἰς θ. AcPl Ha 11, 20 (opp. εἰς ζωήν). εἰς θ. πορεύεσθαι go to one’s death Lk 22:33. [ἀναβῆναι] εἰς τὸν τοῦ θανάτου [τόπον] AcPl Ha 6, 30. ἀσθενεῖν παραπλήσιον θανάτῳ be nearly dead with illness Phil 2:27; ἐσφαγμένος εἰς θ. receive a fatal wound Rv 13:3a. ἡ πληγὴ τοῦ θανάτου a fatal wound 13:3b, 12. φόβος θανάτου Hb 2:15.

ⓑ of death as a penalty (Thu. et al.; Diod S 14, 66, 3: the tyrant is μυρίων θανάτων τυχεῖν δίκαιος=‘worthy of suffering countless deaths’; Just., A I, 45, 5 θανάτου ὁρισθέντος κατὰ … τῶν ὁμολογούντων τὸ ὄνομα τοῦ Χριστοῦ al.).

α. as inflicted by secular courts ἔνοχος θανάτου ἐστίν he deserves death (ἔνοχος 2bα) Mt 26:66; Mk 14:64; παραδιδόναι εἰς θ. betray, give over to death Mt 10:21; Mk 13:12 (ApcEsdr 3:12 p. 27, 23 Tdf.). θανάτῳ τελευτᾶν die the death = be punished w. death Mt 15:4; Mk 7:10 (both Ex 21:17). ἄξιον θανάτου, deserving death (the entire clause οὐδὲν … αὐτῷ=he is not guilty of any capital crime; cp. Jos., Ant. 11, 144) Lk 23:15 (s. αἴτιος 2); Ac 23:29; 25:11, 25. αἴτιον θανάτου Lk 23:22 (s. αἴτιος 2). Also αἰτία θανάτου (Lucian, Tyrannic. 11) Ac 13:28; 28:18; κρίμα θ. sentence of death: παραδιδόναι εἰς κρίμα θ. sentence to death Lk 24:20; fig. ἐν ἑαυτοῖς τὸ ἀπόκριμα τοῦ θ. ἐσχήκαμεν 2 Cor 1:9. κατακρίνειν τινὰ θανάτῳ (εἰς θάνατον v.l.) condemn someone to death Mt 20:18.—Several of the pass. just quoted refer to the death sentence passed against Christ; sim., θάνατος is freq. used

β. of the death of Christ gener. (Just., D. 52, 4 al.; ἀνθρώπου θ. ἀποθανεῖν Orig., C. Cels. 1, 61, 40): Ro 5:10; 6:3–5; 1 Cor 11:26; Phil 2:8a; 3:10; Col 1:22; Hb 2:14a; IEph 7:2; 19:1; IMg 9:1; ITr 2:1. τὸ πάθημα τ. θανάτου the suffering of death Hb 2:9. ἕως θανάτου καταντῆσαι even to meet death Pol 1:2.—GWiencke, Pls über Jesu Tod ’39.—The expr. ὠδῖνες τοῦ θανάτου, used Ac 2:24 in a passage referring to Christ, comes fr. the LXX, where in Ps 17:5 and 114:3 it renders חֶבְלֵי־מָוֶת (cp. 1QH 3, 7–12). This would lit. be ‘bonds of death’. But an interchange of חֶבֶל ‘bond’ and חֵבֶל ‘pain’, specif. ‘birth-pangs’, has made of it pangs of death (cp. a sim. interchange in 2 Km 22:6 al. LXX, and the expr. in Pol 1:2 λύσας τ. ὠδῖνας τοῦ ᾅδου after Ac 2:24 v.l.). This results in a remarkably complex metaphor (s. BGildersleeve, Pindar 1885, 355 on ‘telescoped’ metaphor) Ac 2:24, where death is regarded as being in labor, and unable to hold back its child, the Messiah (s. Beginn. IV ad loc.; Field, Notes 112).

γ. of natural death as divine punishment (Did., Gen. 148, 25; 171, 9) Ro 5:12ab; 21; 1 Cor 15:21; B 12:2, 5.

ⓒ of the danger of death (2 Ch 32:11) σῴζειν τινὰ ἐκ θανάτου save someone fr. death (PsSol 13:2 [ἀπὸ … θ.]; Ael. Aristid. 45 p. 120 D.; Just., D. 98, 1 σωθῆναι ἀπὸ τοῦ θ.) Hb 5:7. Also ῥύεσθαι ἐκ θ. 2 Cor 1:10 (Just., D. 111, 3). θάνατοι danger(s)/perils of death (Epict. 4, 6, 2; Ptolem., Apotel. 2, 9, 5; Ael. Aristid. 46 p. 307 D.: ὥσπερ Ὀδυσσεὺς θ.; Maximus Tyr. 15, 8a; Philo, In Flacc. 175 προαποθνῄσκω πολλοὺς θανάτους) 11:23. μέχρι θανάτου ἐγγίζειν come close to dying Phil 2:30. 2 Cor 4:11, cp. vs. 12, is reminiscent of the constant danger of death which faced the apostle as he followed his calling.

ⓓ of the manner of death (Artem. 1, 31 p. 33, 10; 4, 83 p. 251, 16 μυρίοι θ.=‘countless kinds of death’; TestAbr A 20 p. 102, 25 [Stone p. 52] ἑβδομήκοντα δύο εἰσὶν θ.; ParJer 9:22; Ps.-Hecataeus: 264 Fgm. 21, 191 Jac. [in Jos., C. Ap. 1, 191]) ποίῳ θ. by what kind of death J 12:33; 18:32; 21:19. θ. σταυροῦ Phil 2:8b.

ⓔ death as personified Ro 5:14, 17; 6:9; 1 Cor 15:26 (cp. Plut., Mor. 370c τέλος ἀπολεῖσθαι [for ἀπολείπεσθαι] τὸν Ἅιδην); vss. 54–56 (s. on κέντρον 1); Rv 1:18; 6:8a; 20:13f; 21:4; B 5:6; 16:9 (this concept among Jews [Hos 13:14; Sir 14:12; 4 Esdr 8, 53; SyrBar 21, 23; TestAbr A 16ff; Bousset, Rel.³ 253, 2] and Greeks [ERohde, Psyche1903, II 241; 249; CRobert, Thanatos 1879].—JKroll, Gott u. Hölle ’32; Dibelius, Geisterwelt 114ff; JUbbink, Paulus en de dood: NThSt 1, 1918, 3–10 and s. on ἁμαρτία 3a).

② death viewed transcendently in contrast to a living relationship with God, death extension of mng. 1 (Philo)

ⓐ of spiritual death, to which one is subject unless one lives out of the power of God’s grace. θάνατον οὐ μὴ θεωρήσῃ J 8:51. Opp. ζωή 5:24; 1J 3:14; Ro 7:10; 8:6. This death stands in the closest relation to sin: Ro 7:13b; Js 1:15; 5:20; 2 Cl 1:6; Hv 2, 3, 1; also to the flesh: Paul thinks of the earthly body as σῶμα τ. θανάτου Ro 7:24. In contrast to the gospel the law of Moses engraved on stone διακονία τοῦ θανάτου service that leads to death 2 Cor 3:7 (cp. Tat. 14, 1 θανάτου … ἐπιτηδεύματα). The νόμος, which is τὸ ἀγαθόν, proves to be θάνατος death = deadly or cause of death Ro 7:13a. The unredeemed are ἐν χώρᾳ καὶ σκιᾷ θανάτου Mt 4:16; cp. Lk 1:79 (both Is 9:2). ἐν σκοτίᾳ θανάτου AcPl Ha 8, 32 (=BMM verso 4). This mng. of θάνατος cannot always be clearly distinguished fr. the foll., since spiritual death merges into

ⓑ eternal death. θαν. αἰώνιος B 20:1. This kind of death is meant Ro 1:32; 6:16, 21, 23; 7:5; 2 Cor 7:10; 2 Ti 1:10; Hb 2:14b; B 10:5; 2 Cl 16:4; Dg 10:7b; Hv 1, 1, 8; m 4, 1, 2. ἁμαρτία πρὸς θάνατον 1J 5:16f (Polyaenus 8, 32 bravery πρὸς θ.=‘to the point of death’; s. ἁμαρτάνω e and TestIss 7:1 ἁμαρτία εἰς θάνατον). ὀσμὴ ἐκ θανάτου εἰς θάνατον a fragrance that comes from death and leads to death 2 Cor 2:16. In Rv this (final) death is called the second death (ὁ δεύτερος θ. also Plut., Mor. 942f) 2:11; 20:6, 14b; 21:8 (s. TZahn, comm. 604–8).—GQuell, Die Auffassung des Todes in Israel 1926; JLeipoldt, D. Tod bei Griechen u. Juden ’42; TBarrosse, Death and Sin in Ro: CBQ 15, ’53, 438–59; ELohse, Märtyrer u. Gottesknecht ’55 (lit.); SBrandon, The Personification of Death in Some Ancient Religions, BJRL 43, ’61, 317–35.

③ a particular manner of death, fatal illness, pestilence and the like, as established by context (Job 27:15; Jer 15:2: θάνατος … μάχαιρα … λιμός) Rv 2:23. ἀποκτεῖναι ἐν ῥομφαίᾳ κ. ἐν λιμῷ κ. ἐν θανάτῳ 6:8b; 18:8 (cp. PsSol 13:2; 15:7; Orig., C. Cels. 5, 37, 10).—JToynbee, Death and Burial in the Roman World ’71; SHumphreys, The Family, Women, and Death ’83.—B. 287. DELG. BHHW III 1999–2001. 1609–13. M-M. TW. Sv.

Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > θάνατος
15 marcar

v.

1 to mark.

ese acontecimiento marcó su vida her life was marked by that event

marcar el ritmo to beat the rhythm

Ella marca los paquetes She marks the packages.

Ella marca el territorio She marks=delimits the territory.

2 to mark, to indicate.

la cruz marca el lugar donde está enterrado el tesoro the cross marks o indicates (the spot) where the treasure is buried

3 to dial.

Ella marca su número She dials his phone number.

4 to read.

5 to price (poner precio a).

6 to score (sport) (tanto).

7 to set (cabello).

8 to leave a mark on, to pit, to nick.

María marcó el mueble Mary left a mark on the piece of furniture.

9 to earmark.

María marcó la página Mary earmarked the page.

10 to put a brand on, to brand, to mark.

El vaquero marca el ganado The cowboy puts a brand on the cattle.

11 to tick off, to jot down, to tick.

Ella marca los goles She ticks off the goals.

* * *

marcar

Conjugation model [ SACAR], like link=sacar sacar

► verbo transitivo

1 (señalar) to mark; (ganado) to brand

2 (herir físicamente) to slash; (traumatizar) to mark

■ le marcaron la cara de un navajazo they slashed his face with a knife

■ la muerte de su hijo la marcó para siempre the death of her son marked her for life

3 DEPORTE (gol, canasta) to score

4 DEPORTE (al contrario) to mark

5 (pelo) to set

6 (cantidad) to indicate, show

■ el termómetro marca 20 grados the thermometer shows 20 degrees

■ ¿qué precio marca la etiqueta? what's the price on the tag?

7 (en teléfono) to dial

8 (resaltar) to show

\

FRASEOLOGÍA

marcar el compás to mark the rhythm

marcar el paso to mark time

marcarse un farol to show off

marcarse un tanto, marcarse un triunfo to score points

* * *

verb

1) to mark

2) brand

3) score

4) indicate

5) dial

* * *

1. VT

1) (=señalar)

a) [+ objeto, ropa] to mark; [+ ganado] to brand

ha marcado las toallas con mis iniciales — she has put my initials on the towels, she has marked the towels with my initials

el accidente lo dejó marcado para siempre — the accident marked him for life

seguimos el procedimiento marcado por la ley — we followed the procedures required o laid down by law

¿qué precio marca la etiqueta? — (Com) what's the price (marked) on the label?

están marcando las camisas — (Com) they are putting prices on the shirts, they are pricing the shirts

b) [+ límites] to mark

el Mediterráneo marca los límites por el este — the Mediterranean marks the eastern limit

c) (Inform) [+ bloque, texto] to flag

d) (Mús) [+ partitura] to mark up

2) [experiencia, suceso] to mark

ese encuentro la marcaría para siempre — that meeting would mark her for life

una vida marcada por el sufrimiento — a life marked by suffering

3) [termómetro] to read

mi reloj marca las dos — it's two o'clock by my watch, my watch says two o'clock

este reloj marca la hora exacta — this watch keeps the right time

4) (=designar) [+ tarea] to assign; [+ política, estrategia] to lay down; [+ directrices, pautas] to lay down, give; [+ comienzo, período] to mark

la empresa nos ha marcado algunas pautas a seguir — the company has given us o has issued some guidelines to follow

la paz marcó el comienzo de una nueva era — peace marked the beginning of a new era

esta obra marca el paso de la música medieval a la renacentista — this work marks the transition from medieval to renaissance music

como marca la ley — as specified by law
hito 1), pauta 1)
5) (=hacer resaltar) to accentuate

ese vestido te marca mucho las caderas — that dress really accentuates your hips o makes your hips stand out
paquete 1., 7)
6) (=seguir) [+ sospechoso] to shadow, tail

7) (Dep)

a) [+ gol] to score

b) [+ tiempo] to record, clock

ha marcado un tiempo de 9,46 — he recorded o clocked a time of 9.46

c) [+ jugador, contrario] to mark, shadow; Méx to tackle

8) (Mús)

marcar el compás — to keep time, beat time
paso II, 1., 4)
9) (Telec) to dial

10) (Naipes) to bid

11) (Peluquería) to set

he ido a que me marquen el pelo — I went to get my hair set

2. VI

1) (Dep) to score

2) (Telec) to dial

3) (Peluquería) to set

lavar y marcar — shampoo and set

3.

See:

marcarse

* * *
1.
verbo transitivo

1)

a) ( con señal) <ropa/página/baraja> to mark; < ganado> to brand

b) experiencia/suceso ( dejar huella) to mark

c) (CS arg) < persona> to scar... for life

2)

a) (indicar, señalar) to mark

dentro del plazo que marca la ley — within the period specified by the law

el reloj marca las doce en punto — the time is exactly twelve o'clock

el altímetro marcaba 1.500 metros — the altimeter showed o (frml) registered 1,500 meters

hoy ha marcado un nuevo mínimo — it has reached a new low today

seguimos la pauta marcada por nuestro fundador — we follow the guidelines established by/the standard set by our founder

b) ( hacer resaltar) <cintura/busto> to accentuate

c) (Mús)

marcar el compás/el ritmo — to beat time/the rhythm

d) (Fís) to mark, tag

3) < pelo> to set

4) (Telec) to dial

5) (Dep)

a) <gol/tanto> to score

b) < tiempo> to clock

c) < jugador> to mark
2.
marcar vi

1) (Dep) to score

2) (Telec) to dial
3.
marcarse v pron

1)

marcarse el pelo — (refl) to set one's hair; (caus) to have one's hair set

2) (Náut) to take a bearing

* * *

= flag, mark, mark off, tag, tick (off), leave + Posesivo + mark, brand (as), stigmatise [stigmatize, -USA], tinge, score, score.

Ex. Since the fields are of different lengths in different records it is necessary that the beginning and end of fields be flagged in some way.

Ex. In addition, synthesis often requires the use of a facet indicator, which marks the beginning of a new facet for example.

Ex. Human intervention may also be necessary to mark off the area in the string on the title page that should be indexed, and possibly to add an imprint date if not present.

Ex. It is occasionally useful for administrative purposes to be able to tag borrowers so that they may be intercepted during charge-out.

Ex. In particular note, for example by ticking them, those terms that merit a turn in the lead position, and those that do not.

Ex. Unfortunately, age and lack of proper care have left their marks on many valuable publications, some of which can no longer be used today.

Ex. Music by Jewish composers and works were branded in Nazi Germany as degenerate art.

Ex. Findings reaffirm that television stigmatises the occupation of business, independently of economic factors.

Ex. But the relief was tinged with apprehension that the new housing would lead to slums and crime, as some opponents have long feared.

Ex. Ithaca was off to a fast start, scoring twice in the game's first two minutes.

Ex. Closed system tendencies, such as invoking system controls designed to counteract differences and correct deviations (thus scoring creativity as error), only push the institution more rapidly toward extinction.

----

* acción de marcar un número = dialling.

* marcar con filigrana = watermark.

* marcar con tiza = chalk.

* marcar con un círculo = encircle, circle.

* marcar el camino correcto = point + Nombre + in the right direction.

* marcar el comienzo = usher in.

* marcar el compás = beat + time.

* marcar el curso = chart + course.

* marcar el final = mark + the end.

* marcar el inicio = usher in.

* marcar el tono = establish + the tone.

* marcar la diferencia = make + the difference, make + a difference, spell + the difference.

* marcar la pauta en = lead + the way in.

* marcar las pautas = set + the tone, establish + the tone.

* marcar los límites = mark out.

* marcar + Posesivo + final = mark + Posesivo + end.

* marcar una etapa = mark + a stage.

* marcar una meta = set + goal.

* marcar un ensayo = score + a try.

* marcar un gol = score + goal, score, poach + a goal.

* marcar un hito = mark + a stage, make + things happen, mark + a watershed.

* marcar un hito histórico = make + history.

* marcar un número de teléfono = dial + number.

* marcar un objetivo = set + goal.

* marcar un tanto = score, poach + a goal, score + goal.

* que marca época = landmark.

* que marca un hito = epoch-making.

* sin marcar = unpriced.

* * *
1.
verbo transitivo

1)

a) ( con señal) <ropa/página/baraja> to mark; < ganado> to brand

b) experiencia/suceso ( dejar huella) to mark

c) (CS arg) < persona> to scar... for life

2)

a) (indicar, señalar) to mark

dentro del plazo que marca la ley — within the period specified by the law

el reloj marca las doce en punto — the time is exactly twelve o'clock

el altímetro marcaba 1.500 metros — the altimeter showed o (frml) registered 1,500 meters

hoy ha marcado un nuevo mínimo — it has reached a new low today

seguimos la pauta marcada por nuestro fundador — we follow the guidelines established by/the standard set by our founder

b) ( hacer resaltar) <cintura/busto> to accentuate

c) (Mús)

marcar el compás/el ritmo — to beat time/the rhythm

d) (Fís) to mark, tag

3) < pelo> to set

4) (Telec) to dial

5) (Dep)

a) <gol/tanto> to score

b) < tiempo> to clock

c) < jugador> to mark
2.
marcar vi

1) (Dep) to score

2) (Telec) to dial
3.
marcarse v pron

1)

marcarse el pelo — (refl) to set one's hair; (caus) to have one's hair set

2) (Náut) to take a bearing

* * *

= flag, mark, mark off, tag, tick (off), leave + Posesivo + mark, brand (as), stigmatise [stigmatize, -USA], tinge, score, score.

Ex: Since the fields are of different lengths in different records it is necessary that the beginning and end of fields be flagged in some way.

Ex: In addition, synthesis often requires the use of a facet indicator, which marks the beginning of a new facet for example.

Ex: Human intervention may also be necessary to mark off the area in the string on the title page that should be indexed, and possibly to add an imprint date if not present.

Ex: It is occasionally useful for administrative purposes to be able to tag borrowers so that they may be intercepted during charge-out.

Ex: In particular note, for example by ticking them, those terms that merit a turn in the lead position, and those that do not.

Ex: Unfortunately, age and lack of proper care have left their marks on many valuable publications, some of which can no longer be used today.

Ex: Music by Jewish composers and works were branded in Nazi Germany as degenerate art.

Ex: Findings reaffirm that television stigmatises the occupation of business, independently of economic factors.

Ex: But the relief was tinged with apprehension that the new housing would lead to slums and crime, as some opponents have long feared.

Ex: Ithaca was off to a fast start, scoring twice in the game's first two minutes.

Ex: Closed system tendencies, such as invoking system controls designed to counteract differences and correct deviations (thus scoring creativity as error), only push the institution more rapidly toward extinction.

* acción de marcar un número = dialling.

* marcar con filigrana = watermark.

* marcar con tiza = chalk.

* marcar con un círculo = encircle, circle.

* marcar el camino correcto = point + Nombre + in the right direction.

* marcar el comienzo = usher in.

* marcar el compás = beat + time.

* marcar el curso = chart + course.

* marcar el final = mark + the end.

* marcar el inicio = usher in.

* marcar el tono = establish + the tone.

* marcar la diferencia = make + the difference, make + a difference, spell + the difference.

* marcar la pauta en = lead + the way in.

* marcar las pautas = set + the tone, establish + the tone.

* marcar los límites = mark out.

* marcar + Posesivo + final = mark + Posesivo + end.

* marcar una etapa = mark + a stage.

* marcar una meta = set + goal.

* marcar un ensayo = score + a try.

* marcar un gol = score + goal, score, poach + a goal.

* marcar un hito = mark + a stage, make + things happen, mark + a watershed.

* marcar un hito histórico = make + history.

* marcar un número de teléfono = dial + number.

* marcar un objetivo = set + goal.

* marcar un tanto = score, poach + a goal, score + goal.

* que marca época = landmark.

* que marca un hito = epoch-making.

* sin marcar = unpriced.

* * *

marcar [A2 ]

vt

A

1 (con una señal) ‹ropa/página/baraja› to mark; ‹ganado› to brand

marca la respuesta correcta con una cruz mark the correct answer with a cross, put a cross next to the correct answer

2 «experiencia/suceso» (dejar huella) to mark

aquel desengaño la marcó para siempre that disappointment marked her for ever

una generación marcada por la violencia y el desorden a generation marked by violence and unrest

3 (Inf) ‹opción/cuadro› to check ( AmE), tick ( BrE)

4 (CS arg) to scar … for life

B

1 (indicar, señalar) to mark

este artículo/el precio de este artículo no está marcado there is no price (marked) on this article

dentro del plazo que marca la ley within the period specified by the law

el reloj marca las doce en punto the time is exactly twelve o'clock

el altímetro marcaba 1.500 metros the altimeter showed o ( frml) registered 1,500 meters

su muerte marca el final de una era his death signals o marks the end of an era

hoy ha marcado un nuevo mínimo it has reached a new low today

seguimos la pauta marcada por nuestro fundador we follow the guidelines established by/the standard set by our founder

el año ha estado marcado por hechos de especial relevancia the year has been marked by particularly significant events

2

(hacer resaltar): el vestido le marca mucho el estómago the dress makes her stomach stick out o accentuates her stomach

3 ( Mús):

marcar el compás/el ritmo to beat time/the rhythm

4 ( Fís) to mark, tag

C ‹pelo› to set

D ( Telec) to dial

E ( Dep)

1 ‹gol/tanto› to score

2 ‹tiempo› to clock

marcó un tiempo de 2.08 she clocked a time of 2.08

3 ‹jugador› to mark

■ marcar

vi

A ( Dep) to score

B ( Telec) to dial

■ marcarse

v pron

A

marcarse el pelo ( caus) to have one's hair set;

( refl) to set one's hair

B ( Náut) to take a bearing

* * *

marcar ( conjugate marcar) verbo transitivo
1
a) ( con señal) ‹ropa/página/baraja› to mark;

‹ ganado› to brand
b) [experiencia/suceso] ( dejar huella) to mark

2
a) (indicar, señalar) to mark;

◊ el precio va marcado en la tapa the price is marked on the lid;

el reloj marca las doce en punto the time is exactly twelve o'clock
b) ( hacer resaltar) ‹cintura/busto› to accentuate

c) (Mús):

◊ marcar el compás/el ritmo to beat time/the rhythm

3 ‹ pelo› to set
4 (Telec) to dial
5 (Dep)
a) ‹gol/tanto› to score

b) ‹ jugador› to mark

verbo intransitivo
1 (Dep) to score
2 (Telec) to dial
marcarse verbo pronominal:
◊ marcarse el pelo ( refl) to set one's hair;

( caus) to have one's hair set
marcar verbo transitivo
1 (señalar) to mark: su muerte me marcó profundamente, I was deeply marked by her death
las piedras marcan la linde, the stones mark the boundary
2 (resaltar) este vestido me marca las caderas, this dress shows off my hips
ese gesto marca la importancia del tratado, that gesture stresses the importance of the treaty
3 Tel to dial: marque el 123 321, dial 123321
4 (una hora, grados, etc) to indicate, show, mark: el metrónomo marca el compás, the metronome marks the time
5 Dep (un tanto) to score
(a otro jugador) to mark
6 (un peinado) to set: ¿lavar y marcar?, wash and set?
' marcar' also found in these entries:
Spanish:
ceñirse
- herrar
- pauta
- bastar
- compás
- gol
- graduar
- lavar
- paso
- plantilla
- señal
- señalar
- tarjeta
- tono
English:
beat
- brand
- cover
- dial
- highlight
- mark
- pace
- pit
- read
- ring
- ring up
- say
- score
- set
- show
- stand
- tick
- tick off
- trend
- watershed
- bookmark
- check
- clock
- flag
- guard
- hat
- hit
- indent
- punch
- redial
- register
- scratch
- stake
- usher
- wave

* * *

marcar

♦ vt

1. [poner marca en] to mark;
[nombre en una lista] to tick off; [poner precio a] to price;
marcó el itinerario en el mapa she marked the route on the map;

asegúrate de que marcas las maletas con tu nombre make sure your suitcases are identified with your name;

marcó la ropa con mis iniciales she put my initials on the clothes;

marcar los naipes to mark the cards

2. [indicar] to mark, to indicate;

la cruz marca el lugar donde está enterrado el tesoro the cross marks o indicates (the spot) where the treasure is buried

3. [dejar marca en] to mark;

ese acontecimiento marcó su vida her life was marked by that event

4. [significar] to mark, to signal;

el tratado marcó un hito en las relaciones entre las dos potencias the treaty was a landmark in relations between the two powers

5. [número de teléfono] to dial

6. [sujeto: termómetro, contador] to read;
[sujeto: reloj] to say;
la balanza marca 3 kilos the scales read 3 kilos;

¿qué precio marca la etiqueta? what is the price on the label?;

cuando el reloj marque las seis when the clock strikes six;

el euro ha marcado un nuevo mínimo frente al dólar the euro has fallen to another all-time low against the dollar

7. [paso]
marcar el ritmo to beat time;

el corredor más lento marcó el ritmo del resto del grupo the slowest runner set the pace for the whole group

8. Dep [tanto] to score

9. Dep [a un jugador] to mark

10. Dep [tiempo] to record;
[récord] to set
11. [cabello] to set

12. Comp
RP
marcar tarjeta [en el trabajo] [a la entrada] to clock in, US to punch in;
[a la salida] to clock out, US to punch out; Fam
tengo que marcar tarjeta [en casa de la novia] I have to see my girlfriend

♦ vi

1. [dejar secuelas] to leave a mark

2. [peinar] to set, to style

3. Dep [anotar un tanto] to score;

marcar en propia puerta o [m5] meta to score an own goal

♦ See also the pronominal verb marcarse

* * *

marcar

v/t

1 mark

2 número de teléfono dial

3 gol score

4 res brand

5 de termómetro, contador etc read, register

6 naipes mark

7 fig: persona affect

8 en fútbol etc mark

* * *

marcar {72} vt

1) : to mark

2) : to brand (livestock)

3) : to indicate, to show

4) resaltar: to emphasize

5) : to dial (a telephone)

6) : to guard (an opponent)

7) anotar: to score (a goal, a point)

marcar vi

1) anotar: to score

2) : to dial

* * *

marcar vb

1. (poner una señal) to mark

voy a marcar toda la ropa con mi nombre I'm going to mark all my clothes with my name

2. (indicar) to say [pt. & pp. said] / to show [pt. showed; pp. shown]

mi reloj marca las diez my watch says ten o'clock

el termómetro marcaba veinte grados the thermometer said twenty degrees

3. (conseguir un gol) to score

marcó el gol de la victoria he scored the winning goal

4. (un número de teléfono) to dial [pt. & pp. dialled]

¿has marcado el prefijo? did you dial the code?

marcar el paso to set the pace [pt. & pp. set]

Spanish-English dictionary > marcar
16 partir

v.

1 to divide, to split.

Ella partió la fruta She split the fruit.

2 to break open.

le partieron el brazo they broke his arm

le partieron la ceja/el labio they split o cut her eyebrow/lip

párteme un pedazo de pan break me off a piece of bread

partirle la cara a alguien (informal) to smash somebody's face in

3 to leave, to set off.

4 to depart, to get along, to go away, to leave.

Ellos partieron ayer They departed yesterday.

5 to crush, to move to pity, to shake.

El dolor partió a Ricardo The pain crushed Richard.

* * *

partir

► verbo transitivo

1 (dividir) to divide, split

■ prefiero que me lo parta en lonchas I'd prefer it cut into slices

■ voy a partir pan I'll cut some bread

■ partió el pastel en dos mitades he cut the cake in two

2 (romper) to break; (nueces, almendras) to crack

3 familiar (fastidiar) to mess up

► verbo intransitivo

1 (irse) to leave, set out, set off

2 (proceder) to originate from

■ ¿de quién partió la idea? whose idea was it?

► verbo pronominal partirse

1 to break

■ se ha partido la pierna he's broken his leg

\

FRASEOLOGÍA

a partir de hoy from now on

para partirse familiar hilarious

partir a alguien por la mitad to ruin somebody's plans, mess somebody up

partir la cara a alguien familiar to smash somebody's face in

partirse de risa familiar to split one's sides laughing

* * *

verb

1) to cut, halve, split

2) break, crack

3) divide

4) depart, leave

•

- a partir de
- partir de
* * *

1. VT

1) (=dividir) [+ tarta, sandía, baraja] to cut; [+ tableta de chocolate] to break; [+ tronco] to split

parte la barra de pan por la mitad — [con cuchillo] cut the baguette in half; [con las manos] break the baguette in half

¿te parto un trozo de queso? — shall I cut you (off) a piece of cheese?

2) (=romper) [+ hueso, diente] to break; [+ rama] to break off; [+ nuez, almendra] to crack

se sentó en la mesa y la partió — he sat on the table and broke it in two

partió el plato en varios trozos — he broke the plate into several pieces

la piedra no llegó a partir el cristal — the stone didn't break the window

le partió el labio de un puñetazo — he gave him a punch and split his lip

¡te voy a partir la cara! — * I'm going to smash your face in! *

partir la cabeza a algn — to split sb's head open

- partir el corazón a algn

3) (=distribuir) to share out; (=compartir) to share

partir algo con otros — to share sth with others

- quien parte y reparte se queda con la mejor parte

4) * (=fastidiar) to mess up *

no soporto estas reuniones a las 11, me parten toda la mañana — I hate these 11 o'clock meetings, they mess up the whole morning *

salir a comprar ya me ha partido la tarde — going shopping has wasted my whole afternoon

2. VI

1) (=ponerse en camino) [persona, expedición] to set off; [tren, avión] to depart (de from) ( para for)( hacia in the direction of)

partiremos a primera hora de la mañana — we'll set off first thing in the morning

la expedición partirá mañana de París — the expedition will set out o depart from Paris tomorrow

partieron del puerto de Palos con destino a América — they set sail for America from the port of Palos

2)

partir de algo — to start from sth

hemos partido de un supuesto falso — we have started from a false assumption

partiendo de la base de que... — working on the principle that..., assuming that...

¿de quién partió la idea? — whose idea was it?

3)

a partir de — from

a partir de hoy — from today

a partir de mañana — from tomorrow

a partir del lunes — from Monday, starting on Monday

a partir de ahora — from now on

la tercera casa a partir de la esquina — the third house from the corner

a partir del puente la carretera se estrecha — the road gets narrower after the bridge

¿qué podemos deducir a partir de estos datos? — what can we deduce from these data?

3.

See:

partirse

* * *
1.
verbo transitivo

a) ( con cuchillo) <tarta/melón> to cut

lo partió en dos/por la mitad — he cut it in two/in half

¿me partes otro trozo? — can you cut me another piece?

b) ( romper) <piedra/coco> to break, smash; <nuez/avellana> to crack; <rama/palo> to break

el rayo partió el árbol por la mitad — the lightning split the tree in two

c) ( con golpe) < labio> to split (open); < cabeza> to split open

te voy a partir la cara! — (fam) I'll smash your face in! (colloq)

d) frío < labios> to chap
2.
partir vi

1)

a) (frml) tren/avión/barco to leave, depart (frml); persona/delegación to leave, depart (frml)

partió ayer con destino a Londres — she left for London yesterday

b) auto (Chi) to start

2)

a)

partir DE algo — de una premisa/un supuesto to start from something

debemos partir de la base de que... — we should start from the premise that...

partiendo de esta hipótesis — taking this hypothesis as a starting point

b)

a partir de — from

a partir de ahora/ese momento — from now on/that moment on

a partir del cambio la situación ha mejorado — since the change, the situation has improved

a partir de hoy — (as o starting) from today
3.
partirse v pron

a) mármol/roca to split, smash

se le partió un diente — she broke o chipped a tooth

b) (refl) < labio> to split; < diente> to break, chip

te vas a partir la cabeza — you're going to split o crack your head open

* * *

= cleave, split, head out, go forth.

Ex. Ethnic and racial differences cleaved the American working class.

Ex. In the mechanised paper fibre process individual pages are soaked and split so that acid-free paper can be put between the two layers.

Ex. It's tempting to splurge on a new hi-fi system or head out on a shopping spree, but the smart option might be to pay off an existing debt.

Ex. Finally six men agreed to go forth in their underclothes and nooses around their necks in hopeful expectation that their sacrifice would satisfy the king's bloodlust and he would spare the rest of the citizens.

----

* a partir de = based on, working from, from, on a diet of, in response to.

* a partir de ahora = from now on, from this point on, henceforth, as of now.

* a partir de ahora y durante + Cuantificador + algunos años = for + Cuantificador + years to come.

* a partir de aquí = hereupon.

* a partir de ello = therefrom.

* a partir de entonces = from this time on, hereafter, thereafter, from then on, thenceforth, whereafter, henceforth, from that moment on.

* a partir de ese momento = from that moment on.

* a partir de este momento = hereinafter.

* a partir de esto = on this basis.

* a partir de + Fecha = from + Fecha, effective + Fecha.

* a partir de hoy = as from today.

* a partir de la medianoche = late night.

* a partir de los títulos = title-based.

* catalogar partiendo de cero = catalogue + from scratch.

* comenzar partiendo de cero = build + from scratch.

* compilar partiendo de cero = compile + from scratch, compile + from scratch.

* construir partiendo de cero = construct + from scratch.

* de partirse de risa = side-splitting.

* hacer a partir de = make out of.

* hacer una plancha a partir de un molde = cast + plate + from mould.

* introducir datos partiendo de cero = enter from + scratch.

* para partirse de risa = side-splitting.

* partiendo de = on the basis of.

* partiendo de cero = from scratch, from an empty slate, from the ground up.

* partiendo de esto = on this basis, on that basis.

* partiendo de la práctica = practice-led.

* partiendo del hecho de que = based on the understanding that.

* partir de = rest on/upon, stem from, draw on/upon, build on/upon, strike out from.

* partir de cero = begin + from scratch.

* partir de la base de que = start from + the premise that, build on + the premise that.

* partir de la premisa de que = start from + the premise that, build on + the premise that.

* partir de presupuestos = make + assumption.

* partir de una premisa = base upon + assumption, assumption + undergird.

* partir el bacalao = call + the shots, be the boss, call + the tune, rule + the roost.

* partir en dos = halve, rend in + two.

* partir por la mitad = halve, break in + half.

* partir por medio = rend in + two.

* partirse de reír = burst into + side-splitting laughter, burst into + a fit of laughter, be in fits of laughter.

* partirse de risa = laugh + Posesivo + head off, burst into + side-splitting laughter, burst into + a fit of laughter.

* partirse de risa = be in fits of laughter.

* partirse la cara por = work + Reflexivo + to death, work + Reflexivo + to the ground.

* ¡que + Pronombre + partir un rayo! = be damned!.

* trabajar a partir de = work forward.

* * *
1.
verbo transitivo

a) ( con cuchillo) <tarta/melón> to cut

lo partió en dos/por la mitad — he cut it in two/in half

¿me partes otro trozo? — can you cut me another piece?

b) ( romper) <piedra/coco> to break, smash; <nuez/avellana> to crack; <rama/palo> to break

el rayo partió el árbol por la mitad — the lightning split the tree in two

c) ( con golpe) < labio> to split (open); < cabeza> to split open

te voy a partir la cara! — (fam) I'll smash your face in! (colloq)

d) frío < labios> to chap
2.
partir vi

1)

a) (frml) tren/avión/barco to leave, depart (frml); persona/delegación to leave, depart (frml)

partió ayer con destino a Londres — she left for London yesterday

b) auto (Chi) to start

2)

a)

partir DE algo — de una premisa/un supuesto to start from something

debemos partir de la base de que... — we should start from the premise that...

partiendo de esta hipótesis — taking this hypothesis as a starting point

b)

a partir de — from

a partir de ahora/ese momento — from now on/that moment on

a partir del cambio la situación ha mejorado — since the change, the situation has improved

a partir de hoy — (as o starting) from today
3.
partirse v pron

a) mármol/roca to split, smash

se le partió un diente — she broke o chipped a tooth

b) (refl) < labio> to split; < diente> to break, chip

te vas a partir la cabeza — you're going to split o crack your head open

* * *

= cleave, split, head out, go forth.

Ex: Ethnic and racial differences cleaved the American working class.

Ex: In the mechanised paper fibre process individual pages are soaked and split so that acid-free paper can be put between the two layers.

Ex: It's tempting to splurge on a new hi-fi system or head out on a shopping spree, but the smart option might be to pay off an existing debt.

Ex: Finally six men agreed to go forth in their underclothes and nooses around their necks in hopeful expectation that their sacrifice would satisfy the king's bloodlust and he would spare the rest of the citizens.

* a partir de = based on, working from, from, on a diet of, in response to.

* a partir de ahora = from now on, from this point on, henceforth, as of now.

* a partir de ahora y durante + Cuantificador + algunos años = for + Cuantificador + years to come.

* a partir de aquí = hereupon.

* a partir de ello = therefrom.

* a partir de entonces = from this time on, hereafter, thereafter, from then on, thenceforth, whereafter, henceforth, from that moment on.

* a partir de ese momento = from that moment on.

* a partir de este momento = hereinafter.

* a partir de esto = on this basis.

* a partir de + Fecha = from + Fecha, effective + Fecha.

* a partir de hoy = as from today.

* a partir de la medianoche = late night.

* a partir de los títulos = title-based.

* catalogar partiendo de cero = catalogue + from scratch.

* comenzar partiendo de cero = build + from scratch.

* compilar partiendo de cero = compile + from scratch, compile + from scratch.

* construir partiendo de cero = construct + from scratch.

* de partirse de risa = side-splitting.

* hacer a partir de = make out of.

* hacer una plancha a partir de un molde = cast + plate + from mould.

* introducir datos partiendo de cero = enter from + scratch.

* para partirse de risa = side-splitting.

* partiendo de = on the basis of.

* partiendo de cero = from scratch, from an empty slate, from the ground up.

* partiendo de esto = on this basis, on that basis.

* partiendo de la práctica = practice-led.

* partiendo del hecho de que = based on the understanding that.

* partir de = rest on/upon, stem from, draw on/upon, build on/upon, strike out from.

* partir de cero = begin + from scratch.

* partir de la base de que = start from + the premise that, build on + the premise that.

* partir de la premisa de que = start from + the premise that, build on + the premise that.

* partir de presupuestos = make + assumption.

* partir de una premisa = base upon + assumption, assumption + undergird.

* partir el bacalao = call + the shots, be the boss, call + the tune, rule + the roost.

* partir en dos = halve, rend in + two.

* partir por la mitad = halve, break in + half.

* partir por medio = rend in + two.

* partirse de reír = burst into + side-splitting laughter, burst into + a fit of laughter, be in fits of laughter.

* partirse de risa = laugh + Posesivo + head off, burst into + side-splitting laughter, burst into + a fit of laughter.

* partirse de risa = be in fits of laughter.

* partirse la cara por = work + Reflexivo + to death, work + Reflexivo + to the ground.

* ¡que + Pronombre + partir un rayo! = be damned!.

* trabajar a partir de = work forward.

* * *

partir [I1 ]

vt

1 (con cuchillo) ‹tarta/melón› to cut

partió la pera en dos/por la mitad he cut the pear in two/in half

parte la empanada en cinco partes iguales cut the pie into five equal pieces

¿me partes otro trozo? can you cut me another piece?

2 (romper) ‹piedra/coco› to break, smash; ‹nuez/avellana› to crack

¿me partes un pedazo de pan? could you break me off a piece of bread?

el rayo partió el árbol por la mitad the lightning split the tree in two

partió la vara en dos he broke o snapped the stick in two

3 (con un golpe) ‹labio› to split, split open; ‹cabeza› to split open

¡te voy a partir la cara! ( fam); I'll smash your face in! ( colloq)

4 «frío» ‹labios› to chap

5 ‹baraja› to cut

■ partir

vi

A

( frml); «tren/avión/barco» to leave, depart ( frml); «persona/delegación» to set off, leave

partió ayer con destino a Londres she left for London yesterday

partiremos a las ocho we'll set off o set out at eight, we shall depart at eight o'clock ( frml)

la expedición partirá de Lima hacia Cuzco el día 15 the expedition will leave Lima for Cuzco on the 15th

B «auto» ( Chi) to start

C

1 partir DE algo ‹de una premisa/un supuesto› to start FROM sth

debemos partir de la base de que lograremos los fondos we should start from the premise o assumption that we will obtain the funds, we should start by assuming that we will obtain the funds

partiendo de esta hipótesis taking this hypothesis as a starting point

si partimos de que estamos en inferioridad de condiciones if we start by assuming/accepting that we are at a disadvantage

2

a partir de from

a partir de ese momento ella empezó a cambiar from that moment she began to change

a partir de la implementación de esas medidas la situación ha venido mejorando since the implementation of these measures, the situation has been improving

a partir de hoy/del sábado (starting) from today/from Saturday

a partir de ahora from now on, starting from now

a partir de ese lugar el ascenso se hace cada vez más difícil from that point on the ascent becomes increasingly difficult

a partir de estos datos ¿qué conclusiones podemos sacar? what conclusions can we draw from these facts?, given these facts, what conclusions can we draw?

■ partirse

v pron

1 «mármol/roca» to split, smash, break

se le partió un diente she broke o chipped a tooth

2 ( refl) «persona» ‹labio› to split; ‹diente› to break, chip

si te caes, te vas a partir la cabeza if you fall, you'll split o crack your head open

* * *

partir ( conjugate partir) verbo transitivo
a) ( con cuchillo) ‹tarta/melón› to cut;

◊ lo partió por la mitad he cut it in half

b) ( romper) ‹piedra/coco› to break, smash;

‹nuez/avellana› to crack;
‹rama/palo› to break
c) ( con golpe) ‹ labio› to split (open);

‹ cabeza› to split open
d) [ frío] ‹ labios› to chap

verbo intransitivo
1
a) (frml) ( marcharse) to leave, depart (frml)

b) [ auto] (Chi) to start

2
a) partir DE algo ‹de una premisa/un supuesto› to start from sth

b)

◊ a partir de from;

a partir de ahora/ese momento from now on/that moment on;
a partir de hoy (as o starting) from today
partirse verbo pronominal
a) [mármol/roca] to split, smash

b) ( refl) ‹ labio› to split;

‹ diente› to break, chip
partir
I verbo transitivo
1 (romper, quebrar) to break: me parte el corazón verte tan desalentada, it's heartbreaking to see you so depressed
partir una nuez, to shell a walnut
2 (dividir) to split, divide
(con un cuchillo) to cut
II vi (irse) to leave, set out o off
♦ Locuciones: a partir de aquí/ahora, from here on/now on
a partir de entonces no volvimos a hablarnos, we didn't speak to each other from then on
' partir' also found in these entries:
Spanish:
alma
- cero
- cortar
- piñón
- salir
- tarde
- dividir
- largo
- momento
English:
as
- begin
- break off
- break up
- evening
- from
- halve
- on
- onward
- onwards
- pally
- scratch
- snap
- split
- start
- thereafter
- upward
- upwards
- after
- break
- consent
- depart
- hence
- then
- there
- to
- today
- up

* * *

partir

♦ vt

1. [dividir] to divide, to split (en into);
parte el pastel en tres cut the cake in three;

70 partido por 2 es igual a 35 70 divided by 2 equals 35

2. [repartir] to share out;

partió el dinero del premio con sus hermanos he shared the prize money with his brothers;

partió el dinero del premio entre sus hermanos he shared out the prize money between his brothers

3. [romper] to break open;
[cascar] to crack; [cortar] to cut; [diente] to chip; [ceja, labio] to split (open), to cut;
le partieron el brazo they broke his arm;

le partieron la ceja/el labio they split o cut her eyebrow/lip;

párteme un pedazo de pan break me off a piece of bread;

párteme otra rodaja de melón cut me another slice of melon;

partir una tarta por la mitad o [m5] en dos to cut a cake in half;
Fam
partirle la boca o [m5] la cara a alguien to smash sb's face in

4. Fam [fastidiar]
tener que salir de casa me parte por completo it's a real pain having to go out;

aquel contratiempo nos partió la mañana that setback ruined our morning for us

♦ vi

1. [marchar] to leave, to set off (de/para from/for);
el buque partió de las costas británicas con rumbo a América the ship set sail from Britain for America

2. [empezar]
partir de to start from;

partir de cero to start from scratch;

la idea partió de un grupo de colegiales it was a group of schoolchildren that first had the idea;

partimos de la base de que todos saben leer we are assuming that everyone can read;

partiendo de este hecho, Newton creó una nueva teoría Newton built a new theory around this fact

3. [repartir] to share out;

Prov

el que parte y reparte se lleva la mejor parte people always save the biggest part for themselves

♦ See also the pronominal verb partirse

* * *

partir

I v/t

1 ( dividir, repartir) split

2 ( romper) break open, split open

3 ( cortar) cut

II v/i ( irse) leave;

partir de fig start from;

a partir de hoy (starting) from today;

a partir de ahora from now on

* * *

partir vt

1) : to cut, to split

2) : to break, to crack

3) : to share (out), to divide

partir vi

1) : to leave, to depart

2)

partir de : to start from

3)

a partir de : as of, from

a partir de hoy: as of today

♦ See also the reflexive verb partirse

* * *

partir vb

1. (cortar) to cut [pt. & pp. cut]

¿me partes un trozo de queso? can you cut me a slice of cheese?

2. (romper) to break [pt. broke; pp. broken]

partió la cuerda en dos he broke the rope in two

3. (marcharse) to leave [pt. & pp. left]

el tren partirá a las diez the train will leave at ten o'clock

a partir de from

a partir de hoy as from today

partir algo por la mitad to cut something in half [pt. & pp. cut]

partirse de risa to split your sides laughing [pt. & pp. split]

Spanish-English dictionary > partir
17 acabar

v.

1 to finish, to end.

hemos acabado el trabajo we've finished the work

acabó sus días en el exilio he ended his days in exile

el asunto acabó mal the affair finished o ended badly

acabar bien to have a happy ending (película)

cuando acabes, avísame tell me when you've finished

acabar de trabajar/comer to finish working/eating

el cuchillo acaba en punta the knife ends in a point

¡acabáramos! (informal) at last!, about time!

La película acabó The film finished.

Ya terminé I already finished

Acabé mi trabajo I finished my job.

2 to end up (tener un fin determinado).

acabar loco to end up (going) mad

ese acabará en la cárcel he'll end up in jail

Acabé muy cansado I ended up exhausted.

Ella acabó cantando en un club nocturno She ended up singing in a nightclub.

3 to finish with, to destroy, to be someone's ruin, to cause someone's ruin.

La mafia acabó con Ricardo The Mafia finished with Richard.

4 to tire out.

El esfuerzo lo acabó The effort tired him out.

5 to have an orgasm, to come.

María acabó al hacer el amor Mary had an orgasm when making love.

* * *

acabar

► verbo transitivo

1 (gen) to finish, finish off; (completar) to complete

■ he acabado el trabajo I've finished the work

2 (consumir) to use up

■ acabaron las provisiones they used up their supplies

► verbo intransitivo

1 (gen) to finish, end; (pareja) to split up

■ la película acaba con la muerte del rey the film ends with the death of the king

■ acaba en punta it has a pointed end

■ Pilar y Juan han acabado Pilar and Juan have split up

2 acabar por + gerundio to end up + - ing

■ acabé por comprar el vestido I ended up buying the dress

► verbo pronominal acabarse

1 to end, finish, come to an end (no quedar) to run out

■ el partido se acabó con empate a dos goles the match ended in a two-all draw

■ se acabó la fiesta the party's over

■ se le acaba el contrato el mes que viene his contract runs out next month

■ se nos ha acabado el butano we've run out of butane

\

FRASEOLOGÍA

acabar bien to have a happy ending

acabar con (destruir) to destroy, put an end to 2 (terminar) to finish, finish off

■ la revolución acabó con los privilegios de los aristócratas the revolution put an end to the privileges of the aristocrats

■ la caída de la bolsa acabó con su fortuna the stock market crash ruined him

■ ¡este chico acabará conmigo! this boy will be the death of me!

acabar de + inf to have just + past participle

■ no lo toques, acabo de pintarlo ahora mismo don't touch it, I've just painted it

acabar mal (cosa) to end badly 2 (persona) to come to a bad end

■ como sigas así acabarás mal if you carry on like that you'll come to a bad end

¡acabáramos! familiar at last!

no acabar de...

■ el autobús no acaba de venir the bus still hasn't come

■ este queso no acaba de gustarme I don't really like this cheese

¡se acabó! that's it!

* * *

verb

to finish, complete, end

- acabarse
- acabar de
* * *

1. VT

1) (=terminar) [+ actividad, trabajo] [gen] to finish; (=dar el toque final a) to finish off

¿habéis acabado la instalación de la antena? — have you finished installing the aerial?

me falta poco para acabar el jersey — I've nearly finished the jumper

me quedan solo un par de horas para acabar este cuadro — it'll only take me another couple of hours to finish off this painting

acabó sus días en prisión — he ended his days in prison

2) (=consumir) to finish

ya hemos acabado el aceite — we've used up o finished the oil

cuando acabe esta cerveza me voy — when I've finished this beer I'm going

3) LAm (=hablar mal de)

acabar a algn — to speak ill of sb

2. VI

1) (=terminar) to finish, end

¿te falta mucho para acabar? — are you nearly finished?, have you got long to go?

la crisis lleva años y no acaba — the recession has been going on for years and there's no sign of it ending

es cosa de nunca acabar — there's no end to it

acabáramos —

acabáramos, ¿así que se trata de tu hijo? — oh, I see, so it's your son, then?
cuento I, 1), rosario 1)
2)

• acabar con —

a) [+ comida] to finish off; [+ injusticia] to put an end to, stop; [+ relación] to end; [+ reservas] to exhaust, use up; [+ esperanzas] to put paid to

acabaron con la tarta en un minuto — they finished off the cake within a minute

¿todavía no has acabado con la carta? — haven't you finished the letter yet?

hay que acabar con tanto desorden — we must put an end to all this confusion

hemos acabado con todas las provisiones — we've exhausted o used up all our supplies

b) [+ persona] (=atender) to finish with; (=matar) to do away with

cuando acabe con ella, te lavo la cabeza — when I'm done o finished with her, I'll wash your hair

¡acabemos con él! — let's do away with him! *

esto acabará conmigo — this will be the end of me

3)

• acabar de hacer algo —

a) [cuando se ha terminado]

acabo de llamarla por teléfono — I have just phoned her

acababa de entrar cuando sonó el teléfono — I had just come in when the phone rang

b) [cuando se está haciendo]

cuando acabemos de pagarlo — when we finish paying for it

para acabar de arreglarlo —

para acabar de arreglarlo, se fue sin despedirse — on top of everything, she left without even saying goodbye

- ¡acaba de parir!

c)

• no acabo de entender por qué lo hizo — I just can't understand why she did it

no acabo de entender este concepto — I just can't seem to understand this concept

ese candidato no me acaba de convencer — I'm not too sure about that candidate

4) [con complemento de modo]

la película acaba bien — the film has a happy ending

su relación acabó mal — their relationship came to an unhappy end

si sigues así vas a acabar mal — if you carry on like that you'll come to a sticky end

acabé harto de tantas fiestas — I ended up getting fed up of all those parties

la palabra acaba con o por "z" — the word ends in a "z"

• acabar en algo — to end in sth

espero que no acabe en tragedia — I hope it won't end in tragedy

el palo acaba en punta — the stick ends in a point

unos zapatos que acaban en punta — a pair of pointed shoes

la fiesta acabó en un baile — the party ended with everyone dancing

después de tanto hablar, todo acabó en nada — after all that talk, it all came to nothing

5)

• acabar haciendo algo, acabar por hacer algo — to end up doing sth

acabó aceptándolo — he ended up accepting it

6) [en una relación] to finish, split up

hemos acabado — we've finished, we've split up

¿cuánto hace que acabaste con ella? — how long is it since you split up with o finished with her?

7) LAm *** (=eyacular) to come ***

3.

See:

acabarse

* * *
1.
verbo intransitivo

Sentido I

1)

a) reunión/película to finish, end; persona to finish; novios to split up

ya casi acabo — I've nearly finished

acabáramos! — (fam) now I get it! (colloq)

b) (en un estado, situación) to end up

¿cómo acabó lo de anoche? — how did things end up last night?

acabó en la cárcel — he ended up in jail; (+ compl)

acabamos cansadísimos — by the end we were exhausted

tanta historia para acabar en nada — all that fuss for nothing

ese chico va a acabar mal — that boy will come to no good

esto puede acabar mal — things could turn nasty o get ugly

la película acabó bien — the movie had a happy ending

acabar + ger o acabar por + inf — to end up -ing

acabarán aceptándolo o por aceptarlo — they'll end up accepting it

acabé por convencerme de que... — in the end I became convinced that...

acabar de algo — to end up as something

acabó de camarero — he ended up (working) as a waiter

c) ( rematar)

acabar en algo — to end in something

la palabra acaba en vocal — the word ends in a vowel

Sentido II

2) acabar con

a)

acabar con algo — ( terminar) con libro/tarea to finish with something; con bombones/bebidas to finish off something; con salud/carrera to ruin something; con sueldo/herencia to fritter away something; con abuso/problema to put an end to something

estás acabando con mi paciencia — you're trying my patience

b) (fam)

acabar con alguien — ( pelearse) to finish with somebody; ( matar) to do away with somebody (colloq)

este niño va a acabar conmigo — this child will be the death of me

Sentido III

3) acabar de

a) ( terminar)

acabar de + inf — to finish -ing

cuando acabes de leerlo — when you've finished reading it

para acabar de arreglarlo se puso a llover — to top o cap it all it started to rain

b) ( para referirse a acción reciente)

acabar de + inf: acaba de salir she's just gone out; acababa de meterme en la cama cuando... — I had just got into bed when...

c) ( llegar a)

acabar de + inf: no acabo de entenderlo I just don't understand; no acababa de gustarle/convencerla — she wasn't totally happy about it/totally convinced
2.
acabar vt

1) <trabajo/libro> to finish; <curso/carrera> to finish, complete

2) ( destrozar)

el esfuerzo lo acabó — he was exhausted by the effort

la tragedia la acabó — the tragedy destroyed her
3.
acabarse v pron

1) ( terminarse) provisiones/comida to run out; problema to be over; reunión/fiesta to end

se nos acabó el café — we ran out of coffee

se le acabaron las fuerzas — he ran out of energy

se me está acabando la paciencia — I'm running out of patience

es un trabajo que no se acaba nunca — it's a never-ending o an endless task

esto se acabó! — that's it!

y (san) se acabó — (fam) and that's that

2)

a) (liter) ( morir)

se fue acabando poco a poco — her life's breath slowly ebbed away (liter)

b) (Méx) ( quedar destrozado)

se acabó en ese trabajo — that job finished him off (colloq)

3) (enf) ( comer) to finish (up)

* * *

= end, end up, see through + to its completion, finish up, finish, wind up (in/at), curtain + fall, call it quits, lay + Nombre + to rest, wrap up, break up, finish off, top + Nombre + off, be over.

Ex. Each field also ends with a special delimiter, which signals the end of the fields.

Ex. But if you have a certain feeling about language, then language ends up becoming very, very important.

Ex. I would like to thank all those who at various times throughout the course of the project assisted so ably in seeing the work through to its completion.

Ex. In trying to get the best of both worlds, we may have finished up with the worst.

Ex. Activities can be plotted to allow the librarian to determine the most expeditious route that can be taken to finish the event.

Ex. Besides, winding up in an exclusive arrangement with a distributor that has rotten customer service ruins any advantage.

Ex. The third act is of course the denouement, when everything is made clear, all the loose ends are tied up, and the curtain falls.

Ex. 'Professional people don't live by the clock: you wouldn't tell a doctor or a lawyer that he couldn't make a decision to call it quits on a particular day'.

Ex. A New Orleans style funeral provided a humorous backdrop for library staff to relive the tragedies and successes of the old system as it was laid to rest.

Ex. The article is entitled 'ACRL wraps up year 1 of Academic Library Statistics Project'.

Ex. Tom Hernandez tried not to show how sad he felt about his friends' leaving, and managed to keep up a cheerful facade until the party broke up.

Ex. His statement is a serious threat to the cooperative sector and was aimed at finishing off the movement.

Ex. Top it off with spicy yacamole and it's worth the nosh.

Ex. Alternatively, the loan policy may be changed to make documents due when the vacation is over.

----

* acabar cargando con Algo = wind up with + Nombre.

* acabar con = put + paid to, quell, put to + rest, snuff out, stamp out, kill off, eat + Posesivo + way through.

* acabar con Algo = be done with it.

* acabar con el sufrimiento de Alguien = put + Nombre + out of + Posesivo + misery.

* acabar con la paciencia de Alguien = try + Nombre + patience.

* acabar con la paciencia de un santo = test + the patience of a saint, try + the patience of a saint.

* acabar con mejor cara = end up on + a high note.

* acabar con una nota de optimismo = end + Nombre + on a high (note).

* acabar con un broche de oro = end + Nombre + on a high (note).

* acabar de forma positiva = end + Nombre + on a high (note).

* acabar de + Infinitivo = have + just + Participio Pasado.

* acabar de salir de = be fresh out of.

* acabar de trabajar = clock off + work.

* acabar en = result (in), land in.

* acabar mal = come to + a bad end.

* acabar mejor de lo que + empezar = end up on + a high note.

* acabar paulatinamente = wind + Nombre + down.

* acabar + Posesivo + días en = end up + Posesivo + days in.

* acabar + Posesivo + vida útil = run towards + the end of + Posesivo + useful life.

* acabar repentinamente = come to + a swift end, come to + an abrupt end.

* acabarse = draw to + a close, peter out, run out, be gone, come to + an end, run out of, draw to + an end, wind down, be all gone.

* acabarse el entusiasmo = run out of + steam.

* acabarse el espacio = run out of + space.

* acabarse el tiempo = time + run out, time + be + up.

* acabarse la buena racha = the good times + run out.

* acabarse la (buena) suerte = run out of + luck, luck + run out.

* acabar teniendo = end up with.

* como si se acabara el mundo = like there's no tomorrow.

* como si se fuese a acabar el mundo = like there's no tomorrow.

* empezar a acabarse = run + low (on).

* estar acabando con = eat away at.

* estar acabándose = be on the way out, be on + Posesivo + last legs.

* nada se acaba hasta que no se acaba = nothing is done until it's done.

* ¡se te acabó el cuento! = the jig's up!.

* sin acabar = unfinished.

* tumulto + acabar = tumult + die.

* * *
1.
verbo intransitivo

Sentido I

1)

a) reunión/película to finish, end; persona to finish; novios to split up

ya casi acabo — I've nearly finished

acabáramos! — (fam) now I get it! (colloq)

b) (en un estado, situación) to end up

¿cómo acabó lo de anoche? — how did things end up last night?

acabó en la cárcel — he ended up in jail; (+ compl)

acabamos cansadísimos — by the end we were exhausted

tanta historia para acabar en nada — all that fuss for nothing

ese chico va a acabar mal — that boy will come to no good

esto puede acabar mal — things could turn nasty o get ugly

la película acabó bien — the movie had a happy ending

acabar + ger o acabar por + inf — to end up -ing

acabarán aceptándolo o por aceptarlo — they'll end up accepting it

acabé por convencerme de que... — in the end I became convinced that...

acabar de algo — to end up as something

acabó de camarero — he ended up (working) as a waiter

c) ( rematar)

acabar en algo — to end in something

la palabra acaba en vocal — the word ends in a vowel

Sentido II

2) acabar con

a)

acabar con algo — ( terminar) con libro/tarea to finish with something; con bombones/bebidas to finish off something; con salud/carrera to ruin something; con sueldo/herencia to fritter away something; con abuso/problema to put an end to something

estás acabando con mi paciencia — you're trying my patience

b) (fam)

acabar con alguien — ( pelearse) to finish with somebody; ( matar) to do away with somebody (colloq)

este niño va a acabar conmigo — this child will be the death of me

Sentido III

3) acabar de

a) ( terminar)

acabar de + inf — to finish -ing

cuando acabes de leerlo — when you've finished reading it

para acabar de arreglarlo se puso a llover — to top o cap it all it started to rain

b) ( para referirse a acción reciente)

acabar de + inf: acaba de salir she's just gone out; acababa de meterme en la cama cuando... — I had just got into bed when...

c) ( llegar a)

acabar de + inf: no acabo de entenderlo I just don't understand; no acababa de gustarle/convencerla — she wasn't totally happy about it/totally convinced
2.
acabar vt

1) <trabajo/libro> to finish; <curso/carrera> to finish, complete

2) ( destrozar)

el esfuerzo lo acabó — he was exhausted by the effort

la tragedia la acabó — the tragedy destroyed her
3.
acabarse v pron

1) ( terminarse) provisiones/comida to run out; problema to be over; reunión/fiesta to end

se nos acabó el café — we ran out of coffee

se le acabaron las fuerzas — he ran out of energy

se me está acabando la paciencia — I'm running out of patience

es un trabajo que no se acaba nunca — it's a never-ending o an endless task

esto se acabó! — that's it!

y (san) se acabó — (fam) and that's that

2)

a) (liter) ( morir)

se fue acabando poco a poco — her life's breath slowly ebbed away (liter)

b) (Méx) ( quedar destrozado)

se acabó en ese trabajo — that job finished him off (colloq)

3) (enf) ( comer) to finish (up)

* * *

= end, end up, see through + to its completion, finish up, finish, wind up (in/at), curtain + fall, call it quits, lay + Nombre + to rest, wrap up, break up, finish off, top + Nombre + off, be over.

Ex: Each field also ends with a special delimiter, which signals the end of the fields.

Ex: But if you have a certain feeling about language, then language ends up becoming very, very important.

Ex: I would like to thank all those who at various times throughout the course of the project assisted so ably in seeing the work through to its completion.

Ex: In trying to get the best of both worlds, we may have finished up with the worst.

Ex: Activities can be plotted to allow the librarian to determine the most expeditious route that can be taken to finish the event.

Ex: Besides, winding up in an exclusive arrangement with a distributor that has rotten customer service ruins any advantage.

Ex: The third act is of course the denouement, when everything is made clear, all the loose ends are tied up, and the curtain falls.

Ex: 'Professional people don't live by the clock: you wouldn't tell a doctor or a lawyer that he couldn't make a decision to call it quits on a particular day'.

Ex: A New Orleans style funeral provided a humorous backdrop for library staff to relive the tragedies and successes of the old system as it was laid to rest.

Ex: The article is entitled 'ACRL wraps up year 1 of Academic Library Statistics Project'.

Ex: Tom Hernandez tried not to show how sad he felt about his friends' leaving, and managed to keep up a cheerful facade until the party broke up.

Ex: His statement is a serious threat to the cooperative sector and was aimed at finishing off the movement.

Ex: Top it off with spicy yacamole and it's worth the nosh.

Ex: Alternatively, the loan policy may be changed to make documents due when the vacation is over.

* acabar cargando con Algo = wind up with + Nombre.

* acabar con = put + paid to, quell, put to + rest, snuff out, stamp out, kill off, eat + Posesivo + way through.

* acabar con Algo = be done with it.

* acabar con el sufrimiento de Alguien = put + Nombre + out of + Posesivo + misery.

* acabar con la paciencia de Alguien = try + Nombre + patience.

* acabar con la paciencia de un santo = test + the patience of a saint, try + the patience of a saint.

* acabar con mejor cara = end up on + a high note.

* acabar con una nota de optimismo = end + Nombre + on a high (note).

* acabar con un broche de oro = end + Nombre + on a high (note).

* acabar de forma positiva = end + Nombre + on a high (note).

* acabar de + Infinitivo = have + just + Participio Pasado.

* acabar de salir de = be fresh out of.

* acabar de trabajar = clock off + work.

* acabar en = result (in), land in.

* acabar mal = come to + a bad end.

* acabar mejor de lo que + empezar = end up on + a high note.

* acabar paulatinamente = wind + Nombre + down.

* acabar + Posesivo + días en = end up + Posesivo + days in.

* acabar + Posesivo + vida útil = run towards + the end of + Posesivo + useful life.

* acabar repentinamente = come to + a swift end, come to + an abrupt end.

* acabarse = draw to + a close, peter out, run out, be gone, come to + an end, run out of, draw to + an end, wind down, be all gone.

* acabarse el entusiasmo = run out of + steam.

* acabarse el espacio = run out of + space.

* acabarse el tiempo = time + run out, time + be + up.

* acabarse la buena racha = the good times + run out.

* acabarse la (buena) suerte = run out of + luck, luck + run out.

* acabar teniendo = end up with.

* como si se acabara el mundo = like there's no tomorrow.

* como si se fuese a acabar el mundo = like there's no tomorrow.

* empezar a acabarse = run + low (on).

* estar acabando con = eat away at.

* estar acabándose = be on the way out, be on + Posesivo + last legs.

* nada se acaba hasta que no se acaba = nothing is done until it's done.

* ¡se te acabó el cuento! = the jig's up!.

* sin acabar = unfinished.

* tumulto + acabar = tumult + die.

* * *

acabar [A1 ]

vi

Sentido I

A

1 (terminar) «reunión/partido/película» to finish, end

¿te falta mucho? — no, ya casi acabo do you have much to do? — no, I've nearly finished

todavía no he acabado I haven't finished yet, I'm not through yet ( colloq)

2 acabar CON algo/algn to finish WITH sth/sb

¿has acabado con esto? have you finished with this?

ven cuando acabes con lo que estás haciendo come as soon as you've finished what you're doing

espera, que todavía no he acabado contigo wait a minute, I haven't finished with you yet

cuando acabes con Cristina ¿me puedes atender a mí? when you've finished with o ( colloq) when you're through with Cristina, can you help me?

3 «novios» to split up, break up acabar CON algn to break up o split up WITH sb, finish WITH sb

he acabado con ella I've broken up with o split up with o finished with her, I'm through with her ( colloq)

4 acabar DE + INF:

cuando acabes de leer el libro me lo pasas ¿vale? will you lend me the book when you've finished (reading) it?

todavía no he acabado de pagar la casa I still haven't finished paying for the house

para acabar de arreglarlo, se puso a llover and to top it all o cap it all o make matters worse, it began to rain

¡acabáramos! ( fam); now I get it! ( colloq)

¡acabáramos! así que lo que quería era dinero now I get it! it was money he was after

es que vivió siete años en Tokio — ¡acabáramos! con razón habla tan bien japonés she lived in Tokyo for seven years, you know — oh, I see! that's why she speaks Japanese so well

5 acabar + GER or acabar POR + INF to end up -ING

acabarán por aceptarlo or aceptándolo they'll end up accepting it, they'll accept it in the end

B (+ compl):

la palabra acaba en or por `r' the word ends in `r'

por este lado acaba en punta this side ends in a point

acabamos cansadísimos by the end we were dead tired

¿en qué acabó lo de anoche? how did things end up last night?

tanta historia para acabar en nada all that fuss for nothing

siempre decía que ese chico iba a acabar mal I always said that boy would come to no good

no te metas que esto puede acabar mal don't get involved, things could turn nasty o get ugly

la película acabó bien the movie had a happy ending

C ( AmS arg) (tener un orgasmo) to come ( colloq)

Sentido II

A acabar con

(terminar, destruir): acabó con todos los bombones he finished off o ( colloq) polished off all the chocolates

en dos años acabó con la herencia he went through his inheritance in two years

si tratas así los zapatos vas a acabar con ellos en dos días if you treat your shoes like that, they'll be ruined o you'll wear them out in a couple of days

estás acabando con mi paciencia you're trying my patience, I'm running out of patience with you

este escándalo puede acabar con su carrera this scandal could ruin o finish his career

hay que acabar con este tipo de discriminaciones this sort of discrimination must be eliminated o eradicated, we/they must do away with o put an end to o put a stop to this sort of discrimination

B ( fam)

(matar): sabe demasiado, hay que acabar con él he knows too much, we're going to have to eliminate him o ( colloq) get rid of him

este clima/niño va a acabar conmigo this weather/child will be the death of me

Sentido III acabar de

A (para referirse a una acción reciente) acabar DE + INF:

acaba de salir she's just gone out

acababa de meterme en la cama cuando sonó el teléfono I had just got into bed when the telephone rang

acabo de comer I've just eaten

B no acabar DE + INF:

no acaba de convencerme la idea I'm not totally convinced by the idea

no acabo de entenderlo I just don't understand

el color no me acaba de gustar or ( Esp fam) no me acaba I'm not too sure I like the color, I'm not too sure about the color

■ acabar

vt

A ‹trabajo› to finish

ya acabé el libro I've finished the book

no logró acabar el curso he didn't manage to finish o complete the course

iré cuando acabe lo que estoy haciendo I'll go when I've finished what I'm doing

B

(destrozar): el esfuerzo lo acabó y tuvo que abandonar la carrera he was exhausted by the effort and had to drop out of the race

la tragedia la acabó the tragedy destroyed o killed her

■ acabarse

v pron

A

(terminarse): se nos ha acabado el café we've run out of coffee, the coffee's run out, we're out of coffee ( colloq)

se le acabaron las fuerzas he ran out of energy o ( colloq) steam

se me está acabando la paciencia I'm running out of patience

el trabajo de la casa no se acaba nunca housework is a never-ending o an endless job

se fue él y se acabaron los problemas as soon as he left, the problems ended

¡esto se acabó! no lo aguanto más that's it! I can't take any more

y (san) se acabó ( fam); and that's that

le dices que no quieres y (san) se acabó tell him you don't want to and that's that

te he dicho que no vas y (san) se acabó I've told you you're not going and that's all there is to it! o and that's that! o and let that be an end to it!

B

1 ( liter)

(morir): se fue acabando poco a poco she slowly slipped away, her life's breath slowly ebbed away ( liter)

2

( Méx) (quedar destrozado): se acabó en ese trabajo that job finished him off o did for him ( colloq)

C ( enf) (comer) to finish, finish up

acábate todas las lentejas finish (up) all the lentils

* * *

acabar ( conjugate acabar) verbo intransitivo
1
a) [reunión/película] to finish, end;

[ persona] to finish;
[ novios] to split up;
◊ ya casi acabo I've nearly finished

b) (en un estado, situación) to end up;

◊ acabó en la cárcel he ended up in jail;

(+ compl)
◊ acabamos cansadísimos by the end we were exhausted;

ese chico va a acabar mal that boy will come to no good;
la película acabó bien the movie had a happy ending;
acabarán aceptándolo o por aceptarlo they'll end up accepting it;
acabar de algo to end up as sth;
acabó de camarero he ended up (working) as a waiter
c) ( rematar) acabar en algo to end in sth

2
◊ acabar con

a) acabar con algo ( terminar) ‹con libro/tarea› to finish with sth;

‹con bombones/bebidas› to finish off sth;
‹con salud/carrera› to ruin sth;
‹con sueldo/herencia› to fritter away sth;
‹con abuso/problema› to put an end to sth
b) (fam) acabar con algn ( pelearse) to finish with sb;

( matar) to do away with sb (colloq);
◊ este niño va a acabar conmigo this child will be the death of me

3
◊ acabar de

a) ( terminar) acabar de hacer algo to finish doing sth;

◊ cuando acabes de leerlo when you've finished reading it

b) ( para referirse a acción reciente):

◊ acaba de salir she's just gone out;

acababa de meterme en la cama cuando … I had just got into bed when …
c) ( llegar a):

◊ no acabo de entenderlo I just don't understand;

no acababa de gustarle she wasn't totally happy about it
verbo transitivo ‹trabajo/libro› to finish;
‹curso/carrera› to finish, complete
acabarse verbo pronominal
1 ( terminarse) [provisiones/comida] to run out;
[ problema] to be over;
[reunión/fiesta/curso] to end;
[ proyecto] to finish, come to an end;
[ año] to come to an end;
◊ se nos acabó el café we ran out of coffee;

se le acabaron las fuerzas he ran out of energy;
un trabajo que no se acaba nunca a never-ending o an endless task;
¡esto se acabó! that's it!
2 ( enf) ( comer) to finish (up)
acabar
I verbo transitivo
1 to finish (off) ➣ Ver nota en finish 2 (completar) to complete
II verbo intransitivo
1 to finish, end: todo acabó bien, it all ended happily 2 acabar con (agotar las existencias) to finish something
figurado estás acabando con mi paciencia, I'm losing my patience with you
(romper algo) to break something
(matar) to kill: la droga está acabando con él, he's killing himself with drugs
(destruir, eliminar) to destroy something: hay que acabar con la tortura, we must get rid of torture
figurado las presiones acabaron con su carrera política, the overwhelming pressure finished off his political career 3 acabar de: acaba de llegar de Río, he's just arrived from Río
no acaba de decidirse, she hasn't made up her mind yet 4 acabar en: el partido de fútbol acabó en tragedia, the football match ended in tragedy 5 acabar por/acabar + gerundio acabé creyendo/por creer que estaba loca, I ended up thinking she was mad
' acabar' also found in these entries:
Spanish:
apurar
- finiquitar
- incompleta
- incompleto
- levantarse
- paciencia
- temblar
- terminar
- tabla
English:
barrier
- break
- break down
- burial
- complete
- distance
- drag on
- end
- end up
- fade
- finish
- finish up
- get over
- get through
- grief
- illiteracy
- it
- paid
- racism
- round off
- settle
- sink
- stamp out
- there
- time-wasting
- use up
- wind up
- destroy
- do
- finished
- get
- kill
- near
- smash
- stop
- wind
- wipe

* * *

acabar

♦ vt
[terminar] to finish;
hemos acabado el trabajo we've finished the work;

todavía no ha acabado el primer plato he still hasn't finished his first course;

acabamos el viaje en Canadá our journey ended in Canada;

la bufanda está sin acabar the scarf isn't finished yet;
RP Fam
¡acabala! that's enough!

♦ vi

1. [terminar] to finish, to end;

el cuchillo acaba en punta the knife ends in a point;

el asunto acabó mal o [m5] de mala manera the affair finished o ended badly;

detesto las películas que acaban bien I hate films that have a happy ending;

acabó sus días en el exilio he ended his days in exile;

ése acabará en la cárcel he'll end up in jail;

cuando acabes, avísame tell me when you've finished;

acabar de hacer algo to finish doing sth;

acabar de trabajar/comer to finish working/eating;

acabar con algo to finish with sth;

¿has acabado con el martillo? have o are you finished with the hammer?;

acabar por hacer algo, acabar haciendo algo to end up doing sth;

acabarán por llamar o [m5] llamando they'll call eventually o sooner or later;

para acabar de arreglarlo to cap it all;
Fam
¡acabáramos! so that's what it was!

2. [haber hecho recientemente]
acabar de hacer algo to have just done sth;

acabo de llegar I've just arrived

3.
acabar con [destruir] [enemigo] to destroy;
[salud] to ruin; [violencia, crimen] to put an end to;
acabar con la paciencia de alguien to exhaust sb's patience;

está acabando con mi paciencia she's trying my patience;

acabaron con todas las provisiones they used up all the provisions;

la droga acabó con él drugs killed him;

¡ese niño va a acabar conmigo! that boy will be the death of me!

4. [volverse] to end up;

acabar loco to end up (going) mad

5. [en construcciones con infinitivo]
no acabo de entenderlo I can't quite understand it;

no acaba de parecerme bien I don't really think it's a very good idea;

no acaba de gustarme del todo I just don't really like it;

el plan no me acaba de convencer I'm not totally convinced by the plan

6. RP, Ven Fam [tener un orgasmo] to come

7. Comp

de nunca acabar never-ending;

este proyecto es el cuento de nunca acabar this project just seems to go on and on

♦ See also the pronominal verb acabarse

* * *

acabar

I v/t

1 finish

2

:

acabé haciéndolo yo I ended up doing it myself

II v/i

1 de persona finish; de función, acontecimiento finish, end;

acabar con put an end to; caramelos finish off; persona destroy;

acabar en end in;

acabar en punta end in a point;

acabar bien/mal end well/badly;

va a acabar mal fam this is going to end badly; persona he’ll come to no good o

to a bad end;

acabó por comprender in the end he understood;

no acabo de comprender I still don’t understand;

acabar con sus huesos en end up in;

es cosa de nunca acabar it’s never-ending;

¡acabáramos! now I get it!;

¡acaba ya! hurry up and finish!;

la cosa no acaba aquí and that’s not all, and there’s worse

2

:

acabar de hacer algo have just done sth;

acabo de escribirlo I’ve just written it

* * *

acabar vi

1) terminar: to finish, to end

2)

acabar de : to have just (done something)

acabo de ver a tu hermano: I just saw your brother

3)

acabar con : to put an end to, to stamp out

acabar vt

terminar: to finish

♦ See also the reflexive verb acabarse

* * *

acabar vb

1. (terminar) to finish

aún no he acabado de comer I haven't finished eating yet

2. (acción, objeto) to end

la cena acabó en baile the supper ended with a dance

la navaja acaba en punta the knife ends in a point

acabar de hacer algo to have just done something

acaba de llegar she's just arrived

acabar por to end up

acabó por comprarlo he ended up buying it

Spanish-English dictionary > acabar
18 disgusto

m.

1 annoyance, disappointment, dissatisfaction, displeasure.

2 argument, dispute, quarrel, quarreling.

3 chagrin.

pres.indicat.

1^st person singular (yo) present indicative of spanish verb: disgustar.

* * *

disgusto

► nombre masculino

1 (enfado) displeasure, annoyance, anger

2 (desgracia) misfortune, problem

■ sus padres han tenido varios disgustos her parents have had their share of misfortunes

3 figurado (pesadumbre) sorrow, grief, pain

■ aquel accidente le produjo gran disgusto that road accident upset her terribly

4 figurado (pelea) argument, quarrel

\

FRASEOLOGÍA

a disgusto against one's will, reluctantly, unwillingly

dar un disgusto to upset

llevarse un disgusto to get upset

sentirse/estar/hallarse a disgusto to feel ill at ease

* * *

SM

1) (=pena)

la noticia me causó un gran disgusto — I was very upset by the news

eso te va a costar un disgusto — that is going to get you into trouble

vas a darle un disgusto a mamá con tan malas notas — Mum's going to be upset about those bad marks of yours

nunca nos dio un disgusto — he never caused us any worry o trouble

vas a matar a tu madre a disgustos * — you'll be the death of your mother *, you'll send your mother to an early grave *

-la han despedido -¡qué disgusto! — "they've fired her" - "that's terrible o awful!"

2) (=riña) quarrel, row

como sigas así, tú y yo tendremos un disgusto — if you carry on like that, we're going to fall out

3)

a disgusto: hacer algo a disgusto — to do sth unwillingly

estar o sentirse a disgusto — to be o feel ill at ease

* * *

masculino

1) (sufrimiento, pesar)

tiene un disgusto tremendo — he's very upset

me vas a matar a disgustos — you'll be the death of me

lo hizo a disgusto — she did it reluctantly

si te vas a quedar a disgusto es mejor que te vayas — if you really don't want to be here, you might as well go

2)

a) ( discusión) argument, quarrel

b) ( incidente desagradable)

si sigues conduciendo así vas a tener un disgusto — if you keep on driving like that you're going to have an accident

* * *

= annoyance, dissatisfaction, chagrin, displeasure.

Ex. False drops are perhaps less of an annoyance in a computer-based system when brief records can be quickly scanned and rejected as necessary.

Ex. During her tenure as head of the EPA library, she dealt with the dissatisfaction with the national treatment of U.S. documents in a most constructive manner, by establishing the Government Documents Round Table (GODORT).

Ex. Much to her nanny's surprise and chagrin, she was fully potty-trained by her first birthday.

Ex. They were printed in France, but their printers and publishers used this doubtless transparent device to evade the displeasure of the authorities.

----

* a disgusto = unwillingly, reluctantly.

* gesto de disgusto = glower.

* mirada de disgusto = scowl.

* para disgusto de = to the disgust of.

* para + Posesivo + disgusto = to + Posesivo + chagrin.

* * *

masculino

1) (sufrimiento, pesar)

tiene un disgusto tremendo — he's very upset

me vas a matar a disgustos — you'll be the death of me

lo hizo a disgusto — she did it reluctantly

si te vas a quedar a disgusto es mejor que te vayas — if you really don't want to be here, you might as well go

2)

a) ( discusión) argument, quarrel

b) ( incidente desagradable)

si sigues conduciendo así vas a tener un disgusto — if you keep on driving like that you're going to have an accident

* * *

= annoyance, dissatisfaction, chagrin, displeasure.

Ex: False drops are perhaps less of an annoyance in a computer-based system when brief records can be quickly scanned and rejected as necessary.

Ex: During her tenure as head of the EPA library, she dealt with the dissatisfaction with the national treatment of U.S. documents in a most constructive manner, by establishing the Government Documents Round Table (GODORT).

Ex: Much to her nanny's surprise and chagrin, she was fully potty-trained by her first birthday.

Ex: They were printed in France, but their printers and publishers used this doubtless transparent device to evade the displeasure of the authorities.

* a disgusto = unwillingly, reluctantly.

* gesto de disgusto = glower.

* mirada de disgusto = scowl.

* para disgusto de = to the disgust of.

* para + Posesivo + disgusto = to + Posesivo + chagrin.

* * *

disgusto

masculine

A

(sufrimiento, pesar): le causó un gran disgusto she was very upset, it upset her terribly

tiene un disgusto tremendo he's very upset

estos hijos me van a matar a disgustos these children will be the death of me

expresó su disgusto y preocupación por lo sucedido she expressed her sadness o sorrow and concern at what had happened

con tantos disgustos se va a enfermar de los nervios she's going to end up a nervous wreck with all these things that have happened to her ( colloq)

para mi disgusto much to my displeasure

lo hizo a disgusto she did it reluctantly o unwillingly

si te vas a quedar a disgusto es mejor que te vayas if you really don't want to be here o if you're staying against your will, you might as well go

B

1 (discusión) argument, quarrel

2

(incidente desagradable): si sigues conduciendo así vas a tener un disgusto if you keep on driving like that you're going to have an accident

* * *

Del verbo disgustar: ( conjugate disgustar)

disgusto es:

1ª persona singular (yo) presente indicativo

disgustó es:

3ª persona singular (él/ella/usted) pretérito indicativo

Multiple Entries:
disgustar
disgusto
disgustar ( conjugate disgustar) verbo transitivo:
◊ me disgustó mucho que me mintiera I was very upset that he lied to me;

me disgusta tener que decírselo I don't like having to tell her
disgustarse verbo pronominal
to get upset
disgusto sustantivo masculino
1 (sufrimiento, pesar):
◊ tiene un disgusto tremendo he's very upset;

me ha dado muchos disgustos he's given me lots of upset o heartache;
lo hizo a disgusto she did it reluctantly
2 ( discusión) argument, quarrel
disgustar verbo transitivo
1 (enfadar, entristecer) to upset: disgustó a su madre, he upset his mother
2 (desagradar) to displease: es un sabor raro, pero no me disgusta, it's an odd taste, but I don't dislike it
disgusto sustantivo masculino
1 (preocupación, pesar) upset: tiene un disgusto terrible, she is really upset
2 (desgracia) trouble: un día de estos vas a tener un disgusto, one day you are going to have trouble
3 (enfado, disputa) quarrel, row: tendrá un disgusto con los vecinos por el ruido, he'll have a row with his neighbours over the noise
♦ Locuciones: a disgusto, unwillingly
encontrarse a disgusto, to feel ill at ease
' disgusto' also found in these entries:
Spanish:
con
- consiguiente
- disgustar
- enferma
- enfermo
- gesto
- golpe
- lamentable
- mitigar
- palo
- perra
- rabiar
- resoplar
- sinsabor
- sofoco
- vaya
- agarrar
- caramba
- contrariedad
- ir
- jo
- porra
- tal
- uy
English:
annoyance
- chagrin
- dismay
- displeasure
- really
- unpleasantness
- any
- upset

* * *

disgusto

♦ nm

1. [pena]
fue un gran disgusto para ella no aprobar el examen it was a great disappointment for her not to pass the exam;

para disgusto de todos, el concierto se suspendió to everyone's disappointment the concert was cancelled;

dar un disgusto a alguien to upset sb;

¡menudo disgusto nos dio! you can imagine how upset we were!;

¡este niño no nos da más que disgustos! that child just gives us one headache after another!;

llevarse un disgusto to be upset;

¡qué disgusto me llevé cuando lo supe! I was so upset when I found out!;

tiene un disgusto enorme she's terribly upset;

Comp

matar a alguien a disgustos to worry sb to death;

¡me vas a matar a disgustos! you'll be the death of me yet!;

Comp

no ganar para disgustos con alguien: con este niño no ganamos para disgustos that child gives us nothing but trouble

2. [desgracia]
desde que llegué aquí voy de disgusto en disgusto it's been one disaster after another ever since I arrived;

tener un disgusto: si sigues trabajando sin casco vas a tener un disgusto if you go on working without a helmet you'll live to regret it;

o dejas de fumar, o tendrás un disgusto quit smoking now, or you'll live to regret it;

casi nos da un disgusto we almost had a tragedy on our hands

3. [pelea]
tener un disgusto con alguien to have a quarrel with sb;

como sigas así, tú y yo vamos a tener un disgusto if you carry on like this, you and I are going to fall out

♦ a disgusto loc adv
[sin ganas] unwillingly;
hacer algo a disgusto to do sth unwillingly o reluctantly;

para venir a disgusto, es mejor que no vengas if you really don't want to come, it'd be better if you didn't

♦ a disgusto loc adj
[incómodo] [físicamente] uncomfortable; [psicológicamente] uncomfortable, ill at ease;
estar a disgusto to feel uncomfortable o uneasy;

en esta silla vas a estar a disgusto you'll be uncomfortable in that chair;

se sentía muy a disgusto con sus compañeros de clase he felt very uncomfortable with his classmates

* * *

disgusto

m

1 ( pesar)

:

me causó un gran disgusto I was very upset;

llevarse un disgusto get upset

2 ( enfado)

:

tener un disgusto have an argument;

tener un disgusto con alguien have an argument with s.o., fall out with s.o

3 ( accidente)

:

tener un disgusto have an accident

4

:

a disgusto unwillingly;

sentirse a disgusto feel uncomfortable, feel ill at ease

* * *

disgusto nm

1) : annoyance, displeasure

2) : argument, quarrel

3) : trouble, misfortune

* * *

disgusto n (enfado) quarrel

ha tenido un disgusto con su mejor amigo he's quarrelled with his best friend

dar un disgusto a alguien to upset somebody

le has dado un gran disgusto you've really upset her

llevarse un disgusto to be upset

Spanish-English dictionary > disgusto
19 γίνομαι

γίνομαι (in the form γίγνομαι [s. below] Hom.+; as γίν. since Aristot.+; and s. Kühner-Bl. II p. 391; Schwyzer I 215; KBrugmann⁴-AThumb, Griech. Gramm. 1913, 126; Mayser p. 165 and lit. there). Impf. ἐγινόμην; fut. γενήσομαι; 2 aor. ἐγενόμην, 3 sg. opt. γένοιτο; very rare v.l. (B-D-F §81, 3) γενάμενος (GJs 6:1; 16;1; 25:1 [s. deStrycker 249]; also found in Ps.-Callisth. 1, 20, 1; 1, 41, 11; ApcEsdr 1:3 p. 24, 7 Tdf.; Mel., P. 49, 346 [Bodm.]). Pass.: fut. ptc. τῶν γενηθησομένων (Eccl 1:11 v.l.); 1 aor. ἐγενήθην (Doric, H. Gk.; Phryn. 108 Lob.; pap fr. III B.C., Mayser I/2² ’38, 157f [w. lit.]; ins [Schweizer 181; Nachmanson 168; Thieme 13]; LXX), impv. γενηθήτω; pf. γεγένημαι (Meisterhans³-Schw.: Att. ins since 376 B.C.; Mayser 391) uncontested use in NT only J 2:9; GJs 24:3 (γεγένν-pap); apolog. On pf. γέγονα s. Meisterhans³-Schw.: since 464 B.C.; Mayser 372; on the aoristic use of γέγονα s. Mlt. 145f; 238; 239; PChantraine, Histoire du parfait grec 1927, 233–45; 3 pl. γέγοναν Ro 16:7 (v.l. γεγόνασιν) and Rv 21:6; s. KBuresch, Γέγοναν: RhM 46, 1891, 193ff; Mlt. 52 n.; ptc. γεγονώς; plpf. 3 sg. ἐγεγόνει (1 Macc. 4:27; 2 Macc. 13:17; J 6:17; Just.), without augment γεγόνει (Ac 4:22; v.l. ἐγεγόνει), s. B-D-F §78; Mlt-H. 190. On the variation γίνομαι and γίγνομαι s. W-S. §5, 31; B-D-F §34, 4; Mlt-H. 108. A verb with numerous nuances relating to being and manner of being. Its contrast to the more static term εἰμί can be seen in Kaibel 595, 5 οὐκ ἤμην καὶ ἐγενόμην=I was not and then I came to be (cp. Ath. 4, 2 in 3 below).

① to come into being through process of birth or natural production, be born, be produced (SIG 1168, 6; Epict. 2, 17, 8; Wsd 7:3; Sir 44:9; Just., A I, 13, 3; Tat. 26, 2) J 8:58; w. ἔκ τινος foll. (Diod S 3, 64, 1; Appian, Basil. 5 §1; Parthenius 1, 4; Athen. 13, 37 p. 576c ἐξ ἑταίρας; PPetr III, 2, 20; PFlor 382, 38 ὁ ἐξ ἐμοῦ γενόμενος υἱός; 1 Esdr 4:16; Tob 8:6; Jos., Ant. 2, 216) Ro 1:3; Gal 4:4 (cp. 1QS 11:21). Also of plants 1 Cor 15:37. Of fruits ἔκ τινος be produced by a tree Mt 21:19 (cp. X., Mem. 3, 6, 13 ὁ ἐκ τ. χώρας γιγνόμενος σῖτος). W. ἀπό τινος foll. Ox 1081 (SJCh), 11 γε̣[ινόμε]νον, 14 γέγ[ονος], 14f γε[ι]νομεν[ον], 19 γέγονος.

② to come into existence, be made, be created, be manufactured, be performed

ⓐ gener. ὸ̔ γέγονεν J 1:3c (s. ref. to Vawter, below); w. διά τινος vs. 3a (MTeschendorf, D. Schöpfungsged. im NT: StKr 104, ’32, 337–72). W. χωρίς τινος vs. 3b (IAndrosIsis, Cyrene 15 [103 A.D.] Ἐμοῦ δὲ χωρὶς γείνετʼ οὐδὲν πώποτε; Cleanthes, Hymn to Zeus 15 [Stoic. I 537=Coll. Alex. no. 1 p. 227] οὐδέ τι γίγνεται ἔργον σοῦ δίχα; note the related style 1QH 1:20; on the syntax of J 1:3f see BVawter, CBQ 25, ’63, 401–6, who favors a full stop after οὐδὲ ἕν, s. εἷς 2b and lit. cited there on J 1:3). W. ἔκ τινος Hb 11:3. Of cult images διὰ χειρῶν γινόμενοι made w. hands Ac 19:26 (cp. PRyl 231, 3 [40 A.D.] τοὺς ἄρτους γενέσθαι). Of miracles: be done, take place (Tob 11:15; Wsd 19:13 v.l. Swete) Mt 11:20f, 23; Lk 10:13; Ac 8:13. ἐφʼ ὸ̔ν γεγόνει τὸ σημεῖον τοῦτο on whom this miracle had been performed 4:22. W. mention of the author διά τινος (cp. 4 Macc 17:11) 2:43; 4:16, 30; 12:9; 24:2. διὰ τῶν χειρῶν τινος Mk 6:2; Ac 14:3. ὑπό τινος (Herodian 8, 4, 2; OGI 168, 46 [115 B.C.] τὰ γεγονότα ὑπὸ τοῦ πατρὸς φιλάνθρωπα; UPZ III, 3, 7 [116 B.C.]; PTebt 786, 14 [II B.C.]; Wsd 9:2; Jos., Ant. 8, 111; 347; Just., D. 35, 8 τῶν ἀπὸ τοῦ ὀνόματος αὐτοῦ [Jesus] καὶ νῦν γινομένων δυνάμεων) Lk 9:7 v.l.; 13:17; 23:8; Eph 5:12. Of commands, instructions be fulfilled, performed γενηθήτω τὸ θέλημά σου thy will be done (Appian, Liby. 90 §423 τὸ πρόσταγμα δεῖ γενέσθαι; Syntipas p. 25, 3 γενέσθω τὸ αἴτημα) Mt 6:10; 26:42; Lk 11:2; cp. 22:42. γέγονεν ὸ̔ ἐπέταξας your order has been carried out 14:22. γενέσθαι τὸ αἴτημα αὐτῶν that their demand should be granted 23:24. Of institutions: be established, the Sabbath for the sake of humans Mk 2:27 (Crates, Ep. 24 οὐ γεγόνασιν οἱ ἄνθρωποι τ. ἵππων χάριν, ἀλλʼ οἱ ἵπποι τ. ἀνθρώπων).

ⓑ w. mention of the special nature of an undertaking: ἵνα οὕτως γένηται ἐν ἐμοί in order to have such action taken in my case 1 Cor 9:15. ἐν τῷ ξηρῷ τί γένηται; what will be done when it (the wood) is dry? Lk 23:31.

③ come into being as an event or phenomenon from a point of origin, arise, come about, develop (Alcaeus 23 Diehl² [320 L-P.] καί κʼ οὐδὲν ἐκ δένος γένοιτο=nothing could originate from nothing; Ath. 4:2 τὸ ὸ̓ν οὐ γίνεται ἀλλὰ τὸ μὴ ὸ̓ν)

ⓐ of events or phenomena in nature (Sir 40:10; Ex 10:22; Job 40:23; Jos., Ant. 9, 36): lightning, thunder (X., An. 3, 1, 11) J 12:29; Rv 8:5; 11:19; calm (on the sea) Mt 8:26; Mk 4:39; Lk 8:24; storm Mk 4:37; a cloud (cp. Jos., Ant. 9, 36) 9:7; Lk 9:34; Hv 4, 3, 7; flood Lk 6:48; earthquake (Parian Marbles [III B.C.]=FGrH: 239B, 24) Mt 8:24; 28:2; Ac 16:26; Rv 6:12; 11:13; 16:18; darkness Mt 27:45; Mk 15:33; Lk 23:44; J 6:17; hail, fire Rv 8:7. Of a dawning day ὅτε δὲ ἡμέρα ἐγένετο (cp. περὶ ἀρχομένην ἡμέραν ‘about dawn’ Jos., Vi 15: in a related story of shipwreck) Ac 27:39.

ⓑ of other occurrences (Arrian, Anab. 4, 4, 3 τὰ ἱερὰ οὐκ ἐγίγνετο=the sacrifice did not turn out [favorably]; 1 Macc 1:25; 4:58; 9:27; 13:44; Jdth 7:29; 14:19 al.): complaining Ac 6:1; persecution, oppression Mt 13:21; 24:21; Mk 4:17; 13:19; Ac 11:19; discussion J 3:25; Ac 15:7; tumult Mt 26:5; 27:24; GJs 21:1 and 25:1; a sound Ac 2:2, 6; weeping 20:37; clamor 23:9; Mt 25:6; AcPl Ha 4, 6; famine Lk 4:25; 15:14; Ac 11:28; ὁρμή (q.v.) 14:5; war Rv 12:7; sharp contention Ac 15:39; tear (in a garment) Mt 9:16; Mk 2:21; Lk 6:49; silence (s. σιγή) Ac 21:40; Rv 8:1; στάσις (q.v. 2) Lk 23:19; Ac 15:2; 23:7, 10; concourse 21:30; confusion 19:23; shout, loud voice 2:6; 19:34; Rv 11:15; dispute Lk 22:24; envy, strife 1 Ti 6:4; astonishment AcPl Ha 4, 25; joy 6, 3; prayer 6, 7; offering 6, 37.

ⓒ of the various divisions of a day (Jdth 13:1; 1 Macc 5:30; 4 Macc 3:8 al.) γενομένης ἡμέρας when day came (Jos., Ant. 10, 202, Vi. 405) Lk 4:42; Ac 12:18; 16:35; 23:12; cp. Lk 6:13; 22:66; Ac 27:29, 33, 39. Difft. Mk 6:21 γενομένης ἡμέρας εὐκαίρου when a convenient/opportune day arrived. ὀψέ (cp. Gen 29:25; 1 Km 25:37) 11:19. ὀψίας γενομένης Mt 8:16; 14:15, 23; 16:2; 26:20; 27:57; Mk 1:32; 6:47; 14:17; 15:42; cp. J 6:16. πρωί̈ας Mt 27:1; J 21:4. νύξ Ac 27:27. ὥρας πολλῆς γενομένης when it had grown late Mk 6:35; cp. 15:33; Lk 22:14; Ac 26:4.

④ to occur as process or result, happen, turn out, take place (Dicaearch., Fgm. 102 W.: a campaign ‘takes place’; Diod S 32 Fgm. 9c τὰς εἰς τ. πατέρα γεγενημένας ἁμαρτίας=the misdeeds ‘perpetrated’ against his father; 2 Macc 1:32; 13:17; 3 Macc 1:11; 4:12; 5:17 al.)

ⓐ gener. τοῦτο ὅλον γέγονεν all this took place w. ἵνα foll. Mt 1:22; 26:56. ἕως ἂν πάντα γένηται until all has taken place (=is past) 5:18. πάντα τὰ γενόμενα everything that had happened (cp. Appian, Bell. Civ. 2, 121 §508 τὰ γενόμενα; 1 Esdr 1:10; Jdth 15:1; 1 Macc 4:20; 2 Macc 10:21; 3 Macc 1:17) 18:31; cp. 21:21; 24:6, 20, 34; 26:54; 27:54; 28:11; Mk 5:14. ἴδωμεν τὸ ῥῆμα τοῦτο τὸ γεγονός let us see this thing that has taken place Lk 2:15 (TestAbr A 15 p. 96, 15 [Stone p. 40]) θανάτου γενομένου since a death has occurred, i.e. since he has died Hb 9:15. τούτου γενομένου after this had happened (Jos., Ant. 9, 56; 129) Ac 28:9. τὸ γεγονός what had happened (Diod S 12, 49, 4; Appian, Bell. Civ. 2, 18 §496; Jos., Ant. 14, 292) Lk 8:34; 24:12. τὰ γεγονότα AcPl Ha 11, 1.—μὴ γένοιτο strong negation, in Paul only after rhet. questions (cp. TestJob 38:1; JosAs 25:8; Epict., index p. 540e; Lucian, Dial. Deor. 1, 2, Dial. Meretr. 13, 4; Achilles Tat. 5, 18, 4; Aristaen., Ep. 1, 27) by no means, far from it, God forbid (Goodsp., Probs., 88; AMalherbe, HTR 73, ’80, 231–41) Lk 20:16; Ro 3:4, 6, 31; 6:2, 15; 7:7, 13; 9:14; 11:1, 11; 1 Cor 6:15; Gal 2:17; 3:21. In more extensive phrasing (the LXX has exx. only of this usage: Gen 44:17; 3 Km 20:3 al.; cp. Josh 22:29; Demosth. 10, 27; Alciphron 2, 5, 3 al.; Ael. Aristid. 23, 80 K.=42 p. 795 D.; 30 p. 578 D.; 54 p. 679 ὸ̔ μὴ γένοιτο) Gal 6:14; w. ἵνα foll. AcPl Ha 7, 40. τί γέγονεν ὅτι (cp. Eccl 7:10) why is it that J 14:22.—Of festivals: be held, take place, come (X., Hell. 7, 4, 28 τὰ Ὀλύμπια; 4, 5, 1; 4 Km 23:22f; 2 Macc 6:7) feast of dedication J 10:22; passover Mt 26:2; sabbath Mk 6:2; wedding J 2:1.—Abs. impv. (put twice for emphasis as Lucian, Pisc. 1 βάλλε, βάλλε; Philostrat., Ep. 35, 1 λάβε λάβε; Procop. Soph., Ep. 45) γενηθήτω γενηθήτω so let it be as a closing formula 1 Cor 16:24 v.l. (cp. Herodas 4, 85, where the sacristan closes his prayer to Asclepius with the words: ὧδε ταῦτʼ εἴη=so may it be).—On γένοιτο ἀμήν GJs 6:2 s. ἀμήν 1a.

ⓑ w. dat. of pers. affected

α. w. inf. foll. (UPZ 24, 29 al.; 1 Macc 13:5; Jos., Ant. 6, 232) ὅπως μὴ γένηται αὐτῷ χρονοτριβῆσαι so that he would not have to lose time Ac 20:16.

β. w. adv. or adv. phrase added (1 Esdr 6:33) κατὰ τὴν πίστιν ὑμῶν γενηθήτω ὑμῖν according to your faith let it be done to you, i.e. you believe, and you won’t be disappointed Mt 9:29; cp. 8:13. γένοιτό μοι κατὰ τὸ ῥῆμά σου may that happen to me as you have said Lk 1:38. πῶς ἐγένετο τῷ δαιμονιζομένῳ what had happened to the possessed man Mk 5:16. ἵνα εὖ σοι γένηται that it may be well w. you Eph 6:3 (Dt 5:16; cp. Epict. 2, 5, 29 εὖ σοι γένοιτο; Aelian, VH 9, 36). γενηθήτω σοι ὡς θέλεις let it be done for you as you desire, i.e. your wish is granted Mt 15:28.

γ. w. nom. of thing (1 Macc 4:25; Sir 51:17; Ar. 15:5) γίνεταί τινί τι someth. happens to or befalls a person Mk 9:21. ἵνα μὴ χεῖρόν σοί τι γένηται lest someth. worse come upon you J 5:14. τί ἐγένετο αὐτῷ what has happened to him Ac 7:40 (Ex 32:1, 23; AcPl Ha 5, 20). τὸ γεγενημένον αὐτῷ Ac 3:10 D. ἐγίνετο πάσῃ ψυχῄ φόβος fear came upon everyone (cp. Tob 11:18) 2:43. λύπη AcPl Ha 6, 16. Freq. γέγονε ἐμοί τι someth. has come to me= I have someth.: πώρωσις τῷ Ἰσραὴλ γέγονεν a hardening (of heart) has befallen Israel Ro 11:25; σωτηρία τῷ Ἰσραὴλ γεγένηται GJs 19:2; cp. Lk 19:9; διὰ τὴν ὀπτασίαν τὴν γενομένην Παύλῳ AcPl Ha 3, 15; ἐὰν γένηταί τινι ἀνθρώπῳ ἑκατὸν πρόβατα if a man has a hundred sheep Mt 18:12. τοῖς ἔξω ἐν παραβολαῖς τὰ πάντα γίνεται those outside receive everything in parables Mk 4:11. μήποτε γένηται ἀνταπόδομά σοι that you may receive no repayment Lk 14:12; cp. 19:9; J 15:7; 1 Cor 4:5.

ⓒ w. gen. of pers. (Diod S 16, 64, 2 τὸν τῆς Ἑλένης γεγενημένον ὅρμον=the necklace that had belonged to Helen): ἐγένετο ἡ βασιλεία τοῦ κόσμου τοῦ κυρίου ἡμῶν the kingdom of the world has come into the possession of our Lord Rv 11:15.

ⓓ γίνεταί τι ἐπί τινι someth. happens in the case of or to a person Mk 5:33 v.l.; ἐν v.l. This can also be expressed w. εἴς τινα Ac 28:6 or the double nom. τί ἄρα ὁ Πέτρος ἐγένετο what had become of Peter 12:18 (cp. Jos., Vi. 296 οἱ εἴκοσι χρυσοῖ τὶ γεγόνασιν).

ⓔ w. inf. foll., to emphasize the actual occurrence of the action denoted by the verb: ἐὰν γένηται εὑρεῖν αὐτό if it comes about that he finds it= if he actually finds it Mt 18:13 (s. PCatt V, 19f [=Mitt-Wilck. II/2, 372 V] ἐὰν γένηταί με ἀποδημεῖν; PAmh 135, 10; BGU 970, 5). ἐγένετο αὐτὸν παραπορεύεσθαι he happened to be passing Mk 2:23; cp. Lk 6:1, 6. ἐγένετο ἀνεῳχθῆναι τὸν οὐρανόν just then the heaven opened Lk 3:21; cp. 16:22 (ἐν τῷ ἀποθανεῖν P⁷⁵); Ac 4:5; 9:3, 32, 37, 43; 11:26; 14:1; 16:16; 19:1; 21:1, 5; 22:6, 17; 27:44; 28:8 (UPZ 62, 29 [161 B.C.] γίνεται γὰρ ἐντραπῆναι).

ⓕ καὶ ἐγένετο (ἐγένετο δέ) periphrastic like וַיְהִי with וַ foll. to indicate the progress of the narrative; it is followed either by a conjunction like ὅτε, ὡς etc., or a gen. abs., or a prepositional constr., and joined to it is a finite verb w. καί (Jdth 5:22; 10:1; Sus 19 Theod.; 1 Macc 1:1; 5:1; Gen 39:7, 13, 19; 42:35; JosAs 11:1; 22:1; AscIs 3:2) Mt 9:10; Mk 2:15 v.l.; Lk 2:15; 5:1, 12, 17; 8:1, 22; 14:1.—Without the second καί (Jdth 2:4; 12:10; 13:12; 1 Macc 6:8; 7:2 v.l.; 9:23; Sus 28 Theod.; Bel 18 Theod.; TestAbr B 1 p. 105, 1 [Stone p. 58] and 6 p. 109, 27 [Stone p. 66]; TestJob 31:1; JosAs 1:1; 3:1) Mt 7:28; 11:1; 13:53; 19:1; 26:1; Mk 1:9; 4:4; Lk 1:8, 23, 41, 59; 2:1, 6, 46; 6:12 al. At times it is followed by an inf. The phrase is usually omitted in translation; older versions transl. it came to pass.—Mlt. 16f; MJohannessohn, Das bibl. καὶ ἐγένετο u. s. Geschichte: ZVS 53, 1926, 161–212 (LXX); s. MDibelius, Gnomon 3, 1927, 446–50; HPernot, Études sur la langue des Évangiles 1927, 189–99; KBeyer, Semitische Syntax im NT, ’62, 29–62; JReiling, BT 16, ’65, 153–63; EDelebecque, Études grecques sur l’Évangile de Luc ’76, 123–65.

⑤ to experience a change in nature and so indicate entry into a new condition, become someth.

ⓐ w. nouns (Lamellae Aur. Orphicae ed. AOlivieri 1915, p. 16, 5 θεὸς ἐγένου ἐξ ἀνθρώπου [IV/III]; Arrian, Anab. 5, 26, 5; Sir 51:2; 1 Esdr 4:26; Wsd 8:2; 4 Macc 16:6; En 103:11; Tat. 19, 2 τοῦ θανάτου καταφρονηταὶ γίνεσθε): ὅπως γένησθε υἱοὶ τοῦ πατρὸς ὑμῶν that you may become sons of your father Mt 5:45; ποιήσω ὑμᾶς γενέσθαι ἁλιεῖς ἀνθρώπων I will turn you into fishers of people Mk 1:17; a traitor Lk 6:16; friends 23:12 (cp. Jos., Ant. 11, 121); children of God J 1:12; children of light 12:36; a Christian Ac 26:29; apostle AcPlCor 2:4; a father Ro 4:18; a fool 1 Cor 3:18; a spectacle 4:9; a man, an adult 13:11 (Tob 1:9); a curse Gal 3:13. οὐχ ἑαυτὸν ἐδόξασεν γενηθῆναι ἀρχιερέα he did not exalt himself to be made high priest Hb 5:5; ἐγένετο ἀντὶ αὐτοῦ Σαμουήλ Samuel became (high priest) in his place GJs 10:2. W. double nom. (Ps.-Apollod., Epit. 3, 15 δράκων λίθος ἐγένετο; Quint. Smyrn. 12, 507; Bel 28; 4 Macc 18:7) οἱ λίθοι ἄρτοι γίνονται the stones turn into loaves Mt 4:3. τὸ αἵμα αὐτοῦ λίθον γεγενημένον GJs 24:3. ὁ λόγος σὰρξ ἐγένετο J 1:14 (the reverse PBerl 13044, col. III, 28ff [UWilcken, SBBerlAk 1923, 161f] τί ποιῶν ἄν τις γένοιτο θεός;). τὸ ὕδωρ γενήσεται πηγή 4:14. ἡ περιτομὴ ἀκροβυστία γέγονεν Ro 2:25. ἐγενόμην ἐγὼ διάκονος I became a courier Col 1:23 (cp. Herodian 2, 6, 8 ἀνὴρ ἔπαρχος γενόμενος).—Also γ. εἴς τι (Menand., Peric. 49f Kö. [169f S.] τὸ κακὸν εἰς ἀγαθὸν ῥέπει γινόμενον; 1 Km 4:9; Jdth 5:18; 1 Macc 2:11, 43; 3:58; En 19:2 al.; B-D-F §145, 1): ἐγένετο εἰς δένδρον it became a tree Lk 13:19; εἰς κεφαλὴν γωνίας Mt 21:42; Mk 12:10; Lk 20:17; Ac 4:11; 1 Pt 2:7 (all in ref. to Ps 117:22); εἰς χαρὰν γ. change (or, turn) into joy J 16:20. εἰς οὐδέν come to nothing Ac 5:36. εἰς παγίδα Ro 11:9 (Ps 68:23); εἰς κενὸν γ. be done in vain 1 Th 3:5. εἰς ἄψινθον Rv 8:11. Cp. AcPl Ha 6, 6. Also w. γίνεσθαι omitted: εἰς κατάκριμα (sc. ἐγένετο τὸ κρίμα) Ro 5:18.

ⓑ used w. an adj. to paraphrase the passive (Jdth 11:11; 1 Esdr 7:3; 2 Macc 3:34; Sus 64 Theod.; En 103:9; Ath. 37, 1 πάντων ὑποχειρίων γιγνομένων): ἁπαλὸν γ. become tender Mt 24:32; Mk 13:28; ἀπειθῆ γ. Ac 26:19; ἀποσυνάγωγον γ. be expelled fr. the synagogue J 12:42; ἄφαντον γ. disappear Lk 24:31; σκωληκόβρωτον γ. be eaten by worms Ac 12:23; γνωστόν, φανερὸν γ. become known (Just., A I, 63, 6) Mk 6:14; Ac 1:19; 9:42; 19:17; 1 Cor 3:13; 14:25; Phil 1:13; δόκιμον γ. pass the test Js 1:12; ἑδραῖον γ. 1 Cor 15:58; ἔκδηλον γ. 2 Ti 3:9; AcPlCor 1:16; ἔξυπνον γ. Ac 16:27 (1 Esdr 3:3=Jos., Ant. 11:34); s. ἀπόπληκτος, ἐλεύθερος, ἐμφανής, ἔμφοβος, ἐνεργής, ἔντρομος, καθαρός, μέγας, περιδάκρυτος, περικρατής, πλήρης, πρηνής, τυφλός, ὑγιής, ὑπήκοος, ὑπόδικος, φανερός 1.

ⓒ w. ἐν of a state of being (Stoic. III 221, 16; Diod S 20, 62, 4 ἐν ἀνέσει γ.; Plut., Tit. Flam. 378 [16, 1] ἐν ὀργῇ γ.; Lucian, Tim. 28; PPetr II, 20; III, 12 [252 B.C.] ἐν ἐπισχέσει γ.; BGU 5 II, 19 ἐν νόσῳ; POxy 471 IV, 77f; 4 Km 9:20; 1 Macc 1:27 v.l.; Sus 8 Theod.; Jos., Bell. 1, 320, Ant. 16, 372; Mel., P. 18 ἐν πόνοις … ἐν πληγαῖς etc.) ἐν ἀγωνίᾳ Lk 22:44. ἐν ἐκστάσει Ac 22:17. ἐν πνεύματι under the Spirit’s influence Rv 1:10; 4:2; AcPl Ha 6, 28. ἐν ὁμοιώματι ἀνθρώπων be like human beings Phil 2:7. ἐν ἀσθενείᾳ, φόβῳ, τρόμῳ 1 Cor 2:3. ἐν δόξῃ 2 Cor 3:7. ἐν ἑαυτῷ γ. come to one’s senses (Soph., Phil. 950; X., An. 1, 5, 17; Polyb. 1, 49, 8; Chariton 3, 9, 11) Ac 12:11; γ. ἐν Χριστῷ be a Christian Ro 16:7. Cp. 7 below.

⑥ to make a change of location in space, move

ⓐ εἴς τι (Hdt. 5, 87 al.; Philo, Op. M. 86; 2 Macc 1:13; also ἐν: Just., A II, 9, 3 ἐγενόμεθα ἐν ἐκείνῳ τῷ τόπω): εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα γ. (Jos., Ant. 10, 42) Ac 20:16; 21:17; 25:15. εἰς τὸν ἀγρόν Hv 3, 1, 4. Of a voice: ἐγένετο εἰς τὰ ὦτά μου reached my ear Lk 1:44. Fig. (cp. Bar 4:28) of Abraham’s blessing εἰς τὰ ἔθνη come to the Gentiles Gal 3:14; cp. 2 Cor 8:14 (s. περίσσευμα 1, ὑστέρημα 1).

ⓑ ἔκ τινος (Job 28:2): γ. ἐκ μέσου be removed, Lat. e medio tolli (cp. Ps.-Aeschin., Ep. 12, 6 ἐκ μέσου γενομένων ἐκείνων; Plut., Timol. 238 [5, 3]; Achilles Tat. 2, 27, 2) 2 Th 2:7 (HFulford, ET 23, 1912, 40f: ‘leave the scene’). Of a voice fr. heaven: ἐκ τ. οὐρανῶν γ. sound forth fr. heaven (2 Macc 2:21; cp. Da 4:31 Theod.) Mk 1:11; Lk 3:22; 9:35; cp. vs. 36.

ⓒ ἐπί τι: ἐπὶ τὸ μνημεῖον go to the tomb Lk 24:22; ἐπὶ τοὺς ἀναβαθμούς when he was at the steps Ac 21:35. Of fear that befalls someone (2 Macc 12:22) Lk 1:65; 4:36; Ac 5:5. Of ulcers: break out on someone Rv 16:2 (Ex 9:10f). Of divine commands: go out to someone Lk 3:2. ἐπί is somet. used w. the gen. (Appian, Liby. 93 §440; Alex. Aphr., Mixt. II 2 p. 213, 21) instead of the acc.: γενόμενος ἐπὶ τοῦ τόπου when he had arrived at the place 22:40 (Mitt-Wilck. I/2, 327, 18 ἐπὶ τ. τόπων γινόμενος).—J 6:21.

ⓓ w. κατά and gen. of place: τὸ γενόμενον ῥῆμα καθʼ ὅλης τῆς Ἰουδαίας the message that has spread throughout all Judea Ac 10:37. W. acc. of place (X., Cyr. 7, 1, 15; Apollon. Paradox. 3 κατὰ τόπους γ.; Jos., Ant. I, 174; cp. 2 Macc 9:8): γενόμενος κατὰ τὸν τόπον Lk 10:32; γενόμενοι κατὰ τὴν Κνίδον Ac 27:7.

ⓔ w. πρός and acc. of the direction and goal (PLond III, 962, 1 p. 210 [III A.D.] γενοῦ πρὸς Ἄταϊν τὸν ποιμένα; PFlor 180, 45) 1 Cor 2:3; 2J 12. Of divine instructions be given to someone (Gen 15:1, 4; Jer 1:2, 11; 13:8; Ezk 6:1; Hos 1:1; cp. ἐπί w. acc.) J 10:35; Ac 7:31 v.l.; 10:13; 13:32.

ⓕ w. σύν and the dat. join someone (X., Cyr. 5, 3, 8; 2 Macc 13:13) Lk 2:13.

ⓖ w. ἐγγύς (X., An. 1, 8, 8, Cyr. 7, 1, 7; cp. γίν. πλησίον Philo, Mos. 1, 228; Jos., Ant. 4, 40): ἐγγὺς τοῦ πλοίου γίνεσθαι come close to the boat J 6:19. Fig. of the relation of believers to Christ: come near Eph 2:13.

ⓗ w. ὧδε come here J 6:25;

ⓘ ἔμπροσθέν τινος γ. J 1:15, 30 s. on ἔμπροσθεν 1bζ and ὀπίσω 2b.

⑦ to come into a certain state or possess certain characteristics, to be, prove to be, turn out to be (on relation to the forms of εἰμί [here and in 8–10] s. ALink, StKr 69, 1896, 420ff). Used w. the nom. (Wsd 16:3; Jdth 16:21; Sir 31:22; 1 Macc 3:58) γίνεσθε φρόνιμοι be prudent Mt 10:16. ἄκαρπος γίνεται 13:22; Mk 4:19.—W. other words: vs. 22; 9:50; Lk 1:2; 2:2; 6:36 and very oft. Freq. the dat. of advantage (dat. commodi) is added (1 Macc 10:47; 2 Macc 7:37; 4 Macc 6:28; 12:17): ἀγαπητόν τινι γ. be dear to someone 1 Th 2:8. ἀπρόσκοπον γ. τινι be inoffensive to someone 1 Cor 10:32; γ. τινι μαθητήν J 15:8; μισθαποδότην γ. τινι be a rewarder of someone Hb 11:6; γ. ὁδηγόν τινι Ac 1:16. Cp. παρηγορία, σημεῖον, τύπος.—γ. ὁμοθυμαδόν come together in unanimity or reach unanimity Ac 15:25.—τὶ γίνεταί τινί τι a thing results in someth. for someone τὸ ἀγαθὸν ἐμοὶ ἐγ. θάνατος; Ro 7:13. ἡ ἐξουσία πρόσκομμα τοῖς ἀσθενέσιν 1 Cor 8:9.—γίνομαι ὡς, ὥσπερ, ὡσεί τις (Ps 21:15; 31:9; 37:15; 82:11; 87:5 al.) be, become, show oneself like Mt 6:16; 10:25; 18:3; 28:4; Lk 22:26, 44; 1 Cor 4:13; 9:20f; Gal 4:12. καθὼς ἐγένετο … οὕτως ἔσται as it was … so it will be Lk 17:26, 28. οὐ χρὴ ταῦτα οὕτως γίνεσθαι this should not be so Js 3:10. ὁσίως καὶ δικαίως καὶ ἀμέμπτως ὑμῖν ἐγενήθημεν we proved/showed ourselves … toward you 1 Th 2:10.—In statements pert. to age (Aristoxenus, Fgm. 16 γεγονότα [sc. τὸν Πυθαγόραν] ἐτῶν τεσσαράκοντα; Demetr. of Phaleron [IV–III B.C.], Fgm. 153 Wehrli [’49]; Demetr: 722 Fgm. 1, 1 Jac.; Jos., Ant. 10, 50) ἐτῶν δώδεκα Lk 2:42; cp. 1 Ti 5:9.—Here prob. also belongs ἐγένετο γνώμης he decided Ac 20:3 (cp. Plut., Phoc. 752 [23, 4] ἐλπίδος μεγάλης γ.; Cass. Dio 61, 14 τ. ἐπιθυμίας γ.; Jos., Bell. 6, 287).

⑧ to be present at a given time, be there ([Ps.-]Jos., Ant. 18, 63) Mk 1:4; J 1:6, hence exist (Diod S 3, 52, 4 γέγονε γένη γυναικῶν=there have been nations of women; Appian, Maced. 18 §3 τὸ χρυσίον τὸ γιγνόμενον=the gold that was at hand; Bar 3:26; 2 Macc 10:24) Ro 11:5; 1J 2:18. ἐγένετο there lived Lk 1:5. ἔν τινι 2 Pt 2:1. ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς Rv 16:18 (Da 12:1 Theod.).

⑨ to be closely related to someone or someth., belong to

ⓐ gen. of the possessor (Appian, Bell. Civ. 5, 79 §336 a slave γεγένητο Πομπηίου=had belonged to Pompey: B-D-F §162, 7) belong to someone Lk 20:14, 33 (Appian, Bell. Civ. 2, 83 §350 γυνὴ Κράσσου γεγενημένη=who had been the wife of [the younger] Crassus).

ⓑ w. dat. of pers. belong to someone (PPetr II, 40b, 7 [277 B.C.]; O. Wilck II, 1530, 2f [120 B.C.] τὸ γινόμενόν μοι=what belongs to me) of a woman ἀνδρὶ ἑτέρῳ Ro 7:3f (cp. Ruth 1:12f; Dt 24:2).

ⓒ w. prep. μετά τινος (Josh 2:19) Ac 9:19; 20:18. οἱ μετʼ αὐτοῦ γενόμενοι his intimate friends Mk 16:10. πρός τινα be w. someone 1 Cor 16:10 ( make him [Timothy] feel quite at home with you Mft.) ὑπό τινα be under the authority of someone or someth. (1 Macc 10:38) Gal 4:4.

ⓓ Here perh. belongs ἰδίας ἐπιλύσεως οὐ γίνεται it is not a matter of private interpretation 2 Pt 1:20.

⑩ to be in or at a place, be in, be there

ⓐ ἔν τινι to designate one’s present or future place of residence (X., An. 4, 3, 29; Appian, Bell. Civ. 5, 4 §15 Ἀντώνιος ἐν Ἐφέσῳ γενόμενος; Aelian, VH 4, 15; Herodian 2, 2, 5; POxy 283, 11; 709, 6 ἐν Μένφει γενόμενος; PTebt 416, 3; BGU 731 II, 6 ἐν οἰκίᾳ μου; Num 11:35; Judg 17:4; 1 Ch 14:17; Jdth 5:7 al. Demetr.: 722 Fgm. 1, 18 Jac.) Mt 26:6; Mk 9:33; Ac 7:38; 13:5; 2 Ti 1:17; Rv 1:9; AcPl Ha 7, 23.

ⓑ w. adv.: ἐκεῖ (X., An. 6, 5, 20; 3 Km 8:8 v.l.; Jos., Ant. 10, 180) Ac 19:21. κατὰ μόνας Mk 4:10.—B. 637. DELG s.v. γίγνομαι. M-M. TW.

Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > γίνομαι
20 ἐκ

ἐκ, before vowels ἐξ, prep. w. gen. (Hom.+; s. lit. s.v. ἀνά and εἰς beg.)

① marker denoting separation, from, out of, away from

ⓐ w. the place or thing fr. which separation takes place. Hence esp. w. verbs of motion ἀναβαίνω, ἀναλύω, ἀνίστημι, ἐγείρομαι, εἰσέρχομαι, ἐκβάλλω, ἐκπορεύομαι, ἐξέρχομαι, ἔρχομαι, ἥκω, καταβαίνω, μεταβαίνω, ῥύομαι, συνάγω, φεύγω; s. these entries. καλεῖν ἐξ Αἰγύπτου Mt 2:15 (Hos 11:1); ἐκ σκότους 1 Pt 2:9. αἴρειν ἐκ τ. κόσμου J 17:15. ἐξαλείφειν ἐκ τῆς βίβλου Rv 3:5 (Ex 32:32f; Ps 68:29). ἀποκυλίειν τ. λίθον ἐκ τ. θύρας Mk 16:3; cp. J 20:1; Rv 6:14; σῴζειν ἐκ γῆς Αἰγ. Jd 5; διασῴζειν ἐκ τ. θαλάσσης Ac 28:4. παραγίνεσθαι ἐξ ὁδοῦ arrive on a journey (lit. from, i.e. interrupting a journey) Lk 11:6; fig. ἐπιστρέφειν ἐξ ὁδοῦ bring back fr. the way Js 5:20; cp. 2 Pt 2:21. ἐκ τῆς χειρός τινος (Hebraistically מִיַּד פּ׳, oft. LXX; s. B-D-F §217, 2; Rob. 649) from someone’s power ἐξέρχεσθαι J 10:39; ἁρπάζειν 10:28f (cp. Plut., Ages. 615 [34, 6] ἐκ τῶν χειρῶν τῶν Ἐπαμινώνδου τ. πόλιν ἐξαρπάσας; JosAs 12:8 ἅρπασόν με ἐκ χειρὸς τοῦ ἐχθροῦ); ἐξαιρεῖσθαι Ac 12:11 (cp. Aeschin. 3, 256 ἐκ τ. χειρῶν ἐξελέσθαι τῶν Φιλίππου; Sir 4:9; Bar 4:18, 21 al.); ῥύεσθαι Lk 1:74; cp. vs. 71 (Ps 105:10; Wsd 2:18; JosAs 12:10); εἰρυσταί σε κύριος ἐκ χειρὸς ἀνόμου AcPlCor 1:8 (cp. ἐκ τούτων ἄπαντων PsSol 13:4).—After πίνειν, of the object fr. which one drinks (X., Cyr. 5, 3, 3): ἐκ τ. ποτηρίου Mt 26:27; Mk 14:23; 1 Cor 11:28; cp. 10:4; J 4:12. Sim. φαγεῖν ἐκ τ. θυσιαστηρίου Hb 13:10.

ⓑ w. a group or company fr. which separation or dissociation takes place (Hyperid. 6, 17 and Lucian, Cyn. 13 ἐξ ἀνθρώπων) ἐξολεθρεύειν ἐκ τοῦ λαοῦ Ac 3:23 (Ex 30:33; Lev 23:29). συμβιβάζειν ἐκ τ. ὄχλου 19:33; ἐκλέγειν ἐκ τ. κόσμου J 15:19; cp. Mt 13:41, 47; Ac 1:24; 15:22; Ro 9:24. For ἐκ freq. ἐκ μέσου Mt 13:49; Ac 17:33; 23:10; 1 Cor 5:2; 2 Cor 6:17 (cp. Ex 31:14).—ἀνιστάναι τινὰ ἔκ τινων Ac 3:22 (Dt 18:15); ἐκ νεκρῶν 17:31. ἐγείρειν τινὰ ἐκ νεκρῶν J 12:1, 9, 17; Ac 3:15; 4:10; 13:30; Hb 11:19; AcPlCor 2:6; ἀνίστασθαι ἐκ νεκρῶν Ac 10:41; 17:3; ἀνάστασις ἐκ νεκρ. Lk 20:35; 1 Pt 1:3; cp. Ro 10:7. Also s. ἠρεμέω.

ⓒ of situations and circumstances out of which someone is brought, from: ἐξαγοράζειν ἔκ τινος redeem fr. someth. Gal 3:13; also λυτροῦν (cp. Sir 51:2) 1 Pt 1:18; σῴζειν ἔκ τινος save fr. someth. J 12:27; Hb 5:7; Js 5:20 (Od. 4, 753; MLetronne, Recueil des Inscr. 1842/8, 190; 198 σωθεὶς ἐκ; SIG 1130, 1f; UPZ 60:6f [s. διασῴζω]; PVat A, 7 [168 B.C.]=Witkowski 36, 7 διασεσῶσθαι ἐκ μεγάλων κινδύνων; Sir 51:11; EpJer 49; JosAs 4:8 ἐκ τοῦ … λιμοῦ); ἐξαιρεῖσθαι Ac 7:10 (cp. Wsd 10:1; Sir 29:12). τηρεῖν ἔκ τινος keep from someth. Rv 3:10; μεταβαίνειν ἔκ τινος εἴς τι J 5:24; 1J 3:14; μετανοεῖν ἔκ τινος repent and turn away fr. someth. Rv 2:21f; 9:20f; 16:11. ἀναπαύεσθαι ἐκ τ. κόπων rest fr. one’s labors 14:13. ἐγείρεσθαι ἐξ ὕπνου wake fr. sleep (Epict. 2, 20, 15; Sir 22:9; cp. ParJer 5:2 οὐκ ἐξυπνίσθη ἐκ τοῦ ὕπνου αὐτοῦ) Ro 13:11. ζωὴ ἐκ νεκρῶν 11:15. ζῶντες ἐκ νεκρῶν people who have risen fr. death to life 6:13 (cp. Soph., Oed. R. 454; X., An. 7, 7, 28; Demosth. 18, 131 ἐλεύθερος ἐκ δούλου καὶ πλούσιος ἐκ πτωχοῦ γεγονώς; Palaeph. 3, 2). S. ἀνάστασις 2b.

ⓓ of pers. and things with whom a connection is severed or is to remain severed: τηρεῖν αὐτοὺς ἐκ τοῦ πονηροῦ keep them fr. the evil one J 17:15; cp. Ac 15:29. Pregnant constr.: ἀνανήφειν ἐκ τῆς τοῦ διαβόλου παγίδος 2 Ti 2:26. νικᾶν ἔκ τινος free oneself from … by victory Rv 15:2 (for possible Latinism s. reff. to Livy and Velleius Paterculus in OLD s.v. ‘victoria’; but s. also RCharles, ICC Rv II, 33). ἐλεύθερος ἐκ 1 Cor 9:19 (cp. Eur., Herc. Fur. 1010 ἐλευθεροῦντες ἐκ δρασμῶν πόδα ‘freeing our feet from flight’ [=we recovered from our flight]). καθαρός εἰμι ἐγὼ ἐξ αὐτῆς I practiced abstinence with her GJs 15:4.

② marker denoting the direction fr. which someth. comes, from καταβαίνειν ἐκ τοῦ ὄρους (Il. 13, 17; X., An. 7, 4, 12; Ex 19:14; 32:1 al.; JosAs 4:1 ἐκ τοῦ ὑπερῴου) Mt 17:9. θρὶξ ἐκ τῆς κεφαλῆς ὑμῶν οὐ μὴ ἀπόληται Lk 21:18. ἐκπίπτειν ἐκ τ. χειρῶν Ac 12:7. διδάσκειν ἐκ τοῦ πλοίου Lk 5:3. ἐκ τῆς βάτου χρηματισμοῦ διδομένου 1 Cl 17:5 (cp. Just., A I, 62:3). ἐκ τῆς πρύμνης ῥίψαντες τὰς ἀγκύρας Ac 27:29. κρέμασθαι ἔκ τινος (Hom. et al.; 1 Macc 1:61; 2 Macc 6:10; Jos., Ant. 14, 107) 28:4. ἐκ ῥιζῶν to (lit. from) its roots (Job 28:9; 31:12) Mk 11:20; B 12:9.—Since the Greek feeling concerning the relation betw. things in this case differed fr. ours, ἐκ could answer the question ‘where?’ (cp. Soph., Phil. 20; Synes., Ep. 131 p. 267a ἐκ τῆς ἑτέρας μερίδος=on the other side; BGU 975, 11; 15 [45 A.D.]; PGM 36, 239; LXX; JosAs 16:12 εἱστήκει … ἐξ εὐωνύμων; 22:7) ἐκ δεξιῶν at (on) the right (δεξιός 1b) Mt 20:21, 23; 22:44 (Ps 109:1); 25:33; Lk 1:11; Ac 2:25 (Ps 15:8), 34 (Ps 109:1); 7:55f; B 11:10. ἐξ ἐναντίας opposite Mk 15:39 (Hdt. 8, 6, 2; Thu. 4, 33, 1; Mitt-Wilck. I/2, 461, 6; Sir 37:9; Wsd 4:20 al.); ὁ ἐξ ἐναντίας the opponent (Sext. Emp., Adv. Phys. 1, 66 [=Adv. Math. 9, 66]; 2, 69 [=Adv. Math. 10, 69], Adv. Eth. 1, 25; Bias in Diog. L. 1, 84) Tit 2:8.—ἐκ τοῦ κατωτάτου ᾅδου … προσευχομένου Ἰωνᾶ AcPlCor 2:30.

③ marker denoting origin, cause, motive, reason, from, of

ⓐ in expr. which have to do w. begetting and birth from, of, by: ἐκ introduces the role of the male (Ps.-Callisth. 1, 9 ἐκ θεοῦ ἔστι; JosAs 21:8 συνέλαβεν Ἀσενὲθ ἐκ τοῦ Ἰωσήφ; Tat. 33, 3 συλλαμβάνουσιν ἐκ φθορέως; Ath. 22, 4 ἐκ τοῦ Κρόνου; SIG 1163, 3; 1169, 63; OGI 383, 3; 5 [I B.C.]) ἐν γαστρὶ ἔχειν ἔκ τινος Mt 1:18. κοίτην ἔχειν ἔκ τινος Ro 9:10; also of the female (SIG 1160, 3; PEleph 1, 9 [311/10 B.C.] τεκνοποιεῖσθαι ἐξ ἄλλης γυναικός; PFay 28, 9 γεννᾶσθαι ἐκ; Demetr.: 722 Fgm. 1, 14 Jac.; Jos., Ant. 1, 191; Ath. 20, 3 ἐξ ἧς παῖς Διόνυσος αὐτῷ) γεννᾶν τινα ἐκ beget someone by (a woman; s. γεννάω 1a) Mt 1:3, 5, etc. ἐκ Μαρίας ἐγεννῄθη AcPlCor 1:14; 2:5; γίνεσθαι ἐκ γυναικός (Jos., Ant. 11, 152; Ar. 9, 7) Gal 4:4; cp. vs. 22f.—γεννᾶσθαι ἐξ αἱμάτων κτλ. J 1:13; ἐκ τ. σαρκός 3:6; ἐκ πορνείας 8:41. ἐγείρειν τινὶ τέκνα ἐκ Mt 3:9; Lk 3:8. (τὶς) ἐκ καρποῦ τ. ὀσφύος αὐτοῦ Ac 2:30 (Ps 131:11). γεννᾶσθαι ἐκ τ. θεοῦ J 1:13; 1J 3:9; 4:7; 5:1, 4, 18 (Just., A I, 22, 2); ἐκ τ. πνεύματος J 3:6 (opp. ἐκ τ. σαρκός). εἶναι ἐκ τοῦ θεοῦ (Menand., Sam. 602 S. [257 Kö.]) J 8:47; 1J 4:4, 6; 5:19; opp. εἶναι ἐκ τ. διαβόλου J 8:44; 1J 3:8 (cp. OGI 90, 10 of Ptolemaeus Epiphanes ὑπάρχων θεὸς ἐκ θεοῦ κ. θεᾶς).

ⓑ to denote origin as to family, race, city, people, district, etc.: ἐκ Ναζαρέτ J 1:46. ἐκ πόλεως vs. 44. ἐξ οἴκου Lk 1:27; 2:4. ἐκ γένους (Jos., Ant. 11, 136) Phil 3:5; Ac 4:6. ἐκ φυλῆς (Jos., Ant. 6, 45; 49; PTebt I, 26, 15) Lk 2:36; Ac 13:21; 15:23; Ro 11:1. Ἑβρ. ἐξ Ἑβραίων a Hebrew, the son of Hebrews Phil 3:5 (Goodsp., Probs., 175f; on the connotation of ancestral ἀρετή Phil 3:5 cp. New Docs VII 233, no. 10, 5). ἐκ σπέρματός τινος J 7:42; Ro 1:3; 11:1. ἐξ ἐθνῶν Ac 15:23; cp. Gal 2:15. Cp. Lk 23:7; Ac 23:34. ἐκ τ. γῆς J 3:31. For this ἐκ τῶν κάτω J 8:23 (opp. ἐκ τ. ἄνω). ἐκ (τούτου) τ. κόσμου 15:19ab; 17:14; 1J 2:16; 4:5. ἐξ οὐρανοῦ ἢ ἐξ ἀνθρώπων Mt 21:25; Mk 11:30.—To express a part of the whole, subst.: οἱ ἐξ Ἰσραήλ the Israelites Ro 9:6. οἱ ἐξ ἐριθείας selfish, factious people 2:8. οἱ ἐκ νόμου partisans of the law 4:14; cp. vs. 16. οἱ ἐκ πίστεως those who have faith Gal 3:7, 9; cp. the sg. Ro 3:26; 4:16. οἱ ἐκ περιτομῆς the circumcision party Ac 11:2; Ro 4:12; Gal 2:12. οἱ ἐκ τῆς περιτομῆς Tit 1:10. For this οἱ ὄντες ἐκ περιτομῆς Col 4:11. οἱ ἐκ τ. συναγωγῆς members of the synagogue Ac 6:9. οἱ ἐκ τῶν Ἀριστοβούλου Ro 16:10f. οἱ ἐκ τῆς Καίσαρος οἰκίας Phil 4:22 (s. Καῖσαρ and οἰκία 3). In these cases the idea of belonging, the partisan use, often completely overshadows that of origin; cp. Dg 6:3.

ⓒ to denote derivation (Maximus Tyr. 13, 3f φῶς ἐκ πυρός; Ath. 18:3 γένεσιν … ἐξ ὕδατος) καπνὸς ἐκ τ. δόξης τ. θεοῦ Rv 15:8 (cp. EpJer 20 καπνὸς ἐκ τ. οἰκίας). ἡ σωτηρία ἐκ τ. Ἰουδαίων ἐστίν J 4:22. εἶναι ἔκ τινος come, derive from someone or someth. (Jos., Ant. 7, 209) Mt 5:37; J 7:17, 22; 1J 2:16, 21; εἶναι is oft. to be supplied Ro 2:29; 11:36; 1 Cor 8:6 ( Plut., Mor. 1001c); 11:12; 2 Cor 4:7; Gal 5:8. ἔργα ἐκ τοῦ πατρός J 10:32. οἰκοδομὴ ἐκ θεοῦ 2 Cor 5:1; χάρισμα 1 Cor 7:7; δικαιοσύνη Phil 3:9. φωνὴ ἐκ τ. στόματος αὐτοῦ Ac 22:14. Here belongs the constr. w. ἐκ for the subj. gen., as in ἡ ἐξ ὑμῶν (v.l.) ἀγάπη 2 Cor 8:7; ὁ ἐξ ὑμῶν ζῆλος 9:2 v.l.; Rv 2:9 (cp. Vett. Val. 51, 16; CIG II 3459, 11 τῇ ἐξ ἑαυτῆς κοσμιότητι; pap. [Rossberg 14f]; 1 Macc 11:33 χάριν τῆς ἐξ αὐτῶν εὐνοίας; 2 Macc 6:26). ἐγένετο ζήτησις ἐκ τ. μαθητῶν Ἰωάννου there arose a discussion on the part of John’s disciples J 3:25 (Dionys. Hal. 8, 89, 4 ζήτησις πολλὴ ἐκ πάντων ἐγένετο; Appian, Bell. Civ. 2, 24 §91 σφαγή τις ἐκ τῶν στρατιωτῶν ἐγένετο).

ⓓ of the effective cause by, because of (cp. the ‘perfectivizing’ force of ἐκ and other prepositions in compounds, e.g. Mt 4:7; Mk 9:15. B-D-F §318, 5)

α. personal in nature, referring to originator (X., An. 1, 1, 6; Diod S 19, 1, 4 [saying of Solon]; Arrian, Anab. 3, 1, 2; 4, 13, 6 of an inspired woman κατεχομένη ἐκ τοῦ θείου; Achilles Tat. 5, 27, 2; SibOr 3, 395; Just.: A I, 12, 5 ἐκ δαιμόνων φαύλων … καὶ ταῦτα … ἐνεργεῖσθαι, also D. 18, 3; Nicetas Eugen. 7, 85 H. ἐκ θεῶν σεσωσμένη; Ps.-Clem., Hom. p. 7, 19 Lag. τὸν ἐκ θεοῦ σοι ἀποδιδόμενον μισθόν): ὠφελεῖσθαι ἔκ τινος Mt 15:5; Mk 7:11. ζημιοῦσθαι 2 Cor 7:9. λυπεῖσθαι 2:2. εὐχαριστεῖσθαι 1:11. ἀδικεῖσθαι Rv 2:11. ἐξ ἐμαυτοῦ οὐκ ἐλάλησα J 12:49 (cp. Soph., El. 344 οὐδὲν ἐξ σαυτῆς λέγεις).

β. impersonal in nature (Arrian, Anab. 3, 21, 10 ἀποθνῄσκειν ἐκ τ. τραυμάτων; 6, 25, 4; JosAs 29:8 ἐκ τοῦ τραύματος τοῦ λίθου; POxy 486, 32 τὰ ἐμὰ ἐκ τ. ἀναβάσεως τ. Νίλου ἀπολωλέναι): ἀποθανεῖν ἐκ τ. ὑδάτων Rv 8:11. πυροῦσθαι 3:18. σκοτοῦσθαι 9:2. φωτίζεσθαι 18:1. κεκοπιακὼς ἐκ τῆς ὁδοιπορίας J 4:6 (Aelian, VH 3, 23 ἐκ τοῦ πότου ἐκάθευδεν). ἔκαμον ἐκ τῆς ὁδοῦ GJs 15:1.

ⓔ of the reason which is a presupposition for someth.: by reason of, as a result of, because of (X., An. 2, 5, 5; Appian, Bell. Civ. 1, 42 §185 ἐκ προδοσίας; POxy 486, 28f ἐκ τῆς ἐπιστολῆς; Just., A I, 68, 3 ἐξ ἐπιστολῆς; numerous examples in Mayser II/2 p. 388; Philo, De Jos. 184 ἐκ διαβολῆς; Jos., Vi. 430; JosAs 11 παραλελυμένη … ἐκ τῆς πολλῆς ταπεινώσεως; Ar. 8, 6 ἐκ τούτων … τῶν ἐπιτηδευμάτων τῆς πλάνης; Just., A I, 4, 1 ἐκ τοῦ … ὀνόματος; also inf.: 33, 2 ἵνα … ἐκ τοῦ προειρῆσθαι πιστευθῇ 68, 3 al.): δικαιοῦσθαι ἔκ τινος Ro 4:2; Gal 2:16; 3:24; cp. Ro 3:20, 30 (cp. εἴ τις ἐκ γένους [δίκαι]ος=has the right of citizenship by descent [i.e. has the law on his side]: letter of MAurelius 34, ZPE 8, ’71, 170); οὐκ … ἡ ζωὴ αὐτοῦ ἐστιν ἐκ τῶν ὑπαρχόντων αὐτῷ he does not live because of his possessions Lk 12:15. ἐκ ταύτης τ. ἐργασίας Ac 19:25. ἐξ ἔργων λαβεῖν τὸ πνεῦμα Gal 3:2, 5; cp. Ro 11:6. ἐξ ἀναστάσεως λαβεῖν τ. νεκρούς Hb 11:35. ἐσταυρώθη ἐξ ἀσθενείας 2 Cor 13:4. τὸ ἐξ ὑμῶν as far as it depends on you Ro 12:18.—ἐκ τοῦ πόνου in anguish Rv 16:10; cp. vs. 11; 8:13.—ἐκ τούτου for this reason, therefore (SIG 1168, 47; 1169, 18; 44; 62f; BGU 423, 17=Mitt-Wilck. I/2, 480, 17) J 6:66; 19:12.

ⓕ Sim. ἐκ can introduce the means which one uses for a definite purpose, with, by means of (Polyaenus 3, 9, 62 ἐξ ἱμάντος=by means of a thong) ἐκ τοῦ μαμωνᾶ Lk 16:9 (X., An. 6, 4, 9; PTebt 5, 80 [118 B.C.] ἐκ τ. ἱερῶν προσόδων; ParJer 1:7 [of Jerusalem] ἐκ τῶν χειρῶν σου ἀφανισθήτω; Jos., Vi. 142 ἐκ τ. χρημάτων); cp. 8:3.

ⓖ of the source, fr. which someth. flows or comes:

α. λαλεῖν ἐκ τ. ἰδίων J 8:44. ἐκ τοῦ περισσεύματος τ. καρδίας Mt 12:34. τὰ ἐκ τ. ἱεροῦ the food from the temple 1 Cor 9:13. ἐκ τ. εὐαγγελίου ζῆν get one’s living by proclaiming the gospel vs. 14.

β. information, insight, etc. (X., An. 7, 7, 43 ἐκ τῶν ἔργων κατέμαθες; Just., A I, 28, 1 ἐκ τῶν ἡμετέρων συγγραμμάτων … μαθεῖν 34, 2 al.) κατηχεῖσθαι ἐκ Ro 2:18. ἀκούειν ἐκ J 12:34. γινώσκειν Mt 12:33; Lk 6:44; 1J 3:24; 4:6. ἐποπτεύειν 1 Pt 2:12. δεικνύναι Js 2:18 (cp. ἀποδεικνύναι Just., D. 33, 1).

γ. of the inner life, etc., fr. which someth. proceeds (since Il. 9, 486): ἐκ καρδίας Ro 6:17; 1 Pt 1:22 v.l. (cp. Theocr. 29, 4; M. Ant. 3, 3). ἐκ ψυχῆς Eph 6:6; Col 3:23 (X., An. 7, 7, 43, Oec. 10, 4; Jos., Ant. 17, 177; 1 Macc 8:27). ἐκ καθαρᾶς καρδίας 1 Ti 1:5; 2 Ti 2:22; 1 Pt 1:22. ἐξ ὅλης τ. καρδίας σου καὶ ἐξ ὅλης τ. ψυχῆς σου καὶ ἐξ ὅλης τ. διανοίας σου καὶ ἐξ ὅλης τ. ἰσχύος σου Mk 12:30; cp. Lk 10:27 (Dt 6:5; cp. Wsd 8:21; 4 Macc 7:18; Epict. 2, 23, 42 ἐξ ὅλης ψυχῆς). ἐκ πίστεως Ro 14:23; cp. 2 Cor 2:17. Also of circumstances which accompany an action without necessarily being the source of it: γράφειν ἐκ πολλῆς θλίψεως write out of great affliction 2 Cor 2:4; Phil 1:17.

ⓗ of the material out of which someth. is made (Hdt. 1, 194; Pla., Rep. 10, 616c; OGI 194, 28 [42 B.C.] a statue ἐκ σκληροῦ λίθου; PMagd 42, 5 [221 B.C.]=PEnteux 83, 5; POxy 707, 28; PGM 13, 659; Wsd 15:8; 1 Macc 10:11; Jdth 1:2; En 99:13; JosAs 3:9; Just., A I, 59, 1) of, from στέφανος ἐξ ἀκανθῶν Mt 27:29; J 19:2; cp. 2:15; 9:6; Ro 9:21; 1 Cor 15:47; Rv 18:12; 21:21; perh. also 1 Cor 11:12 ἡ γυνὴ ἐκ τοῦ ἀνδρός.

ⓘ of the underlying rule or principle according to, in accordance with (Hdt., Pla. et al. [Kühner-G. I 461g], also OGI 48, 12 [III B.C.] ἐκ τ. νόμων; PEleph 1, 12 [312/11 B.C.] ἐκ δίκης; PPetr III, 26, 9 ἐκ κρίσεως; LXX, e.g. 1 Macc 8:30; Jos., Ant. 6, 296 ἐκ κυνικῆς ἀσκήσεως πεποιημένος τὸν βίον) ἐκ τ. λόγων Mt 12:37 (cp. Wsd 2:20). ἐκ τ. στόματός σου κρινῶ σε by what you have said Lk 19:22 (cp. Sus 61 Theod.; also X., Cyr. 2, 2, 21 ἐκ τ. ἔργων κρίνεσθαι). ἐκ τῶν γεγραμμένων on the basis of things written Rv 20:12. ἐκ τ. καλοῦντος Ro 9:12. ἐκ τ. ἔχειν in accordance w. your ability 2 Cor 8:11. ἐξ ἰσότητος on the basis of equality vs. 13.

④ marker used in periphrasis, from, of

ⓐ for the partitive gen. (B-D-F §164, 1 and 2; 169; Rob. 599; 1379).

α. after words denoting number εἷς, μία, ἕν (Hdt. 2, 46, 2 ἐκ τούτων εἷς; POxy 117, 14ff [II/III A.D.] δύο … ἐξ ὧν … ἓν ἐξ αὐτῶν; Tob 12:15 BA; Sir 32:1; Jos., Bell. 7, 47; JosAs 20:2 ἐκ τῶν παρθένων μία Just., D. 126, 4) Mt 10:29; 18:12; 22:35; 27:48; Mk 9:17 al.; εἷς τις J 11:49; δύο Mk 16:12; Lk 24:13; J 1:35; 21:2. πέντε Mt 25:2. πολλοί (1 Macc 5:26; 9:69) J 6:60, 66; 7:31; 11:19, 45. οἱ πλείονες 1 Cor 15:6. οὐδείς (Epict. 1, 29, 37; 1 Macc 5:54; 4 Macc 14:4; Ar. 13, 6; Just., D. 16, 2) J 7:19; 16:5. χιλιάδες ἐκ πάσης φυλῆς Rv 7:4.

β. after the indef. pron. (Plut., Galba 1065 [27, 2]; Herodian 5, 3, 9; 3 Macc 2:30; Jos., Vi. 279) Lk 11:15; J 6:64; 7:25, 44, 48; 9:16; 11:37, 46 al. Also after the interrog. pron. Mt 6:27; 21:31; Lk 11:5; 12:25; 14:28 al.

γ. the partitive w. ἐκ as subj. (2 Km 11:17) εἶπαν ἐκ τ. μαθητῶν αὐτοῦ J 16:17.—Rv 11:9. As obj., pl. Mt 23:34; Lk 11:49; 21:16; 2J 4 (cp. Sir 33:12; Jdth 7:18; 10:17 al.).

δ. used w. εἶναι belong to someone or someth. (Jos., Ant. 12, 399) καὶ σὺ ἐξ αὐτῶν εἶ you also belong to them Mt 26:73; cp. Mk 14:69f; Lk 22:58; J 7:50; 10:26; Ac 21:8; cp. 2 Cl 18:1. οὐκ εἰμὶ ἐκ τ. σώματος I do not belong to the body 1 Cor 12:15f; cp. 2 Cl 14:1.

ε. after verbs of supplying, receiving, consuming: ἐσθίειν ἔκ τινος (Tob 1:10; Sir 11:19; Jdth 12:2; JosAs 16:8) 1 Cor 9:7; 11:28; J 6:26, 50f; Rv 2:7. πίνειν Mt 26:29; Mk 14:25; J 4:13f; Rv 14:10; χορτάζειν ἔκ τινος gorge w. someth. 19:21 (s. ζ below); μετέχειν 1 Cor 10:17; λαμβάνειν (1 Esdr 6:31; Wsd 15:8) J 1:16; Rv 18:4; Hs 9, 24, 4. τὸ βρέφος … ἔλαβε μασθὸν ἐκ τῆς μητρὸς αὐτοῦ the child took its mother’s breast GJs 19:2; διδόναι (Tob 4:16; Ezk 16:17) Mt 25:8; 1J 4:13. διαδιδόναι (Tob 4:16 A) J 6:11.

ζ. after verbs of filling: ἐπληρώθη ἐκ τῆς ὀσμῆς was filled w. the fragrance J 12:3 cp. Rv 8:5. χορτασθῆναι ἔκ τινος to be satisfied to the full w. someth. Lk 15:16. γέμειν ἐξ ἁρπαγῆς be full of greed Mt 23:25.

ⓑ in periphrasis for the gen. of price or value for (Palaeph. 45; PFay 111, 16 [95/96 A.D.]; 119, 5 [c. 100 A.D.]; 131, 5; PLond II, 277, 9 p. 217 [23 A.D.]; BGU III, 916, 19 [I A.D.]; PAmh II, 133, 19 [II A.D.]; Jos., Ant. 14, 34; B-D-F §179) ἀγοράζειν τι ἔκ τινος Mt 27:7 (POxy 745, 2 [c. 1 A.D.] τ. οἶνον ἠγόρασας ἐκ δραχμῶν ἕξ; EpJer 24); cp. Ac 1:18; Mt 20:2.

⑤ marker denoting temporal sequence, from

ⓐ of the time when someth. begins from, from … on, for, etc. ἐκ κοιλίας μητρός from birth (Ps 21:11; 70:6; Is 49:1) Mt 19:12 al.; also ἐκ γενετῆς J 9:1 (since Il. 24, 535; Od. 18, 6; s. also γενετή). ἐκ νεότητος (since Il. 14, 86; Ps 70:5; Sir 7:23; Wsd 8:2; 1 Macc 2:66; JosAs 17:4) Mk 10:20; Lk 18:21. ἐξ ἱκανῶν χρόνων for a long time 23:8. ἐκ πολλῶν χρόνων a long time before 1 Cl 42:5 (cp. Epict. 2, 16, 17 ἐκ πολλοῦ χρόνου. Cp. ἐκ πολλοῦ Thu. 1, 68, 3; 2, 88, 2; ἐξ ὀλίγων ἡμερῶν Lysias, Epitaph. 1). ἐκ γενεῶν ἀρχαίων Ac 15:21 (cp. X., Hell. 6, 1, 4 ἐκ πάντων προγόνων). ἐκ τ. αἰῶνος since the world began J 9:32 (cp. ἐξ αἰῶνος Sext. Emp., Adv. Math. 9, 76; Diod S 4, 83, 3; Aelian, VH 6, 13; 12, 64; OGI 669, 61; Sir 1:4; 1 Esdr 2:17, 21; Jos., Bell. 5, 442). ἐξ ἐτῶν ὀκτώ for eight years Ac 9:33; cp. 24:10. ἐξ ἀρχῆς (PTebt 40, 20 [117 B.C.]; Sir 15:14; 39:32; Jos., C. Ap. 1, 225; Ath. 8, 1) J 6:64. ἐκ παιδιόθεν fr. childhood Mk 9:21 (s. παιδιόθεν. Just., A I, 15, 6 ἐκ παίδων. On the use of ἐκ w. an adv. cp. ἐκ τότε POxy 486 [II A.D.]; ἐκ πρωίθεν 1 Macc 10:80).

ⓑ of temporal sequence

α. ἡμέραν ἐξ ἡμέρας day after day 2 Pt 2:8; 2 Cl 11:2 (cp. Ps.-Eur., Rhes. 445; Henioch. Com. 5:13 K.; Theocr. 18, 35; Gen 39:10; Num 30:15; Sir 5:7; Esth 3:7; En 98:8; 103:10).

β. ἐκ δευτέρου for the second time, again, s. δεύτερος 2. ἐκ τρίτου Mt 26:44 (ParJer 7:8; cp. PHolm 1, 32 ἐκ τετάρτου).

⑥ various uses and units

ⓐ blending of constructions, cp. Rob. 599f: ἐκ for ἐν (Hdt., Thu. et al., s. Kühner-G. I 546f; LXX, e.g. Sus 26 Theod.; 1 Macc 11:41; 13:21; Jdth 15:5) ὁ πατὴρ ὁ ἐξ οὐρανοῦ δώσει Lk 11:13. μὴ καταβάτω ἆραι τὰ ἐκ τῆς οἰκίας αὐτοῦ Mt 24:17. τὴν ἐκ Λαοδικείας (ἐπιστολὴν) ἵνα καὶ ὑμεῖς ἀναγνῶτε Col 4:16.

ⓑ like the OT use of מִן: ἔκρινεν ὁ θεὸς τὸ κρίμα ὑμῶν ἐξ αὐτῆς God has pronounced judgment for you against her Rv 18:20 (cp. Ps 118:84; Is 1:24; En 100:4; 104:3). ἐξεδίκησεν τὸ αἷμα τ. δούλων αὐτοῦ ἐκ χειρὸς αὐτῆς 19:2, cp. 6:10 (both 4 Km 9:7).

ⓒ adv. expressions (Just., A I, 2, 1 ἐκ παντὸς τρόπου ‘in every way’): ἐξ ἀνάγκης (ἀνάγκη 1). ἐκ συμφώνου by mutual consent (BGU 446, 13=Mitt-Wilck. II/2, 257, 13; CPR I, 11, 14 al. in pap; cp. Dssm., NB 82f [BS 225]) 1 Cor 7:5. ἐκ λύπης reluctantly 2 Cor 9:7. ἐκ περισσοῦ extremely (Dio Chrys. 14 [31], 64; Lucian, Pro Merc. Cond. 13; Da 3:22 Theod.; Galen, CMG V/10/2/2 p. 284, 17 [-ττ]) Mk 6:51; 1 Th 5:13 v.l.; ἐκ μέτρου by measure = sparingly J 3:34. ἐκ μέρους (Galen, CMG V/10/2/2 p. 83, 24) part by part = as far as the parts are concerned, individually 1 Cor 12:27 (distributive; cp. PHolm 1, 7 ἐκ δραχμῶν Ϛ´=6 dr. each); mostly in contrast to ‘complete’, only in part 13:9 (BGU 538, 35; 574, 10; 887, 6; 17 al. in pap; EpArist 102). ἐξ ὀνόματος individually, personally, by name IEph 20:2; IPol 4:2; 8:2.

ⓓ ἐκ … εἰς w. the same word repeated gives it special emphasis (Plut., Galba 1058 [14, 2] ἐκ προδοσίας εἰς προδοσίαν; Ps 83:8) ἐκ πίστεως εἰς πίστιν Ro 1:17.—2 Cor 2:16 (twice).—The result and goal are thus indicated Ro 11:36; 1 Cor 8:6; Col 1:16. AFridrichsen, ConNeot 12, ’48, 54.—DELG s.v. ἐξ. M-M.

Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > ἐκ

Страницы

См. также в других словарях:

The Death of Superman — Cover of Superman vol. 2, 75 (Jan 1993). Art by Dan Jurgens Brett Breeding. Publisher DC Comics … Wikipedia
The Death of Jean DeWolff — Cover of Peter Parker, the Spectacular Spider Man 110 (Jan 1986)., the issue containing the final part of the storyline. Art by Rich Buckler featuring Spider Man (in his black costume) fighting Daredevil. Publisher Marvel Comics … Wikipedia
The Death Gate Cycle — is a seven part series (heptalogy) of fantasy novels written by Margaret Weis and Tracy Hickman. The main conflict is between two powerful races, the Sartan and the Patryns, which branched off from humans following a nuclear/anti matter holocaust … Wikipedia
The Death of Ivan Ilyich — This article is about the novella. For the Austrian development critic, see Ivan Illich. The Death of Ivan Ilyich … Wikipedia
Since the Day it All Came Down — Infobox Album Name = Since the Day It All Came Down Type = studio Artist = Insomnium Released = April 5, 2004 Recorded = July September, 2003 at Mediaworks Studios, Joensuu Genre = Melodic death metal Length = 53:45 Label = Candlelight Records… … Wikipedia
The Death of Achilles — infobox Book | name = The Death of Achilles title orig = Смерть Ахиллеса translator = Andrew Bromfield image caption = Recent Russian language edition author = Boris Akunin cover artist = country = Russia language = Russian series = Erast… … Wikipedia
The Death of Hyacinthos — Infobox Painting painting alignment = right image size = 150px title = The Death of Hyacinthos other language 1 = other title 1 = other language 2 = other title 2 = artist = Jean Broc year = 1801 type = Oil on canvas height = width = height inch … Wikipedia
Raise the Death — Infobox Album Name = Raise the Death Type = studio Artist = Athanator Released = 2002 Recorded = Genre = Thrash metal Length = Label = self released Producer = self produced Reviews = Last album = This album = Raise the Death Next album = Raise… … Wikipedia
Felony murder and the death penalty — The Eighth Amendment to the United States Constitution does not prohibit imposing the death penalty for felony murder. The Supreme Court of the United States has created a two part test to determine when the death penalty is an appropriate… … Wikipedia
Geology of the Death Valley area — The exposed geology of the Death Valley area presents a diverse and complex story that includes at least 23 formations of sedimentary units, two major gaps in the geologic record called unconformities, and at least one distinct set of related… … Wikipedia
National Coalition to Abolish the Death Penalty — The National Coalition to Abolish the Death Penalty (NCADP) is a large organization dedicated to the abolition of the death penalty in the United States. Founded in 1976 (the same year the death penalty was reinstated by the Supreme Court of the… … Wikipedia

Словари и энциклопедии на Академике

Перевод: со всех языков на английский

since the death of

См. также в других словарях:

Поделиться ссылкой на выделенное

Словари и энциклопедии на Академике

Перевод: со всех языков на английский

since the death of

См. также в других словарях:

Поделиться ссылкой на выделенное

Прямая ссылка: